Shakh-Nasarova V S - Introduction Into Modern American - 1985

V S h a K b - M a s a r o v a
Introduction
into
Modern
American
..-
1985
81.2 -9
31
:

. (. - . ,
. . . )
- . .
31 .
: . . 2- ., .
.: . ., 1985. 464 ., .
: 1 . 20 .
,

,
.
. 2- ( 1 - 1981 .,
)
.
.
4602010000 154 81.2 -9

001 (01)85 22085 4 ()
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
5 2 4 8 - 5 3 0 3 '
. -8 8 6 -8 8 7 . 2 2 .0 8 .8 4 . . 3 0 .0 1 .8 5 .
6 0 x 9 0 / 1 6 . . . 1. . .
2 9 ,0 . . . 2 9 ,0 . .-. 3 0 ,8 5 . . . 100 000 .
. 3 6 8 5 . 1 . 20 .
, 1 0 1 4 3 0 , , -4, .,
. 2 9 /1 4 .

, .
1 1 3 0 5 4 . , , 28
, 1981
1 9 8 5 ,

2- -
: .
, , ,
,

. ,
,
, , ,
.

.
: (
), , , *
,
. ,
.

.

. 1963
. . ,
1, ,
, ,
, ,

2.

.

3. ,
,
. .

^
-, , , , - ,

,

I ,
.
1 . . . .* 1963, . 194*
2 , . 11.
3 . . -
,
: . . ./ . . , 1976, . 95; . .
-
: . . ./ . . ,
1977, . 108; . .
, ., 1982,

.
,
-
, ,
, .
( ,
, ) : I.
, ,
; II. ,
; III. - ,
,
- , ( )
; IV. ,
.

.
,
, ,
, - 1, . . -
2.
. . 3 . . 4.
(813).
(8, 10, 12) ,
.

.
- , .

.
(9, 11, 13)
.
, - ,
() .

.

.
,
, 700 ,
.
11 I ,
:
, ,
.
( )
,
. I ,
,
(
).
.
,
.
1 Prator Clifford . Jr. Manual of American English Pronunciation. New York, 1972.
2 Kenyon John S. and Knott Thomas A . A Pronouncing Dictionary of American
English. Springfield, 1977.
3 . . . ., 1963;
. . . ., 1971.
4 . .
. .* 1982.,
4
, ( ), ,
. , '

( ).
- .

( ) ,
.
,
. ,
, .

(
). , ,
( ).

,
.
(
) .
,
- .
, ,
,
.
, . . ,
.
.
.

.
,
, . . ,
. ,
18 , 13001400
.
,

.
,
. . . .
, .
English Russian
adjective ['aed3iktiv] .
.
adv adverb ['aedvab] . .
Am. American [o'merikan] . (
)
cnj conjunction [ken'd 3Ar)kJn] . ()
etc.- et .cetera [st'setera] .
int interjection [intar'd 3skjn] . .
. (
n noun [naun] )
num numeral ['njumral] .
pi plural ['plural] .
& .
predic predicative ['predi,keitiv] . ,
,
. ,
prep preposition [,prsp3'zijn] .
. ()
pron pronoun ['prounaun] .

sing singular ['siggate]

v verb [v3*b]
P A R T ONE
61 CL Nn
B>i| Oo O c -
C o [si] PP 1
Dd J T d m Qq Q f ]
-e , ra Rr . [or]
Ff M Ss j
Gg Im Tt [ti]
^
Hh V A [eit/I Uu , Du]
[ai] Vv t v - MI
Ji td3e.l Ww - fdAblju]
Kfc [kei] Xx % [ks]
LI X I N Yy [wai]
Mm nn. [] Zz [zi]
J t
7
1
I.
1. 1
[ei] H h [eitf] P p [pi]

b [bi] 1 i [ai] S s [es]
[si] k [kei] T t [ti]
D d [di] L 1 [el] X x [eks]
li] M m [em] Y [wai]
F f [ef] N n [en] Z z [zi]
2. 2

cjior
i
a i [ei] [ei] fae] .

*
e [i] [8] 1
I
i [ai] [ai] [']
[wai] [ai] [']
2 , ,
I 25 ,
*
3

ai main
ay [ei] day
ss [aes] pass
st [aest] past
a + ff [aef] staff
[send]
[am] [] and [aend, aen]
ie [ai] tie
. , [aild] mild
1+ nd [am (d)] kind [kaind, kam]
[am]
4.
b [b]
[s] : i, e, cent, pencil

cap, fact i

1
d [d]
f [f]
h [h] hat
k [k]
1 [1]
[]
[!
[]
1. say, step

2. desk
S
3. hats

pies, pens
[Z]
t W
Z [Z]
X [ks] six
5.
ck black, sick

[] ck
kn [n] knife
11 [1] Bill, tell

[1]
ss Tess
10

1. this [5is]
th [3]
2. bathe
II . 1
1. . , [t, d,
n, 1] , [, ] -.
[i].
bin ill lib it dip
din nil lid lit lip
pin till did b it nip
2. . , [ai] ,
.
by lie die tie pie
line dine bind p ile tide
3. .
[m, f, ].
lim e dim fly film kind
mile mime Tim fine flint kin
mild dime limp life flip kick
mind tim e mill knife fit kite
4. . , [s, zl
.
[Z j
sin side miss ties tins
silk site kiss pies pins
sick nice mix piles bills
sit mice six pines lids
5. . ,
14.
mile in pies bits nice
by mild ill ties sits mice
pie mind is lies mix miss
tie kind it sides six kiss
6 . . ,
. .
1 (.
).

did, pie, time, mix, miss, mice, m ind, lie, lines, sick, knife, size,
sides
7. . [].
men bell let desk
pen fell met best
ten led net next
cent bed set text
8 . .
[1] []. ,
.
middle ['midi] settle ['setl]
pencil ['pensl] kitten ['kitn]
little I'litl] mitten ['mitn]
9. . , []
.
man bad cap map knack mass last
ban dad cat fat ask less mast
can lad bat back mask class fast
fan sad m at black task pass past
10. ,
[9].
than then this lithe
th at them [Sis] tithe
11. . , [ei]
.
may main name date table
day lain fame late cable
pay nail pale cake stable
say tail tale take fable
12. . , [h]
.
hi hen his
ham hint has
hand help hat
him' hide hit
13. ,
.
cent can lack
cite back
pencil came neck
nice candle deck
14. .
[i] [e] [] -
pin pen pan
tin ten tan
12
bid bed bad
lid led lad
pit pet pat
miss - mess mass
[ei] [ai]
bay - b y
may my
pay pie
main mine
pain pine
pale - p ile
[b] [p] [d] [t]
bale pale die tie
bin pin dine tine
bit pit dime time
bet pet din tin
bat pat dim Tim
[d] - - [3]
day - -th e y
den - then
Dan- -th a n
dad - - th a t
15. .
.
[ei]
may main made mate
lay lain laid late
pay pale paid pace
say same spade space
[ai]
my mine mind mice
by bine --- bide bite
tie time --- tide kite
pie pine --- side site
[se]
ban bad bat
man mad mat
clan clad class
land lad lass
16. . ,
. .
pen, class, text, man, cap, this, bad, name, that, desk, bathe, black,
they, it, miss, hi, had, tie, mass, pay, hat, pie, sick, pines, six, knife,
knack
13
17.
. . ,

[].
a 'bed a 'knife a 'nice 'lam p
a 'pen a 'lam p a 'nice 'cat
a 'desk a 'm ap a 'nice 'h a t
a 'p ie a 'cap a 'nice 'tie
a 'tie a 'h a t a 'nice 'pen
18. . -
.
act a 'black 'desk a 'bad 'tab le
fact a 'black 'cat a 'bad 'pencil
pact a 'black 'pen a 'bad 'cap
tact a 'black 'tie a 'bad 'tie
19. . ,
1.
my 'h at his 'lamp
'cap his 'pen
my 'name his 'pencil
my 'tie his 'desk
my 'apple his 'name
20. . ,
[h] .
iThat s his Fd\sk.^ jThats hisFp\nciI.
iT h a fs hisfip^n. iThat s hisFc^p.
iThats his[*t\e.
21. . ,
[t] .

[hi
his.
It [isnt aph^t. It [isnt hispd^sk.
It [isnt apt^ble. It [isnt* a [blackpp^nctf.
It [isnt a ibadpt\e. It [isnt hispp^n.
1 . , . 181.
2 [,9aets iz 'desk]; [,3aets iz 'pen]; [,9aets iz 'tai]; [,9sets iz 'pensl]; [,9aets iz 'kaep]
3 [itd ,iznt a'haet]; [itd^,iznt 0 'teibl]; [itd ,iznt 9,baed 'tai]; [it^ ,iz n t iz 'desk];
[itd ,iznt ^blaek 'pensl]; [itd ,iznt iz 'pen] ^
14
III. -
.
apple f'aepl] nice [nais] ; ,
bad [baed]
bed [bed] []
black [blaek] pencil ['pensl]
cap [kaep] , pie [pai] ;
cat [kaet] ; table [ 'teibl]
desk [desk] ; that [5aet] , ,
hat [haet] this [is] , ,
his [hiz, iz] (. - tie [tai]
.)
is [iz] v 3- . . . be :
it [it] 1. , , (
); 2. Ann [aen]
knife [naif] Ben [ben]
lamp [laemp] Bill [bil]
[] () Ed [ed]
my [mai] , , (* Hal [hael]
.) Lem [lem]
name [neim] , ; Ted [ted]
names Ben. . Tess [tes]
. 1
1, a") This is (^. Its a (black)[p^ncil.

This is myfp^ncil. Its myfp^ncil.
t>) This isnt a (black)[~pl^ncil. It isnt a (black)fp^ncil.
This isnt my|~pfoicih It isnt myfp^cil.
2. a) This isfB^n. Itsfg^n.

b) This isnt pB^n. It isntfB^n.
3, a) My
b) His name isnt[*T^cL
.
1. ,
.
1. This is a pen. I t s . 2. T h ats a pencil. I t s a pencil. 3. This
is a map. I t s a map. 4. T h a ts a lamp. I t s a lamp. 5. This is a black
hat. I t s a black hat. 6 . T h ats a bad apple. I t s a bad apple. 7. This is
a nice tie. I t s a nice tie. 8 . T h ats a black pencil. I t s a black pencil.
9. This is a black desk. I t s a black desk. 10. This is my desk. I t s my
1 . , . 186 187.
15
desk. ,11. T hats my.bed. I t s my bed. 12. This is his knife. I t s his knife.
13. T h ats his cat. I t s his cat.
2. .
,
.
This is a hat.
T hats a hat. I t s a hat.
1. This is an apple. 2. This is a bed. 3. This is a map. 4. This is a
knife. 5. This is a black desk. 6 . This is a nice hat. 7. This is a black
cat. 8 . This is a bad lamp. 9. This is a nice tie.
3. no .
tie (his)
This is a tie. (Thats a tie.) I t s his tie.
desk (my), hat (my), pencil (his), lamp (his), pie (my),map (his),
apple (my)
4.
. .
This is a tie. (nice)
T hats a nice tie. I t s a nice tie.
1. This is an apple, (nice) 2 . This is a desk,(black) 3. This is a cap.
(black) 4. This is a hat. (nice) 5. This is a cat. (black) 6 . This is a lamp,
(bad) 7. This is a tie. (nice)
5. , .
a) 1. ,This ,isnt 'a 'table. It ,isnt a 'table. 2. ,That ,isnt a 'pen.
It .isnt a 'pen. 3. ,This ,isnt a 'bed. It ,isnt a 'bed. 4. ,That ,isnt
a 'hat. It ,isnt a 'h at. 5. ,That ,isnt my 'tie. It ,isnt my 'tie. 6 . ,This
isnt his 'hat. It ,isnt his 'hat.
b) 7. ,This is a 'table. It 'isn t a ,table. I t s a 'desk. 8 . T h ats
a 'pencil. It 'isn t a .pencil. I t s a'pen. 9. ,This is a'p ie. It 'isn t
a ,pie. I t s an 'apple. 10. T h ats a ,nice 'lam p. It 'isn t a ,nice 'lam p.
I t s a 'bad ,lamp. 11. ,This is a ,bad 'c a t. It 'is n t a ,bad ,cat. I t s
a 'nice ,cat. 12. T hats his 'm ap. It 'isn t his ,map. I t s 'm y,m ap.
6 . .
, .
1. This is a tie. 2. T h a ts a desk. 3. This is a table. 4. T h a ts a knife.
5. This is a nice apple. 6 . T h ats a black hat. 7. This is a bad map.
8 . T hats his pencil.
7. He (. ).
This is a pen. (pencil)
It isnt a pen. I t s a pencil.
1. This is a desk, (table) 2. T hats a pen. (knife) 3. This is a hat. (cap)
4. T h ats an apple, (pie) 5. This is a bad lamp, (nice) 6 . T h ats a nice
hat. (bad) 7. This is his tie. (my) 8 . T h ats his pencil, (my) 9. This is
his map. (my)
16
8 . 6 (. . 5 ).
* T hats his desk.
: That isnt his desk. (It isnt his desk.) I t s my desk.-
9. , .
,Ben.
Ted.
a) My names Bill.
His Ed.
Hal.
Lem.
Bill.
Ted.
b) M y name isnt Hal.
His Lem.
Ed.
Ben.
10. , .
IV
1. , .
. a- ,J3 , S ' ,V
J * .% A X .1n*n,1l J
2. , .
.
3.
.
4. , , .
.
task, cent, clad, m ix, fiddle, fable, pass, lithe, they, hike, kiss, bill,
lie, ham, bay, by, still, stick, mines, fix, knit, say, m ild, bats
5. ) , .
[kaep], [naif], [pai], [sik], [il], [sepl], [dei], [hset], [mis], [said],
[miks], [laest], [saiz], [kaind], [ten], [mai], [tekst], [maild], [bel], [desk],
[], [maes], [aesk]
b)
.
[a'bed], [mai'pen], [, 'kaet], ['], [hiz'aepl], [a^blsek'tai],
ten'aepl], [m ai'tai], [9,baed 'aepl], [a'naif], [hiz 'naif], [9,baed'laemp],
[a'tai], [hiz 'neim], [, 'desk]
17
6 .
. .
1. This is a desk. 2. T hat isnt a table. 3. I t s a nice hat. 4. T h a ts
my lamp. 5. His nam es Hal. 6 . My name isnt Ben.
7. .
8 . 7 .
a) A: This is a hat.
: It isnt a hat. I t s a cap.
b) A: T hats a nice hat.
: It isnt a nice hat. I t s a bad hat.
9. .
. 1. . . 2. .
. 3. . . 4.
. . 5. . 6 . .
7. . .
I.
1.
G, g [dgi]
, []
R, []
V, v tvil
W, w I'dAblju]
2.
[8]1 -
0 [] []
[wai] [ai]* [j]

1 . 1.
18
3.

a + th [] path
'easy
[i] meet
[] coat
OW [] 1. know
2. 'yellow
o + ld [ould] old
[oul]
1. book
[] 2. d good
00
[u] too
4.
g [g] 1. , , u good
2. glad
r W red, green
wr M write
V [V] veal
ve [v] leave
w [w] wife, twelve
19

wh , [tiw] white
1. thick
th [] 2. path
II. 1
1. . , [i]
.
be been feel deep
me dean seal ' meet
sea deal 'easy beat
tea meal please seat
2. .
[ij , .
be been beet
me mean meat
see seen seek
sea seam seat
3. . , [0]
( [3 ]).
theme thin path m yth
'thim ble thick teeth fifth
4. .
[d] [3], [t] [0].
Dan than tin thin
day they tick thick
den then pat path
seed seethe m eet myth
deed teethe feet fifth
5. . , []
.
too moon soon cool food booth
pool noon spoon fool mood tooth
6 . . [] .
book look hook good
cook nook took foot
1 . , . 292293.
20
7. .
[] [].
[] [] [] [] [] []
book boot nook noon cook cool
foot food lo o k moon to o k spoon
8 . . [g]
.
gay 'gam ble gleam gloom [] egg
gain glad glaze good [u] big
game glass glide gap bag
9. .
- [vL
vats veal five leave
vice vim Eve sleeve
10. .
[j] .
yes yell
yet yean
yeast you [ju]
11. .
[wL
we well wave wide wag twin
weed went wake wine wan twine
weel win w ait *wild wax -'tw enty
week w ith [Sj waist wife 'willow twelve
12. .
[w] .
w ent vent wail veil w ine vine
west vest w ain vein wise vice
13. . ,
wh [hw], [h]
[w].
why when
while whine
white wheel
14. .
[].
no low old boat close 'yellow
go know cold coat note 'fellow
so snow told float hope he'llo
21
15. .
[].
rain red 'berry green wrap
room read 'm erry street w rite
role rest 'carry French wrote
road roof 'm arry drive 'w ritten
16. .
[].
'absent ['aebsant] 'vacant ['veikant]
'student ['studant] 'gallan t ['gaelant]
'pendant ['pendant] 'pilot ['pailat]
17. . ,
. .
see, they, too, glass, leave, we, went, white, close, old, 'easy, thick,
soon, glad, five, well, twelve, why, he'llo, no, m eet, fifth, tooth, bag,
yes, wait, -twenty, when, coat, good, 'yellow, feel, m e a l.
18. a) - .
'notebook ['noutbuk]
'textbook I'tekstbuk]
b) .
.
a good 'coat a thick 'book
a good 'book a good 'textbook
) . , [h]
his .
iThats hispcât.
iThats his[4\xtbook. iThats his lyellowppVt.
iThats hispn^tebook.
d) .
, [z] [] ,
[]. (. , . 191-192.)
1 [,0aets iz 'buk]
* [,iz ,3is ']
22
) .
.
jOpen thepbôk, please,3

iRead thefttfyct, please iTtsJîck
^ p e n thept ^xtbook, pleasg. |ItsJjîin#
19. ) ,
. 9 [t]
.
|TsJ_aJipen^ fTs it aptXe?
|Ts it a TpenjcIT? * ;Ts it a fnice [tie?

ils it a [black jpen? |Ts it a)'black icap?
b) ,
. [t]
.
III. -
. ( )
absent ['aebsant] ; to be open ['()] v
absent ; Bill is absent* please [plizj
and [aend, 9nd, an, n] cnj read [rid] v
book [buk] n red [red]
classroom ['klaesrum] n ( room [rum] n
, ) sick [sik]
close [klouz] v student ['studsnt] n ;
coat [kout] n
easy tîzi] , take [teik] v ,
give [giv] v text [tekst] n
good [gud] textbook ['tskstbuk] n
green [grin] thick [0ik]
he [hi] thin [0in]
him [him] proti , too [tu] adv ,
late [leit] , ; well [wel] (. predic.) ;
to be late ; Ben is late, to be well ,
me [mi] proti , ; is well*
no [] part white [hwait]
notebook ['noutbuk] n , yellow L'jelou]
old [ould, oul]
? [, 9 'buk pliz]
4 [,iz itd^9'pen]; [,iz itd 'tai]
23
. 1
Y^s, itf ^
1. Is this a peiijc^l? itjlpt.
2. a) This pencil ispbi^ck. Itsfbl^ck.

The pencil is|bl^ck.
b) This pencil isnt pbl^ck. It isnt fbi^ck.
The pencil isnt| bl^ck.
c) Is this pencil | black? Y^s, itf^s.
Is the pencil |black? i^|~\snt.
3. a) Bens|l^te. HesH^te,
b) Ben isnt fT^te. He isnt|~l^te.
c) Is Ben[late? Yes, hep^
Is he | late? No, hef\snt.
4. a) Ben's a (good)[~st^dent. Hes a (good)[student.

b) Ben isnt a (good)fst\|dent. He isnt a (good)Pst^dent.
\----
c) Is Ben a (good)| student? Y^s, heP^
Is he a (good)] student? _ hef^srft.
5. Open thepbWk, please. ^pen it, please.

Read thept^xt, please. Râd it, please.
Please read thept^xt. PleasePrâd it.
.
1. .
.
1. Is this a table? Yes, it is. I t s a table. 2. Is that a'classroom?
Yes, it is. I t s a classroom. 3. It this a good book? Yes,, it is. I t s
a good book. 4. Is that an old textbook? Yes, it is. I t s an old text
book. 5. Is that a table? No, it isnt. I t s a desk. 6 . Is this a black
pen? No, it isnt. I t s a green pen. 7. Is th at his hat? No, it isnt.
I t s my hat. 8 . Is that a yellow pencil? No, it isnt. I t s a red pencil.
1 . , . 238239.
24
,
.
a book?
a textbook?
a coat?
Is this a room? Yes, it is.
that a classroom? No, it isnt.
a thick book?
a good textbook?
an easy text?
a white coat?
a green hat?
a red apple?
3. no .
This is a knife. (Yes)
Is this a knife? Yes, it is.
1. T hats a lamp. (No) 2. This is a green tie. (Yes) 3. T h a ts a thin
book. (No) 4. This is a white coat. (Yes) 5. T h a ts an easy text. (No)
6 . This is an old hat. (Yes) 7. T h ats a green pencil. (No)
.
book old.
This textbook thick.
That lamp is green.
The text isnt easy.
My classroom good.
His coat w hite.
apple red.
pencil yellow.
absent.
Ben sick.
Bill is late.
Ted isnt well.
He a student.
5. no .
a) This book is good. (The)
The book is good.
1. This coat is yellow. (The) 2. His textbook is thin. (My) 3. That
text isnt easy. (The) 4. My hat is green. (His) 5. This notebook isnt
thick. (That) 6 . That apple isnt red. (This) 7. This classroom is good.
(The) 8 . That book isnt old. (The)
b) Mikes late. (Ben)
Bens late too.
1. Dicks sick. (Bill) 2. Teds well. (Hal) 3. AnnTs late. (Pete) 4. H es
well. (Mike) 5. Bens absent. (Ted) 6 . A nns a student. (Bill)
25
6 . , .
This apple is bad. (good)
This apple isnt bad. I t s good.
1. That coat is green, (yellow) 2 . The pencil is red. (black) 3. His
hat is white, (black) 4. The textbook is thin, (thick) 5. His notebook
is thick, (thin) 6 . The classroom is bad. (good) 7. His cat is black, (white)
8. His tie is yellow, (green)
7. , .
, , .
, .
the desk black?
the hat yellow?
the text easy?
th at coat nice? Yes, it is.
Is this pencil red? No, it isnt.
the classroom good?
the tie black?
the notebook thick?
the book thin?
Ben well?
Bill sick? Yes, he is.
Is Ted late? No, he isnt.
he a student?
8 . no .
a) The classroom is good. (Yes)
Is the classroom good? Yes, it is.
b) The book is thin. (No; thick)
Is the book thin? No, it isnt. I t s thick.*
1. The m aps bad. (No; good) 2 . His coats black. (No; green) 3. The
text is easy. (Yes) 4. The pies good. (Yes) 5. The notebooks thin. (No;
thick) 6 . The apples red. (Yes) 7. The room s bad. (No; good) 8 . His
ties yellow. (Yes) 9. Bens a student. (Yes) 10. B ills well. (No; sick)
1 1 . E d s absent. (Yes) 12 . Bens late. (Yes)
9. ,
. .
1. Open the book, please, (textbook, notebook, it) 2 . Read the text,
please, (book, textbook, it) 3. Close the book, please, (textbook, note
book, it) 4. Take the pen, please, (pencil, book, notebook, m ap, apple,
hat, it) 5. Give me (him) an apple (a pie, a pencil, a pen, th at book,
this notebook, his knife, th at green hat, th at black tie), please. 6 . Give
me (him) that notebook (his black hat, th at green pencil), please.
10. .
Give me the textbook, please.
Give it to me, please.
1. Read this text, please. 2. Give me the book, please. 3. Take th a t
notebook, please. 4. Open the textbook, please. 5. Close the notebook,
26
please. 6 . Give him that hat, please. 7. Give him this pencil, please.
8. Please close the textbook. 9. Please give him that pen. 10. Please
open the book.
D. Text

, .

The , feJtMgk. /This is bisfdiiK anti Tthats
Its [*\. |Th?s is bis [textbook and ithats his^tebooTc.
flpen the [4^xtbookt please# Jfs the itextbook [?
iRead theft^ct, please.
Hes aj'st^dent too.
.
This is a classroom. This is Ted Black. H es a student.? This is his
desk and th a ts his book. The book is thick. T hats Ben W hite. Hes
a student too. Bens a good student. T hats his desk. His desk is yel
low. This is his textbook and th a ts his notebook. The textbook is good.
Ed Green is absent. Hes sick. Hal isnt sick. H als well. Hes late.
Ben, open the textbook. Read the text, please. The te x ts easy.
Ben, close the textbook, please. Give it to me, please. Is the tex t
book thin? No, it isnt. I t s thick. Ted, take the textbook, please.
Please open it and read the text.']
1. .
1. Is Ted Black a student? 2. Is his book thin? 3. Is Ben W hite a
student too? 4. Is Ben a bad student? 5. Is his desk yellow? 6 . Is his
textbook good? 7. Is Ed Green absent? 8 . Is he well? 9. Is Hal sick?
10. Is Hal late?
2 . , .
. ( )
dialog ['dailag] , ju ' tu] -
Hello. [hs'lou] . .
This is Dick Hope. [,5is iz ,dik 'houp] day [dei] n
, . (- today [ta'dei] adv
^ - cold [kould]
.) Its a nice day today, [its 9,nais ,dei
glad [glaed] a (predic.) , pa- to'dei] .
Its a nice day today, isnt it? [its 9,nais
meet [mit] , () ,dei ta'dei, 'iznt it]
you [ju] proti , , , , ( , )?
(Im) Glad to meet you. [yglaed ta 'm it Its a cold day today, isnt it? [its 9,kould
ju] . ,dei ta'dei, 'izn t it] -
Its nice to meet you too. [its ,nais ta m it , ?
.
1 [5 ,buk iz J0 ik ];: [its '0ik]; [, (fo'tekstbuk pliz]; [,rid jfe'te k st pliz];
[hiz 9 'stu d a n tju ]; [,9is iz iz 'desk ,9aets iz 'buk]; [,9is iz iz 'tek stb u k ,9aets
iz 'noutbuk]f"[,izJte ,tekstbuk '0in]; 'f'je s it 'iz]
2 : is,
That is, That is not.
, .
27
F. Dialogs
1. 1Ben: Hello, Ted. This is 3. Ben: Hello, Ted. This is Ben
Dick Sm ith. Smith and Dick Green.
Ted: (Hello.) Glad to meet Ted: Hello. Glad to meet you.
you. Ben: Glad to meet you too.
Dick: I ts nice to meet you. Dick: I ts nice to meet you.
2. Bill: Hello. My names Bill 4. Ted: Hello.
Smith. Ben: Hello.
Ben: (Hello.) Glad to meet Ted: I ts a cold day today,
you. My names Ben Hills. isnt it?
Bill: Its a nice day today, Ben: Yes, it is.
isnt it?
Ben: Yes, it is.
I. . ,
.
1. Ben: Hello, Ted. This is... 3. Bill: My names...
Ted: Hello. Glad to... Ben: Glad to...
Dick: I t s nice to... Bill: I ts a...
2. Ben: Hello. This is... Ben: Yes, it is.
Ted: Hello. Glad to ...
Dick: I ts nice to...
2. ( ).
3. ,
?
1. Dan: Hello, Ted. This is Ben 4. Dick: Hello. My names Dick
Green. Hope.
Ted: ... Bill: ...
Ben: Glad to meet you too. Dick: I ts a nice day today,
2. Dan: Hello. isnt it?
Bill: ... Bill: ...
Dan: I ts a cold day today, 5. Ted: Hello, Ben.
isnt it? Ben: ...
Bill: ... Ted: I t s a cold day today,
3. Dick: ... isnt it?
Ted: Glad to meet you. My Ben: ...
names Green. 6 . Bill: ...
Dick: ... Ben: Glad to meet you.
Ted: Yes, it is. Bill: ...
4.
.
1. Ted: , . , .
Dan: Hello. Glad to meet you.
Ben: .
2. Bill: . .
Hal: Hello. My names Hal Black. Glad to meet you.
Bill: .
1 .
28 I'
3. Ben: Hello, Bill.
Bill: .
Ben: I t s a nice day today, isnt it?
Bill: .
4. D m : .
Ted: Hello.
Dan: , ?
Ted: Yes, it is.
5. .
1. ,
.
2. .
3. ,
( ).
IV.
1. , .
J f . O - e - . , t ^ , T ^
2 . ,
. .
3.
.
4. , , .
. .
cake, kind, been, soon, six, them, main, look, tea, moon, know,
miss, rain, die, cent, little, hi, fifth, then, cook, five, yet, went, leave,
twelve, French, pilot, why, yes, road, marry, snow, when, float, past
5. . .
1. This is a classroom. 2. The book is thick. 3. Is the book thick?
Yes, it is. 4. Teds a student. 5. Is Ted a student? Yes, he is. 6 . Is
Ben sick? No, he isnt. 7. Read the text, please.
6 . .
7. .
, .
8 . .
1. This is room. 2. This is desk and th a ts bed. 3. This is
book. book is good. book isnt thick, its thin. 4. Petes student.
5. Hes good student. Bens good student, too. 6 . This is hat and
th a ts cap. h a ts green and caps black. 7. Is this tie? Is
29
tie green? 8 . Is that thin notebook? No, it isnt. notebooks
thick.
9. ) ,
.
) .
10. , .
1 1 . . .
12. .
1 . . . . 2.
? . . 3. ? .
. . 4. ? .
. 5. ? . . 6 .
? . . 7. , , .
. ? .
. 8 . , , .
13. .
1 . : , . ()
.
: . ( ).
: ( ).
: .
2. : (). .
: (). .
( ).
: , ?
: .
3. : ().
: ). , ?
: .
I.
1.
J j [d 3ei]
Q q [kju]
U u [ju]
30
2.
[ei] [ei]1 1 []
[00] []2 []3 [3]
[ju] [ju] [] [3]
-[b], [], [t], []

. [] -[1], [ ]
,
-1
3.
0W [] brown
0U a'bout
[ ] 'letter
4.
j [d3l Jack
[g] 1. , , 4 good
2. glad
g
[<*3] , i, page
sh shelf, fish
1 . 1.
2 . 2.
3 . .
4 . 2.
31
/

- - -
ch [tj] child
2. teach

tch [ tji match

ture [tj*] 'picture
II. %
1. . [J*].
she shell shift shook dash 'Swedish
show shelf ship shoot dish 'Danish
shine shave sheep sheet fish 'Finnish
2. . , 5 ]
.
Jim jam gym page range
Jane joke gem stage strange
3. .
[ tf] ,
chin chose speech match 'picture
child chat teach catch 'lecture
cheese chess beach 'kitchen 'nature
4. r . , [j] 2
[].
use few cute a'buse 'music
fuse huge 'duty a'muse 'future
5. . , [al
.
rob hot clock stop
doll rod lot rock bosh
knoll trod not sock w hat
want lodge got box wash
1 . , . 193 194.
2 [j] . 2, . 189.
32
6. . , []
[].
now found council
how sound out
down round shout
brown ground count
7. .
[].
run swum luck 'funny
gun lunch bus cut 'sunny
sun dub plus much 'm uddy
slum club fuss such 'lucky
8 . .

[]. , [t]
.
'dollar 'paper 'letter 'm atter
'summer 'w inter 'b etter 'fa tte r
'num ber 'teacher 'b u tter 'ch atter
9. .
[].
bar arm 'arm y park art 'garden
car farm large mark part 'partner
far harm hard march 'p arty 'carpet
10. . , qu
[kw].
queen quick quest quite
quench 'quickly quit quote .
1 1 . . ,
. .
stage, teach, use, how, much, 'teacher, car, quick, range, m atch,
few, out, sun, 'summer, large, quote, joke, 'picture, 'm usic, 'quickly,
shout, such, 'better, jam, 'lecture, now, sound, 'hurry, 'm atter, art
12. .
are. .
3 , iThese are pencils. 2 . [These larent f bôks.
These pencils ^. These ibooks arent
1 iThose arept^xtbooks. Im inot a ftâcher.
These itextbooks arepgbod. He lisnt at |'school now.
They arent pst^dents.
* -f;3iz ar'psnslz); [Oiz ,psnslz ar'black]; [,0ouz jr'tekstbuks]; [douz ,tekstbuks

y'gud}; :[;diz ,arnt 'buks]; [Oiz ,buks ^ rnt 'god]; [aim , m t a'tit/ar]; [hi ;iznt at
'skui riauj; [dei ,arnt 'students]
2' . . - 33
13. - . , <*/
.
lAre Ithese h ies? iTs this ,text [easy?
IAre these tties[nice? its he|'late?
lAre those icoats)'black? IAre you a 'teacher?
jAre they 'students?
14. . ,
,
.
jTs ithis )Coat1black or idar'kpbr^wn?^ )Ts Mr. ,Brown a|student .or a f tâcher?
jAre ,those jhookspold orJ>n^w? jls |Ann at home or atpsdiôl?
iTs |Mike aj'pupil or apst^dent?
15. . ,
3.
v 4
{What Jsptn^s? jWhat )Color are thepsR^lves?
jWhat arepth^se? How |Old is *^?
jWhats hispn^me? How |Old are !Ben and|^ lfee?
iWhat colors thejip^ncil? How ,tmich is two plus *^ght?
III. -
. ( )
am [, , m] 1- . . . home [houm] n , ; at home
be
are [ar, ar] v . . be How old is Pete (Mike)?
blue [blu] , ; dark blue ()?
(dark blu] - I [ai]
brown [braun] jacket ['d3 aekit] n
child; children [tfaild, 'tfildran] n pe- jeans [dfjnz] n
- ; large [lard3 ]
color ['1] n letter ['lets] n 1. ; 2.
doctor ['daktar] n minus ['mainas] n
French [frentJ] Miss [mis] n (
gray [grei]
history ['histari] n )
1 . , . 197.
2 [,iz y6is ,kout 'blaek ar,dark 'braun]; [,ar ,douz ,buks 'ould ar 'nu]; [,iz
,matk 9'pjupl ar a'studant]; [,iz mistar ,braun a'studant ar a'titfar]; [,iz ,aen at'houm
ar at 'skul]
3 . , . 195.
4 [,hwcit izjdis]; [,hwat ar'douz]; [,hwats iz 'neim]; {,hwat ,1 0 'pensl];
f,hwat ykAlar arOa'Jelvz]; [hau ,ould iz 'maik]; [hau ,ould ar 'ben 'maikj; [hau
,mAtf iz ,tu pUs 'eit]
34
Mr. {'mistar] (. Mister) , . Shes a
( French teacher.
) ()
Mrs. ['mistris] (. Mistress) ,
, ( they [5ei]
) trousers ['trauzarz]
much [niAtf] ; How much? very ['vsri] adv
? what [hwat] ; ; W hats
new [nu, nju] this? ? W hat book is this?
not [nat] ( ) ?
now [] adv , who [hu] ; Whos he? (
plus [pks] ; How much is five )?
plus (minus) two? wife [waif] n
() ? Numerals ( )
pupil ['pjupl] ; ( one [wAn]
) two [tu]
school [skul] ; at school three [0ri]
sentence ['sentans] n . four [for]
she [Ji] five [faiv]
shoe iSu] , six [siks]
show [jou] v ; Show it to seven ['sev(9)n]
me, please, eight [eit]
son [sAn] n nine [nain]
Sunday ['sAndi] n ten [ten]
sweater ['swetar] n eleven ['1()]
teacher ['titJa r]/ (), twelve [twslv]
); Hes a history teacher.
. *
1. a) These are (good) books. Theyre (good) books.

b) These arent (g~od) books. They arent (good) books.
c) Are these (good) books? Yes, they are.
Are they (good) books? No, they arent.
2. a) These books are good. The books are good.

b) These books aren't good, The books arent good.
c) Are these books good? Yes, they are.
Are the books good? No, they arent.
Are they good?
3. a) I am (Im) a student. They are (Theyre) students.

b) I m not a student. , They arent students.
c) Are you a student? Are they students?
Yes, I am. Yes, they are.
No, I am not. No, they arent.
4. Alternative questions
( )
Is this a pen or a pencil? I t s a pencil.

Are those pens or pencils? Theyre pencils.
Is this pencil red or green? I t s red.
Is Peter at school or at home? H es at school.
1 . , . 196 197.
2* 35
*
5. Special questions
( )
3 (
)
1. Whos he? \ ()? Hes a teacher. A teacher.

Who are they? j ( ) Theyre teachers* Teachers.
I ts a pencil,
2. W hats this? \ - A pencil.
W hat are these? / 0? This is a pencil.
Theyre pencils. Pencils.
3. W h ats his name? ? His name is Ben

(Ben Smith). Ben (Ben Smith).
Hes Ben (Ben Smith).
4. W hat book is this? I t s M artin Eden. M artin Eden.

? ( I t s an English book. An English book.

?)
5. W hat colors the pencil? I t s red. Red.

?
6. How old is he? ? H es twelve. Twelve.

How old are Ben and Tom? Bens ten and Toms Ten and eight.
, ? eight.
7. How much is two plus three? Two plus three is Five.

? five.
How much i s . ten minus three? Ten minus three is Seven.
? seven.
1 . $
.
apple, coat, cap, desk, larftp, hat, 'textbook, student, jacket, day,
tie, shoe, name, table, pen, pencil, son, room, dialog, sweater, teacher,
page, m atch, knife, wife; woman, man, child
36.-
2. , .
books. pupils.
These hats. These knives. j
Those are texts. Those are children. I
They students. men.
tables.. women,
sentences.
3. .
1 . These are pencils. These are black pencils. Theyre blackl 2. Those!
textbooks. Those are good textbooks. Theyre good. 3. These a re '
apples. These are red apples. Theyre red. 4. These are notebooks. These!
are thick notebooks. Theyre thick. 5. These are sweaters. These are.'
b[lue sweaters. Theyre blue. 6 . Those are shoes. Those are brown shoes.;
Theyre brown. 7. These are coats. These are grey coats. Theyre g re y .!
8 . Those are letters. Those are French letters. Theyre French. 9. These
are children. These are nice children. Theyre nice.
4. no .
This is a brown jacket.
These are brown jackets. Theyre brown.
1. This is a dark blue sweater. 2. T h ats a grey hat. 3. This is a g o o d ,
dialog. 4. T hats a thin notebook. 5. This is a nice child. 6 . T h a ts a .
good knife. 7. This is an easy text. 8 . T hats a good m an.
5i He , -
, .
These are notebooks.
Oh, no. These 'aren t notebooks. Theyre books.
1. These are rooms, (classrooms) 2 . Those are caps, (hats) 3. These
are pens, (pencils) 4. Those are jackets, (sweaters) 5. These are trou
sers. (jeans) 6 . Those are knives, (pencils) (
6 ! . \
: match, knife, cap, lamp, map, sweat
er, jacket.
Are these texts? Yes, they are..(No, they arent.)
W hat are these (those, they)? Theyre texts (notebooks).
7. , .
notebooks thick.
These coats black.
Those cats are grey.
The pens arent green.
My pencils red.
H is desks . , brown.
They jeans dark brown.
trousers dark blue.
rooms large. .
.students good. .
children n ic e ..
.
8 . , .
These jackets are black, (dark brown)
Oh, no. They 'aren t black. They are dark brown.
1. These coats are black, (dark grey) 2 . Those children are bad.
(nice) 3. These sweaters are green, (yellow) 4. Those jackets are blue,
(black) 5. These apples are red. (green) 6 . These books are old. (new)
9.
.
1. These books are old. 2 . Those hats are new. 3. These caps are dark
brown. 4. Those dialogs are good. 5. These texts are easy. 6 . The maps
are old. 7. The textbooks are new.
10. no . :
teacher, student, pupil, good, bad, old, new.
1 . A: Are Ted and Dick students?
B: Yes, they are. (No, they arent.)
2. A: Are Mike and Pete good pupils?
B: Yes, they are. (No, they arent.)
11.
.
1. Is Mike a pupil or a student? H es a student. 2. Is Mr. Brown
a student or a teacher? Hes a teacher. 3. Are P ete and Mike pupils
or students? Theyre pupils. 4. Is this a book or a notebook? I t s
a notebook. 5. Is the notebook thin or thick? I t s thick. 6 . Are
these maps old or new? Theyre new. 7. Are those dialogs good or
bad? Theyre good. 8 . Are his jeans grey or blue? Theyre blue.
9. Is Ann at home or at school? Shes at school.
12. no .
.
Petes a pupil, (a student)
Is Pete a pupil or a student? Hes a pupil.
1. Anns a teacher, (a student) 2. Helen and Mike are students, (pu
pils) 3. These are jackets, (sweaters) 4. Those are desks, (tables) 5. The
shelves are brown, (yellow) 6 . T hat textbook is good, (bad) 7. Those
books are new. (old) 8 . This apples red. (green) 9. Petes at school, (at
home)
13.
. , .
1. W hos th at man? (a teacher, a student) 2. W hos Mike? (a pupil,
a student) 3. W hats this? (a jacket, a sweater, a coat, a notebook, a
knife) 4. W hat are those? (knives, pencils, shoes, tables, caps) 5. W hats
his name? (Ted, Ben Hills, Ed Sm ith, Mike) 6 . W hat colors the pencil?
(red, green, black, brown, blue) 7. How old is the child? (3, 5, 7, 6)
8 . How old is he? (12, 10, 9, 11, 8) 9. How old are Mike and Ben? (9 and
1 ; 8 and 5; 7 and 3) 10. How much is 2 + 1 ? (5 + 6 ; 7 + 3 ; 8 + 2 ; 12 1;
96 ; 10- 8)
38
14. .
2+ 6= 8 9 3 = 6 12 9 = 3
52 = 3 5+ 3= 8 7+ 2= 9
1 0 + 1 = 11 1 1 6 = 5 4+ 8=12
15. ,
.
16. .
1. Hes a student. 2. His sons eleven. 3. Teds eight and Mikes sev
en. 4. His names Ed Sm ith. 5. I t s a French book. 6 . The coats white.
7. Ten m inus one is nine. 8. Six plus two is eight.
D. Text
,
, .
1
jOpen thefbopk, please.
êad theft^xt, please.
N o w .close thepbdp k , please. |Those are hispbôfcs.
iTs the |text|'easy? ' iNick Sokolov and his wifel'Ann are at'Fh^me.
How |inuch is .three plus ejl^ht? |Pete and|'Mike are at ihomeptô.
Read the text and translate it.

I t s Sunday today. Nick Sokolov and his wife Ann are at home.
His two sons Pete and Mike are at home too.
Nick Sokolov is a doctor. His wife is a teacher. Shes a French teacher.
P etes five. T hats his sweater. I t s blue. Those are his jeans. Theyre
dark blue. His jacket is yellow and his caps grey. His shoes are not
black. Theyre brown.
Mikes seven. H es a pupil. T h ats his sweater. I t s new. I t s red.
Those are his trousers. Theyre brown. Mike isnt at school today. H es
in his room. His rooms large. This is his desk. Those are his textbooks
and notebooks. His notebooks are thin.
Mike, open the book, please. Read the text, please. Is the text easy?
Yes, it is. Now close the book, please. Please show the book to Pete.
Mike, how much is twelve m inus five? I t s seven.
How much is three plus eight? I ts eleven.
W hat are those? Theyre shelves.
W hat color are they? Theyre brown.
1. ( ).
1. Nick Sokolov is
a) a French teacher, b) a doctor.
2. Nick and Ann are
a) at school, b) at home.
1 [,oupanw 9a'buk,- pliz]; [,rid_,3a'tekst, pliz]; [ ,klouzw Sk 'buk, plizj;

[,izw 9a ,tekst 'izi]; [hau ,niAtf iz ,0ri plAS 'eit]; [,So vz ar iz 'buks]; [mk ssk a b v
an iz ,waif 'aen ar at'houm]; [,pit an,maik ar at ,houm / tu] '
39
Petes. .. "
a) eight, b) five.
4. His jeans are .
a) green, b) dark blue.
<5, Mikes , \
a) a student, b) a, pupil.
6 . Mike isnt .
a) at home how, b) at school today.
7; This- ' is h is 1
a) bed, b) desk.
8 . Read
a) the book, please, b) the text, please.
9. Please show
a) it to me, b) the book to Pete.
10. The shelves are
a) blue, b) brown.
2. .
1. W hos Nick Sokolov? 2. Is Ann a teacher or a student? 3. Is Ann
a French teacher? 4. Are Ann and Nick at home now? 5. How old is
Pete? 6 . W hat colors his sweater? 7. W hat color are his jeans? 8 . Is
his jacket yellow or brown? 9. Is Mike seven or eight? 10. Is Mike a
pupil? 11. W hat colors his sweater? 12. Are his jeans blue or grey?
13. Is Mike at school or at home today? 14. Is he in his room? 15. Is
his room large? 16. W hat color are the shelves? 17. Are his notebooks
th in or thick?
3. : ) , ) , ) .
4. ,
. ,
.
. ( )
Hi. [hai] int . ! ! Bye. Bye-bye. ['bai'bai] .

friend [fiend]- . .
you [ju] , , , again [,] adv , ,
Pleased to meet you. [,plizd ta 'mit ju] Hope to see you again. [,houp ta ,si ju
. '] .
How are you? ['hau 'ar ju]
?
Fm fine, [aim 'fain] 1. Hello! 2. Goodbye. 3. Glad to meet you.
. Hi! Bye-bye. Pleased to meet you.
Goodbye. [,gud'bai] . Bye. Its nice to meet you.
.
F. Dialogs
1 . Ed: Hi, Mike. This is m y friend, Ted Brown.. .

' Mike: Hello, Ted. Pleased to meet you.
Ted: Hello. Glad to meet you.
40
2. Ted: Hello, Mike. 3. M r. Dunn: Goodbye.
Mike: Hello. How are you? M r. Ivanov: Goodbye.
Ted: Im fine. And how are to see you 'again' sooh:
you? 4. Dan: Hows Ted today?
IT I* T,T< 1 _ T_
Mike: I m fine too. Ned: Hes fine. Is Mike sick?
Ted: I ts a nice day today, Dan: No, he isnt. Hes late.
isnt it? 5. Peter: Bye.
Mike: Yes, it is. Mike: Bye-bye.
1. . ,
.
1 . Ed: Hi, Mike. This is...
Mike: Hello, Ted. Pleased to...
Ted: Hello. Glad to...
2 . Ted: Hello, Mike.
Mike: Hello. How...
Ted: I m fine. And how...
Mike: I m ... - 1
Ted: I t s a...
Mike: Yes, it is.
3. Mr. Dunn: Goodbye.
Mr. Ivanov: Goodbye. Hope to...
2. ( ).
3. ,
?
1. Ted: Hi, Pete. This is my friend Ned Hale.
Pete: ...
Ned: ...
2. Ann: Hello, Mike.
Mike: ...
Ann: I m fine. And how are you?
Mike: ...
3. Mr. Dunn: Hello. How are you?
Mr. Petrov: ...
M r. Dunn: I m fine too. I t s a cold day today, isnt it?
M r. Petrov: ...
4. Ann: Hello. My names Ann Blake.
Helen: ...
Ann: I m fine. How are you?
Helen: ...
Ann: I t s a nice day today, isnt it?
Helen: ...
Ann: Goodbye.
Helen: ...
5. Pete: Hows Mike today?
Dan: ...
4.
.
,41
1. Ted: Hi, Nick. This is Peter Dunn and Mike Brown.
Nick: .
Mike: Glad to meet you.
Peter: Pleased to meet you.
2. Mike: I t s a nice day today, isnt it?
Ted: . ?
Mike: Shes fine.
3. Ann: , .
Nick: Hello. How are you?
Ann: . ?
Nick: Fine, too.
Ann: .
Nick: Bye-bye. Hope to see you again.
4. Dick:Hello. My names Dick Sm ith.
Ted: . .
Dick: Are you a student?
Ted: . ?
Dick: Yes, I am.
5. Ben: Hi, Bill.
Bill: . ?
Ben: I m fine. And how are you?
Bill: .
5. .
1.
, , ; ,
, .
2. , ,
, ,
.
3. , .
IV.
1 . . .
2. .
3. , .
.
4.
.
5. . .
now, beat, cheese, m atch, picture, page, run, funny, winter, butter,
quote, far, bag, garden, round, yell, chess, kitchen, joke, stage, sun,
lucky, teacher, m atter, quite, car, carpet, leave, how, teach, lecture,
jam , strange, bus, letter, such, quick, art, game, party, sleeve, now,
feel, out, tea, teeth, theme, fifth, look, cool, egg, took, boot, yet, student,
week, when, old, white, wild, went, cold, room, hope, carry, role, vacant
6 . . .
1. Those shelves are brown. 2. They arent students. They are pu
pils. 3. W hat textbook is this? I t s a French textbook. 4. How old is
your son? H es three. 5. Is the text easy? Yes, it is. 6 . W hat colorre
his jeans? Theyre dark blue. 7. Close the book, please.
7. .
8. .
, .
9. 15 ( )
.
10. , (
).
1. Peter Smith is teacher. H es French teacher. His wife Helen
is teacher, too. Shes history teacher. 2. This is classroom.
These are desks. desks are brown. 3. This is jacket is green.
4. Bens good student. 5. Those are textbooks and notebooks.
textbooks are thick and notebooks are thin. 6 . Mikes eight. Hes
pupil. Hes at school now. 7. Are you student or pupil? Im
pupil. 8 . I t s nice day today, isnt it? 9. I t s cold day today, isnt
it? 10. Is text easy? Yes, it is. 11. W hat colors sweater?
I t s dark green.
1 1 . ,
.
12. .
.
13. 15 ' w hats, whos,
what color, how old, how much, .
14. .
1. . , .
. .
? .
? . 2. . .
-? -. .
? . 3. . ?
. ? . .
. ? .
? . . .
4. , , . ? ,
43
. 5. ? .
6. ? -. 7. ? ? -j
. 8 . ? Ori
. ? . 9.
? . 10.
? .
15. , !
1 . : , .
: . ?
: . ?
: .
2. : . .
: . . ' ?
( ?) ; *
: . . (
).
3. : , ?
: . . .
: . ;
4. : ?
: . ? ?
: . .
5. : ?
: . ?
: . , ?
: .
Lesson 4
i.
1.
^ i

[]
[]

[] [] [] [] [] []
2.
, .
all [1] all, tall
44

alt [3lt] salt
alk [] talk, walk
off [of] off, coffee
ong [] long, wrong
ore more
oor [or]
door
air chair
are [er] care
ere where
wa [wa] want, wash
ng [0] thing, morning
nk lak] thank
II. *
1. . , [gl
.
bring 'fishing 'evening 'landing
ring 'swimming 'reading 'lasting
sjng 'sittin g 'm eeting 'packing
thing 'k n ittin g 'greeting 'passing
'raining 'closing
'taking 'opening
'skating 'looking
'painting 'running
2. .
[] .
'singing 'bringing 'flinging
'ringing 'springing 'banging
3. , .
[].
1 . , . 198.
*45
bank link sink
tank rink think
thank drink zink
4. .
[] [] [].
sin sing sink
thin thing think
ban bang bank
ran rang rank
5. .
[] [] .
'linking 'drinking 'thinking
'sinking 'ranking 'thanking
6 . .
[].
long ball halt
song tall salt
wrong small talk
throng wall walk
7. .
[] [].
door tore born port fork 'form al 'm orning
floor store corn sport force 'm oral 'form er
bore score torn sort forth 'border 'fo rty
more wore form short north 'corner 'shorter
8 . .
[] [].
for far born barn port part
form farm c o rd card force farce
9. .
[]. , []
.
hair where bare
chair there care
fair pear fare
10. , : [], [],
[], [or], [], [], [J], [tj*3. .
shelf, much, large, child, small, clock, thing, born, where, thank,
ring, fork, not, tall, there, cheese, bank, march, sheet, such, teach,
wall, box, chair, sport, 'passing, floor, think, 'p arty, shook, 'hurry,
rink, door, raining, 'pocket, hair, song, 'nature, 'funny, car, drink,
'swimming, chess, fare, more, 'dollar, 'garden, fish, 'summer, walk,
chose, 'bringing, wrong, bare
46
11. .
[tjaild], [bAts-], [log], [dij], [hard], [sport], [klak], foupam g],
[0aegk], ['sigig], [kar], [ol], [tok], [spat], [mAtJ], [Jart], [hwy]
12. :1
a) .
fourteen children ['fortin 'tjildren]
fifteen pupils ['fiftin 'pjuplz]
seventeen jackets ['ssvantin "dgaekits]
eighteen sweaters ['eitin 'swstsrz]
sixteen books ['sikstin 'buks]
nineteen pens [ naintin 'penz]
b) .
room fifteen ['rum fif'tin]
room nineteen ['rum nain'tin]
page eighteen ['peid 3 ei'tin]
page seventeen ['peid 3 sevan'tin]
13. .
.
,Open the ,1 to .page fiffên, please. Hes .reading Jessdn seveifien.
H e s .opening the ,book to ,page fifffoen. She's in troom n in e^ en ,
^Read ilesson sevenjRên, please.
III. -
A. Vocabulary 2 (Text and Exercises 3)
answer ['aensar] v English (French) teacher
armchair ['arm tjer] n ()
at [aet, at] prep , ; at the table
evening ['ivniq] n ; Good evening.
cherry pie ['tferi 'pai] [,gud 'ivniij] ; in
(. .) the evening ; It is evening.
chess [tfes] ; to play [plei] .
chess have [haev, hav, av] v ; to have
clock [klak] n ; Its five oclock breakfast ['brekfast] ; to
now. [its ,faiv a'klak ] have dinner ; to have supper
.
coffee ['kofi] n ; to have [haev, hav] ice cream ['ais krim] n
coffee living room [ 'livirj rum] n ,
corn [korn] n ,
daughter ['dote] n the movies ['muviz] n ; to go to
dinner ['ding] n ; to have dinner the movies
newspaper ['nuzpeipar, 'njuzpeipar] n
do [du] v
doctor ['dakta] n , on [an] prep
door [dor] n page [peid 3 ] n ; Open his book
eat [it] v , to page 17, please. ,
English ['irjgl1Jl ; an 17- .
1 . , . 202203.
2 vocabulary [va'ka&bjulari]
3 exercise ['eksasaiz]
potatoes' [pe'teitouz] n p i: ; - their [] (. .)
mashed [maejt] potatoes to [tu, ta] prep , , (.
)
question ['kwestjn] n ; to ask tomorrow '] adv
laesk] a question ; to tonight [ta'nait] adv
answer a question ; watch TV Pwatji 'ti 'vi]
Answer my question, please,
salad ['saelad] n we [wi] ; We are students.
Saturday ['saetsrdi] n ; on Satur What time is it? [,wat 'taim iz it?]
day ?
sister ['siste] n when [hwen] adv
sit v with prep ( )
sofa ['soufa] n , Would [wud] you close (open) the book,
steak [steik] n ! please? () ,
sum [sAm] n ,
(); to do sums ( young [jaij]
) your [jur] , ,
teach [tit v , ; Zoo [zu] n

Numerals (4, 14-20)
four [for] seventeen l'sv(9)n'tin]
fourteen ['for'tin] eighteen ['ei'tinj
fifteen ['fif'tin] nineteen ['nain'tin]
sixteen ['siks' tin] twenty ['twsnti]
. Basic Sentences1
1 . a) I m reading a book.
Hes playing chess w ith Ben.
W ere watching TV.
b) I m not reading a book.
He isnt playing chess w ith Ben.
They arent watching TV.
c) Are you reading a book? Yes, I am. No, I m not.
Is he playing chess with Ben? Yes, he is. No, he isnt.
Are they watching TV? Yes, they are. No, they arent.
2. a) I m going to watch TV tonight.
W ere going to play chess tonight.
b) He isnt going to watch TV tonight.
They arent going to play chess tonight.
c) Is he going to watch TV tonight? Yes, he is. No, he isnt.
Are you going to play chess tonight? Yes, we are. No, we
arent. ,
. He is going to the movies tonight.= Hes going to go to the
movies tonight.
3. Is Peter a doctor or a teacher? Hes a doctor.
Is this a green or a blue jacket? I t s a blue jacket.
Is he opening or closing the door? H es closing the door.
C. Exercises
l . a ) (Pres
ent Participles). b) *
. .
basic ['beisik] . . ,> . 201203.
48
opening, 'reading, 'eating, 'watching, 'asking, 'sitting, 'doing, 'clos
ing, 'taking, 'w riting
)
.
to play, to answer, to give, to go, to do, to have, to sit, to watch,
to close, to w rite
2. . [rj],
.
a) 1. I m watching TV. [aim /v a tjig ti 'vi.]
2. H es closing the door, [hiz ,klouzig 5 'dor.]
3. W ere doing sums, [wir ,duig 'sAmz.]
b) 1. I m not reading the new text. [aim ,nat,ridig 8 'n u 'tsk st.l
2. She isnt opening the door. [,fi,iznt,oup 9nig da'dor.]
3. We arent playing chess, [wi arnt ,p leig 't|ss.]
c) 1. Is she answering his questions? [,iz J~i ,aens8rig iz'kw sstjnz?]
2 . Are they reading the new text? [,ar3ei'ridig da'nu'tskst?]
3. W hats Peter doing? [,wats,pitar'dunj?l
4. Is Peter opening or closing the door? [,iz,pitar 'oupamg ar'klouzig
'dor?J
3. . ,
. .
1. A: Is Pete asking questions?
: No, he isnt.
A: W hats he doing?
B: Hes answering questions.
(B: reading the new text, doing his lessons)
2. A: Is Ben at home now?
B: Yes, he is.
A: W hats he doing?
B: Hes playing chess with Bill.
(B: reading a French book, watching TV)
3. A: Are Ann and Helen watching TV now?
B: No, they arent.
A: W hat are they doing?
B: Theyre doing sums.
(B: playing chess, w riting sentences, answering questions)
4. A: Is Nick opening or closing his notebook?
B: H es closing it.
(A: the door, his book)
5. A: Is Mike doing sums or watching TV?
B: H es watching TV .
(A, B: playing chess, reading a book)
4. ,
.
Teacher: W ould you close the book, please?
T,: W hat are ypu doing? .,
49
S: I m closing the book;
T: W hats he doing?
2nd: S: Hes closing the book.
1. Would you read text 3, please? 2 . W ould you give a pen to Pe
ter? 3. W ould you do exercise 5, please. 4. W ould you open the door,
please. 5. W ould you close the door, please. 6 . Would you open your
textbook to page 12, please. 7. Would you sit in an armchair?
5. , .
Are they watching TV? (to play chess)
No, they arent. Theyre playing chess.
1. Is he opening the door? (to close the door) 2. Is she asking ques
tions? (to answer questions) 3. Is Ann eating an apple? (to eat salad)
4. Are they reading text 3? (to read text 4) 5. Are you doing sums? (to
read a French book) 6 . Are they having dinner? (to have supper) 7. Are
they having ice cream? (to have coffee)
6 . .
.
1. Is Peter opening or closing his book? 2. Is she reading text 3 or
text 4? 3. Is Peter reading a newspaper or a book? 4. Are they having
coffee or ice cream? 5. Are they watching T V or playing chess? 6 . Is she
giving a pen to Ann or to M ary? 7. Is th at a brown or a yellow sweater?
8 . Is Mary a teacher or a doctor? 9. Is Nick at school or at home?
7.
.
Is this a green pencil? Is this a black pencil?
Is this a green or a black pencil?
1. Is Jack a pupil? Is Jack a student? 2. Is th at hat grey? Is th a t
hat dark blue? 3. Are those books thin? Are those books thick? 4. Are
they at home? Are they at school? 5. Is Jack doing sums? Is Jack w atch
ing TV? 6 . Are they having breakfast? Are they having dinner?
8 . , .
to close the door,

I am to open the door,
to read the new text,
to answer your questions,
He, she is to ask questions,
to have coffee,
to do their lessons.
We, they are
to the Zoo tomorrow,

to the movies on Sunday.
9. , ,
.
: Would you open your book, please? W hat are you going to do?
S: I m going to open my book.
50
1. Would you have coffee, please? 2. W ould you read this text,
please? 3. Would you eat salad, please? 4. W ould you watch TV, please?
5. W ould you write five sentences, please? 6 . Would you give him a
pencil, please?
10. , ( ) .
Peter isnt reading the text.
When is Peter going to read the text?
1. We arent playing chess. 2 . She isnt reading the new book. 3. He
isnt having dinner. 4. They arent doing their lessons. 5. She isnt
answering his questions. 6 . He isnt opening the door. 7. They arent
watching TV.
11. , , .
51
12. .
.
1 . A: Are you going to play chess tonight?
B: No, we arent. Were going to watch TV.
2. A: W hat are you going to do tonight?
B: I m going to read the new text.
3. A: Are you going to play chess or watch TV in the evening?
B: W ere going to play chess.
4. A: Are you going to the Zoo tomorrow?
B: No, I m not. Im going to the movies with my sister.
13. .
20-6=14 1 9 - 2 = 1 7 4 + 11 = 15 1 4 -1 7 = 1 8
12 + 6 = 1 8 1 1 + 9 = 20 16 - 7 = 9 3 + 1 6 = 1 9
14-8= 6 3 + 1 7 = 20 1 0 + 5 = 1 5 1 2 + 7 = 1 9
14. , .
W hat tim e is it? ['w at'taim iz it]
I ts ... oclock, [its ... a'klak]

D. Text
. [)1,
[5], ,
Now theyre .having |*steak, gashed potatoes andpcfyn.

iMr. and |Mrs.|'Brown are,having .
.Mifchaelj fMary, .their [daughter 'Hefien and their ison ['Ben are In thep^ving foom .
' 1 [,meriz ,sitnj anw'53 'sou fa]; [hiz ,raitirj 'eksarsaiziz ,aeskig 3nd,aensarit)
'kwestjnz.]; [ Oei ,haevig 'steik, ^naejt pa'teitouz 'kornj; [,mistar /mistns
52
Redd the text and translate. iff
I ts Saturday. It is evening. The Browns are at. home. Michael
Browns a doctor. He isnt old, hes young. His wife Mary is, young too.
Shes an English teacher. Michael, Mary, their daughter Helen and
their son Ben are in the living room. Michaels sitting in an armchair.
M arys sitting on the sofa. Shes watching TV. Helen and Ben are play
ing chess., Helens nine and Bens seven. Bens asking .questions and
Helens answering them. Helens teaching him to play chess. Their
son Tom isnt in the living room. H es in his room. H es w riting exer
cises and doing sums. Tom s, eleven. H es a good pupil.
I t s six oclock now. Mr. and Mrs. Brown and their children are sit
ting at the table. Theyre having dinner. Theyre eating salad. Now
theyre having steak, mashed potatoes and corn.
The children are having cherry pie with ice cream; Mr. and Mrs.
Brown are having coffee.
1. ( ).
1. I t s
a) Sunday, b) Saturday.
2. I t s ' ,
a) evening, b) a nice day.
3. Michael Browns
a) a teacher, b) a doctor.
4. His wife Mary is
a) old too, b) young too.
5. Helen and Ben
a) are watching TV, b) are playing chess.
6 . Their son Tom isnt
a) in his room, b) in the living room.
7. Hes '
a) reading a book, b) w riting exercises and doing sums.
8 . I t s
a) three oclock now, b) six oclock now.
9. Theyre having
a) breakfast, b) dinner.
10. The children are having
a) coffee, b) cherry pie w ith ice cream.
2 . .
1. Is it Saturday or Sunday? 2. W hat tim e is it? 3. W here are the
Browns? 4. Is Michael Brown a doctor or a teacher? 5. Is Mrs. Brown
young? 6 . Is Mrs. Brown an English teacher? 7. W heres Michael sit
ting? 8 . W hats he doing? 9. W hats Mrs. Brown doing? 10. Are Helen
and Ben watching TV or playing chess? 1 1 . How old are Helen and Ben?
12. Is Tom in the living room too? 13. W hats he doing? 14. How old
is he? 15.'W hat tim e is it now? 16. W hat are th e Browns doing now?
'braun ar ,ha>vir) 'kofi]; ['maikl, 'msri, 9er,<fotar 'helan 0er ,sAn 'ben sr ,inw 93
'liviij.rum]
53
17. W hat are they eating? 18. Are the children having coffee? 19. Are
Mr. and Mrs. Brown having coffee or ice cream? T
3. .
4. , .
. Vocabulary (Dialogs)
class [klaes] n 1. ( ) thank [Baeijk] v ; Thank
( ); 2. ; to have you. . . thanks
French class LQaegks] .
; to have classes , do [du] v ; W hat are you doing
now? ()
Whats your name? [,wats ju r 'neim?] ()?
? ( mathematics [,mae08'ni3etiks]
: My name is Ben.)
last name [laest neim] ; Whats hard [hard] ,
your last name? ? lesson ['lesn] ; This is hard
where [hwer] adv , ; where from lesson. ,
[fram] ; Where are you from? problem ['prabtam] .
[,hw3:'ar ju 'fram?] ( them [, , ] , ,
)? (, they)
be from [bi from] () ; Hes trouble [] ; Im
from Boston ['bastan]. , having trouble with problem 6.
morning ['mornir)] n ; Good mor - .
ning. . ; English ['icglij]
in the morning ; It is morning. easy [' izi} ,
. well [wel] int ; (
Sorry. (Im sorry) ['son] . )
. , ( , See you tomorrow. .
, ,
. .); Sorry I m late. , on Sunday
. take [teik] v , -.,
Thats all right. . , -. -.; to take the children
sit down [daun] v , home
; Sit down, please. ( What about you? ['w at , 'ju?] A
), , ?
speak [spik] v ; John speaking. brother ['] n
(
) Names
there [6sr] adv ; over there ['ouvar
'] Mery ['msri]
telephone ['telifoun] Wood [wud] ()
talk [tok] , ; telephone Boston ['bastn] .
talk Jackson ['d 3aeksn] .
F. Dialogs
Read these dialogs and translate them.
1. In Class
Teacher: W hats your name?
Mary: My name is Mary.
Teacher: Mary, w hats your last name?
Mary: My last name is Smith.
Teacher: Where are you from?
Mary: I m from Boston.
Teacher: And w hats your name?
John: My name is John.
54
Teacher: John, w hats your last name?
John: My last name is Wood.
Teacher: Where are you from, John?
John: Im from Jackson.
James: Good morning. Sorry Im late.
Teacher: T hats all right. Please, sit down over there. Were going to
read a new text. Open yo'ur books to page seventeen, please.
2. Telephone Talk
John: Hello. John speaking.
Bill: Hello, John. This is Bill.
John: How are you?
Bill: Fine, thank you. And how are you?
John: Very well, thanks. W hat are you doing?
Bill: M athem atics). This is a hard lesson.
John: Are you doing the problems on page ten?
Bill: Yes. I m doing them now, I m having trouble w ith problem 6 .
John: I m having trouble with th at problem too.
Bill: Are you having any trouble with English?
John: No, th a ts easy.
Bill: Well, see you tomorrow. Goodbye.
John: Bye.
3
Peter: W hat are you going to do on Sunday?
Nick: I m going to take my sister to the Zoo. And what about you?
Peter: I m going (to go) to the movies w ith my brother.
1. . ,
.
1. Teacher: W hats... 2. John: Hello. Jo h n ...
Mary: My name... Bill: H ello,...
Teacher: Mary, w hats... John: W hat are you...
Mary: My last... Bill: M ath. This...
Teacher: W here... John: Are you...
Mary: I t m ... Bill: Yes, I m doing...
Teacher: And w hats... John: I m having...
John: My nam e... 3. Peter: W hat are you...
Teacher: John, w hats... Nick: I m going to ...
John: M y... Peter: I m going...
James: Good morning. Sorry...
Teacher: T hats all right.
Please...,
2. ( ) .
3. ,
?
1. : W hats your name?
S: ...
55
:--W hats your last name?.
-vS: V ",
2. T: ...
M: I m from Jackson.
3. S: Good morning. Sorry, I m late.
T: ...
4. M: Hello. Mary speaking.
J: ...
M: Fine, thank you. W hat are you doing?
J: ...
M: Is that a hard lesson?
J: ...
5. Bill: Are you having any trouble with the problems on page 19?
Peter: ...
Bill: I m having trouble with th at problem too.
6 ., Mary: Are you having any trouble with English?
Tess: ... '
Mary: W ell, see you on Monday.
7. Nick: W hat are you going to do on Saturday?
John: ...
Nick: I m going to the movies.
4. ?
1. : ...
: I m going to read the new text.
2 . A: ...
B: Yes. I m having trouble with problem 4.
3. A: ...
B: Yes, its a very hard lesson.
4. A: ...
B: No. That lesson is easy.
5. A: ...
B: My last name is Wood.
6 . A: ...
B: My name is Jane.
7. A: ...
B: I m from Boston.
8 . A: ...
B: T h ats all right. Sit down over there.
9. A: ...
B: W ere going to read a new text. Open your books to page 15.
10. A: ...
B: M ath. This is a very hard lesson.
1 1 . A: ...
B: I m going to take my brother to the Zoo. And what about you?
A r ...
12. A: ...
B: I m going to take my sister home now.
13. A: ...
B: Bye. See you in class tomorrow.
56
5. : ' -
(
).
1. S: . , .
: T hats all right. Sit down over there.
2. T: ?
S: My name is John.
T: ?
S: My last name is Wood.
3. : ?
,B; His last name is Johnson.
4. : ?
: is from Boston.
5. A: W hat are you going to do now?
: .
14.
6. : . .
J: Hello. This is Jane. How are you?
M : . ?
J: Very well, thanks. W hat are you doing?
M: . 12 .
J: I m having trouble with that problem too. Well, see you to
morrow.
M: .
7. N: Are you having any trouble w ith English?
P: . 4.
N: I m having trouble w ith that exercise too.
8 . A: Are you going to the movies tomorrow?
: . ;
9. : ?
: Yes. I m going to take them there on Sunday.
10. : , ?
: Yes, it is.
11. : . ?
: Yes, it is.
12 . : ?
: Shes well, thank you. And how is your brother?
: , .
13. : ?
: I m going to the movies w ith my friends.
14. : , - .
: How do you do. Glad to meet you.
: . .
15. A: Goodbye.
: . .
16. A: W hat are you going to do now?
J: .
57
6 . .
1. ,
( ), .
2 . .
.
, 7, (
) .
3. (),
. , .
4. ,
, ,
.
5. () ,
. ? ,
. , , .
IV.
1. .
2.
.
3.
.
4. . .
.
fog 'after born ac'cept at'tend
add all block ad'vice con'sist
'actor rob 'charming ad'vise com 'plete
'acting want 'pocket ag'ree ex'change
wash bring cool ar'rive con'ductor
5. . .
1. M arys sitting in an armchair. 2. W ere asking and answering
questions. 3. Tom isnt having coffee. 4. W heres Peter from? 5. W hat
are you going to do tonight? 6 . Their daughters going to Minsk to
morrow.
6 . .
7. , ,
. ,
.
8 . , .
1. Michael Petrov isdoctor. H esvery good doctor. His wife
A nnsEnglish teacher. Their children Nick and Helen arepupils.
2.Sm iths are inliving room. Mr. Sm ith is sitting inarmchair.
Mrs. Sm ith is sitting inarmchair too. Their daughter A nns sitting
onsofa. Shes watching TV. 3. W ere sitting attable. W ere hav
ingdinner. W ere havingsteak,mashed potatoes and corn. Now
58
were having coffee. 4. When are you going to . movies? Im
going to movies tomorrow. 5. Is your brother going to movies
or to Zoo tomorrow? H es going to the Zoo. 6 . Peter, Ben and
Nick are in classroom. Peter is asking Ben questions. Nicks
reading new text.
9. in, at, on, to, from.
1. Peter and Ann are school. 2 . Theyre the classroom. 3. Their
books and notebooks are the desks. 4. Mary and Helen are the
living room. M arys sitting an arm chair and Helens sitting the
sofa. 5. When is Peter going the movies? 6 . W hat are you going to
do Sunday? I m going to take my brother the Zoo. 7. Wheres
Ann now? Shes K iev.
10. , .
11. .
12. .
.
13. 15 : 4 , 4
7 ( w hat, who, when, where, what
color, how old), .
( ).
14. .
1. . 6 . .
, .
, . .
, . ,
. 2 . ?
, () . 3. ?
19 . 4. . . ,
. 5.
. 6 . . 7. ? 11 .
8 . ? . 9. ?
. 10.
? . 1 1 . ?
. 12. ? ( ).
15. .
1 . : . , .
: . .
2. : ?
: .
.
3. .
. ?
, . ?
, .
4. ?
.
59
* ?
.
?
.
5. ?
.
6. ?
.
7. i ?
. ?
. *
8. ?
. .
?
. .
.
9. ?
15,
?
, .
.
.
10. ?
. .
11. () ?
.
12. ?
.
13. ?
-.
14. ?
.
Lesson 5
i.
1.
'
her
ir 'th irteen
'curtain
wor (war] work, word
60'

Oi voice
[31] boy
ear dear
[] cheer
here
our [ ] . our
ower [] flower
II. 1
1. .
[].
fir burn bird 'certain 'th ir'te e n
sir 'burning third 'certainly 'curtain
stir turn word birth work
her 'turning world 'b irth d a y 'worker
2. .
[s] [].
te s t term g e t girl Ben burn well world
set serve bet birth ten turn wet work
t e n third s e t skirt n e t nurse w est worst
3. .
[] [].
burn born firm form word ward
curl corn th ird thord w orld warn
tu r n torn s h i r t short w orm warm
4. .
foil.
boy coin noise
joy point voice
toy soil choice
5. .
[ir]. ,
[] .
'dear hear peer here beer
clear fear steer mere cheer
6i. .
[ir] []. .
1 . , . 204.
.
dear dare beer bare cheer chair
hear hare s te e r stare here hair
f e a r fare m ere mare pere pear
7. .
[ ].
'flower 'tower
'power 'shower
8. .
[ ] [ ].
found 'flower town 'tower
pound 'power shout 'shower

9. .
.
[0] W [or]
good long door born
could [kud] wall floor 'morning
should [.fud] small more corn
would [wod] tall score north
book dog bore course [kors]
look talk tore 'forty
took chalk wore short
[ae] [a]
thank map Tom wash
'salad mashed want stop
bag 'blackboard- college ['kalid 3J 'doctor
'apple clock
fol [hw] [S]
i
'having why they
'taking when than
I
'doing while then
t
'sitting w hite these
'burning what this
10.
. ,
.
1 .1 have a la r g e j^ n ily . 3 . i Whefl do th e y ihavepbiâkfast?
T h e y have some lEnglishptôlcg jH o w m any ^brbthers do y o u ,h a v e ? *
We have ilunch at tone o fcl^ck ' jWhose ibook isptE^t?
iPeter s .notebooks are on t h e ^ sfc, )Whose pcSjjdren are th ey?
,Mary s isister is a tFrenchpo acher. iWheres he tgoing t o ^ ght?
2. !> idoesat have any|*bi^thers.
M y ibrother tisnt lgoing to thepjn^vies tq night.
iP eter [isn't tdoing, imathepn^tics now
62
11. .
.
J s your,mother af'teachei?
jDo you ,have any| chalk?
it)oes your brother havepmany ,friends at lcollege?
iDo they ihave any ,classes on|Thursday?
iAre you igoing to th e ^ o v ie s on|Saturday?
,1s he ,doing the problems on ,page *10?
12 . .

.
iTs your tmother a 'teacher or a[*d^ctor?
iTs ithat icoatl'blue orFgrfen?
jls he reading the |new or the|5{d ,text?
iAre they igoing to the imovies on|'Saturday or o n fs^nday?
,Does he ihave af black or apblê ,pencil?

!p o they have ,lunch at |<twelve or at[^ pe o*clock?
III. -
A. Vocabulary (Text and Exercises)

any ['em] , morning ['mormr)] n ; in the morn*
( , . .) ing
boy [boi] Moscow ['maskou] .
chalk [tjokl (. .) mother ['] n
college ['kalid 3] , ; news [nuz] n , ;
to be a t college 1. ; the latest ['leitist] news
, ; 2. ; to listen to the
latest news
day off [of] ( ) ; Would you listen to the latest
dog [dog] news now?
every ['evri] , ; every our [aur] , ,
day (morning, evening) , paper = newspaper
( , schoolboy ['skulboi] n
) schoolgirl ['skulgsl] n
father [] second ['sekpnd] ; a second-
year student (
Friday f'fraidi] ; on Friday )
- shirt [jart] n ()
girl [1] , some [sAm, sam] ,
her [, har] {. - ( , .);
.) has some English books,
its , (. .) thirteen [''tin]
journalist ['d33*n0list] Thursday ['03*zdi] n
listen (to) f'lisn id] v (-., Tuesday ['tuzdi] n
-.); Hes listening to Peter now. under ['Andar] prep
little ['litl] ( ) University ['juna'v3rsiti] n
Monday ['mAndi] n ; to be a t Moscow (Columbia [-
63
'lAinbia]) University Moc- . Wednesday I'wenzdi] n ; on
v () - Wednesday
year [jir] n
. Basic Sentences x
1. a) I have an English book (some English books). *
He has an English book (some English books). isf
b) I dont have an English book (any English books).
He doesnt have an English book (any English books).
c) Do you have an English book (any English books)? Yes, I do.
No, I dont. [dount]
Does he have an English book (any English books)? Yes, he
does.
No, he doesnt. [dAznt]
2. a) They have some notebooks.
He has some chalk.
b) They dont have any notebooks.
He doesnt have any chalk.
c) Do they have any notebooks?
Does he have any chalk? A
3. N icks books are on th at desk.
Peters sister is a French teacher.
4. Whose book is this? I t s Peter's book. I t s his book.
C. Exercises
1. .
to have *
some any. , .
a) 1. I have a brother. 2. has.a daughter and a son. 3. has
some chalk. 4. We have some French books. 5. They have some friends
at school. 6 . He has dinner at six oclock every day. 7. They have
breakfast at seven in the morning.
b) 1 . I dont have a blue jacket. 2 . He doesnt have any papers.
3. She doesnt have any ice cream. 4. We dont have any green pencils.
5. They dont have any children. 6 . They dont have breakfast at eight
oclock in the morning.
c) 1. Do you have any chalk? Yes, I do. 2. Does she have any
salad? Yes, she does. 3. Dofes he have a thin notebook? No, he
doesnt. 4. Do they have any children? No, they dont. 5. Does
he have dinner at six oclock every day? Yes, he does. 6 . Do they
have classes on Friday? Yes, they do. 7. Does she have a French
class on Tuesday? No, she doesnt.
2. no .
I have a brother. (Peter)
Peter has a brother.
1. Ann has a sister and a brother. (Mary) 2. I have fourteen text
books. (she) 3. They have dinner at six oclock every day. (we) 4. She
1 . , . 204206.
4
doesnt have any coffee. (I) 5. They dont have any French textbooks.
(Nick) 6 . He doesnt have a blue sweater, (she) 7. I dont have classes
on Sunday. (Ann) 8 . Does Peter have two children? (they) 9. Do you
have a white shirt? (Mike) 10. Does he have any friends at school? (they)
U . Do they have a French class on Saturday? (you) 12. Does Ann have
daughter or a son? (Mary) 13. When does Ben have breakfast? (they)
When do they have a French class? (Peter)
3. -
- .
. .
has some thick notebooks.
He doesnt have any thick notebooks.
Does he have any thick notebooks? Yes, he does. No, he doesnt.
1. He has some English books. 2. They have some pens and pencils.
3. Her brother has a dog. 4. Jack has a sister. 5. Mary has three child
ren. 6 . He has some chalk. 7. Ann has some ice cream. 8 . Peter has some
steak and salad. 9. I have a history class on Friday. 10. We have a French
class on Monday. 11. They have an English class on Tuesday.

some any.
1. doesnt have brother. has two sisters. 2. My sister has
French and English books at home. 3. Do they have children?
Yes, they do. They have daughter and son. 4. Does he have
friends at college? Yes, he does. He has many friends at college.
5. We have red and blue pencils. 6 . Would you sit in armchair,
please? 7. My friend doesnt have maps. 8 . Do you have English
papers? 9. The pupils have books and notebooks on their desks.
10. When do you have English class?.
5. . ,
, .
.
1. A: Do you have any notebooks?
: Yes, I do. I have many notebooks.
(A, B: English books, French newspapers, pencils, maps)
2. A: Do you have a red pen?
B: Yes, I do, but it isnt very good.
(A: a blue pencil, a knife)
3.. A: Does Peter have any brothers?
B: No, he doesnt. He has two sisters.
(A: sisters. B: brothers).
4. A: Does Jack have a dog?
- B: Yes, he does.
A: W hats its name?
B: Its name is Spot.
(A: Mike, Nick, Peter. B: Terry, Jackie, Jimmy)
5. A: W hats Peter doing now?
B: H es watching TV.
(B: listening to the latest news, doing sums, having a French class)
3 . . - 65
6. A: When do you have an English class?
B: On W ednesday and Friday.
{A: a French class, a history class. B: Tuesday and Thursday, Mon
day and Wednesday)
6. . ,
. .
1. A: Is this M ary's sweater?
: No, it isnt. I t s her sisters sweater.
(A: Peters, Janes, Jo h n s. B: his sons, her daughters, his brothers)
2. A: Whose coat is that?
B: I t s Toms coat.
(A: jacket, shirt, tie, dog. B: Bens jacket, Jo h n s shirt, my brothers
tie, Anns -dog)
3. A: Whose books are these?
B: Theyre my brothers books.
(B: his sisters, her mothers, his fathers, Toms, their teachers)
7. , , ,
.
1 . Whose coat is this? (Mr. Brown) 2. Whose tie is that? (her broth
er) 3. Whose children are they? (my sister) 4. Whose notebooks are
these? (Peter) 5. Whose dog is that? (Jane) 6 . Whose coffee is this? (Mary)
7. Whose papers are those? (his father) 8 . Whose books are these? (their
teacher)
8 . .
.
at
a) 1 . Peter is at school1. 2. Ann is at college*. 3. Theyre at home1.
b) 4. Nick and Tom are sitting at the table.
c) 5. They have dinner at 6 oclock.
in
a) 1. Theyre in the living room (in the classroom) . 2. Hes sitting
in an armchair. 3. P eters in London. ]
b) 4. I t s nine oclock in the morning. 5. I t s seven oclock in the
evening.
on
a) 1. Shes sitting on the sofa. 2. Their books are on the desks.
b) 3. He has a French class on Wednesday. 4. Ann has an English
class on Tuesday and Thursday.
to
1 . Shes going to the theater (to the Zoo, to London) tonight. 2. Go
to your seat, please.
from
1. W heres she from? Shes from Ki-ev. (from London)
1 school,'
college home at.
66
under
1 . W heres the dog? I t s under the table (under the desk).
9. . at, in,
on, from, under.
D. Text
a) . , [t]
-
[tdJ.
latest ['le y tdist] little ['litdl]
P eters ['p itd3rz] sitting ['sitdig]
University [juna'vs'sat^]
b) .
[], [ ]1.
Its,eight oclock in the|m^rning

Theyre in the %/lng troom.
p ic k stfather and^mother are at the ]t \ o #
i*ckst father is listening to theilatest|*n^ws
Theyre,having *c^sses.
) , .2
,Mary*s ,historyteaclier and,Nicks apjSurnalist.
| and Nick have ftwo d&tfdren: boy and a g^l.
Shes a,second^year University "student.
Read the text and translate it.

It is S aturday3. It is eight oclock in the morning. Mary and Nick
Vetlov are at home. Mary is a history teacher and Nick is a journalist.
Saturday is their day off. Theyre in the living room. Their living
room is large. Mary and Nick are sitting at the table. Nicks father
and mother are sitting at the table too. They are having breakfast.
They are listening to the latest news.
Mary and Nick have two children: a boy and a girl. Pete is th ir
teen. He is a schoolboy. His sister Jan e is nineteen. She is a second-year
U niversity student. Jane and Peter have many friends at college and
at school.
1 [its ,eit 9,klak inw cte ')]; [9eir inw cfe 'livir) rum]; [,mks 'faSte*
, 9 1 ^ 1 ;tu]; [,niks iz ,lisnnj U (fe,leitdist 'nuz]; [0eir ,haevir)
'klsesiz]
2 [,meriz 9,hist(9)ri 'titja* a n ^ m k s 9'd53*n3list]; [;meri -'nik hev ,tu 'tfildran:
a'boi and '*1]; [Jiz ,sek9nd jir jun9,v3*satdi 'studant]
- : I ts Saturday, M arys
a history teacher . . (
.)
3* 67
Peter and Jan e are not at home now. Jan e is at college and Pete
is at school. They are having classes. Jan e has an English class every
day.
Pete has a dog. Its name is Rex. Rex is a very nice little dog. It
is in the living room now. It is under the table.
1. ( ).
1. It is
a) seven oclock in the morning, b) eight oclock in the morning.
2. Mary is
a) a doctor, b) a history teacher.
3. They are
a) in the classroom, b) in the living room.
4. Nicks father and mother are sitting
a) on the sofa too, b) at the table too.
5. They are having
a) dinner, b) breakfast.
6 . Peter is
a) fifteen, b) thirteen.
7. He is
a) a student, b) a schoolboy.
8 . Jan e and Peter have
a) some friends at college and at school, b) many friends at college
and at school.
9. Ja n e has an English class
a) on Thursday, b) every day.
10 . It is under
a) the sofa, b) the table.
2. .
1. Is it Saturday or Thursday? 2. Is it nine or eight oclock in the
morning? 3. Are Nick and Mary at home? 4. Is Saturday their day off?
5. Is Sunday their day off? 6 . Is Mary a doctor or a history teacher?
7. Is Nick an English teacher or a journalist? 8 . W here are Mary and
Nick sitting? 9. Are N icks father and mother sitting at the table too?
10. W hat are they listening to? 11. How many children do Nick and
Mary have? 12. Is Peter fifteen or thirteen years old? 13. How old is
Jane? 14. Is Jan e a pupil or a student? 15. Is she a University student?
16. W here are Peter and Jane now? 17. Do they have any friends at
college and at school? 18. Does Jane have an English class every day?
19. Does Peter have a dog? 20. W hats its name? 21. W heres the dog now?
3. .
4. .
roommate ['rummeit] n (- Nice meeting you. [,nais 'm itig ju]
)
How are you doing? [,hau a* ju 'duig] ().
. ()? Same here. [,seim 'hir] .
Not bad. (Im not bad.) , ( (my) first name [fyst] () (
.) )
68
a t twelve oclock write [rait] v
only ['ounli] adv word [ws*d] n
cup [] n chalk [tjok] ti (. .)
Would you like a cup of coffee? [,\vud ju May I have your pencil? [,mei ai ,h&v
,laik , sv 'kofi] He iur 'psnsl]
? ? (
Should I read text 5? [J u d ai ,rid ,tekst .)
'faiv] ? ( Here you are. [,hir ju 'ar] ()
?) . ( -.)
repeat [ri'pit] v ; Repeat it, So. long. [,sou ' ioij] . .
please. , , .
after ['seftar] prep ( Have a nice weekend, ['haev 9,nais wik-
); Repeat this 'cnd]
sentence after me. ( ).
. You too. . .
T hatll do. [,6aetl 'du] ,
blackboard ['blaekbord] n

F. Dialogs
1
Peter: Hi, Dave.
Dave: Hi, Peter. This is Tom, my roommate.
Peter: Hi, Tom. How are you doing?
Tom: Fine, Peter. How are you?
Peter: Not bad, thanks. Nice meeting you. Bye.
Tom: Same here. Bye.
2
Peter: Jane, do you have a brother?
Jane: Yes, I do.
Peter: W hats his first name?
Jane: (His first name is) Ben.
3
Nancy: Do you have a French class today?
Mary: Yes, I do. At twelve oclock.
Nancy: I t s only eleven now. W ould you like a cup of coffee?
Mary: Yes, thank you.
4. In Class
Teacher: Peter, read the text, please.
Peter: Should I read text 5?
Teacher: Yes, please. ...Please repeat this sentence after me...
Please repeat this sentence after me again. ... T hatll do.
Nick, go to the blackboard and write some words, please.
Nick: Sorry, I dont have any chalk.
5
Ben: Do you have a red pencil, Dave?
Dave: Yes, I do.
Ben: May I have it?
Dave: Here you are.
Ben: Thank you.
Ben: Bye, Dave.
Dave: So long, Ben.
Ben: Have a nice weekend.
Dave: Thanks. You too.
Classroom Expressions 1
repeat this (this word, this sentence),
repeat this (this word, this sentence) again,
Please repeat after me.
repeat after me again.
repeat this?
repeat this again?
open your books (notebooks), please?
close your books (notebooks), please?
read this text (text 5, this sentence), please?
Would you write these words (these sentences), please?
answer my (his, M arys) questions, please?
ask questions, please?
go to the blackboard, please?
show me that book, please?
read text 5?
w rite these sentences?
Should I answer your (his, Marys) questions? Yes, please.
go to the blackboard?
1 . , ,

1. Peter: H i,... 4. Teacher: Peter, read...
Dave: H i, Peter. This is... Peter: Should I...
Peter: Hi, Tom. How... Teacher: Yes, please. Please
Tom: Fine,... repeat... Nick, go to the
Peter: Not bad,... blackboard and...
Tom: Same here. ... Nick: Sorry. I...
2. Peter: Jane, do you... 5. Ben: Do you have...
Jane: Yes,.. Dave: Yes,...
Peter: W hats... Ben: May I...
Jane: His first... Dave: Here...
Ben: T hank...
3. Nancy: Do you... 6 . Ben: B ye,...
Mary: Yes,... Dave: So...
Nancy: I t s only... Ben: H ave...
Mary: Yes,... Dave: Thanks. ...
2. ( ) .
3. ,
?
, 15,
70
1 . Mary: Hi, Nancy.
Nancy: ...
Tess: Hi, Mary. How are you doing?
Mary: ...
Tess: Fine, thank you. Nice meeting you. Bye.
Mary: ...
2. Peter: , do you have a brother?
Mary: ...
Peter: W hats his first name?
Mary: ...
3. John: Nick, do you have an English class today?
Nick: ...
John: I t s only ten oclock now. Would you like a cup of coffee?
Nick: ...
4. Teacher: Mary, read the text. ... Please, repeat this sentence after me.
5. Teacher: Peter, go to the blackboard and w rite some words, please.
Peter: ...
6. Nancy: Do you have a green pen, Tess?
Tess: ...
Nancu: May I have it?
Tess: ...
Nancy: Thank you.
7. Peter: Bye. Have a nice weekend.
Ben: ...
8. Jane: So long, John.
John: ...
9. Ann: May I have your textbook, please?
Ben: ...
Ann: Thank you.
10. Ann: Would you like, a cup of coffee?
Bill: ...
4. ?
1 . : ...
: Hi, Mary. This is Jane, my roommate.
2. A: ...
B: Fine, thank you.
3. A: ...
B: Same here. So long.
4. A: ...
B: Here you are.
5. A: ...
B: So long, Ben.
6. A: ...
B: Thanks. You too. See you on Monday.
B: His first name is Peter.

8 . A: ...
B: Yes, I do. At one oclock.
71
9. A: ...
: Yes, thank you.
10 A:. ...
B: Should I read text 6?
A: ...
B: Should I write this sentence on the blackboard?
11. A: ...
B: Sorry, I dont have any chalk.
12. A: ...
B: Yes, its a very cold day today.
13. A: ...
B: I m going to the movies with my brother.
14. A: ...
B: I t s twelve. (Three plus nine is twelve.)
15. A: ...
B: T h ats all right. Sit down over there.
16. A: ...
B: How do you do. Glad to meet you.
17. A: ...
B: Hi, Ann. How are you doing?
5. .
1 . Ben: Hi, Dave.
Dave: , . , .
Ben: Hi, Mike. How are you doing?
Mike: . ?
Ben: Not bad, thanks. Nice meeting you. Have a nice weekend.
Mike: . ( ).
2. Ann: ?
Nancy: Yes, I do. At twelve oclock.
Ann: 11 . He bi ?
Nancy: , .
3. Peter: ?
Mike: Two oclock. Are you going to the movies tonight?
Peter: . .
. .
Mike: So long. See you tomorrow.
4. Teacher: , .
Mike: Should I read text 5?
Teacher: , . .
5. Teacher: Mary, go to the blackboard, please.
Mary: , .
6. Teacher: , .
Students: Should we w rite them in our notebooks?
7. Peter: Mary, do you have a green pencil?
Mary: .
Peter: May I have it, please?
Mary: , .
8. Ben: So long, Peter.
72
Peter: .
.
Ben: Thanks. You too.
9. A: I have no pen. May I have your pen, please?
: , .
A: Thank you.
10 . Student: , .
Teacher: T h ats all right. Sit down over there. Open your book
to page nineteen, please.
6 . .
1 . (
). , 4. ,
5. .
2 .
. , . .
3. ( ). ()
.
4. (, ,
, . .). ().
.
5. , (
). , ,
.
, . .
6 .
. . .
7. . .
IV.
1. .
2. ,
. .
3. .
4. . .
[I] [ij [8] [ei] [f] - [ v ]
it eat edge age life lives
sit seat get gate knife knives
hit heat debt rdetl date wife wives
fit feet test taste leaf leaves
slip sleep west waste thief thieves [0ivz]
sick seek wed wade loaf loaves
5. . .
her w'ord boy clear our
earn world toy near flower
curtain work boil cheer shower
dirty worse [s] moist here power
73
chair bill bell not sun
hair mill fell lot cup
fare pill well dock bus [s]
hare still sell stop but
6 . ,
.
1. Nice meeting you. 2. Now go to the blackboard and write some
sentences. 3. Good morning. 4.- So long. 5. Here you are. 6 . How are
you? 7. W hat are you doing here? 8 . Where are you going? 9. Do you
have an English class every day? 10. Do you have any pencils? 1 1 .
Should ,1 read text 5? 12. Would you like a cup of coffee? 13. May I
have your pen, please? 14. Have a nice weekend.
7. .
8. , ,
. ,
.
9. , .
1 . Mrs. B ayleys daughter is thirteen. Shes schoolgirl. Shes
at school now. Her brother Tom is twenty. H es University stu
dent. H es at college now. Mr. and Mrs. Bayley are at home.
Saturday is Mr. B ayleys day off. Theyre sitting at table. Theyre
having breakfast. 2. Mr. W atson is journalist. His wife Ann is
history teacher. She has history class on Tuesday, Thursday and F ri
day. 3. Mr. Bayley, his mother and father are listening to latest news.
4. Mr. W atson has two children: girl and boy. 5. Theyre having
classes on Monday, Wednesday and Thursday. 6 . Mary has nice little
dog. Its name is Jackie. I t s under table.
10. in, at, on, to, under.
1. Jane and Mary are school. 2. Peter and John are college.
3. His mothers home now. 4. Are they sitting the table? 5. Do
they have dinner seven oclock? 6 . Do they have breakfast nine
oclock the morning? 7. W hat tim e is it? I ts eight oclock the ,
evening. 8 . W heres Mr. W atson? Hes London. 9. Mr. and Mrs.
H ailey are the living room. 10. P eters sitting an armchair. 11. Are
their books the desks? 12. When does he have a history class? He
has a history class Tuesday and Thursday. 13. Do they have an
English class Wednesday? 14. W heres Jackie? I ts the sofa.
15. W hat are you going to do Sunday? I m going the theater.
16. Is Mr. Bayley London? Yes, he is.
1 1 . some
any.
1. has French and English books. 2. Does Mr. W atson have
children? Yes, he does. He has a son and a daughter. 3. Does his
son have friends at school? Yes, he does. He has very many friends
at school. 4. Do you have coffee? No, I dont. 5. She has chalk.
6 . I dont have ice cream.
71
12. , .
13. .
14. . (
.) .
15. .
1. . . . .
.
. . .
. ( ). .
. .
. . 2.
? .
. 3. ?
. 4. . 5.
. 6 . . .
. 7.
? , . 8 .
? , . 9. ? .
16. .
1. , . ?
. ?
, . ?
. ?
.
2. , , .
?
, ... .
3. , .
, .
, .
4 . ?
- .
?
, .
.
5. . ?
, .
.
6 . ?
7 .
5 .
7. ?
.
.
8 . ?
.
9. , .
. . 19.
.
10. , ?
- .
Lesson 6
I.
1.
sion [Sn] vision [rv i 3 n]
sure [3 3 ] measure [ ] , pleasure

[pl&33]
II. 1
1 . .
[3 ].
'vision 'm easure
re'vision 'pleasure
de'cision [di's^n] 'seisure ['sigar]
2. (tag ques
tions). ,
, .
1.] That s an lE n glishp ^ xtbo ok,1isnt fit?
j T h a t ,isnt an lEnglishpt^xtbook, 'isfit?
2. T h e tpapers are on the pd^sk,1arent [They?
The 1papers a ren t on theFd^sk, !are[ they?
3.xMarys frompKêv, Msnt] she?

' 1Mary 1isnt frompKêv,1isjshe?
4. Theyr e ,having[*Ifyich nowârent f they?

T hey ,arent 1h a v i n g r i c h now , are [ th ey?
5 . Hes tgoing to the tZoo on ^ n d a y , W t [he?
He ,isnt tgoing to the tZoo onPSfyiday, Iisphie?

6. Jane has apbrfoher, doesn t f she?
iJane 1doesnt have a f br^ther, ,does|she?
7 . He has a ihistory ^lass onl'T h ^rsday, d o e sn t|~hg?
. H e d oesn t have a thistory idass on^Th^rsday, does[he?
1 . , . 206.
76
3. . ,
, ,
,
.
a) 1. Theres a ilittle jdog in theprôm.
There are some ûps on thept^ble.
2. There tisnt a tpen on thepd^sk.
There's ino >chalk on thepd^sk.
There,arent any ,cups on thept^ble.
There are tno ibooks on thepd^sk.
3 MIs there a,desk in yourproom?
jAre there any [papers on his^shelf?
b) 1. How,many tbooks are there on thepî^lf? There areptyy^lve jbooks.
2.\ Whose |hat ispti\s? ItspP^ters ftat.
iWhose >books arepth^se? TheyrepM^rys ftooks.

3 . 1Why s listening to th e , radio? fM^ry is. j Peter andf*N^ck are.
]Wh\ch o f the tsrudents i s ,going there? *^ is. tAnn andpT^m are.
III. -
A. Vocabulary (Text and Exercises)

against [a'genst] prep ( corner ['] n (,
-., . .)
-.); Theres a desk against the curtain [']
wall. , double L'dAbl] ; ,
along [a'brj] prep () ; double
bed
-.); There dresser ['dress]
are some shelves along the wall, ( )
apartm ent [a'partm ant] n ; fam ily ['faemili]
one (tw o) bedroom apartm ent floor [flor]
() , floor lamp
( ) flower ['flausr]
( ); freshm an ['frejman]
apartm ent house grade [greid] ( ); in
fourth (fifth ) grade (
bathroom f'baeGrum] () )
( ) kitchen ['kitfin]
bedroom ['bedrum] left hand ['left haend] ; in the
bedside table , left hand corner
big , liv in g room ['livig rum] ,
blouse [blauz] ,
bookshelf ['bukjelf] a lo t of [lat] ,
carpet ['karpat] (. . . .);
ceilin g ['silig] lo t of books ; lo t of
coffee table ( coffee
, ) m agazine ['maegazin] (
, . )
com fortable ['kAmfatebl] , near [nir] prep , (
; ; That -.); near
armchair is very comfortable. the wall ()
77
ph ysicist I'fizisist] n skirt [skrt] n
piano [pi'aenou] n ; to play the sm all [smol] , ;
piano ; Anns play Peter has a small family,
ing the piano now. stereo system L'steria 'sistam] -
picture I'p ik tjs] n
playing n ; Theyre listening to her TV set n ; Theres a TV set
playing. in the right hand corner,
right hand ['rait haend] , vase [veiz, veis] n
; in the righ t hand w alk-in closet [4vok in ,klazit]
corner ; Theres a sofa
in the right hand corner. wall [wolj n
shelf [Jelf] n
. Basic Sentences 1
1 . a) Theres a book on the desk.
There are some English books on the shelf,
b) 1. There isnt a book on the desk.
There arent any English books on the shelf.
2. Theres no book on the desk.
There are no books on the desk,
c) Is there a book on the desk? Yes, there is. No, there isnt.
Are there any English books on the shelf? Yes, there are.
No, there arent.
2. W hos having an English class now? Peter is. They are.
Who has a red pen? I do. Nick does.
W hich of them is going to the movies tonight? Ann is. Nick
is. Which of the pens may I have? The red one. The thick one.
3. Is Mary or is Kate at home now? Kate is.
Is Peter or is Jim having lunch now? Jim is.
. Exercises
1. .
there is/are
any . , .
a) 1. Theres a history book on her desk. 2. Theres some chalk on
the blackboard. 3. There are some green, blue and red pencils on Pe
ters desk.
b) 1. Theres no dog under the table. 2. Theres no ice cream at home.
3. There isnt any salad on her plate. 4. There arent any children in
the room.
c) 1. Is there a red pencil on the desk? Yes, there is. 2. Is there
any ice cream at home? No, there isnt. 3. Are there any English
books on the shelf? Yes, there are.
2. no .
Theres a book on the desk, (a paper)
Theres a paper on the desk.
1 . Theres a shirt on the chair, (a jacket) 2. Theres a lamp on my
desk, (a telephone) 3. Theres an armchair in the room, (a piano) 4 .
Theres some coffee in his cup. (some tea) 5. Theres some salad on his
plate, (ice cream) 6 . There are some children in the room, (some students)
1 . , . 207,
78
7. There are two bedrooms in his apartm ent, (three bedrooms) 8 . There
are two windows in the living room, (three windows)
3. no
.
There are two bedrooms in P eters apartm ent, (in J im s apartment)
Are there two bedrooms in J im s apartm ent? Yes, there are.
1. Theres a big window in the living room, (in the bedroom) 2. Theres
a brown carpet on the floor in the living room, (in Ja n e s bedroom)
3. Theres a large kitchen in M arys apartm ent, (in Anns apartment)
4. There are two beds in my daughters bedroom, (in his sons bedroom)
5. Theres a TV-set in the right hand corner, (in the left hand corner)
6 . Theres a vase on the table, (on the piano) 7. Theres a sofa in the
living room, (near the wall) 8 . There are two desks in my sons bedroom,
(two beds) 9. There are a lot of books on the shelves, (magazines)
10 . Theres a telephone on my desk, (on my bedside table)
4.
.
Are there any flowers in the vase?
No, there arent. There are no (not any) flowers in the vase.
1. Are there any pictures on the walls? 2 . Is there a TV-set in the
left hand corner? 3. Is there a vase on the bedside table? 4. Are there
any flowers in the vase? 5. Is there a telephone on her desk? 6 . Are there
any bookshelves along the walls? 7. Is there a dresser in her bedroom?
8 . Are there any children in their family? 9. Is there a stereo system
against the wall? 10. Is there a coffee table in the left hand corner?
5. .
There are some students in the classroom.
Are there any students in the classroom?
1. There are many flowers in the vase. 2 . There are some maga
zines on the shelf. 3. There are many apartm ents in the new apartm ent
house. 4. There are some armchairs in the living room. 5. There are
some nice pictures on the walls. 6 . There are many bookshelves along
the walls. 7. There are a lot of magazines and newspapers on the shelves.
8 . Theres some chalk on the blackboard. 9. Theres some ice cream on
the plate. 10. Theres some coffee in his cup.
6 . some, any, .
1 . Theresbedroom andliving room in my apartm ent. Theres
kitchen andbathroom too. Theresbig window w ith green curtains
in my living room. In the left hand corner there isTV set and arm
chairs. Against the wall there isstereo system. In the right hand cor
ner there issofa,floor lamp andcofee table. There arent pictures
on the wall. 2 . Theresbed,dresser andwalk-in closet in my bed
room. Therestelephone on my bedside table. 3. There aredesks
and armchairs in our classroom. There aretextbooks, notebooks,
pens and pencils on the desks. There arentstudents in the classroom.
4. Are thereflowers in the vase? 5. Are theremagazines on his shelf?
79
7. . ,
.
How many books are there on the desk? (3)
There are three books on the desk.
1. How many bedrooms are there in his apartment? (2) 2. How many
armchairs are there in his living room? (4) 3. How many windows are
there in their living room? (2) 4. How many pictures are there on the
walls? (4) 5. How many bookshelves are there in his bedroom? (6) 6 . How
many French newspapers are there on the shelf? (10) 7. How many let
ters are there in this word? (9) 8 . How many sounds are there in this
word? (7)
8 . no .
a) W hich of the boys is doing problem 4? (Peter)
Peter is.
W hich of the girls has a French class on Tuesday? (Mary)
Mary does.
1. W hich of the girls is playing the piano? (Mary) 2. W hich of the
boys is going to the movies? (Nick) 3. W hich of the children is going
to the Zoo? (Jane) 4. W hich of the students is asking questions? (Jim
Brown) 5. Which of them has a new textbook? (Jane) 6 . W hich of the
boys has an English class today? (Ben) 7. W hich of them has lunch at
one oclock? (Jim)
b) W hos watching TV now? (Bill)
Bill is.
1. W hos playing the piano? (Ann) 2. W hos listening to the radio?
(Tom) 3. W hos w riting a letter? (Mary) 4. W hos answering Mr. Browns
questions? (John Green)
c) Who has a brother? (I)
I do.
1. Who has a sister? (Mary) 2. Who has a two-bedroom apartment?
(Mr. Jones) 3. Who has some French books? (Nick) 4. Who has English
classes on Monday, Wednesday and Friday? (Ann) 5. Who has a large
family? (I)
d) W hich of the shirts are you going to take? (blue)
The blue one.
1 . W hich of the blouses are you going to take? (green) 2 . W hich of
the notebooks may I have? (thick) 3. Which of the skirts are you going
to take? (grey) 4. Which of the pencils may I have? (red) 5. Which of
the hats are you going to take? (brown)
9. no .
Is Ann or is Jane going to the movies tonight? (Jane)
Jan e is.
1. Is Mary or is Ann w riting on the blackboard? (Mary) 2. Is Jim
or is John repeating the sentence after the teacher? (John) 3. Do you
or does Nick have a green pencil? (Nick) 4. Do you or does Mary have
a sister? (Mary) 5. Is Peter or is Bill at home now? (Bill) 6 . Is J ill or is
80
Mary Mrs. Browns daughter? (Jill) 7. Is Ted or is Tim P eters brother?
(Tim)
10.
.
1. M ary is doing the problems on page 12. 2. Tom and Peter are
playing chess. 3. Mary is playing the piano and Jane's listening to her
playing. 4. M rs. Green's daughter is a French teacher. 5. N ick's asking
questions and P eters answering them. 6 . M y children are at school now.
7. A n n has a one bedroom apartm ent. 8 . They have a lot of books and
magazines on the shelves.
1 1 . .
1. My friend has a three bedroom apartm ent a new apartm ent
house. Theres a big window with blue curtains his living room.
Theres a thick grey carpet the floor. the left hand corner theres
a TV-set and three arm chairs. the right hand corner theres a piano.
Theres a stereo system the w all. the wall theres a sofa, a floor
lamp and a coffee table. 2. Now i t s seven oclock the morning. W ere
sitting the table. 3. Mary Brown is an English teacher. She has
classes Monday, Wednesday and Thursday. 4. Is Peter Jones
Boston? No, he isnt. H es New York. 5. Are there any pictures the
walls their living room? 6 . How many bookshelves are there the
walls his bedroom?
D. Text
.
) ,
[5].
o n ^ th e floor o n _ th e piano
and th e ^ c e ilin g i n ^ th e vase
in _ th e right hand corner o n ^ th e wall
a g a in s t^ th e wall i n ^ th e sons bedroom
in _ .th e left hand corner o n ^ th e shelves
) there is/are (
to be ).
1. Theres a kitchen and a bathroom. 2. Theres a big window with
brown curtains. 3. Theres a thick brown carpet on the floor. 4. Theres
a TV-set and two armchairs. 5. In the left hand corner theres a piano.
6 . Theres a vase on the piano. 7. Theres a telephone on my bedside
table. 8 . There are some flowers in the vase. 9. There are some nice pic
tures on the walls. 10. In her sons bedroom there are two beds and two
desks.
) .
1. I have a small family: a wife and two sons. 2. She has English
classes on Monday, Wednesday and Friday. 3. There are two bedrooms
and a living room in our apartm ent. 4. Our living room is large and
light. 5. Near the wall theres a sofa, a floor lamp and a coffee table.
6 . Theres a double bed, a dresser, two. bedside tables and a walk-in
81
closet in our bedroom. 7. There are a lot of books, magazines and newspa
pers on the shelves.
Read the text.
My name is Maxim Petrov. I am a physicist. I have a small family:
a wife and two sons. My wife Ann is an English teacher. She has Eng
lish classes on Monday, W ednesday and Friday.
Peter is seventeen. He is a freshman at Moscow U niversity. Nick
is twelve, he is a pupil. He is in fifth grade.
We have a two-bedroom apartm ent in a new apartm ent house. There
are two bedrooms and a living room in our apartm ent. There is a k it
chen and a bathroom too.
Our living room is large. There is a big window with brown cur
tains. There is a thick brown carpet on the floor. The living room walls
are yellow and the ceiling is white. In the right hand corner there is a
TV-set and two armchairs. The armchairs are very comfortable. Aga
inst the wall there is a stereo system.
In the left hand corner there is a piano. My wife is playing the piano.
There is a vase on the piano. There are some flowers in the vase.
Near the wall there is a sofa, a floor lamp and a coffee table. There
are some nice pictures on the walls.
There is a double bed, two bedside tables, a dresser and a walk-in
closet in our bedroom. There is a telephone on my bedside table.
In the sons bedroom there are two beds and two desks. There are
armchairs near the desks. There are a lot of books, magazines and news
papers on the shelves.
1. . .
1. I am
a) a journalist, b) a physicist.
2. She has English classes
a) on Monday, Wednesday and Friday, b) on Tuesday, Thursday
and Saturday.
3. He is in
a) fourth grade, b) fifth grade.
4. There are
a) three bedrooms and a living room in our apartm ent, b) two bed
rooms and a living room in our apartment.
5. The living room walls are
a) light green, b) yellow.
6 . There is
a) a small window with blue curtains, b) a big window with brown
curtains.
7. Against the wall there is
a) a TV-set, b) a stereo system.
8 . My wife is playing
a) chess, b) the piano.
9. There are
a) seven flowers in the vase, b) some flowers in the vase.
10. In the sons bedroom there are
a) three double beds and a desk, b) two beds and two desks.
82
2. .
1. W hats the physicists first name? 2. W hats his last name? 3. W hat
are the names of his sons? 4. How old are they? 5. Is Peter a freshman
at Moscow University or is'he a pupil? 6 . Is Nick in fourth or in fifth
grade? 7. When does Ann have classes? 8 . Is their apartm ent in a new
or in an old apartm ent house? 9. How m any bedrooms are there in their
apartment? 10. Is there a kitchen in the apartment? 11. Is their living
room largfe or small? 12. Is it light? 13. How m any windows are there
in the living room? 14. W hat color are the curtains? 15. W hat color
are the living room walls and ceiling? 16. W hats (there) in the living
room? 17. W hats Ann doing now? 18. W hos listening to her playing?
19. W hat color are the flowers? 20. W hats (there) in the sons bedroom?
21. W hats (there) on the shelves?
3. .
4. .
so [sou] adv , , doing (reading, asking questions, etc.)
() ( (,
) . .); Go on reading,
N ot so good. (P m n ot so good .) He please.
. ( theater ['Biatsr] n ; to go to the
.) theater
think [Oirjk] v ; I think so. puppet ['pApit] theater
, . , . com e [] v
I dont think so. . com e along ['1] -.;
(), . Would you like to come along? He
to catch th eflu [flu] , (He )
; I m catching the ?
flu. ; to have I d love to. . (
the flu .) ( )
too [tu] adv , com e to see (him , her, etc.)
T hats too bad. ! ! -. ( -.); Are
excuse [iks'kjuz] v , ; they coming to see us on Saturday?
Excuse me. ()! ,
(.) ( ) ?
go on [''an] v ; go on
F. Dialogs
1
Jack: Hello, M artin.
Martin: Hello. How are you doing?
Jack: Not so good. I think I m catching the flu.
Martin: T hats too bad.
2
Peter: Excuse me. Should I read the text again?
Teacher: Yes, please. ... T hatll do. Thank you, Peter. Jack, go on read
ing, please.
83
3
Peter: Where are you going tonight?
Jack: To the puppet theater. Would you like to come along?
Peter: Yes, I d love to.
4
Dave: Goodbye, Jerry.
Jerry: Bye, Dave. Have a nice weekend.
Dave: Thank you. You too. See you on Monday.
Jerry: See you.
5
Dave: Are the Browns coming to see us on Sunday?
Jane: I dont think so. Their son has the flu.
Dave: T h ats too bad.
I. . ,
.
1. Jack: Hello, M artin. 4. Dave: Goodbye,...
Martin: Hello. ... Jerry: Bye, Dave. H ave...
Jack: Not so good Ith in k ... Dave: Thank you. ...
Martin: T hats... Jerry: See...
2. Peter: Excuse me. Should I... 5. Dave: Are th e Browns...
Teacher: Yes, please. T hatll... Jane: I dont...
3. Peter: W here are... Dave: T hats...
Jack: To...
Peter: Yes, Id...
2. ( ) .
3. ,
?
1. Mary: Hi, Nick.
Nick: ...
Mary: Not so good. I think I m catching the flu.
Nick: ...
2. Teacher: Jack, read the text, please.
Jack: ...
Teacher: Yes, please. Repeat this sentence after me, please. ...
T hatll do.
3. Teacher: Mary, go on reading, please.
Mary: ...
Teacher: Yes, please. Now answer my questions, please. ... Thank
you.
4. Peter: Where are you going tonight?
John: ...
Peter: Yes, I d love to.
5. Nick: Do you have classes on Saturday?
Jack: ...
Nick: Bye, Jack. Have a nice weekend.
Jack: ...
84
6 . John: Hello, Jerry. This is Ben Jones.
Jerry: ...
Ben: How do you do. Nice meeting you.
Jerry: ...
7. Martin: Are the Smiths coming to see us on Saturday?
Jane: ...
M artin: T h ats too bad.
8. Nick: I m going to the movies tonight. Would you like to come
along?
Peter: ...
9. Nancy: Do you have a red pencil?
Mary: ...
Nancy: May I have it?
Mary: ...
10. John: So long, Mary.
Mary: ...
11. Ann: Would you like a cup of coffee?
Lynn: ...
4.
?
1 . : ...
Jane: Hello. How are you doing?
Mary: ...
Jane: T hats too bad.
2. Martin: ...
John: How do you do, Ben. How are you doing?
Ben: How do you do. Nice meeting you.
John: ...
3. Jane: ...
Teacher: Yes, please. Now go to the blackboard and w rite some
sentences, please.
4. Ben: ...
Teacher: Yes, please. Go on reading, please.
5. Jane: ...
Mary: To the puppet theater. W ould you like to come along?
Jane: ...
6 . Ben: ...
Dave: Goodbye. Have a nice weekend.
Ben: ...
Dave: So long.
7. Ben: ...
Mary: I dont think so. Their daughter has the flu.
Ben: ...
8 . Student: ...
Teacher: T hats all right. Sit down over there.
9. A: ...
B: Yes, i t s a very cold day today.
10. A: ...
D: Thanks. You too. See you on Monday.
5. .
1. Jane: Hello, Jack.
Jack: . ?
Jane: Not so good. I m catching the flu.
Jack: ( ). ?
Jane: H es well, thank you. Where are you going?
Jack: . .
Jane: Bye.
2. Teacher: Go on reading, Peter.
Peter: ?
Teacher: Yes, please. Now repeat this sentence, please. Repeat it
again, please. Mike, repeat this sentence, please.
3. Jack: Where are you going tonight?
Peter: .
?
Jack: I d love to. Mike Browns a very nice man.
Peter: , .
4. Ann: , .
Jerry: Bye, Ann. Have a nice weekend.
Ann: . .
5. Mike: ( ) ?
Ann: , .
Mike: ?
Ann: . , .
6 . Mike: Hi, M artin.
M artin: , . , .
Mike: Hello, Bill. Glad to meet you.
Bill: . ?
Mike: Not bad, thanks. Nice meeting you. I m going to the movies.
W ould you like to come along?
M artin, Bill: ().
6 . .
1. . ,
, . ,
. , .
.
2. . ,
.
.
.
3. () ,
. , ,
(). () , .
4. (),
. ,
. .
5. () .
, . ,
86
.
.
6 . (
)
.
7 . ( ).
() . () , .
, ,
4 .
8 . .
( ). , ( - New Jersey).
9. , .
. .
10. .
( , . .).
7. .
IV.
1. .
2. , .
.
3. . .
'ceiling feel male 'measure
field deal pale 'pleasure
yield meal daily 'vision
4. . .
-[i] [e] [ei] [] -[ ]
be bid men may some -stop
he hit end aid one clock
sea sit bread brain 'm other -got
read rid 'ready raid 'brother- -box
M - [u]
took too
good room
could school
5. ,
. .
1. Are there any magazines on the shelf? 2 . Is this an English or a
French textbook? 3. I t s a very cold day today, isnt it? 4. W hats your
first name? 5. How many classes do you have on Monday? 6 . Is Nick
or is John having an English class now? 7. Which of you is going to the
theater tonight? 8 . Whose sister is Mary?
6 . .
7. .
, .
87
8 .
some any.
1. Mr. Bayley is doctor. He has small family: wife and two
children. His son Nick is student at Boston University. His
daughter Jane is pupil. She is at school now. Bayleys have
three bedroom apartm ent in new apartm ent house. There are three
bedrooms, living room, kitchen and bathroom in their apart
m ent. In Nicks bedroom there is sofa and desk. There is lamp
and telephone on desk. There are bookshelves along walls.
There are lot of books, magazines and newspapers on shelves.
2 . There are nice pictures on classroom walls. 3. Are there
flowers in vase? Yes, there are. There are flowers in it. 4. Nick
and Peter are playing chess and Mary is playing piano. 5. Which
of them is listening to latest news? Peter is. 6 . How are you do
ing? Not so good. I think I m catching flu. 7. Excuse me. Should
I read the text again? 8 . I m going to puppet theater on Sunday.
9. Are Erowns coming to see us tomorrow? 10. I think their son
has flu. 11. Do you h a v e English class today? 12. W ould you
like cup of coffee? 13. Should I read text 6? 14. Nick, go to
blackboard and w rite sentences, please. Im sorry there isnt
chalk. 15. Have nice weekend. Thanks. You too.
9. along, in, near, on,
to, with, into, from.
1. Peter has a one-bedroom apartm ent a new apartm ent house.
There is a big window blue curtains. There is a thick grey carpet
the floor. the right hand corner there is a piano. the left hand cor
ner there is a sofa. the wall there is a stereo system. the wall there
is a TV-set. In his bedroom there are some bookshelves the wall.
There are two pictures his bedroom walls. 2 . My sister is playing
the piano now and my brother is listening her playing. 3. My broth
er is a pupil. He has a French class Tuesday and Thursday. In
which grade is your brother? H es fifth grade. 4. I m going
the movies tonight. W ould you like to come ? Thanks. I d love
to. 5. Bye, Peter. Bye, Nick. See you W ednesday. 6 . Please
take your textbook the desk. 7. W hos going the house? 8 . Please
go the kitchen.
10.
.
Please read text 2 .
Please read the second text.
1. Please write exercise 1 (3, 7, 8 , 12). 2. Please read sentence 6 (4 , 5,
9, 11). 3. Please answer question 2 (5, 8 , 9, 10). 4. Please repeat sen
tence 3 (4, 6 , 7, 12).
II . - .
7 8 + 5 3 = 131 173 + 227 = 400
99 + 146 = 245 875+ 91=966
1 7 3 - 1 3 1 = 42 374 157 = 217
195 8 9 = 1 0 6 438 126 = 312
88
12. .
1. Peters father is 47, (65, 58, 87, 83). 2. Wheres room 125 (246,
25, 47, 12 , 833)? 3. Please open your books to page 93 (87, 126, 48, 534,
379).
13. , .
14. .
15. . (
) . ,
.
16. .
1 . . .
. .
. .
. , (
). , .
. .
.
. , ,
.
.
.
. 2. ? .
. 3 . ,
6 12 . 4.
? . , ?
. 5. ? . 6 .
(- )? .
. 7. ? . 8 .
. .
. .
. .
. .
, .
17. .
1. , .
, . ?
. ?
. .
.
2. ?
. ?
. .
3. , .
6?
. . .
.
89
4. ?
, .
?
, .
5. ?
.
( )?
. .
6. . .
. . .
7. , .
. ( )?
, .
8. . ?
, .
9. ?
.
?
. .
Lesson 7
R E V I S IO N 3-
I.
1.

[ei] late, name, take, have [haev], [hav].

pale water ['wots],
father ['facte],
any ['em ],
many ['msni]
ai [ei] main, paint, train, again ['],

fail, mail against [a'gsnst],
said [ssd]
ay [ei] day, say, stay says [sez]
1 revision [ri'v ^ n ]
90

[*] man, bad, ask, taste [teist], want

last, class, ab [want], w hat
sent, path, mas [hwat], wash
ter [w aj], was [waz],
[W3Z]
[] all, chalk, talk, half [haef], shall

1+ salt [J*l]> [Jal]
[] car, far, star, start war [wor], warm

[worm], quarter
['kwots]
aw ( draw, law, saw

au )
[] Paul, pause, daugh laugh [laef]
ter
be, he, she, these

; sea, speak, please, break [breik], great

teach, leave [yreit], breakfast
['brekfast], health
[hel0], heavy
['hevi], pleasant
['plszant], weath
er ['weds]
. see, meet, green been [bin]
ei [i] 'either, re'ceive, their []

seize
end, dress, help, pretty ['priti]

best, twelve, bell
[] bread, head, ready lead [lid], read

d [rid]
91

her, verb, term,

perfect
[] early, learn, heard,

+ earth
- , real, deal, heal health [hel0]

1 [1]
here, sphere, sin-

'cere
[] clear, dear, ear,
hear
cheer, deer
ei gh [ei] eight, weigh, reign, height [hait]

gn rein, vein
ew [ju] few, dew grew [gru]
i [ai] drive, life, ar'rive eive [qiv], live

' [liv]
i [ai] high, night, child,

gh, wild, find, mind wind [wind]
Id, nd
i [i] big, sing, ill, will, island ['aitand]

milk, fish, since
ie [ chief, piece, be- friend [frerid]

'lieve
ie [ir] pier, fierce
i bird, first, girl, sir

92

[] go, no, so, a'go, do [du], to [tu]

home, those, [ta], two
nose, smoke [tu], who [hu],
whose [huz],
come [ ],
some [sAm]
[00] boat, coal broad [brod]
[] cold, told, roll

1+
OW [] low, know, show,

snow, slow, own
1. ng long, song, strong

2. ff [] off, office, officer
3. s + loss, lost post [poust]

0 + [or] form, storm, more,

store, 'moral

oi [1] voice, point, soil

boy, toy, joy
[] stop, lot, wash,

doll, clock, box,
[b, , t, , 1, , got
J\ tj\ d3, 9]
1. book, look

00 2. [] good, stood, foot, blood [blAd], food
soot [fud], mood
d t [mud], boot
[but], shoot [Jut]
93

. Id [] could, would,
should
1. ( too, woo

00 )
2 . ( room, school, soon,
) moon
0U ( [ ] house, out, sound, country ['kAntri],

) south, a'bout double ['dAblj,
enough [a'nAf],
touch [tAtJ],
young [jAg]
0W ( [ ] down, brown, now,

) town, cow, allow
0 [] son, some, one,

, th ( 'Monday, 'm oth
) er, 'brother
U [ju] 'pupil, mule, stu

dent ['student]

( [U] blue, true, 'Tues

1 ) day
[] much, cup, plus bull [bul]

far] turn, hurt, 'T hurs

day
94

[31] by, cry, fly, sup-

'ply
W gym, 'gypsy, 'h ap

py, 'lucky

2.

bt m doubt [daut], debt

[dst]
1. , [s] cent, 'center, cite,

cy'Iinder,
2. [] call, cold, cut,
clear

ck [] black, sick, neck,

rack

ch 1. ] child, check, teach,

2. beach, speech

ch , [] school, 'character
['kaerakts]

95

1. , [] gave, go, good, gun

, 11
g 2. [] glad, green, greet
3. , [d3] gem, gin, gypsy get [get], give
[giv], gift [gift],
girl [gal]
gh in enough [a'nAf],
tough [Uf]
kn [n] knife, know, knock
[1] tell, bell, till, bill

mb [] bomb [bam], comb

[koum], dumb
[dAm], lamb [laem]
ng thing, sing, morn

ing, long
nk thank, sink, rink
ph in phrase, phone, pho

, to, photograph
['foutsgnef]

pn , [] pneumonia
[nu'mounja],
pneumatic
[nu'maetik]
ps , [S] psychic ['saikik],

psalm [sam],
pseudo ['sudou]

* [ receipt [ri'sit]
1. see, say, so, small,

speak

S 2. [S] desk, test

3. hats, tests, chiefs,
maps
S [Z] ties, 'daughters,

sons, beds,
, watches, 'tro u
sers, those

sh [ she, shelf, fish,

'English, 'Finnish
sion [] re'vision [ri'v i 3n]
ss class, mass, pass
ss Russia ['rA ja], mis

sion ['m ijn ],
pressure ['p rejs]
st listen ['lisn], fast

en [ 'faesn]
sure [] measure [ ' ] ,

pleasure ['p ls 3sr]
tch [tj] match, 'kitchen,

catch

1. this, th a t, those,
' th [9] then
2. bathe, soothe
-
4 . . * 97

1. thick, thin, thank

th []
2. path, bath, mouth
[mau0]
ture ] 'nature, 'lecture,

picture
tz [ts] chintz, quartz

[k worts]
wh [hw] white, while, wheat, who [hu], whole

where, when, [houl], whom
w hat [hum], whose
[huz]
wr [] write, w rath [rae0],

wrong
II. *
1. .
.

in ill him it this 'history
th in mill his sit thick -'fifty
English u n 'til give sick 'sister 's ix ty
dinner milk w ith six -'listen 'six 'teen
pen -'many 'tw enty bell -'yellow red

ten friend 'center smell 'every 'second
when French 'sentence twelve 'seven -'lesson
a'gain 'pencil 'W ednesday help e'leven 'question
[ae]
man lamp map ask black
Dan 'absent cap glass path
thank bad cat class
-'answer glad hat last -'Saturday
1 .
98
[]
one son young 'm other bus
run some 'Monday 'brother plus
sun come 'Sunday much cup
'sunny 'funny lunch such -'lucky
[a] [u]
w ant not what good book
'college got stop would look
'doctor hot shop could took
clock spot wash should foot
Eo]
long all halt off boss
gong wall salt 'office loss
song small walk 'coffee lost
strong tall chalk 'officer cost
[or]
door born 'sorry port
floor corn to'morrow sport
more 'morning; course short
four form court 'fo rty
[ar]
bar arm art
car 'arm y part
far 'arm chair start
star large 'carpet
[ar]
her burn 'early heard earth work
sir learn girl third nurse 'worker
fir turn world verb 'certain birth
firm term word 'Thursday 'cu rtain ,uni'versity
]
me see cream 'easy 'evening
be three meal please leave
he tree yield pleased re'ceive
she green field these read
[i] [ei]
eat teach day they mail
seat 'teacher gray say bail
meet greet play main fail
speak > seek to 'day train sail
[ei]
whale name date eight
male paint late wait
pale page cake take
sale table p o 'tato steak
4* '99
[ai]
fine wild wife ice
'minus child knife nice
mind ride write night
find five w hite to'night
[oi] [au]
boy soil now sound out
] point how a'round a'bout
coy noise cow 'trousers mouth
toy voice brown house south
[ou]
no know roll open hope

go slow old home . coat
so show cold those 'sofa
low he'llo told close 'notebook
[u]
do blue new soon pool
Zoo clue news room 'student
who true noon whom 'Tuesday
too shoe moon school 'newspaper
[ju] [ir] [3*]
you ear clear air where
'hum an year cheer hair there
huge near here chair care
'pupil deer sphere their fare
2. .
.
ch
nice cat black child school
'pencil 'coffee clock speech scheme
'central cup thick teach chrome
'century close sick 'teacher 'character
g gh kn
gray page e'nough knee
a'gain gin tough know
gun 'gypsy rough knife
got large laugh [lsef] knock
mb ng
lamb long 'morning 'singing
dumb wrong 'evening 'ringing
bomb ring 'shopping 'bringing
comb thing 'raining 'banging
100
nk ph ps
tank 'thanking 'photo 'psychic
thank 'thinking phone psalm
rink 'drinking 'phantom 'pseudo
think 'linking phrase 'pseudonym
sorry small desk ties these 'dishes

'seven 'sweater test 'brothers those 'washes
seat school 'history sons lease 'glasses
six steak 'question 'friends please 'w atches
sh ss sure, sion
she mass mission 'measure
shelf class 'Russia 'pleasure
shop pass 'pressure de'cision
shirt fuss dis'cussion re'vision
st th
'listen than bathe three
'fasten then lathe 'Thursday
'hasten [ei] that soothe 'th ir'te e n
'wrestler this rhythm [ri9m] 'th eater
tch, ture wh wr
match 'picture why which wrong
catch 'lecture where while write
fetch 'nature when white wrote
'kitchen 'structure what 'whisper 'w restle
3. . ,
. .
1. My sister has many friends at school. 2. There are some nice pic
tures on the walls. 3. They dont have lunch at twelve oclock. 4. There
arent any flowers in the vase. 5. How many windows are there in their
living room? 6 . W hich of them has a French class on Friday? 7. W hos
playing the piano? 8 . Whose daughters Mary? 9. W hat tim e is it?
4. .
. .
1. Is your brother a history teacher? 2 . Are they having an English
class now? 3. Are you going to the theater tomorrow? 4. Do you have a
large family? 5. Does he have any chalk? 6 . Are there any flowers in the
vase? 7. Is there a floor lamp near the sofa?
5. , . ,
,
. .
) 1 . I t s very cold today, isnt4it? 2. Shes a good student, isnt she?
3. He has a lot of English books, doesnt he? 4. They have dinner at six
in the evening, dont they? 5. There are some books and notebooks
on his desk, arent there?
101
b) 1. Is that a book or a notebook? 2. Is that book thin or thick?
3. Is that a black or a blue pencil? 4. Is your brother at home or at col
lege now? 5. Is Ann or is Mary writing on the blackboard? 6 . Do you
or does Nick have a new textbook?
6 . .
,
.
1.1 Is iMary a Fteacher? shef\snt. k tyi is a ,teacher.
2.iYou iarent ^ te , are|you? iJW ,Iate.
3 .|May I have mypen, please? This lisntl^ i/y ^ e n .
4 .)Is his 1father fold? hespifyy ,old.
III. TEXTS AND DIALOGS

Read these texts and translate them.
Text 1
My family is very large: a father, a m other, two sisters and two
brothers. My father and mother are not very old. My father is fifty four
and m y mother is forty eight. My brother Nick and my sister Ann have
families. Nick is twenty six and Ann is twenty three. Nick is a doctor
and Ann is a teacher. My sister Mary is eighteen, she is at Columbia
University. My second brother John is fifteen. He is at school. He is in
eighth grade. I am twenty. I am a programmer .2 My name is Peter. My
second name is Seaton.
1. . .
1 . My family is
a) very small, b) very large.
2. My father and mother
a) are very old, b) are not very old.
3. My mother is
a) fifty one, b) forty eight.
4. My brother Nick and my sister Ann
a) have no families, b) have families.
5. My sister Mary is
a) twenty, she is a secretary, b) eighteen, she is at Columbia U ni
versity.
6 . My second brother John is
a) nineteen, b) fifteen.
7. I am
a) a teacher, b) a programmer.
8 . My second name is
a) Brown, b) Seaton.
2. .
3. .
1 . , . 214.
2 programmer ['prouqraemar]
102
Text 2
It is Sunday. The Kovrovs are at home. They are in the living room.
Peter Kovrov is a physicist. His wife Mary is a doctor. Their daughter
Helen is a second year student* at Moscow University. Their son Mike
is a pupil. He is in ninth grade. Helen is nineteen and Mike is sixteen.
The Kovrovs are sitting at the table. They are having lunch. They
are eating salad. Now they are having steak, mashed potatoes, green
peas 2 and corn. Helen and Mike are having cherry pie w ith ice cream.
Mr. and Mrs. Kovrov are having coffee.
4. . .
1. It is
a) Thursday, b) Sunday.
2 . They are in
a) the kitchen, b) the living room.
3. Their daughter Helen is
a) a fourth year student, b) a second year student.
4. He is in
a) eighth grade, b) ninth grade.
5. The Kovrovs are sitting
a) in the armchairs, b) at the table.
6 . They are eating
a) apple pie, b) salad.
7. Helen and Mike are having
a) ice cream, b) cherry pie w ith ice cream.
5. .
6 . , ,
1 2.
Text 3
Our classroom is large. There are two big windows in it. The class
room walls are light green. The floor is yellow and the ceiling is white.
There is a blackboard on the wall. The blackboard is dark green. There
are some maps and pictures on the walls. There are two bookshelves
along the wall. There are books, magazines and papers on the book
shelves.
There are twenty two desks and twenty two chairs in the classroom.
The desks are brown and the chairs are yellow.
There are tw enty students in the classroom. They are listening to
the lecture .3
7. . .
1. There are two
a) big doors in it, b) two big windows in it.
1 a second (th ird , fo u rth ) y ear stu d e n t {, )

2 green peas
lecture I'le k tja ]

2 . The floor is
a) brown, b) yellow.
3. There are
a) four bookshelves along the walls, b) two bookshelves along the w all.
4. There are
a) thirty six desks and forty eight chairs in the classroom, b) twenty
two desks and twenty two chairs in the classroom.
5. There are
a) fifty students in the classroom, b) twenty students in the classroom.
8 . .
9. .
10. , (
).
1. W hats his second name? His second name isBrown. 2.
W heres he from? Hes fromNew York. 3. W hat are you going to
do tomorrow? Im going to movies. 4. Hows your sister? Not
very good. Shes catchingflu. 5. Do you havetime? Yes, its two
oclock now. 6 . W hich of them is playingpiano? Mary is. 7. Are
Johnsons coming to see us on Saturday? I dont think so. Their son
hasflu. 8 . Is it tim e forclass? Yes, it is. 9. Theyre having
dinner now. 10 . Are you doingm athematics? No, I m doinghis
tory now. 11. Is Nick ineighth grade? No, hes inninth grade.
12. When are you going to playtennis? OnSunday. 13. Are
you havingtrouble with English? No, Im no.t. T h ats easy. 14. Is
he doingm athematics now? Yes, hes doingproblems onpage 16.
15. Wheres Mike? I think hes atcollege. 16. My brother isfresh
m an atColumbia University. 17. Please open your books topage 23.
18. Where are you going? I m going toclass now. 19. Is Ben
fromBoston? No, hes from New York. 20. Are you studying
lesson 8? No, were studyinglesson 7.
11. , ,
.
1. There (to be) some bookshelves along the walls of his bedroom.
2. You (to have) any French magazines? 3. He (to go) to the Zoo w ith
his sister on Sunday. 4. W hat (to be) your brothers first name? His
first name (to be) Bill. 5. He (to have) a French class today? 6 . They
(to have) dinner now. 7. You or Mary (to have) a brother? 8 . Mary or
Nick (to be) at school now? 9. How you (to do)? 10. The Smiths (to come)
to see us tomorrow. 11. I (to catch) the flu.
1
Teacher: W hos absent today?
Mike: Peter and Jane are. Theyre sick.
Teacher: And what about Ann? Is she sick too?
Mike: I dont think so. I think shes late.
104
2. Telephone Talk
Jim: Hello. Jim speaking.
Ben: Hello, Jim . This is Ben. How are you?
Jim: Fine, thanks. W hat are you doing?
Ben: English. This is a hard lesson, isnt it?
Jim : Yes, it is.
Ben: Are you doing the exercises on page 33?
Jim: Yes, I m doing them now. I m having trouble with exercise eight.
Ben: I m having trouble with that exercise too. W ell, see you tomorrow.
Jim: Bye.
3
Jim: T hats your new teacher over there, isnt it?
Ben: Yes, it is. Her name is Miss Brown.
Jim: Shes a good teacher, isnt she?
Ben: Oh, yes. Shes an excellent teacher.
Jim: Youre stu d y in g 1 English, too, arent you?
Nick: Yes, I am.
Jim: W hat lesson are you studying?
Nick: W ere studying lesson 7.
Jim: W ere studying th at lesson, too.
4
Ben: John, do you have my notebook?
John: No, I dont. I think its on the desk.
Ben: Oh, yes, thanks. I think I m late. .Do you have the time? 3 ,
John: Yes. I t s eleven (oclock).
Ben: I t is late. I m going to class now.
5
John: Hello, Miss Brown.
M is$ Brown: Hello, John.
John: Miss Brown, this is Nick Jones. H es our new student.
Nick: How do you do, Miss Brown.
M iss Brown: How do you do, Mr. Jones. I m glad to meet you.
Nick: I m glad to meet you, too.
M iss Brown: Well, i t s tim e for class now.
1 . . ,
.
1. Teacher: W hos...
Mike: Peter and ...
Teacher: And what about...
Mike: I dont think so. I think...
2. Jim : Hello. Jim ...
Ben: Hello, Jim . This...
Jim : Fine, thanks. W hat are...
Ben: English. This is...
Jim : Yes, ...
1 study ['stAdi] v , ;
s Do you have the time? , ?
Ben: Are you doing...
Jim: Yes, I m doing them now. I m having...
Ben: I m having trouble...
Jim: Bye.
3. Jim: T hats your...
Ben: Yes, it is. Her name...
Jim: Shes a good teacher, ...
Ben: Oh, yes. Shes...
Jim: Youre studying...
Nick: Yes, ...
Jim : W hat lesson are...
Nick: W ere studying...
Jim : W ere...
4. Ben: Jim , do you have...
John: No, I dont. I think...
Ben: Oh, yes, thanks. I think I m ...
John: Yes, I t s...
Ben: It is late. I m ...
5. John: Hello, ...
M iss Brown: Hello, ...
John: -Miss Brown, this is...
Nick: How do...
M iss Brown: How do you do, Mr. Jones. I m ...
Nick: I m glad to...
Miss Brown: Well, its...
2. .
3. ,
?
1. Jim: I m sorry I m late.
Teacher: ...
Ben: Peter is.
Teacher: ...
Ben: I dont think so. I think shes sick.
2. Bill: Hello, Bill speaking.
Jane: ...
Bill: Mathematics. This is a hard lesson, isnt it?
Jane: ...
Bill: Are you doing the problems on page 33?
Jane: ...
Bill: Yes, I m having trouble w ith th at problem, too.
3. Jane: T h ats your new student over there, isnt it?
Peter: ...
Jane: H es studying English too, isnt he?
Peter: ...
Jane: W hat lesson are they studying?
Peter: ...
Jane: W ere studying that lesson too.
4. Bill: Mary, do you have my textbook?
Mary: ...
106
Bill: Oh, yes, thanks. I think I m late. W hat time is it?
Mary: ...
Bill: Bye. I m going to class now.
Mary: ...
5. Amy: Do you have the time?
Peter: ...
Amy: It is late. I m going to class now. Bye.
Peter: ...
6. Jim: Hello, Mr. Brown.
M r. Brown: ...
Jim: Mr. Brown, this is Peter Smith. H es our new student.
Peter: ...
Mr. Brown: How do you do, Mr. Sm ith. I m glad to meet you.
Peter: ...
Mr. Brown: I think its time for class now.
7. Jane: Hi, Mary.
Mary: ...
Jane: Not so good. I m catching the flu. Hows your mother?
Mary: ...
8. A: Where are you going?
B: ...
A: Thank you. I d love to.
9. A: I t s a very cold day today, isnt it?
B: ...
4. ()
?
1. : ...
: Peter and Nick are. Theyre sick.
2. A: ...
B: Fine, thanks.
3. A: ...
: I dont think so. I think shes late.
4. A: ...
B: I m having trouble with that exercise too.
5. A: ...
B: You too. See you on Monday.
6 . A: ...
B: Yes, it is. Her name is Miss Brown.
7. A: ...
B: Oh yes. H es an excellent teacher.
8 . A: ...
B: W ere studying that lesson too.
9. A: ...
B: I t s eleven oclock.
10. A : '...
B: I t s late. I m going to class now.
11. A: ...
B: How do you do, Miss Sm ith.
107
12 . :
: I m glad to meet you too.
13. :
: That s all right. Please sit down over there.
14. :
: I m from Moscow.
15. :
: Mathematics. This is a hard lesson.
16. :
: No, th a ts easy.
17. : ...
: I m going to take my sister to the Zoo.
18. : .
: Yes, I do. At twelve oclock.
19. :
: Should I read text 7?
20. : ...
: Sorry, I dont have any chalk.
5. .
1 . ?
. .
? ?
. , .
2. . .
, . ?
. . ?
, . .
3. . .
.
7?
, . . .
4. ?
. .
?
, .
5. , . ?
. 20.
6 .
. .
.
6. , ?
. .
, ?
, . .
7. , ?
. ?
. ; .
7.
1 0 8
8 . , ?
. , .
9. ?
.
. .
.
10. ?
, .
11. ?
, .
12. ?
,
(Leningrad) .
13. ?
.
14. ?
.
15. , ?
. .
16. , ?
. . <
17. ?
.
18. ?
, .
19. ?
.
6 . .
1 . ( ). ,
() , (). () .
2. , .
.
3. (, )
, . .
.
4. .
, , .
5. .
, . ,
.
6 . ( ,
). .
7. , . ,
.
8 . , '
, . , .
BASIC C O U R S E 1
Lesson 8
I. GRAMMAR EXERCISES
1 , The Present Indefinite Tense 3
Learn these verbs *

dictate [dik'teit] v ; Would leave for -.
you dictate this text to Mary, please? live [liv] v ,
do (morning) exercises look through I0ru] (
do homework [/houmw3*k] , . .); Would you look
, ; through these papers, please?
Is Peter doing his homework now? prepare [pri'psr] ,
get to (-. ) ; to prepare breakfast (dinner)
get up , (); My moth
go to school ; er is preparing breakfast now.
study ['st/uli] v , (-.);
have a lot of things to do to study English (French, history)
, ; always (
has a lot of things to do. , )
have a shower ['jauar] translate [traens'leit, traenz'leit] v
have visitors ['vizitaz] ; to translate from English
; He usually has visitors into French
after lunch,
know [nou] v , wake up 1. ; 2. ;
; to know English Please wake up, Mike. Please wake
(French, history, mathematics) her up.
(, , work [w3*k] v
)
I. ( ) -
. 3-

. .
a) 1. In our English class we read texts, w rite exercises, ask and
answer questions. 2 . They usually listen to the latest news in the eve
ning. 3. My brother usually comes home at seven in the evening. 4. Ann
goes to college every day. 5. Peter seldom writes to his mother. 6 . She
often watches TV in the evening. 7. Peter always does his homework
after lunch. 8 . The Smiths live in Boston.
b) 9. We dont translate texts from English into French. 10. They
dont go to college on Sunday. They never go to college on Sunday.
II. Peter doesnt look through the papers in the evening. 12. Ann
Basic Course ['beisik 'kors]

2 . , . 216.
3 Learn these verbs [varbz]. ,
110
doesnt study English history. 13. He never comes home at five oclock.
14. Mary doesnt know French. 15. Jane doesnt take her brother to the
movies on Sunday. Jane never takes her brother to the movies on Sat
urday. 16. He doesnt live in New York.
c) 17. Do you go to school every day? Yes, I do. 18. Do they
go for a walk every evening? No, they dont. They seldom go for a
walk on W ednesday. 19. Does Peter usually leave for work at eight
in the morning? No, he doesnt. He usually leaves home at seven
in the morning. 20. Does Ann always get up at six in the morning?
No, she doesnt. She usually gets up at eight on Saturday and Sunday.
21. Does Peter Brown live in Boston? No, he doesnt. He lives in New
York.
2. , .
Hes listening to the latest news now, isnt he?
Yes, he listens to the latest news every day.
1. Peters watching TV now, isnt he? 2. M arys w riting to her m oth
er now, isnt she? 3. Theyre translating from English into French
now, arent they? 4. Jo h n s looking through the papers now, isnt he?
5. Youre doing your homework now, arent you? 6 . Nick and Ben are
playing chess now, arent they? 7. M ikes having an English class now,
isnt he? 8 . Theyre playing tennis now, arent they?
3. , ,
.
Does John listen to the latest news in the evening? (always)
Yes, he always listens to the latest news in the evening.
1. Does Nick do his homework after lunch? (usually) 2. Does Mary
leave for school at eight in the morning? (always) 3. Do the Browns
watch TV in the evening? (often) 4. Do you go for a walk after dinner?
(usually) 5. Does Peter do exercises in the morning? (always) 6 . Does
Jo h n s mother wake him up in the morning? (often) 7. Do they leave
for work at seven in the morning? (always)
4. ,
.
Does he go for a walk after dinner?
No, he never goes for a walk after dinner.
1. Does Mary often get up at six in the morning? 2. Does he always
dictate letters after lunch? 3. Do they always get to college at eight
oclock? 4. Do they usually have a lot of things to do? 5. Do you often
wake up at four in the morning? 6 . Does Peter always get home a t three
oclock? 7. Does Ann often have lunch at home?
5.
.
They usually get home at six in the evening, dont they?
Yes, they do.
1. They often play chess in the evening, dont they? 2 . He seldom
Watches TV in the evening, doesnt he? 3. Nick doesnt know French,
ill
does he? 4. Ann has a lot of things to do every day, doesnt she? 5. Pe
ter doesnt study English history, does he? 6 . Mr. Brown always has
visitors in the morning, doesnt he? 7. Mr. Smith doesnt look through
the papers in the evening, does he? 8 . Jan e doesnt play the piano every
day, does she? 9. Mary Smith lives in Boston, doesnt she?
6 . , .
( ).
M arys going to play the piano in the evening.
Does Mary play the piano every evening?
Yes, she does. (No, she doesnt.)
1. Peter and John are going to play chess in the evening. 2. Nicks
going to play tennis on Sunday. 3. Ja n e s going to play the piano in
the morning. 4. Theyre going to do their homework in the evening.
5. Mary and Jane are going to the theater on Saturday. 6 . J o h n s going
to take his sister to the movies on Sunday. 7. M ikes going to w rite
to his father on Monday. 8 . Hes going to dictate letters in the morning.
9. Peters going to have a shower in the morning.
7. ,
Present Indefinite Tense.
to go to school, to get up, to go for a walk, to look through, to lis
ten to, to leave for, to do homework, to study (history, English), to do
(morning) exercises, to dictate letters, to wake up, to play chess, to play
the piano
8 . .
1. . 2.
. 3. . 4.
. 5. .
6 . . 7.
. 8 .
. 9. , ?
10 . ? 11. ?
12. ? . 13.
. 14.
? 15. ? 16.
? . 17. ?
, . 18. ( )
? . 19.
? , . 20.
? . 21. ,
-.
112
2 . Objective Case of Personal Pronouns 1
( )
9. .
. .
me
give him
a) Would you show her this book?
us
them
me?
him?
b) Would you give it to her?
show us?
them?
10.
. ,
.
1. W ould you read the letter to Ann, please? 2. W ould you show A nn
his new picture? 3. Would you ,give M ary that blue hat? 4. Hes going
to play chess with John and me. 5. Would you repeat the sentence, please?
6 . Would you close your notebook, please? 7. Would you ask John that
question, please? 8 . Would you pass the pencil to M ary, please?
9. W ould you pass the knife to Peter, please?
3. Prepositions of Time 2 ( )
11. , .
7 : 1 5 , 9 : 45, 6 : 30, 12 : 25, 12 : 48, 1 : 58, 8 : 33, 4 : 29, 8 : 30,
5 ; 15, 11 : 10, 3 : 3 6 , 3 : 3 0 .
4. Article 3
12. .
, , ,
. .
1. Do you live on Park Avenue? 2 . They live on 87th Street. 3. My
m other lives on Chkalov Street. 4. There are some theaters near Times
Square. 5. There are always a lot of people on Red Square. 6 . He lives
in an apartment house near Rock Creek Park. 7. Do you live near Cen
tral Park? 8 . There are m any apartm ent houses near Sokolniki Park.
9. Is Lexington ['lsksigtan] subway station near here? 10. Peter lives
near Sokolniki subway station, doesnt he? 11. Theyre going to Ken
nedy Airport tonight. 12 . My brother lives near Vnukovo Airport.
1 . , . 197 198.
2 . , . 221.
s . , . 220.

5. Structure 1 It takes me ten (twenty, etc.) minutes
to get to... (to look through... to do... etc.)
13. , . .
me ten minutes school.
him fifteen minutes work,
) It takes her twenty-five minutes the office.
It doesnt take us forty minutes to get to Times Square.
them half an hour Gorky Street.
Ann an hour Central Park.
two hours to get there,
Peter two and a half hours to do his homework,
to translate sentences from
English into Russian,
to look through the papers,
to have breakfast,
to do our morning exercises.
him college?
her work?
b) How long 8 does it take them to get to Red Square?
Ann 46th Street?
Peter Vnukovo Airport?
to get there?
to do her homework?
to have lunch?
to prepare dinner?
to do their morning exercises?
14. 12 it takes me (him)
...to do... (6 6
how long). , .
II. TEXT
Practice these words2 and sentences from the text.

[se]
a) ?after ,m athe'm atics [,mae08'maetiks] trans'late [traens'leit]
back ,m aga'zine [,maeg3 'zin] ,tra n sla tio n ^traens'leijn]
'salad 'm anager ['maemdjarl 'laboratory ['laebratouri]
'Spanish 'language ['lceggwidj] ,cafe'teria [,kaefi'tiri 9]
[orj
'th ir ty four forty
work - floor 'quarter
'homework 'morning 'forw ard ['forward]
1 structure ['strAktfar] n ,
2 how long ['hau 'log] ,
8 Practice ['praektis] these words. .
114
to] [ar]
'coffee ['kofi] 'also ['olsou] 'older
'office ['ofis] 'alw ays {'olwiz] 'younger
'often ('ofn] 'autom obile ['ot 9ma,bil] 'letter
off [of] walk [wok] 'after
b) 1. We usually have salad, roast beef or steak, French fries and a
cup of coffee for lunch.
2. Michael knows two foreign languages. English and Spanish.
3. He has lunch and then goes for a walk in Sokolniki Park.
4. He does his m ath, studies Russian history and translates sen
tences from English into Russian.
5. He reads books in the U niversity library and works in the lan
guage laboratory.
6 . Tonight we have a guest, Peters elder brother who is a diplom at.
MY FAMILY
My name is Mary Kedrov. I have a husband and two sons. My hus
band, Peter Kedrov, is forty. He is Personnel Manager at the Moscow
Automobile Plant. I work there too. I am a secretary in the office.
Our elder son, George, is a student at Moscow University. Nick,
our younger son, goes to school.
We live in Moscow. We have a three bedroom apartm ent in a new
apartm ent house. Our apartm ent is on the eighth floor. Our apartm ent
house is on Krasnoprudnaya Street. It is a very wide street.
Peter usually gets up at six oclock. He does his morning exercises,
shaves and has a shower.
I also get up at six oclock. I do my morning exercises, have a show
er and prepare breakfast.
I wake up 1 George and Nick at a quarter past six. At a quarter
to seven we have breakfast. We often have bacon and eggs, toast and
jam and tea or coffee.
At 7 : 30 we leave home for work or school. Our house is near So
kolniki subway station and it takes us seven minutes to get there.
My husband and I get to the plant at 8 : 20. Peter usually has a lot
of things to do. He dictates letters, looks through papers and has vis
itors.
Peter and I always have lunch in the cafeteria. We usually have
salad, roast beef or steak, French fries and a cup of tea or coffee for lunch.
Nick comes home from school at half past one. He has lunch and
then goes for a walk in Sokolniki Park. At half past three he comes
back and does his homework. He does his math, studies Russian his
tory and translates sentences from English into Russian. It takes him
from three to three and a half hours to do his homework.
Peter and I come home at 5 : 30. At 6.15? we have dinner. After
dinner Peter usually smokes a cigarette and looks through the maga
zines. He sometimes watches TV.
George often stays at the University till nine oclock in the evening.
He reads books in the University library 3 and works in the language
laboratory .3 George is going to be an English teacher. He likes English.
115
Tonight we* have a guest, P eters elder brother, who is a diplom at.
Michael is coming back from W ashington. We are going to meet him
at Sheremetyevo Airport. Michael knows two foreign languages: Eng
lish and Spanish. W ere looking forward to his stories about his life
in the USA .4
Notes
1 . ,
(
). ,
,
, . :
I wake up George and Nick.I wake them up.
2. at 6 : 15 at a quarter past (after) six, six fifteen.
: at 6 : 15, at 7 : 00, at
3 : 45, etc.
3. in the University library ; in the
language laboratory (
).

.
4 . the USA [5e,ju,ss'ei] (the United States of America [d e ju 'n a itid
'steits 9v ' ] ( ).
the USA 3 -
it.
Vocabulary
about [a'baut] prep , , floor [flor] n ; Our apartment is on
; to speak about the ninth floor,
(-.); Hes going to speak to Mr. foreign ['foran] ; a for
Brown about his family. eign language ['laeggwKy
Airport I'erport] n ; Vnukovo ; Do you know any foreign
Airport ; to meet languages?
smb. at Vnukovo Airport French fries ,
-.
also ['olsou] adv , ; Jane is from [fram, fram, frm] prep , ; to
also going there, come home from school
automobile ['otama,bil] n ; When does your son usually
bacon ['beikn] n , come home from school? from... to
; bacon and eggs ... ; It takes him from forty to
fifty minutes to get to the Univer
cafeteria [.kaefi'tirie] n ( sity.
, , go for a walk [wok] ; He
. .); often goes for a walk in Rock Creek
cigarette [,siga'ret, 'sigarat] , Park.
guest [gest] n ()
come back ; At what time half [haef] n ; half an hour
are you coming back? ; two and half hours
diplomat ['diplomat] n ; I ts half past (after)
egg n twelve. (Its 12 : 30.)
elder ['eldar] (. .
old) ( hour [aur] n ; an hour and a half
); My elder brother is a dip
lomat. jam n ,
116
laboratory [, ] Russian ['l'Ajn] ; Are you
; language laboratory Russian? the Russian language
, ; Does Mr. Woods know the
( ) Russian language? 1
language ['laerigwid3] ; a foreign Russian n ; Peter knows
language ; How Russian, doesnt he?; to speak Rus
many foreign languages does your sian -; Mrs. Brown
brother know? speaks Russian, doesnt she?
letter n ; to write letters to shave v ; My brother always
(-.) shaves in the morning,
library ['laibrari] n ; a smoke v ; to smoke a cigarette
University library ; He often smokes-a
cigarette, or two after lunch.
life n 1 . ; Anns reading a book Spanish ['spsenij*] n ;
about life in the USA. 2. Your sister knows Spanish, doesnt
(-.); W hat do you kndw she? to speak Spanish -
about his life in Kiev? ; You speak Spanish, dont
like v , ; I like mathe you?
matics. Peter likes dogs, street n ; 46th Street 46- ;
look forward to ['forwsrd] Gorky Street
(-.), (-.) subway ['sAbwei] n ; subway sta
; I m looking forward to tion I'steijn] ; Times
your stories about your life in New Square subway station
York. tea n ; to have tea ; Would
-, you like a cup of tea? They are hav
manager ['maenid3ar] , ing tea now.
; ; personnel till prep (
[,pars'nel] manager );
( from . . . till () . . . ; They work
) from 9 : 00 till 5 : 00.
math . mathematics toast [toust] n , ;
, (
office ['ofis] , , )
; How long does it take visitor ['vizitar] ; to have
him to get to the office? visitors ; Is
park n ; Central ['sentral] Park (in Mr. Smith having visitors now?
New York) ; work [w3*k] n , ; to get to
Rock Creek Park (in Washington) work () ()
; How long does it take you
past [paest] prep no ; I ts to get to work?
half past one. work v , ; to work in
quarter ['kwortar] n ; I ts' a an office (in a factory)
quarter past eight (to eight). , ( )
( ); younger I'jAQgar] (
quarter of an hour ); My younger sister is a jour
roast beef ['roust bif] n nalist.
III. VOCABULARY, GRAMMAR AND SPEECH EXERCISES
1. ,
2.
2.
.
1.
. 2. , , . 3. .
4 7 . 5. . 6 .
1 : to know the Russian (the English,
the French) language, to know Russian (English, French),
117
. 7. ,- . 8 .
. 9.
. 10.
. 11.
. 12.
.
3. . .
1 . I am
a) a teacher at school, b) a secretary in the office.
2. Nick, our younger son,
a) is a freshman at Moscow University, b) goes to school.
3. I wake up George and Nick
a) at a quarter to seven, b) at half past six.
4 . My husband and I get to the plant
a) at half past nine, b) at 8 : 20.
5. Peter usually has
a) a lot to do, b) a lot of things to do.
6 . It takes him
a) from two to two and a half hours to do his homework, b) from three
to three and a half hours to do his homework.
7. H es going to be
a) a doctor, b) an English teacher.
8. W ere looking forward to
a) his visit, b) his stories about his life in the USA.
4. (true [tru]
) F (false [fols] ,
).
1. Their elder son, George, is a history teacher. 2. The Kedrovs live
in Moscow. 3. Their apartm ent house is on 54th Street. 4. Their house
is near Times Square subway station. 5. Peter Kedrov dictates letters,
looks through papers and translations and has visitors. 6 . Mr. and Mrs.
Kedrov always have lunch at home. 7. Nick does his math and studies
Russian history. 8 . Peter sometimes watches TV. 9. George never stays
at the University till nine oclock in the evening. 10. Tonight the Ked
rovs have a guest, M arys elder sister. 11. They are going to meet
Michael at Sheremetyevo Airport.
5. .
1. How old is Mary Kedrov? 2. Where do the Kedrovs live? 3. On
what street do they live? 4. How many children do the Kedrovs have?
5. When do Mary and Peter get up? 6 . W hat does Peter usually do in
the morning? 7. Who wakes up George and Nick? 8 . W hat do the Ked
rovs usually have for breakfast? 9. At 7 : 30 they leave home for work
or school, dont they? 10 . W hat does Peter do in the office? 11. Where
do Mary and Peter usually have lunch? 12. Nick usually comes home
from school at 1 : 30, doesnt he? 13. Where does he go for a walk? 14. How
long does it take him to do his homework? 15. Does Peter always watch
TV in the evening? 16. Does George often stay at the University or
does he come home after classes? 17. Who are they going to meet at She
118
remetyevo Airport? 18. Is Michael coming back from W ashington or
from London ['Undan]?
6 .
: Peter and I always have lunch in the factory cafeteria do
.
7. .
.
1 . Peter is Personnel Manager at the Moscow Automobile Plant.
2. Mary works there too. 3. George, their elder son, is a student at Mos
cow University. 4. Their apartm ent is on the eighth floor. 5. Peter
usually has a shower in the morning. 6 . At 7 : 30 the Kedrovs leave
home for work or school. 7. Peter and Mary get to the plant at 8 : 20.
8 . Peter usually looks through papers in the morning. 9. Nick comes
back from the park at 3 : 30. 10. It takes Nick from three to three and a
half hours to do his homework. 1 1 . After dinner Peter usually smokes
a cigarette and looks through the magazines. 12. George often stays in
the University library till 9 : 00 in the evening. 13. Michael knows
two foreign languages. 14. They are looking forward to his stories.
8 . no .
How long does it take you to get to the University? (half an hour)
It takes me half an hour to get to the University.
1 . How long does it take Mary to prepare breakfast? (twenty minutes)
2. How long does it take Peter and Mary to get to the plant? (fifty mi
nutes) 3. How long does it take Nick to do his homework? (from three
to three and a half hours) 4. How long does it take you to get to col
lege? (half an hour) 5. How long does it usually take you to do Eng
lish exercises? (from one and a half to two hours) 6 . How long does it
take him to look through the papers? (from thirty to forty minutes)
9. , , Present Indefinite
Present Continuous Tense. .
Mr. and Mrs. Blake (to be) Americans. Mr. Blake (to be) a teacher.
His wife B etty (to be) a teacher too. Mr. Blake (to teach) French and
Mrs. Blake (to teach) Spanish. Mrs. Blake often (to translate) stories
from Spanish into English.
The Blakes (to live) in New York. They (to have) a two bedroom
apartm ent in an old apartm ent house on 89th Street. It (to take) them
twenty minutes to get to their school. They (to have) three or four
classes every day. Now Mr. Blake (to have) a French class.He (to
ask) questions and the pupils (to answer) them.
Their elder son, Bill, (to be) a programmer. I t (to take) him forty
minutes to get to the office. Bill always (to leave) home for work at
7 : 15. Bill (to have) a lot of things to do in the office.
Their younger son, Tom, (to go) to school. Tom (to come) from
school at 4 : 00. Now Tom (to be) at home. He (to do) math. He (to
have) trouble w ith problem 4 on page 173.
In the evening Mr. Blake usually (to look) through the magazines.
Mr. Blake (not to like) to .w atch TV.
119
Tonight they have a guest, B etty s younger brother, who (to be) a
businessman .1 He (to come) back fronl Moscow. Theyre going to meet
him at Kennedy Airport. They (to look) forward to his stories about
Moscow.
10. .
1 . My elder brother is Sales Manager ? the Moscow Automobile
P lant. My younger sister is a secretary the office there. 2. My friends
live Kiev. Their apartm ent house isKreschatic Street. Their apart
ment is the ninth floor. 3. Bens younger sister, Helen, goes school.
She usually gets 7 : 15. Helen always leaves school 8 : 00.
She comes school 1 : 30. 4. How long does it take you to get
work? 5. W ould you wake Bill, please? 6 . Would you translate this
text English Russian, please? 7. Would you like to look the
papers? 8 . Would you like to go a walk Rock Creek Park? 9. Are
you going to stay the University tonight? 10. It takes Jan e two
three hours to do her homework. 11. We are looking your v isit .3
12 . what tim e are you going to stay school today?
11. . (
).
1 . M y brother knows three foreign languages: English, Spanish and
French. (2) 2 . H es going to stay at the University till 8 : 00. (2) 3. He
studies Russian history. (1) 4. It takes my mother from two to two and
a half hours to prepare dinner. (2) 5. Peter always does his morning exer
cises. (2) 6 . They're looking forward to his stories about his life in the
U SA . (2) 7. They usually have salad, roast beef or steak, French fries
and a cup of coffee for lunch. (2)
12. : ) , )
(, ).
13. , ,
.
14. .
. .
1. , (Carrot). 32 .
: . 38 , .
, .
12 , .
7 . , .
.
, (cheese) .
(milk). (Robert) , .
7 . 15 . 7 .
45 . .
2 . .
(tractor plant). 7 : 50.
1 businessman ['biznasman] ,
2 Sales Manager
3 visit [ 'vizit] ,
.120
.
. . ;
, , .
.
() 7 .
5 . 30 . .
.
. (a teach
er of mathematics). .
3. 26 . .
7 , .
, .
. 12 .
.
5.30 5.30 .
6 . 10 .
. . .

.
15. .
. .
0 , .
My name is Helen Curtis. I am a schoolteacher. I have a second
grade class this year.
1 usually get up at 7 : 00 on weekdays .1 After that I have breakfast.
I work from 9 : 00 to 12 : 30 on weekdays. I always have lunch at \2 : 30.
On Saturday morning I usually go shopping .2 On Saturday after
noon I clean 3 the apartm ent. On Sunday I usually walk in the park.
W eekdays from 7 :3 0 to 10 : 00 I watch TV or write letters. On Sat
urday I go to the movies. I always go to bed 4 at 11 : 15.
16. . :
Do you like the story?
Mr. Going-to-Do
Mr. Baxter lives near Mr. and Mrs. Jones. Mr. and Mrs. Jones call 5
Mr. B axter Mr: Going-to-Do because 6 he always says 7 th at hes go
ing to do sdmething 8 and never does it.
1 weekday n ( , ;
1,
). weekdays
.
2 I go shopping. .
' 3 to' clean the apartment (the room, etc.) ( . .)
4 to go to bed '
5 call IkolJ v
6 because [bi'koz] cnj
7 .say Isei] v ,
8 something ('sAmOig] -, -
121
Every Saturday Mr. Baxter comes to the Joneses. He always says
that hes going to do something. I m going to wash my car 1 today.
Mr. Jones usually says, Are you? He knows th at Mr. Baxter isnt
going to wash his car. Mr. Jones usually says, Well, excuse me, Ben,
I m going to do some work.
Then Mr. Baxter goes to the kitchen. He knows th at Mrs. Jones
always makes 2 cherry pie on Saturday morning. He says to Mrs.
Jones, I m going to p a in t 8 my kitchen today. Mrs. Jones says, Are
you, Ben?
Then Mr. Baxter sits down at the kitchen table and Mrs. Jones puts
some cherry pie in front o f 1 him. Well, thank you, he says. Im not
going to eat it because I m going (to go) on a diet. & And he always
eats the cherry pie.
The Joneses know th at Mr. Baxter isnt going to wash his car, and
he isnt going to paint his kitchen. They sometimes say to their son,
Are you going to do something? Then do it. Dont be Mr. Going-to-Do.
17.
F. .
1. Mr. and Mrs. Jones call Mr. Baxter Mr. Going-to-Do. 2. Mr.
Baxter says th at hes going to do something and he always does it.
3. Mr. Jones knows th at Mr. Baxter is going to wash his car. 4. Mr. Jones
says, Excuse me, Ben, I m going to do some w ork. 5. Mrs. Jones
never puts cherry pie in front of him. 6 . Well, thank you, Mr. Bax
ter says, I m going to eat it. 7. Im going on a diet, Mr. Baxter says.
8 . The Joneses never say to their son, Are you going to do something?
Then do it.
Lesson 9
I. CONVERSATIONS
1
Mr. White: Good morning, Mr. Green. I d like you to meet Mr.
George Petrov .1
M r. Green: How do you do.
M r. Petrov: How do you do. Glad to meet you.
M r. Green: Pleased to meet you. How are you?
M r. Petrov: I m fine, thank you. And what about you?
M r. Green: I m fine too, thank you.
2
Peter: Excuse me. Do you have a light?
Nick: I m sorry I dont. George, do you have a light?
1 [] n ,
* make v , ( . .)
3 paint v
4 in front [frAnt] of prep
5 to go on a diet ['daiat]
122
George: Yes, I do. Here you are.
Peter: Thank you very much.
George: Youre welcome.
3
Ann: Would you like a cup of tea?
Mary: Yes, please.
Ann: How about a piece of cake?
Mary: No, thank you. I m on a diet.
4. In a Restaurant
Waiter: May I take your order?
M r. Brown: Yes, I d like the W hite Fish Dinner.
Waiter: Potatoes? 2
M r. Brown: Mashed.
Waiter: Vegetable? 2
M r. Brown: Green beans.
Waiter: Anything to drink?
M r. Brown: Yes. Coffee with cream and sugar.
*
M r. Brown: May I have the bill, please?
Waiter: Certainly.
5. In a Restaurant
Mary: Excuse me. Would you pass the bread and butter, please?
Ben: Here you are. Would you pass the salt, please?
Mary: Here you are. I m going to have some ice cream for dessert.
Ben: Good. I m going to have some too.
6
Bill: Hows your daughter today?
Mary: She isnt very well.
Bill: I m sorry to hear that. And what about your son?
Mary: H es well ,3 thank you.
Notes
1. I d (I would) like you to meet Mr. George Petrov.
- .
2. Potatoes? Vegetable?
(: Would you like
(have) potatoes? Would you like (have) vegetable?

). , , Potatoes? Ve
getable? .
3. H es well. to be well
,
. -
123
Vocabulary
light [lait] n , , ; Do - ?
you have a light? He Vegetable(s)? ?
? bean
cake ; May I have some cake? drink [dr 113k] v
? cream n ; I d like coffee with
piece [pis] n , ; a piece of cream, please,
cake (apple pie) ( sugar ['jugs] n ; Would you like
); May I have a piece tea with sugar?
of cake? bill n ; May I have the bill, please?
diet I*dai9t] n ; to be (to go) on a , , ,
diet ; I dont think certainly ['s3rtnli] adv ,
hes on a diet now. ; ;
restaurant ['restarsnt] n pass [pses] v ; Would you
waiter ['weitar] n pass the book, please?
order t'ords] n ( ); bread [bred] n ; May I have a piece
May I take your order? of bread, please?
? (. butter ['bAtar] n (); He
?) doesnt like butter,
fish [fiJ] ; white fish salt [solt] n ; Would you pass me
(, the salt, please? Theres no salt at
. .); White Fish Dinner ( .) home.
( dessert [di'z3rt] n , (
) )
vegetable ['vedjtobl, 'vedjatabl] ; hear [hir] v , ; Im
green vegetables , ; sorry to hear th a t. ( ).
Would you like vegetable(s)? He
II. E X E R C I S E S
1. .
. 2.
2.
.
1. () . 2. .
. 3. () . 4. ?
5. . ( .) 6 . - ? 7.
, , . 8 . , , . 9.
. 10. ( ).
3. , . .
to meet Mr. Quinn,
a) I d like you to look through this book,
, to see his new picture,
to have a cup of coffee,
to go for a walk in the park.
to read this book,
to go for a walk in the park,
to know English,
b) I d like to have a cup of tea.
a piece of cake,
some cherry pie.
a cup of coffee w ith cream and sugar.
124
to have lunch now?
) Would you like to go there?
to meet Mr. Butler?
( ) to read this book?
to see the new movie?
4. I d like you to ..., I d like
to..., Would you like to... .
.
to go to the cafeteria, to come back at 7:00, to look through P eters
translation, to study foreign languages, to work in the language labora
tory, to play chess with me, to do your homework now, to have a shower,
to prepare lunch, to translate this article from Russian into English,
an apple, roast beef, some ice cream for dessert, a piece of cake
5. . ,
.
1 . M r. White: Good morning, Mr. Green. I d like you...
M r. Green. How...
M r. Petrov: How do you do. G lad...
M r. Green: Pleased...
M r. Petrov: I m fine, thank you. A nd...
M r. Green: I m...
2. Peter: Excuse me. Do you...
Nick: I m sorry I dont. George,...
George: Yes, I do. H ere...
Peter: T hank...
Qeorge: You...
3. Ann: Would you...
Mary: Yes...
Ann: How about a...
Mary: No, thank you. I m...
4. Waiter: May I...
M r. Brown: Yes, I d...
Waiter: Potatoes?
M r. Brown: Mashed.
Waiter: Vegetable?
M r. Brown: Green...
Waiter: A nything...
M r. Brown: Yes. Coffee w ith...
M r. Brown: May I...

Waiter: Certainly.
5. Mary: Excuse me, pass...
Ben.: Here you are. Pass...
Mary: Here you are. I m...
Ben: Good. I m...
6 . Bill: Hows your...
Mary: She...
Bill: Im sorry...
125
6 . 15.
7. ,
?
1 . A: Hello, Ben. I d like you to meet Mr. George Volkov.
B: ...
N: How do you do. Glad to meet you.
B: ...
N: I m fine, thank you. And what about you?
B: ...
A: W ere going to the puppet theater now. W ould you like to come
along?
B: ...
2. A: Excuse me. Do you have a light?
B: ...
A: Thank you very much.
B: ...
3. A: Excuse me. Do you have a cigarette?
B: ...
N: Yes, I do. Here you are.
A: ...
4. A: W ould you like some ice cream?
B: ...
A: How about a piece of cherry pie?
B: ...
5. A: W ould you like a cup of tea?
B: ...
6. Waiter: May I take your order?
B: ...
W: Potatoes?
B: ...
W: Vegetable?
B: ...
W: Anything to drink?
B: ...
*
B: May I have the bill, please?
W: ...
7. A: Excuse me, pass the bread and butter, please.
B: ...
A: Here you are. I m going to have a piece of cake for dessert.
B: ...
8 . A: W hat about a cigarette?
B: ...
A: Here you are. Do you have a light?
B: ...
A: Thank you.
B:
9. A: How is your daughter?
: ...
A: I m sorry to hear that.
10. Ann: Mother, I d like you to meet Ben Brooks.
B: ...
M: How do you do. I t s nice meeting you.
B: ...
M: Fine, thank you. And how are you?
B: ...
11. A: You live near a subway station, dont you?
B: ...
A: How long does it take you to get to the office?
B: ...
A: That isnt much.
12. A: Hows your wife? I hope shes well now?
B: ...
A: I m glad to hear that.
13. A: Would you like some milk in your tea?
B: ...
A: And what about a piece of cake?
B: ...
14. A: W hos your roommate?
B: ...
A: W heres he (she) from?
B: ...
15. A: Does Peter live in an apartm ent house?
B: ...
A: How many bedrooms are there in his apartm ent?
B: ...
A: Is the house near a park?
B: ...
A: I think he goes for a walk in the park every evening.
B: ...
16. A: May I have your pencil, please?
B: ...
17. A: How do you do? Pleased to meet you.
B: ...
18. A: Are you having any trouble w ith English?
B: ...
8. ()
?
1. : ...
: I m sorry I dont.
2. A: ...
: Glad to meet you. How are you?
3. A: ...
B: Youre welcome.
4. A: ...
B: No, thank you. I m on a diet.
127
5. A: ...
: Yes, please.
6 . W: ...
B: Coffee with double cream and sugar.
7. W: ...
B: A cup of black coffee and a piece of apple pie.
8 . B: ...
W: Yes, certainly.
9. W: ...
B: Yes, I d like Roast Beef Dinner, please.
10. A: ...
B: Here you are. W ould you pass the butter, please?
11. A: ...
B: Good. I m going to have some too.
12. A: ...
B: Shes well. But my father isnt well.
A: ...
13. A: ...
B: I m fine. And what about you?
A: ...
14. A: ...
i B: It takes me half an hour to get to the office.
15. A: ...
B: I m doing my homework.
A: ...
B: No, I m not. English is easy.
16. A: ...
B: I m doing mathematics.
A: ...
B: Yes, I m having trouble w ith th at problem too.
A: ...
B: Bye. See you in class tomorrow.
17. A: ...
B: My first name is George.
18. A: ...
B: His second name is Reaves.
19. A: ...
: I have an English class at 11:00 on W ednesday and Friday.
20. A: ...
B: I t s 1:15.
21. A:
B: I d love to.
22. A: ...
B: Not so well. I m catching the flu.
23. A: ...
B: H i. How are you doing?
A: ...
24. A: ...
B: Yes, its a very nice day today.
25. A: ...
128
: Same here. Hope to see you soon. Bye.
A : ...
9. .
.
1 . : , (Martin).
- .
: Good evening, Mr. Sedov. Pleased to meet you.
S: .
: How are you?
S: , . ?
: fine, thank you.
2. A: Would you like to have a cup of coffee?
: , .
A: How do you like your coffee?
: , .
A: How about a piece of cherry pie?
: , . .
3. W: May I take your order? :
: , (Roast
Beef Dinner).
W: Would you like soup ([supl cyn) or tomato juice [ta'm eitou dûs]
)?
: .
W: Vegetable?
: , , .
W: Anything to drink?
: .
*
: , , .
W: Yes, certainly... Here you are.
4. A: Excuse me. Would you pass the bread, please.
: . , , .
A: Here you are. W hat would you like to have for dessert?
: .
A: I d like to have a piece of cherry pie.
: . (Thats okay [ou'kei].)
5. A: Hi, Peter. How are you doing?
P: , . ?
A: Not so good. My father isnt well. He has the flu.
P: . ?
: the University library. I d like to look through some new
books.
P : .
6 . A: Hello, Mary, I d like you to meet our new student, Helen Sm ith.
M: . .
: Pleased to meet you too. I t s a cold day today, isnt it?
M: , .
?
5 . . - 129
H: Yes, thank you.
M: ? ( ?)
A: W ith double cream and sugar.
M: .
H: Thank you.
M: ?
A: Yes, thank you.
7. A: Would you like some milk in your coffee?
: , . .
8 . : going for a walk in Rock Creek Park now. Would you like
to go along?
: . ( .)
9. : , .
: I m sorry, I dont smoke. Nick, do you have a light?
N: Yes, certainly. Here you are.
: .
10. : ?
: Yes, please.
: .
: Youre welcome.
11. A: W hat are you doing now?
: . . 7
128?
A: I m having trouble with that problem.
12 . : .
: Thank you. You too. See you on Monday.
: . .
10. . .
1 . , - .
- . .
, - . .
. .
?
, . ?
, . , ?
, . , . .
.
2. ?
, .
?
.
.
.
?
, . .
3. , . .
, .
4. , ?
130
, .
. .
. , .
5. : ?
:
.
: ?
: .
: ?
: , , .
: - ?
: .
*
: , , .
: , . , .
6. . , , .
. , .
.
. ?
.
.
7. , .
(Hayley ['heili]).
, . .
. .
, ?
. ( ).
. .
8. , .
?
.
9. . .
. , ?
, . , .
.
10. , ?
. , ?
. 146.
.
11. ?
, . .
.
12. .
. . .
.
11. . .
.
5* 131
Roommates
Bill: John, do you have my hook?
John: No, I dont, Bill. I think its on the desk.
Bill: Oh, yes, thanks. I think I m late. Do you have the time?
John: Yes. I t s exactly 1 10 minutes to 2.
Bill: It is late. Do you have a 2 oclock class?
John: No, I dont. My next 2 class is at 3 oclock.
Bill: W heres my notebook?
John: I t s over there.
Bill: Thanks.
John: Do you have your pen?
Bill: No, I dont. I dont know where it is.
John: Do you want 3 my pen?
Bill: Yes, please. Thanks.
John: Do you know your lesson?
Bill: No, I dont. W hat tim e is it now?
John: I t s exactly 2 oclock.
Bill: W ell, i t s late to go now. Do you want to go to the movies?
John: No, thanks. I know my lesson. I m going to class today.
12 . .
1. (
, , . .). ,
. , () .
. , .
2. . (W hite Fish Dinner
Roast Beef Dinner), (green beans, corn or peas),
(French fries, baked 4), , (tea,
coffee or milk) (a piece of cake, apple pie,
cherry pie, ice cream). .
3. (, )
, , (, ,
). .
4. . , ,
. , .
5. , , ,

. , .
6 . ' , ,
.
7.
.
, .
13.
.
1 e x a c t ly [ ig 'z a e k tli] adv
2 n e x t
3 w a n t [ w a n t] v ,
4 b a k e d
132
14. ,
: may I take your order?, how about?, how long does it
take?, never, to wait, to fall asleep [a'slip] ().
W h o se lu n c h is it ?
Lesson 10
1. Modal Verbs 1
1. .
. , ,
.
a) 1. Peter can speak three foreign languages. 2. Mary can translate
this text into Russian. 3. Can Jan e play the piano? 4. Peter cant play
tennis, can he? 5. Can you show me your new picture? 6 . He can (may)
go there now. '
b) 7. The children may watch TV tonight. 8 . May I have your te x t
book? 9. May I smoke here? (No, you may not.) 10 . You may look
through the magazines. 11. They may come back tomorrow.
c) 12. We must finish the work tonight. 13. You must do your
homework now. 14. Peter and Nick must be in class now. 15. She must
be a French teacher. She has a lot of French books. 16. You m ustnt
smoke here. 17. Must we do it now? No, you dont have to.
d) 18. They have to do their homework every day. 19. W eekdays
she has to get up at 6:00 every morning. 20. Do you have to go to class
every day? 21. Do you have to see them tonight? 22. We dont have to
learn these sentences by heart.
2 . , .
Mary can speak French. (Nick)
Nick can speak French too.
1. Ann can speak English. (Ben) 2. I can do the translation now.
(Jane) 3. He can do those problems. (Bill) 4. Tom can play the piano.
1 . ' , . 221,

(Tess) 5. They can play chess. (We) 6 . Mary can translate from French
into English. (John)
3. ,
, .
Can Jan e come now? (at 6:00 in the evening)
No, she cant. She can come at 6:00 in the evening.
1. Can they go for a walk now? (in the evening) 2. Can you trans
late the text now? (tomorrow) 3. Can the children watch TV now? (af
ter dinner) 4. Can Mary play the piano now? (after classes) 5. Can he
look through the papers now? (in the afternoon) 6 . Can they leave now?
(at 3:00)
4. .
.
1 . : You know English, dont you?
: Yes, I do.
A 2: Can you translate this text into English?
jB2: I m sorry I cant do that now. I hope Peter can do it.
(/41: French, A 2: French, B 2: Jane)
2. A x: Would you like a cup of coffee now?
B x: I m sorry I cant. I have a visitor.
A 2. Can we have coffee at 11:00 then?
B 2. T h ats okay.
(Ax: tea, A 2: tea)
5. ) ,
.
You may 1 smoke here. (John)
John may smoke here too.
b) , .
You may smoke here. (John)
John may not smoke here.
c) , .
You may smoke here. (John)
May John smoke here?
1. You may come in. (Jane) 2. She may ask a question. (He) 3. Nick
may go for a walk. (Mary) 4. Sally may come back at 10 :00. (I) 5. Peter
may go there now. (I) 6 . You may look through those translations.
(Jill) 7. John may have lunch now. (You) 8 . Kate may have my pencil.
(Nick) 9. Ben may have a light. (Tom) 10 . John may sit over there. (Bill)
6 . , , ,
.
W hens Jane going to leave?
She may leave tomorrow.
1. When are you going to see the Browns? 2. W hens Nick going
to do his homework? 3. W hens Mary going to come back? 4 . When
1 ,
.
are they going to translate the text? 5. W hens J ill going (to go) on a
diet? 6 . When are they going to meet Mr. Norris? 7. When are they
going to New York? 8 . W hens he going to work in the language lab
oratory?
7. , .
They must 1 go to class. (He)
He must go to class too.
1. Peter must finish the work. (Tom) 2. We must speak English
in class. (They) 3. She must write home every week. (He) 4. Must Jane
work today? (John) 5. He must do his morning exercises every day.
(You) 6 . John must do mathematics now. (I)
8 . , ,
.
W heres John? (in the cafeteria)
He must be in the cafeteria.
1 . W heres Helen? (in the language laboratory) 2 . W heres Peter?
(in the University library) 3. Where are the children? (at school)
4. W heres Mary? (in her English class) 5. W heres Bill? (at home)
6 . W heres Jane? (in the office)
9. .
must may.
How olds Jane? (thirty)
She must be thirty. She may be thirty.
1. How olds John? (twenty-five) 2. How olds Mary? (fifteen) 3. How
olds his father? (fifty) 4. How olds her mother? (forty-five) 5. How
olds their teacher? (thirty-five)
10 . ,
.
.
Does he have to go to the library today? (tomorrow)
I dont think he has to go to the library today.? He can go there
tomorrow.
1. Does he have to do his homework now? (in the evening) 2. Does
he have to look through these translations today? (tomorrow)., 3. Does
he have to go there tonight? (tomorrow night) 4. Do they have to leave
today? (on Wednesday) 5. Does Helen have to answer the letter today?
(tomorrow) 6 . Do they have to get up at 6:00 today? (tomorrow)
11. can, may, must
have to.
(,
: may, must
have to . .), .
1 h a v e to ,
.
2 : ,
,
135
1 . A: Hello, Nick. W here are you going?
N: To the U niversity library. I look through some magazines.
A: I m sorry I go with you. I do this translation.
2. A: you come to see us tonight?
B: Thank you. I think I .
3. A: I have your red pencil, please?
B: Here you are.
4. A: W hens Bill coming back?
: I think he come back tomorrow.
5. A: Is Peter at home?
: I think he isnt. I t s only 12:15 now. He be in his English
class.
6 . A: When you meet Mr. Brown?
B: Tomorrow at 12:00.
7. A: How old is your history teacher?
: I think he be forty.
12. ,
can, may, must have to.
1. ? , . 2.
? , , .
3. ( ) , ?
, . 4.
? , . . 5. ,
, , . 6 . -
. 7.
? , , . (,
, .) 8 .
? ,
. 9. - ?
v
2 . Imperative Sentences 1
13. .
.
Please (dont) go there now. (he)
Ask him to go there now. Ask him not to go there now.
1. Please get up at 6:30 tomorrow, (she) 2. Please prepare breakfast
tomorrow. (Ann) 3. Please dont wake up Peter. (Bill) 4. Please dictate
these letters, (she) 5. Please dont smoke here, (he) 6 . Please come back
on Saturday. (Mary) 7. Please dont speak Russian in class, (he)
14. - .
Ask Peter to go for a walk in Central Park.
L ets go for a walk in Central Park.
1 . Ask Mary to do her homework now. 2. Ask Jane to stay in the
language laboratory. 3. Ask J ill to have a cup of coffee. 4. Ask Peter
to have lunch in the cafeteria. 5. Ask Ben to go to the movies. 6 . Ask
Bill to do mathematics after lunch.
1 . , . 224.
136
15. .
L ets go for a walk, (to go to the movies)
L ets not go for a walk. L ets go to the movies.
1. L ets go to the movies, (to go to the theater) 2. L ets work in the
language laboratory, (to stay in the library) 3. L ets come back at 7:30.
(to come back at 9:00) 4. L ets have some ice cream, (to have a piece
of apple pie) 5. L ets have W hite Fish Dinner, (to have Roast Beef
Dinner) 6 . L ets have mashed potatoes, (to have French fries)
16. .
1 . . 2 .
. 3. , .
4. ,
. 5. ,
. 6 .
, .
3. Indefinite Pronouns 1
17. :
a lot of, many, a few, much, a little.
1. Jane has English and French magazines at home. 2. I think
Bill smokes cigarettes. I m sorry to hear th a t. 3. There are not
students in the library. L ets stay and look through some magazines.
4. Are there students in your English class? 5. Do you have friends
at school? No, not many. I have friends. 6 . I have to w rite let
ters today. 7. Do you have homework? No, not very much. 8 . Ann
eats bread. 9. I can help you. I have tim e now. 10. She usually
has milk in her tea. 1 1 . Mary drinks coffee.
1.8 . .
1. . 2 . ,
. 3. ? .
. 4. . 5.
. 6 .
? , . 7.
. 8 .
. 9. . 10.
.
4. Structure 441 want you to go there
19. . .
I (dont) want you to go there .2 () , .
to study history,
you to get up at 7:30.
I want
want him
him to go for a walk now.
Mary wantswants her
her to look through the papers.
Peter dont
dont want
want them
them to translate that text.
doesnt want Bill to do his homework,
Jill to listen to the latest news now ..
1 . , . 2 2 5 .
2 I d lik e y o u to m e e t M r. S m ith ( 9).
137
20. .
1. , . 2 . ,
. 3. , .
4. , . 5. ,
. 6 . ,
. 7. , -
.
II. TEXT
Practice these words and sententes from the text.
a) . [i] [i] [ae]
big 'women three speak 'Spanish
'busy children jeans teach -'Alice
Dick -'fif'teen need 'teacher class
[ar] [or] [] [0]
de'partm ent store all thing tenth
'supermarket 'sporting 'also both 'seventh
[w]
week well wife work twelve
with 'Wednesday want 'housework twice
b) 1. Alice has three classes twice a week: Monday and Thursday.
2 . She has to go shopping on Tuesday or Wednesday.
3. He can buy all they need there.
4. Mr. Johnson wants Jan e to go w ith him to the department store.
5. There are a lot of departments there: womens clothes, shoes, etc.
MR. JOHNSON GOES SHOPPING

The Johnsons live in W ashington, D. .* Michael Johnson is a teach
er in a public high school.? He teaches mathematics and physics in
eleventh and twelfth grades. He is also adviser 3 to the school math
ciub. Mr. Johnson is a very good teacher and his students like him.
His work is very hard as he has from forty to forty-five students in a
class. Mr. Johnson has five classes four times a week: Monday, Tues
day, Wednesday and Friday. He has no classes on Thursday and S at
urday.
H is wife, Alice, is also a teacher. She teaches Spanish. She speaks
Spanish very well and can write it well too. Alice has three classes twice
a week: Monday and Thursday. As Alice is busy at school only two
days a week she can do the housework on Tuesday, W ednesday and
Friday. She has to go shopping on Tuesday or W ednesday.M r. Johnson
can go shopping on Saturday.
Mr. and Mrs. Johnson have two children: Jan e and Dick. Jan e is
fifteen, she is in tenth grade. Dick is twelve, he is in seventh grade.
Both of them are doing well in school. Jane and Dick have to go to
school by bus.
Today is Thursday. After breakfast Mr. Johnson goes shopping.
He goes to the supermarket. In the supermarket Mr. Johnson buys meat,
fish, ham, eggs, cheese, milk and butter, wheat and rye bread, apples,
138
orange juice, potatoes, tomatoes, cucumbers and some other things.
In the afternoon Mr. Johnson must go to a departm ent store because
Sunday is D icks birthday. They are going to have a birthday party.
Dick asks his parents, May I invite a few friends to my birthday party?
Mr. Johnson wants Jane to go w ith him to the department store. The
department store is not far from their house. There are a lot of depart
ments there: womens clothes, shoes, sporting goods, etc.
Mr. Johnson and Jane buy a pair of jeans and a paint set as Dick
likes to paint. They are sure Dick is going to like the presents.
Notes
1. D.C.D istrict of Columbia ['distrikt 9 v ' ] ()
, .
.
.
2 . public high school , , ,
.
(elementary [,eta'm ent 9ril school), 8 ,
(high school).
,
. ( } -
)
.
3. is also adviser to the school math club. -
().
,
, (
), . ,
is President Pprezadant] of the USA.
Vocabulary
a d v is e r [ a d 'v a iz a ] n , b u y [b a i] v ; C a n y o u b u y so m e
; a d v is e r to th e s c h o o l m a th b re a d a n d b u tte r?
( F r e n c h , S p a n ish ) c lu b c h e e s e [ t j iz ] n ; S h e e a ts a lo t o f
( ch e ese.
, ) ( c lo th e s [ k lo u z , k lo u 5 z ] 1 n pL ,
); M rs . J a n e S h e e le r is a d v is e r to
th e sc h o o l S p a n is h c lu b . c lu b [ k k b ] n Am. ( ) r>
b ir t h d a y ['b3*0dei] n ; ; m a th c lu b
T o m o r r o w is m y m o th e r s b ir t h d a y . ( )
b o th [bouG ] proti , ; c u c u m b e r ['k ju k a m b a r] ri
; b o th o f th em (u s) ( d e p a r tm e n t [ d i'p a r tm o n t] ti ; d e
); B o t h o f th e m lik e m a t h e m a t ic s . p a r t m e n t s to r e [stor] ! -
b re a d [b rsd ] n ; w h e a t [h w it] b r e a d ,
( ) ; r y e [ra i] do w e ll ( - .);
b r e a d ( ) ; T h e re to do w e ll in s c h o o l
is a l i t t l e r y e b re a d a t h o m e . ; I s y o u r son d o in g w e il
b u s y [ 'b iz i] ( . predic.) , in sch o o l?
; H e s v e r y b u s y t o d a y . etc. ( e t c e te ra ) [ e t's e ta r a ]) . . p.
( ), . . ( )
1 [ k lo u z ]
. ,
[k lo u z ]*
far from ; H e liv e s fa r from , ; W e re g o in g to
th e su bw ay s t a tio n , h a v e a b ir t h d a y p a r t y on S u n d a y *
go by bus (by subway, e t c .)1 physics ['fiz ik s ] n
( . .) ; D o y o u present [ 'p re z a n t] n
h a v e to g o to w o r k b y bu s or b y shoe [ ju ] n ;
su b w a y ? shopping [' ja p ir} ] n
goods [g u d z ] n , ; sporting ; to go shopping
goods ; W h e r e s ; O n w h a t d ays
th e s p o r tin g g o o d s d e p a rtm e n t? d o y o u u s u a lly g o s h o p p in g ?
ham n , ; ham and speak v ; to speak English
eggs (French, etc.) -
housework [ 'h a u s w y k ] n ( - . .)
, ; W h o h a s to supermarket ['s u p a r m a r k it]
do th e h o u se w o r k in y o u r fa m ily ? ; to buy in the supermarket
in v ite [ in 'v a it ] v , , - .
( - .); W h o m a re y o u sure [J u r] ; A r e y o u su re h e s
g o in g to in v i t e to y o u r b ir t h d a y p a r t y ? g o in g to c o m e to see u s to n ig h t?
jeans [d3in z] n ; a pair [pear] teach v , ; to teach m athe
of jeans m atics (physics, etc.) in ninth (ten th,
juice [d 5us] n ; orange [ 'o r in d j] juice etc.) grade
; tomato [ t a 'm e ito u ] ( . .) (
ju ice ; W o u ld y o u lik e . .)
t o h a v e som e o ra n g e ju ic e ? thing ,
m eat n ; H e n e v e r e a ts m e a t, tim e ; four ( f iv e , etc.) tim es a
m ilk n ; Is th e re a n y m ilk a t week ( . .)
h om e?
need v , tom ato [ t s 'm e it o u ] (pi. tom atoes
, ( - .); [-o u z ]) ( )
D o w e n eed a n y v e g e ta b le s ? tw ice [ t w a is ] n ( );
other ['] , tw ice a week
, ; T h e re are so m e o th e r w ant [ w a n t] v ; to w ant smb. to do
v is it o r s . C a n y o u see th em to d a y ? sm th. , - .
pain t [p e in t] v , - .; D o y o u w a n t P e t e r to g o w ith
; I k n o w t h a t you?
y o u r son lik e s to p a in t , week n ; three (four) tim es a
pain t se t week ( )
parent [ ' t] n , w ell adv , ; to speak
Spanish (E nglish, etc.) w ell
p a r t y [ 'p c irti] n , , - ( -
. .)
III. VO CA BULAR Y, GRAMMAR A N D SPEECH EXER CISES
1. .
2.
.
1.
(). 2. . 3.
(), . 4.
. 5. . 6 .
. 7. ...
8 . , .
1 ,
to g o b y .
140
3. . .
1 Michael Johnson is
a) a personnel manager in a factory, b) a teacher in a public high
school.
2. His work is very hard as he has
a) from forty to fifty students in a class, b) from forty to forty five
students in a class.
3. As Alice isbusy at school
a) four days a week, b) only two days a week.
4. Both of them
a) are studying history, b) are doing well in school.
5. Mr. Johnson wants Jane to go with him
a) to the supermarket, b) to a department store.
6 . They are sure Dick
a) is going to like the presents, b) isnt going to like the presents.
4.
F.
1. The Johnsons live in New York. 2. Mr. Johnson has seven classes
three times a week. 3. Alice doesnt speak Spanish well and she
cant write it. 4. She can do the housework on Tuesday, Wednesday
and Friday. 5. Jan e is seventeen, shes in twelfth grade. 6 . In the after
noon Mr. Johnson must go to a department store. 7. Mr. Johnson and
Jane buy a pair of jeans and a paint set.
5. ,
; , .
,
a lot of many, a few, a little.
6 .
: His wife, Alice, is also a teacher,
He can buy all they need there, Mr. Johnson wants
Jane to go with him . ,
.
7. .
1. Do the Johnsons live in W ashington or in New York? 2. Is Mi
chael Johnson a teacher in a public high school? 3. W hat does he teach?
4. In what grades does he teach? 5. Mr. Johnson is adviser to the school
math club, isnt he? 6 . Why do his students like him? 7. W hy is his
work very hard? 8 . How many times a week does Mr. Johnson have
classes? 9. On what days doesnt Mr. Johnson have classes? 10. W hat
language does his wife teach? 11. Does she know Spanish very well?
12. How many classes does Alice have and how many times a week does
she have them? 13. On what days can Alice do the housework? 14. On
what days does Alice have to go shopping? 15. Mr. Johnson can go shop
ping on Saturday, cant he? 16. How many children do Mr. and Mrs.
Johnson have? 17. In what grades are Jane and Dick? 18. Are they
doing well in school? 19. W hat does Mr. Johnson buy in the supermar
ket? 20. Why must Mr. Johnson go to a department store? 21. W ho
141
does he want to go with him to the department store? 22. Whom does
Dick want to invite to his birthday party? 23. W hat presents do Mr.
Johnson and Jane buy for Dick? 24. Are they sure D icks going to like
the presents?
8 . ,
.
1 . The Johnsons live in W ashington. 2. Mr. Johnson teaches mathe
matics and physics. 3. His students like h im .'4. Mr. Johnson has from
forty to forty five students in a class. 5. Alice speaks Spanish very well.
6 . After breakfast Mr. Johnson goes shopping. 7. Dick wants to invite
a few friends to his birthday party. 8 . Alice can do the housework on
Tuesday, Wednesday and Friday. 9. Alice has to go shopping on Tues
day or W ednesday. 10. Mr. Johnson can go shopping on Saturday. 11. He
can buy all they need there. 12. Both of them are doing well in school.
13. Theyre going to have a birthday party. 14. Dicks going to like
the presents.
9. , ,
.
Does he have to go there now?
Yes, 1 want him to go there now.
1. Does she have to do the housework today? 2. Does he have to go
shopping after lunch? 3. Does she have to buy m eat, fish and ham?
4. Does Jane have to go to the department store? 5. Does he have to
invite Bill to his birthday party?
10. . .
.
1. D: M other,I invite a few friends to my birthday party?
M: Yes, you . How m any friends do you want to invite?
D: Four: Jim , Bill, Ben and Tom.
M: I t s okay.
2. A: I t s my daughters birthday tomorrow. Ibuy a present for her.
B: W hat are you going to buy?
A: I m going to buy a doll.1
3. A: you be adviser to the school m ath club? Your students like
you and they want you to help them.
: I m sorry I . I m very busy. I think Mr. Sm ith. Hes a very
good teacher.
4. B: W hat languageyouto study?
H: Spanish.
B:youto study a lot too?
H: Yes, I do. Ito write a lot of papers ? for my class in history.
5. A: Helen, there is a program 3 of Russian music at the student thea
ter tonight.you go with me?
H: I d like to go with you but my brother is here and Ibe with him.
I m very sorry Igo with you to the program.
1 d o ll [d a l] n
2 paper n ( , . .)
3 program [ ' ]
142
11. , , -.
Do you want Jane to do her homework now? (to go shopping)
No, I want her to go shopping.
1. Do you want Dick to buy vegetables and rye bread? (to buy ap
ples and oranges) 2. Do you want Mary to invite five friends to her birth
day party? (to invite seven friends) 3. Does he want Peter to go to the
movies? (to go to the supermarket) 4. Does Mrs. Johnson want her
husband to go to the supermarket? (to go to the department store) 5. Do
you want Jill to buy shoes? (to buy a shirt and a pair of jeans)
12. L ets (Lets not)
.
to study physics, to speak Spanish, to do the housework, to go shop
ping to the supermarket, to buy in the supermarket, to go to the sport
ing goods department (to the shoe department)
13. , .
.
Mr. Fred Jones is a history teacher ( ) in New York.
H e teaches history in ( ). is also (
). H es a very good teacher
and the students ( ). His work is ( ) as he has
( ) students in a class. Mr. Jones has five
classes ( ).
has ( ). has a wife and five sons. His sons
( ). They ( ) in school. His wife is (
). She speaks French ( )
and can ( -). She has three classes (
). She has to ( ).
14. , .
1. As my office is farmy house I have to go theresubway. 2. How
are your children doingschool? Theyre doing well. 3. W hos
adviserthe school French club? Mrs. Quinn is. 4. Are bothhis
sons doing wellschool? Yes, boththem are. 5. How m any times
a week do you go shopping? Twice a week. 6 . W hat are you going
to buythe supermarket? 7. Are you sure th at other students also want
to speak Spanishclass?
15. ) , ) -
, .
16. .
a) to teach physics, to be adviser to the school physics club, hard,
twice a week, to like, eleventh grade, twelfth grade, to have classes four
times a week;
b) to do the housework, to go shopping to the supermarket (to the
department store), to buy vegetables, m eat, fish and other things;
c) birthday, to buy a present, to have a birthday party, to invite a
few friends
17. .
143
1. -
.
. .
. .
(a session) . -
,
. .
: . .
. . .
.
2. .
, , , , , , , ,
, .
.
3.
. ,
.
. .
. .
: .
.
. .
.
,
.
4. ? .
.
? , . . . 5.
? .
, . 6 . ,
? , ,
. 7. ? , .
. 8 . , , .
. 9. , ,
.
18. .
.
Thursday morning,
April 3, 1981
Dear Helen,
I d like to w rite to you often, but I m very busy with my classes
at the university now. You are a student, too, and I know you under
stand .1
I have to study for all of my classes, but this is my first year of Span
ish, and I have a lot of trouble with it. Spanish is my teachers native
language; ? hes from South America. He wants me to speak well, but
1 understand [,Anda'staend] v
2 native ['neitiv] language
144
I often m ake m istakes 1 in grammar and pronunciation2. Some people
are good language students and can speak and understand w ith no trou
ble, but I m not.
W hat about you? I dont remember 3 w hat language you have to
study. Please w rite and say how your language class is .4 W hat classes
do you like? Do you have to study a lot, too?
Helen, I have something to ask you .6 There will be a program 6 of
French and Russian music at the student theater next Saturday, Ap
ril 12. W ould you like to go with me? Please answer and say if you can go .2
Yours ,8
Bill
1. Is Bill very busy with his classes at the university now? 2. Does
he have to study for all of his classes? 3. W hat foreign language does he
have to study? 4. Does he have a lot of trouble w ith it? 5. W hat is the
native language of his Spanish teacher? 6 . Does Bill often make m is
takes in grammar and pronunciation? 7. W hat foreign language does
Helen have to study? 8 . To what program does Bill invite Helen?
Lesson 11
I. CONVERSATIONS
Going Shopping
1
Salesman: May I help you?
Customer: Yes, I d like this scarf.
Salesman: Is it cash or charge?
Customer: Cash.
Salesman: Heres your receipt. Thank you, sir.
2
Salesman: May I help you?
Customer: I m looking for a new camera.
Salesman: Yes, sir. We have some very good ones.* Have a look at these.
3. In the Shoe Department
Customer: Can you tell me how to get to the shoe department?
Saleswoman: I t s on the fourth floor. You can take the elevator over
there.
Salesman: Good morning. May I help you?
1 to make mistakes [mas'teiks] (in) ( -.)
2 pronunciation [pra,nAnsi'eijn] n
3 remember [ri'membar] v
4 how your language class is
5 I have something ['sAinOij]] to ask you. ,

6 There will be a program... ..,
7 if you can go ,
8 yours ,
145
Customer: (Mrs. Brown and her daughter M ary): I 'd like a pair of dress
shoes.
Salesman: W hat color would you like?
Customer: Light brown in leather or suede.
Salesman: W hats your size?
Customer: Six and a half.
Salesman: W ould you like to try on these shoes, please?
Customer: I dont like this style. W hat about you, Mary?
Mary: I dont like it either.
Customer: Can I try on those?
Salesman: Certainly.
Customer: They fit all right. How much are they?
Salesman: 49.99 (forty nine ninety nine) plus tax.?
Customer: W here do I pay?
Salesman: Is it cash or charge?
Customer: Cash.
Salesman: You can pay right here. Heres your change and receipt.
Thank you. Come again.
4. In the Cafeteria
Mary: I have to make a phone call. Please order me a cup of coffee.
Peter: Sure. W hat do you want in it?
Mary: A little cream, no sugar.
Peter: Okay.
5. A Birthday Party
John: Hello, Tess. Happy birthday.
Tess: Hi, John. Thank you for coming.
John: Heres a little something for you .3
Tess: Oh, how sweet of you. You really shouldnt have ...4
Notes
1 . We have some very good ones. .
Ones cameras.
2 . tax (
). (
) ,
.
3. Heres little something for you. .
4. You really shouldnt have... ,
:
You really shouldn't have done that.
Vocabulary
salesman ['seilzmonl, saleswoman ['seilz- scarf [skarf] n ; I d like a light
wuman] . , brown scarf.
help [help] v , cash n (. .); Is it
; Please help me with the work. cash?
May I help you? ? charge [ t] n Am. ;
customer l/'kAstomor] Is it cash or charge?
146
receipt [ri'sit] n ( eith er 5] adv , ( .
) .); I dont speak French, "I
look for [luk for,4 fe] , dont either.
(-.); What are you looking fit v , (-.);
for? I m looking for my notebook. The dress fits you (all right).
cam era ['] n ( )
have a look a t , .
-., -.; all rig h t [rait] ^,
Would you like to have a look at our ; ; '
new cameras? tax ,
tell [tel] v 1. , ( pay [pei] v , ; Where
-. -.); Would you tell us do I have to pay?
how to get to the subway station? 2. rig h t here ( )
to tell smb. about sm th. change [tjeindg] n ; Heres your
-. -.; Please tell us about change.
your life in Leningrad, phone call [kol] ; to
elevator ['eteveite] n ; to take the m ake a phone call -.
elevator ; We ( )
can take the elevator, Okay, [ou'kei] . .
dress shoes Happy birthday!
leather ['1] n ; Do you want !
shoes in leather? Thank you for coming. ,
? .
sweet [swit] , ; How
suede [sweid] n ; Would you like sweet of you.
shoes in leather or suede? .
size [saiz] n ; W hats your size? som ething ['sAm0ig] -, -
try on ; Would you like to ( , , .)
try on this dress? really ['riali, rili] adv ,
sty le n ;
II. EXERCISES
1. .
2 .
2.
.
1. ? 2 .
? 3. . 4. (
). 5. . 6 . -
. 7. () . 8 .
. 9. . 10. , . 11.
. 12. , . 13.
.
3. , . .
a new camera,
a new apartment,
a) Pm looking for dress shoes,
my textbook,
a red pencil,
a good paint set.
147
how to get to the shoe department?
b) Can you tell me how to get to the subway station?
He how to get to Central Park?
the time?
4.
.
A: I dont like the style. B: I m not going to the movies
A: He doesnt know French. either.
A: She doesnt want coffee. : Peter doesnt want it either.
A: We arent going to the B: I dont like it either.
movies tonight. B: I dont know it either.
A: I cant go there today. B: She cant go there either.
5. n o - a u b (Ex. 3).
.
a present, a paint set, a piece of chalk, a good book, how to get to
the University library (the language laboratory, the cafeteria, a restau
rant), to know Spanish, to speak French, to look through, to buy, to
invite
6 . , , -
.
1. Salesman: May I... Mary: I dont like...
Customer: Yes,... .: Can I...
S ..: Is it cash... S.m .: Certainly.
C.: Cash. .: They fit...
S.m .: Heres your... S.m .: 49.99 plus...
2. S.m .: May I... .: W here do...
C.: I m looking... S.m .: Is it...
S.m .: Yes, sir. We have... C.: Cash.
3. C.: Can you... S.m .: You can pay right here.
S.m .: I ts on... Heres...
S.m .: Good morning... 4. Mary: I have to...
C.: I d like... Peter: Sure. W hat...
S.m .: W hat color... Mary: A little...
C.: Light brown in... Peter: Okay.
S.m .: W hats... John: Hello, Tess. H appy...
C.: Six and... Tess: Hi, John. T hank...
S.m .: Would you like... John: Heres a little...
.: I dont... Tess: Oh, how sweet...
7. 16.
8. ,
? .
1 . Salesman: May I help you? 2. S.m .: Good morning. May I
C.: ... help you?
S .m .: Is it cash or charge? C.: ...
C.: ... S.m .: W hat color would you
S.m .: Heres your change and like?
receipt. Thank you. C.: ...
148
S ..: We dont have them in P: How many times a month 11
leather, but we have some do you have sessions?
very good ones in suede. J ,
' P: Do you have any other
S.m .: Certainly. school clubs?
C.: ... J: ...
S.m .: 54.99 plus tax. P: T hats very good.
C.: ... 8 . Ann: Would you like a cup
S.m .: Is it cash or charge? of coffee?
C.: ... Harry: ...
S.m .: You can pay right here. A: How about a piece of cake?
Heres your change and re H: ...
ceipt. Thank you. Come A: Here you are.
again. H: ...
3. Jill: I have to make a phone 9. Waiter: May I take your or
call. der?
Bill: ... John: ...
Jill: A little cream and sugar. W: Potatoes?
B: ... J: ...
4. Mary: Hello, Ann. Happy W: Vegetable?
birthday. J: ...
A: ... W: Anything to drink?
Mary: Heres a little some J: ...
thing for you. 10. Harry: Excuse me. Would
A: ... you pass the cream, please?
5. Nick: Excuse me. Do you Roy: ...
have a light? H: Thank you. W hat are you
Peter: ... going to have for dessert?
N: Thanks. R: ...
P: ... H: Good. I m going to have
6 . Mary: Are you going to the some too.
supermarket tomorrow? R: ...
Jane: ... 11. Roy: Hows your father?
M: W hat are you going to Jane: ...
buy? R: Im glad to hear th at.
J: ... 12. Jane: You live far from the
M: Can you buy some apples subway station, dont you?
for me? Peter: ...
J: ... Jane: How do you get to
M: Certainly. work? Do you have to go
J: ... by bus?
7. Peter: W hos adviser to your P: ...
school history club? 13. Ben: Your mother is a French
Jill: ... teacher, isnt she?
P: Hes a very good teacher, Mary: ...
isnt he? Ben: Can you speak French
J: ... well?
* month [] n
149
M: ... : ...
: Im sorry to say I cant B: I m going to study French
speak it either. next year .1
9. ()
?
1. Salesman: ... B: Id like Roast Beef Din
Customer: Id like that shirt. ner, please.
S.m .: ... ' W: ...
: I dont like this style. B: French fries.
Can I see that one? W: ...
S.m .: ... B: Green beans and corn.
C: How much is it? 5. A: ...
S .m .: ... B: How do you do. Glad to
C: W here do I pay? meet you.
S .m .: ... A: ...
C: Cash. jB: Fine, thank you. And how
S.m .: ... are you?
2. Salesman: ... A: ...
Customer: I m looking for a B: I m sorry to hear th a t.
camera. 6 . A: ...
S.m .: ... B: Hi, Ann. Thank you for
C: Yes, I like it. How much coming.
is it? A: ...
S.m .: ... B: Oh, how sweet of you. You
C: W here do I pay? really shouldnt have...
S.m .: ... 7. A: ...
C: I t s charge. B: Here you are. Im going
S.m .: ... to have a piece of cake for
3. Ann: ... dessert.
Peter: Sure. Theres a tele A: ...
phone over there. W hat do 8. A: ...
you want in your coffee? B: H es from New York.
H es a history teacher.
P: How about a piece of cake? A: ...
A: ... B: He has a lot of things to
4. W: ... do today.
10. .
.
1. Salesman: May I help you?
: () .
S.m .: Is it cash or charge?
: .
S.m .: Heres your change and receipt. Thank you.
2. S.m .: May I help you?
: .
S.m .: Yes, sir. We have some very good ones. Have a look at this.
: .
next year
150
3. : ,
?
S.m .: I t s on the fifth floor. You can take the elevator over there.
S.m .: Good morning. May I help you?
: .
S.m .: W hat color would you like?
: - .
S.m .: W hats your size?
: .
S.m .: Would you like to try on these shoes?
: .
?
S.m .: Certainly.
: . ?
S.m .: 50.49.
: ?
S.m .: Is it cash or charge?
: .
S.m .: You can pay over there. Thank you. Come again.
4. A: L ets order coffee and cake.
: . .
A: W hat do you want in your coffee?
: , .
5. Bill: Hello, Mary. Happy birthday.
M : , . , .
Bill: Heres a little something for you.
M: . ,
.
11. . .

1. ?
.
-. .
.
.
( ).
2 . ?
( ) .
?
36.
. ?
, . ?
?
.
. () .
3. - .
?
.
151
.
. ?
, .
. .

4. , . .
, . , .
.
. . , ,
. .

5. ?
- .

()?
.
(kind [kaind]) .
6. ?
. . ?
. .
?
.
.
- .
12. . .
.
Alice: W hos singing 1 in your house, John?
John: I think its Mary and her friends.
Alice: W hos Mary?
John: Shes my little sister. I t s her birthday. Theyre singing Happy
birthday.
Alice: Oh, I see .2 How old is she?
John: Shes ten.
Alice: Birthdays are f u n 3 for children, arent they?
John: Oh, yes. By the w ay ,4 Alice, whens your birthday?
Alice: Today.
John: Today!
Alice: Yes.
John: W hat do you think of that? How old are you?
Alice: Well, I m not ten years old .5
* sing
2 I see. .
3 Birthdays are fun [] for children,
.
4 by the way
5 I m not ten years old, . (, ,
)
152
John: Dont you like birthdays?
Alice: Not very well. But Jim and Mary are having a party for me.
Do you want to come?
John: Yes. Thanks, Alice. Happy birthday.
Alice: Thanks, John. See you in the evening.
13. .
1. , , ,
, , ( ).
2. .
.
3. .
, ,
.
4. ()
( ) , . .
. .
Lesson 12
I, GRAMMAR EXERCISES
1 . The Past Indefinite Tense *

1. Past Indefinite Tense
.
a) standard verbs: to ask, to like, to look, to learn, to smoke, to talk,
to thank, to work, to help, to hope, to pass, to watch, to close, to excuse,
to love, to shave, to open, to answer, to order, to prepare, to play, to
stay, to try, to need, to dictate, to repeat, to translate, to want;
b) non-standard verbs: 2 to buy, to think, to teach, to see, to write,
to wake up, to speak, to tell, to meet, to get, to leave, to read, to drink,
to sit, to have, to come, to give, to eat, to pay, to hear, to do, to be,
to know, to say, to take
2. .
Past Indefinite Tense.
a) 1. Mr. Burton taught physics in a public high school five years
ago. 2. Mary left for New York a week ago. 3. Ann bought a present
for her younger brother yesterday. 4. He saw Peter in the language
laboratory last Friday. 5. He did his homework and then went to see
his elder brother. 6 . Mr. Fred Johnson was adviser to the school m ath
club last year. 7. We often played chess on Sundays. 8 . He tried to help
them yesterday, didnt he? 9. She translated the text into Spanish this
morning. 10. They watched TV last night.
b) 11. I didnt see Peter in the University library last W ednesday.
12. Tess didnt tell them about that yesterday. 13. He didnt read th at
* . , . 227.
2 25 27 .
. . , . 227.
153
book last month. 14. Mary didnt work in our office two years ago.
15. It w asnt cold yesterday. 16. They werent late this morning.
c) 17. Did she write to them yesterday? 18. Did you hear the latest
news last night? 19. Did he look through the papers this morning?
20. Did you have lunch today? 21. Were they late yesterday? 22. Was
she on a diet last month?
d) 23. When did you wake up this morning? 24. Who helped him
to do the sums yesterday? 25. When did you meet Mr. Smith? 26. W hat
movie did you see last Sunday? 27. When did you have your English
class? 28. How long did it take you to get to the subway station? 29. Who
was adviser to the school English club last year?
3. , .
Is he going to buy a present for Mary tomorrow? (the day before
yesterday)
No, he bought it the day before yesterday.
1. Are you going to see Peter tonight? (last night) 2 . Is Ann going
to write to Mary tomorrow? (yesterday) 3. Is Jane going to meet Mr.
Brown next Friday? (last Friday) 4. Are you going to have dinner now?
(an hour ago) 5. Is Jim going to help them tomorrow? (the day before
yesterday) 6 . Is J ill going to dictate letters after lunch? (two hours ago)
7. Is she going to answer their questions tomorrow? (yesterday) 8 . Is
Peter going to play the piano tonight? (this morning)
4. .
Jan e was in W ashington last year, w asnt she? (two years ago)
Oh no, she was in W ashington two years ago.
1. Dick was sick last week, wasnt he? (last month) 2 . Jane was in the
language laboratory yesterday, wasnt she? (the day before yesterday)
3. Peter and Nick were late yesterday, werent they? (two days ago)
4. Ann was on a diet last m onth, wasnt she? (two m onths ago) 5. They
were in the University library this morning, werent they? (yesterday
morning)
5. no .
a) I did my homework yesterday. (Peter)
And did Peter do his homework yesterday?
1 . I had an English class yesterday. (Jane) 2 . He left for New York
last Thursday. (Nick) 3. Ann went to see them last night. (Jill) 4. They
learned the new words by heart yesterday. (Tom) 5. Tom stayed at home
last Sunday. (Peter) 6 . We m et him at Janes birthday party. (Helen)
7. They went shopping last Wednesday, (the Browns) 8 . They listened
to the latest news this morning, (you) 9. He liked that book, (she) 10 . He
repeated the sentences after the teacher. (Mary) 11. The boys played
tennis yesterday, (the girls)
b) I came back yesterday.
When did you come back?
1. They left home early yesterday. 2. He woke up very early last
Sunday. 3. She m et him in the park at eight last night. 4. I told him
154
about the new French club yesterday. 5. I saw Nick in the language
laboratory two days ago. 6 . She did her homework yesterday. 7. He
thanked Mary for the book yesterday. 8 . He ordered dinner half an
hour ago. 9. Jane prepared dinner two hours ago.
6 . .
a) Did you see Peter in class yesterday?
No, I didnt. He wasnt in class yesterday.
1. Did you see Helen in the language laboratory yesterday? 2. Did
you see the Browns at the party last Friday? 3. Did you see them in
the University library yesterday afternoon? 4. Did you see Mary in the
cafeteria two hours ago? 5. Did you see them in the restaurant last
night? 6 . Were you on a diet last month?
b) Does he go for a walk in the evening? (last night)
He usually does, but he didnt go for a walk last night.
1. Do they play tennis on Sunday? (last Sunday) 2 . Does she play
the piano every day? (yesterday) 3. Does Mary stay in the U niversity
library every day? (last Friday) 4. Do you see Ann every day? (the day
before yesterday) 5. Does he have lunch in the cafeteria every day?
(yesterday) 6 . Do you listen to the latest news every day? (last night)
7. Does she usually get up at 7:00? (last Wednesday) 8 . Do you w rite
to your parents every week? (last week) 9. Do you usually do your
homework in the evening? (last night)
7. , ,
.
Harry: You (to get up) early this morning, didnt you?
Dan: Yes, I (to do). I (to get up) at 5 : 00.
H: Why you (to get up) so early?
D: I (to want) to finish my homework.
H: You (to study) last night, didnt you?
D: Yes, but I (not to finish).
H: W hat (to be) your homework?
D: Translation. Now I (to translate) this page from French into English.
H: It (to be) hard?
D: Yes, it (to be).
H: You (to like) languages, dont you?
D: Yes, I (to do). I (to like) to study languages.
H: How many languages you (to speak)?
D: Three: French, Spanish and Russian.
8 . .
1 . ? .
2. ? ,
. 3. ? ,
.
? . 4. ? .
. 5.
, ,

. 6 . . 7. ?
155
, . 8 .
-.
. 9.
. 10. ? , . 11.
? .
? . 12.
? .
9. , ( , ) .
2. Degrees of Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs 31
10.
.
1. M arys apartm ent is large. 2. Ja n e s apartm ent is larger. 3. J ills
apartm ent is the largest. 4. Text 5 is the easiest. 5. A nns translation
is better. 6 . His sister is younger. 7. That book is the thickest. 8 . It was
colder yesterday. 9. Mr. Brown is the best doctor. 10. She has less tim e
today. 11. Her eldest brother is a history teacher. 12. Tom had more
French books. 13. Dick came an hour later. 14. I t s warmer today. 15. Bill
speaks Spanish better. 16. I t s colder today.
11. .
.
a) I have a thin notebook. And what about Bill (and Tom)?
Bill has a thinner notebook, (and Tom has the thinnest notebook)
1. Peter has a large apartment. And what about Jane and Jill? 2. Ma
ry has many Spanish books. And what about Bill? 3. Dr. Black is a
good doctor. And what about Dr. Brown and Dr. Smith? 4. This book
is good. And what about that book? 5. Peters brother is young. And
what about Bills and Tom s brothers? 6 . Our classroom is large. And
what about their classroom? 7. Ben speaks French well. And what abput
Tom? 8 . We got up early yesterday. And what about them? 9. He came
late last afternoon. And what about Henry? 10. It was cold yesterday.
And what about the day before yesterday?
b) Peters translation is good. And what about B ills?
B ills translation is better than Peters.
1. This text is easy. And what about text 6? 2 . Nicks translation is
bad. And what about B ills translation? 3. I t s cold today. And what
about yesterday? 4. This book is thick. And what about that book?
5. Mr. Hailey is a good journalist. And what about Mr. Johnson? 6 . The
Browns have a large apartm ent. And what about the Smiths? 7. Jane
has many French magazines. And what about Bill? 8 . Mary got up ear
ly yesterday. And what about Jane? 9. John speaks French well. And
w hat about Tess? 10 . Jill came late last night. And what about Peter?
11. It was cold yesterday. And what about today? 12. I t s warm today.
And what about yesterday?
1 . , . 230.
156
12. .
1. () . 2.
. 3. 21 18,
17. 4. , . 5.
, . 6 . , . 7.
. . 8 .
. 9. , -
. 10. ,
() , - ? 1 1 .
- ? . 12.
?
13. ,
.
II. TEXT
Practice these words and sentences form the text.

a) [ei] [i] [ju]
say eight Finn 'city few
same great be'gin trip 'humorous
fame break 'finish ship 'hum orist
'famous 'late r 'living rich 'pseudonym
Tw ain 'paper 'village which l]
failed 'quaker 'silver 'picture M is'souri
age trade 'river 'history 'February
b) 1. Sam spent his boyhood on the west bank of the great Mississippi
River.
2. The collection of sketches Innocents Abroad which he wrote
about the journey brought him fame.
' 3. In 1876 he published his world famous book The Adventures
of Tom Sawyer and only eight years later his masterpiece Huck
leberry Finn.
4. In 1935 Ernest Hemingway wrote that Huckleberry F inn was
the first and best book in American literature.
MARK TW AIN
Samuel Langhorne Clemens was born 1 in a small village of Florida,
Mo., on November 30, 1835. Sam spent his boyhood on the west bank
of the great Mississippi River. He left school at an early age, because
he had to work for a living. For a few years he worked as a printer for
his brother Orions paper. During those years he wrote a few humorous
stories. A New York periodical published one of them.
Sam tried to learn the trade of piloting steam boats on the Mississippi
River.
W hen the Civil W ar broke out in 1861 Sam left for the West be
cause he did not want to fight for the Confederate Army. Later he
,joined miners searching for silver but failed to become rich.
157
In 1862 he began to work for the V irginia City paper as a reporter
and a humorist. In February 1863 he adopted the pseudonym Mark
Twain. In 1865 The Jum ping Frog, his first book of humorous stories
was published.?
In 1867 Twain took a trip on the ship The Quaker City. 4 The
collection of sketches Innocents Abroad which he wrote about the
journey brought him fame.
In 1876 he published his world famous book The Adventures of
Tom Sawyer and only eight years later he finished his masterpiece
Huckleberry F inn.
In 1935 Ernest Hemingway wrote that Huckleberry Finn was the
first and best book in American literature. W illiam Faulkner said the
same in 1955. Before Mark Twain, they said, there was only an Ameri
can dialect, but after him there was an American language.^
Many critics say th at Tw ains books give a better picture of the
period than history books.
Mark Twain died in 1910.
Notes
1. Samuel L. Clemens was born... JI. ...
to bear (bore, born)
2 . he joined miners searching for silver
, ( ). to search
fs3*tj*] (Present
Participle) (. 4). Present Participle
( ,
).
3. The Jum ping Frog was published
. to publish
Past Indefinite Tense (. . 1 ).
4. The Quaker C ity ( )
5. there was an American language (
)
Vocabulary
age [eid3] n ; a t an early age
; Jack London began 186165 .)
to work at an early age; a t the age of bank [baegk] n (, ,
twenty (thirty-five, etc.) ); There were a lot of people on the
( . .) bank of the Mississippi River.
become, became [ ', bi'keim] v
advise [sd'vaiz] v , , ;
(-.); Did you advise ; to become rich
Jill to read that book? before [bi'for] prep , (
American [' ] ;
I looked through some American ); came back before
magazines yesterday. dinner.
army ['arm i] n ; the Confederate begin (began) [bi'gin, bi'gasn] v 1.
Iksn'fedarit] Army , ( -.);
( 11- began to w rite at the age of twenty;
, 2. ; When does school be
158
gin? humorous ['hjumaras]
? ; a humorous writer -
break out ['breik 'aut] ( ; a humorous story
, , ); When ; How did you
did the Civil War in the USA break like the collection of humorous stories
out? (that) I gave you last week?
city ['siti] n ; , join [d3 oin] v ; Mark
( ); Twain didnt want to join the Confede
( ); a city paper rate Army,
journey [7d33*ni] n ,
collection [ka'lekjn] ; a col last [laest] ; last week (month,
lection of stories ; year) (
Mary bought a collection of stories , )
yesterday, later adv , , ;
critic ['kritik] n Later he began to work for the Virgi
dialect ['d aiajekt] n , nia City paper,
die [dai] v ; Hemingway died in leave school 1. ; Mark
1961. Twain had to leave school at an early
during ['durir)] prep , age; 2. ; When did
early ['arrli] ; early morning your son leave school?
(breakfast) ( literature ['lita ra ^ ju v 'lita ra tja r] n
); at an early age ; American (French, Rus
sian, English) literature; Hes study
early adv ; He got up very early ing American literature, isnt he?
yesterday. living ['livig] n
east [ist] n ; in the east ; ; to work for a living
the East , ; W hat do you do
(, for a living? ?
. ) masterpiece ['maestarpis] n
enjoy [in'dsoi] v , miner ['mainar] n ,
( -.); Did you , ,
enjoy your history class? to enjoy north [0] ; in the north
every minute of it
( -.) period ['piriad]
fail [feil] v 1. ; failed periodical [,piri'adikl] ,
to become a journalist; 2. ,
; failed pilot ['pailat] v (
me at the last minute. )
, printer ['printa] ; to work as
fame [feim] , ; to a printer
bring smb. fame -. pseudonym ['sjudounim, 'sudounim] rt
; The first book brought ; to adopt [a'dapt] the
the young writer fame, pseudonym
famous ['feimas] , publish [' v ,
, ; Mark Twain is a ; to be published
famous American writer; to become (); When was
famous Mark Twains first book published?
, fight (fought) [fait, fot] v , reporter [ri'portar] n ,
, ; to fight for
rich [ritJ] ; to become rich
finish ['fin ij] v (), ; Mark Twain failed to
), (); Did you become rich,
finish the book? river ['rivar] n
for prep ( say (said) [sei, sed] v ,
, ; to say smth. to smb.
) -. -.; W hat did Peter say
great [greit] 1. , ; to them?
great city ; New York search [sartjl for v -,; to
is a great city; 2. ; a great search for a book, etc.
writer (painter, etc.) ship [Jip] n ,
( . .) silver ['silvar] n
humorist ['hjurrarist] sketch [sketj] n ,
159
south [sauG] n ; in the south Ernest Hemingway ['ynist'hemirjwei]
spend (spent) [spend, spent] v ,
(); to spend ones boyhood (18991961)
(childhood) ( b) Titles ['taitlz] of books
) ( )
steamboat ['stimbout] n ; to The Jumping Frog [' 'frag]
pilot steamboats
( )
trade [treid] , , Innocents Abroad ['inasants a'brod]
; the trade of piloting
; to learn the trade of The Adventures of Tom Sawyer [di
piloting ad'ventjarz av tarn 'sojar]

trip [trip] n , , Huckleberry Finn ['hAkli,beri fin]
; to take a trip
; , ; Did ) Geographical [,d3ia'graefikl] names
you take a trip to Moscow last year? Mississippi River ['misasipi 'rivar] p.
try v , ; I m trying
to help Peter, Mo. (. Missouri [Ma'zuri])
village I'vilufc] n 1. Am. ; the
village of Florida ['florada] the village of Florida ['florada]
; 2.
war [wor] n ; the Civil ['siv(a)l] Virginia [v3*'d3inja] . (
War )
west [west] n ; in the west d) Names of months
; the West , January [^ n ju.erij
( , February ['febru,8ri]
) March [m artj]
a) Names April ['eipril]
Mark Twain [mark twein] May [mei]
Samuel Langhorne Clemens ['saBmjual June [d3un]
'laerprn 'klsmanz] July [d3 u'lai]
August ['ogast]
Orion Clemens [o'raian] September [sep'tembar]
( ) October [ak'toubar]
William Faulkner ['wiljam 'foknar] November [nou'vembar]
, December [di'sembar]
(18971962)
1. . 2.
2.
.
1. . 2. (
). 3.
. 4.
( ). 5.
. . 6 .
. 7. . 8 .
. 9.
, () .
3. , ,
(. , , , d).
4. . .
160
1 . Samuel Langhorne Clemens was born
a) in W ashington, D. C., b) in the small village of Florida.
2. A New York periodical published
a) three of them, b) one of them.
3. Sam left for the W est because
a) he didnt want to fight for the Confederate Army, b) he wanted
to join the Confederate Army.
4. In 1862 he began to work for
a) the New York Times, b) the Virginia City paper.
5. The collection of sketches Innocents Abroad which he wrote about
the journey
a) made him famous, b) brought him .fam e.
6 . Tw ains books give
a) a worse picture of the period than history books, b) a better pic
ture of the period than history books.
5.
F.
: 1 . left school at an early age, because he had to work for a liv
ing. 2. Sam didnt try to learn the trade of piloting steam boats on the
Mississippi River. 3. Later he joined miners searching for silver and
became rich. 4. In 1865 The Jum ping Frog, his first book of humorous
stories, was published. 5. Mark Twain did not take a trip on the ship
The Quaker City. 6 . In 1935 Ernest Hemingway wrote th at Huckle
b e rry F inn was the first and the best book in American literature.
6 . , better best.
.
7. ,
: In 1867 Twain took a trip on the ship The Quaker
C ity .
8 .
.
1. W hat was Mark Tw ains real name? 2. When was he born? 3. W here
did he spend his boyhood? 4. W hy did Sam leave school at an early
age? 5. He worked as a printer for his brother Orions paper for a few
years, didnt he? 6 . Why did he try to learn the trade of piloting steam
boats? 7. W hy did Sam leave for the West when the Civil W ar broke
o u t in 1861? 8 . When did he begin to work for the Virginia City paper?
9. W hat pseudonym did he adopt in 1863? 10. W hat was the title of his
first book of humorous stories? 11. When did Twain take a trip on the
ship The Quaker City? 12 . W hat was the title of the book th at he
wrote about the journey? 13. W hen did he publish his world famous
book The Adventures of Tom Sawyer? 14. W hats the title of his mas
terpiece? 15. W hat did Hemingway write about Huckleberry Finn?
16. W hy did Hemingway say th at Huckleberry Finn was the first
-book in American literature? 17. W hat do many critics say about
Tw ains books? 18. When did Mark Twain die?
6 . . - 161
9. .
. .
1. Sam spent his boyhood on the west bank of the Mississippi River.
2 . A New York periodical published one of his stories. 3. Sam didnt
w ant to fight for the Confederate Army. 4. In 1862 he began to work as
a reporter and a humorist. 5. In February 1863 he adopted the pseudo
nym Mark Twain. 6 . The collection of sketches Innocents Abroad
brought him fame. 7. In 1884 Mark Twain finished, his masterpiece
Huckleberry Finn. 8 . Huckleberry F inn was the first and best book
in American literature, wrote Hemingway.
10. .
. .
1. Ernest Hemingway was born on Ju ly 21, 1899 and died on Ju ly 2,
1961. 2 . Leo Tolstoy ['liou 'talstoi] was born on September 9, 1828.
He died at the age of eighty two on November 20, 1910. 3. W illiam
Faulkner was born in New Albany ['olbam], Miss .1 on September 25,1897.
He died at the age of sixty five on Ju ly 6 , 1962. 4. Anton Chekov %was
born in the small town of Taganrog on January 29, 1860 and died on
Ju ly 15, 1904.
1 1 . , , , , ,
.
12. .
. .
.
a) 1. For a few years Sam worked as a printer for his elder brothers
paper. 2 . In 1862 Sam Clemens began to work for a bigger paper as a
reporter and a humorist. 3. Eight years later Mark Twain finished his
masterpiece Huckleberry F inn. 4. Ernest Hemingway wrote th at Huck
leberry F inn was the best book in American literature. 5. Mark Tw ains
books give a better picture of the period. 6 . Was th at the earliest bus?
7. I think this is his worst story. 8 . I think The Old Man and the Sea
is the best of Hemingways stories. 9. February is the shortest m onth of
the year. 10. Did you listen to the latest news last night?
b) 11. His elder brother is two years older than he. 12. M arys trans
lation is better than P eters. 13. February is colder than November in
Moscow. 14. The Mississippi River is longer 3 than the Volga. 15. Is
the Volga longer than the Missouri? 16. Does Jane speak Russian better
than Jill? 17. Did he have more visitors yesterday than last Wednesday?
13. , ,
.
1. That was (happy) day in my life. 2. (On) Weekdays I get up (early)
than on Sunday. 3. Ann has (many) French books than M ary. 4. Is
Jane (young) than Tess? I think shes three years (young) than Tess.
1 Miss. = Mississippi
%Chekov ['tjekof] . .

2 long [brj]
5. I think Tom is (bad) pupil in the class. 6 . Peter has (little) tim e today
than yesterday. 7. Nick is P eters (old) brother, isnt he? 8 . Mary and
John came back at 8 : 00 and Nick came an hour (late). 9. M arys apart
m ent is (large) than Ja n e s. 10. Text 8 is (easy) of all the texts.
14. , .
1. Sam spent his boyhood on the west bank of the great Mississippi
River. 2. D uring those years he wrote a few humorous stories. 3. Sam
tried to learn the trade of piloting steamboats on the Mississippi River.
4. Later he joined miners searching for silver. 5. In February 1863 he
adopted the pseudonym Mark Twain. 6 . In 1935 Ernest Hemingway
wrote th at Huckleberry F inn was the first and best book in American
literature.
15. , ,
. 1.
1. W illiam Saroyan [sa'roujan] (to be) born in 1908 in California
[,ksel9'fornj 9] in the fam ily of p o o r 1 immigrants. He (to begin) to work
at the age of eight. At sixteen he (to leave) school. Saroyan (to be) twenty
six when he (to publish) his first collection of stories which m any critics
praised.?
W illiam Saroyan (to write) m any novels, plays, scripts 3 and short
stories. Some of his novels and stories (to be) translated into Russian.
People all over the Soviet Union (to read) and (to enjoy) them.
In 1978 Saroyan (to visit) the Soviet Union. During his stay in
Moscow he (to meet) Soviet writers, critics and translators. a I (to
want) to write better and better, he (to say).
In his books W illiam Saroyan (to show) that the American social
order (to be) unjust and unfair .4 W. Saroyan died in 1981.
2 . Ben (to go) out of the subway station. He (to see) Mary. How did
things go? 6 he (to say). Not so well. Jane (to be) sick, Mary (to an
swer).
On the way home Ben (to buy) Jan e a toy .6 W hen they (to get) home
Ben (to go) to Ja n e s bedroom. Jan e (to be) in bed. You (to bring)
me a present? she asked. He (to give) her the toy. Then he (to go) to
the kitchen. Mary (to be) there. Bill and Nick (to watch TV) in the
living room. I (to be going) to look for a new job, z Ben (to say) to Mary.
16. .
1. People allthe Soviet Union read and enjoy Hemingways books.
2. W illiam Saroyan left schoolthe agesixteen because he had to
worka living. 3. six years he workeda journalistNew York
City. 4.the Spanish Civil W ar Hemingway foughtthe Revolution
J poor [pur]
2 praise [preiz] v
3 script {skript] n
4 the American social ['sou Jl] order is unjust [An'd3 Ast] and unfair [An'fsr]

2 How do things go? ?
6 toy [toi] n
7 job Id3 ab] n ,
ary 1 Army. 5. Theodore Dreiser 2 was born 1871. 1945 he joined the
American Communist party. 6 . W hat does Mr. Sm ith doa living?
she asked. He worksa reporter for The New York Times, Peter
answered. 7. Is he really going to help us? she asked him. I* dont
know. I think he m ay fail usthe last m inute, he said.
17. . ,
.
18. , .
a) to be born, at an early age, to work as, to w rite, to bring fame;
b) to work for a living, to fight for, to join, to become famous, a
collection of, to die at an early age
19. .
1. 31 1908 .
(poor [pur]), .
, .
. 2 .
.
.
. 3.
^.
-.
. (to decide [di-
'said]) . 4.
. 5.
(), (War and Peace [pis])
1812 .
6 .
, (gold).
,
. 7. * ? .
,
( ), . 8 .
['tjekante]? 9. 1852 .
(Goncharov) (on the
P allada frigate [pa'leida 'frigit]). ,
, . 10. (works)
( )
, ,
(). 1 1 .
(OHenry [ou'henri])? , .
20. .
.
. .
Tom looked at the fence. He didnt know how to get out of the jo b .3
1 revolutionary Lreva'lujaneri]
2 Theodore ['Giador] Dreiser ['draisar, 'draizarj ,
3 how to get out of the job
Suddenly he had an idea. He began to paint enthusiastically [irt'Ojuzi-

'ffishkali].
Hi! W hat are you doing? Come on, lets go fishing, his friend Ben
Rogers said.
I dont want to, said Torn.
Youre afraid to, answered Ben.
I m not either, said Torn.
You are too, said Ben. I m sure your aunt P ollys making you
work. 1
Maybe she is and maybe she isnt, said Tom. All I know is that
this suits Tom Sawyer. ? And he went on painting.
Then Ben said, May I have a try? 3
No, you dont know how, answered Tom.
I can give you my fishing pole, Ben said.
W ell, all right, said Tom, but just for a little tim e. And he gave
Ben the brush.
A few m inutes later Billy Fisher, Tom s schoolmate, came up to
them. He gave Tom his kite.
Then other boys came to help paint the fence. When aunt Polly came
out to see the fence she was surprised .4
Youre a good boy, Tom! she said.
1. W hat did aunt Polly make Tom do? 2. Was Tom happy about
it? 3. Did he want to paint the fence? 4. W hy did he begin to paint
enthusiastically? Did he want to show other boys that he liked the
job? 5. W hat did Ben Rogers give him? 6 . W hat did Billy Fisher give
Tom? 7. Did other boys want to paint the fence too? 8 . Why was aunt
Polly surprised?
2 1 . .
1. My favorite American (English, Soviet, Russian) writer.
2. My autobiography.5
3. My favorite book.
Lesson 13
1. CONVERSATIONS
1
Teacher: W hat was Mark Tw ains real name?
Student: Samuel Langhorne Clemens.
T: When did he adopt the pseudonym?
5 : In 1863.
1 your aunt Polly is making you work
2 this suits Tom Sawyer

3 May I have a try? ?
4 she was surprised [sa'praizd, sar'praizd]
- autobiography [ptobai'agrofi] n '
*
T: W hat was the title of his first book of humorous stories?
S: The Jum ping Frog. I read it last m onth and enjoyed every, mi'
nute of it.
T: Did you advise your friends to read it?
S: Sure, I did.
2
T: W hat book made Twain famous?
S: The collection of sketches Innocents Abroad. People all over the
U nited States read and enjoyed it.
T: And which of Tw ains books is his masterpiece?
5 : Huckleberry Finn. By the way, I reread it last week and enjoyed
every m inute of it. It really gives a better picture of the period than
history books.
T: Yes, I think so too.
3
Peter: Did you read the book I gave you last month?
Nick: Yes, I did. I finished it yesterday.
P: How did you like it?
N: I wouldnt say 1 I liked it very much. I dont think its as brilliant
as some critics say.?
P: I dont either.
4
Mary: Did you read the book I .gave you last Thursday?
Jane: Yes, I did.
M: How did you like it?
J: I m sorry to say I didnt like it at all.
Notes
1 . I wouldnt ['wodnt] say ( = I would not say)... ...
.
2 . I dont think i t s as brilliant as some critics say. ,

() ,
. (Not) as ... as .
Vocabulary
all over the world ; to give a picture of
Children all over the world know () -.; His
Rodaris books; all over the country books give a better picture of the
period than some history books.
at all , ; I didnt like it real ['rial] , ,
(the book) at all. () ; real
. (); W hats his real
brilliant ['briljant] , name?
; I think his new book is reread [ri'rid] v ; I m going
brilliant. to reread some of Leo Tolstoys
Im sorry to say ; I m books.
sorry to say I dont have that book. title ['taitl] n ; Do you know
much [mAtJ] adv ; I liked it very the title of that book?
much. way: by the way [wei] ;
people ['pipl] n ; There were a lot By the way, did you see Mr. Brown
of people on the streets that day.' yes'terday?
picture n , ;
166
1 . . . 2.
2.
.
1. () . 2. , . 3.
(
)? 4. , . 5.
. 6 . .
3. , , -
. .
him to read the book? Sure I did.
her to go to the movies? Yes, I did.
a) Did you advise them to look through the No, I didnt.
Mary papers? I m sorry to
your friend to meet Mr. Smith? say I didnt.
to write to Peter?
b) I the book,
He the story,
She enjoyed the movie,
They it.
enjoyed every minute of it.
the book? I enjoyed it.
c) How did you like the story? I dont think i t s as brilliant as
the movie? some critics say.
it? 1 didnt like it at all.
4. , a, b, (Ex. 3).
5. . .
1 . Teacher: W hat was... 5: Huckleberry Finn. By
Student: Samuel... the way, I reread it...
T: When did... T: Yes, I think...
S: In... 3. Peter: Did you read...
T: W hat was the title ... Nick: Yes, I did, I finished...
S: The Jum ping Frog . P: How did...
read it... N: I wouldnt say...
T: Did you advise... P: I dont...
S: Sure,... 4. Mary: Did you read...
2. T: W hat book... Jane: Yes,...
S: The collection of... M: How did...
T: And which of... J: Im sorry...
6 . 14.
7. ,
? .
1. A: When was Mark Twain born?
: ...
A: He left school at an early age, didnt he?
B: ...
1<57
A: Did he have a large family?
B: ...
A: When did he adopt the pseudonym?
B: ...
A: W hat was the title of his first book of humorous stories?
B: ...
A: Did you advise your brother (sister, son) to read it?
B: ...
2. A: W hat book made Twain famous?
B: ...
A: When did you read it?
B: ...
A: W hich of Tw ains books is his masterpiece?
B: ...
A: Yes, I think so too. By the way, what did Hemingway and
Faulkner say about Tw ains books?
B: ...
3. A: Did you read the book I gave you last week?
B: ...
A: How did you like it?
B: ...
A: I didnt either.
4. A: Did your brother read the book I gave you last Wednesday?
B: ...
A: How did he like it?
B: ...
A: I m sorry to hear that. I enjoyed every m inute of it.
B: ...
5. George Brodov: I read Hemingways story The Old Man and the
Sea 1 last week and enjoyed every m inute of it.
Ben Smith: ...
G: Oh, yes. I must say its as brilliant as the critics say.
B: ...
G: People all over the Soviet Union read Hemingways books and
enjoy them.
B: ...
6 . Ben Smith: I finished Dostoevskys The Brothers Karamazov
yesterday.
G: ...
B: The book is brilliant. By the way, many people all over the
United . States read and enjoy his books.
G: ...
: I think The Brothers Karamazov is Dostoevskys masterpiece.
G: ...
7. Nick: Jane, whom are you going to invite to your birthday party?
Jane: ...
N: And what about Peter?
J: ...
1 The Old Man and the Sea

N: Sure, I may see him tomorrow.
8 . A: Do you help your mother to do the housework?
B: ...
A: By the way, what does your brother do for a living?
B: ...
9. A: W hat are you doing now?
B: ...
A: I m going to the movies. W ould you like to come along?
B: ...
10. A: Is your son doing well in school?
B: ...
A: I m glad to hear that.
8 . . .
1. : ...
: Samuel L. Clemens.
: ...
: I think it was in 1863.
A: ...
: Huckleberry Finn. When did you read it?
A: ...
B: By the way, I reread it last week and enjoyed every m inute of it.
A: ...
B: Yes, I think so too.
2. A: ...
B: Yes, I did. I finished it last Friday.
A: ...
: I m ust say, I liked it very much.
3. A: ...
B: Yes, I did. I finished it yesterday.
A: ...
B: I m sorry to say I didnt like it at all.
, A: ...
B: My brother didnt like it either.
4. A: ...
Ben: Many people in the United States know Tolstoy and Dostoevsky.
A:
Ben: I reread Tolstoys War and Peace last month and enjoyed
every m inute of it.
5. A: ...
B: The collection of sketches Innocents Abroad. People all over
the U nited States read and enjoyed it.
A: ...
B: It really gives a better picture of the period than history books.
6 . A: ...
B: Hello. Glad to meet you.
A: ...
: I think I can help you.
7. A: ...
B: I d like that scarf.
1
: ...
: Cash.
: ...
9. .
.
1. : ?
: Yes, i t s Samuel Langhorne Clemens.
: ?
: In 1863.
:
?
: The Jum ping Frog. I advise you to read it.
:
.
: I also reread it last week. And enjoyed it too.
2. : ?
: The collection of sketches Innocents Abroad.
: ,
?
: I t s a brilliant book. It gives a better picture of the period than
history books.
: ,
.
: I dont think so. I t s a very good book for adults ,1 too.
: ?
: Yes, indeed. 2
3. : ,
?
: Yes, I finished it yesterday.
: ?
: I liked it very much. And what about you?
: , . (),
, .
4. : ,
?
: I m sorry to say I didnt like it at all.
5. : .
?
: No, she wasnt. Her mother was sick and she went to see her.
: , ?
: Yes, shes better now.
6 . : .
.
: How long did he stay in Washington?
: . .
: Okay.
* adults [a'dAlts] pi.

2 Yes, indeed, [in'did] , ! , !
I/O
7. : , - . .
?
: No, she isnt here. She was sick last week. Now shes better.
How is Mrs. Petrova?
P: , .
.
10. . .
1. , ?
, .
, .
, .
. (deep).
(adult)
.
.
.
2 . (favorite TfeivritJ) -
.
, (novel ['navi])
?
, , ! (A Farewell ['fe( 9)r,wsl]
to Arms).
.
3. , ?
. .
?
. , .
4. , ?
, .
5. ?
, , .
.
. ?
. . .
11. .
.
1. A: Ernest Hemingway is a world famous writer, isnt he?
Oh, yes. His books were published in m any languages. By the way,
were his books published in the Russian language?
A: Yes. All his books were published in Russian. A lot ofpeople- all
over the.Soviet Union read and enjoy his books. ,
B: He spent the last years of his life in Cuba .1 There he wrote his world
famous story The Old Man and the Sea.
A: I reread it last week and enjoyed every m inute of it. The story is
wonderful.?
1 C ub a ['k ju b s ] n
%w onderful ['wAndafal] , ; .
it 71
Invitations *
a) Formal 2 Invitations
2. A: Would you like to join me for dinner tomorrow morning?
B: I d love to but I m afraid I have to say no. I m going to W a
shington D. C. for the weekend.
A: Oh, I m sorry. W hat about next Friday?
B: Good. Thank you for the invitation.
b) Informal 3 Invitations
3. A: How about going to dinner tomorrow night?
: I m sorry, but I m going to W ashington D. C. for the weekend.
A: W hat about next Friday?
: G reat.4 Thanks.
A: Is 6:00 all right with you?
: Fine.
4. A: Can you come to a party at my place - Friday evening?
: Thanks. I d love to. W hat time?
A: About 8 :00.
: I may be a little late, is it O.K.?
A: Sure. Come when you can.
: Thanks. See you there.
12. Role playing:6
a) Speak to your classmate (roommate, colleague) about a world
famous writer.
b) Invite your colleague to dinner (formal invitation) be sure to
include the time and day .7
c) Invite your friends to a party at your place (informal invitation).
III. W ORD B U IL D IN G 8 EXERCISES
1. ,
-.
.
'to advise, to begin, to buy, to fight, to learn, to paint, to publish,
to speak, to teach, to work, to write, to mine, to report, to print
2. ,
-1. -
.
wonderful, real, usual, easy, humorous, certain
in v ita tio n [^ n v a 'te ijn ] n

1
form al ['fo rm al]
2
inform al [in'form al] ,
3
G reat! ( I t s great!) . ! (!)
4
,5
at m y place
ro le p la y in g ['ro u lp le n g ] n
6
7
to be sure to include [in 'k lu d ] the tim e and d ay

. ,- , 232,
172
3. . ,
.
airport, armchair, bedroom, birthday, blackboard, bookshelf, class
room, freshman, housework, homework, notebook, newspaper, room
m ate, schoolboy, textbook, weekend, masterpiece
4.
.
.
to answer, to excuse, to fight, to help, to hope, to look, to love, to
order, to pay, to search, to talk, to work

Lesson 1
I.

: (
), .
(General American)
( 9/10 ).
, .
, ,

.
.

.
1.

,
.
1 ,
: [0J, [8], [] .
1
,
174
(
): [t], [dl, [n], [1], : [s], Iz],
[ [3] . ,
, ,
(
).

.? [], [], ], [], [oi],
; ,
: [i], [] [i], []
.
: [], [].
: 3
( ), , ,
.
2.

, ,
(, : [],
[], [].
,
, .
,^
:
6 17 20
24 .

, .

(, [], [0], [] .).
.
3.
( )
( ).
: , , ,
. ,
, .
* , , * ,
2 . ,,
; ,
.
3
. ' *
175

I
II
III
IV
1
2 : ,
, ,
3 :

4
5
6
7
8
9 : ,

10
4.
,
17 , 10 : [i], [i], [], [],
[], , [], [], [u], [9J, : [], [] 5
: [ei], [ail, [oi], lau, ], [].

: (

); (
,

); (
,
).

:

,

,
.

,

,

.
1. [ ij 4. .
1 [] [ei]
2 [] [ai] []
3 [] []
4 .
176
.
, .
. .
.
2. [ai].
. '
. .
. . .

[i], .
. -.
, ,
[ail. -
[! [] ,
tail.
3. [] .
,
, .
, .
, []
.
4. [aej . ,
,
, , [].
. []

. ,
[] [], [], [].
nasal twang ( ).
, [].
5; [ [] ,
[i] []. ,
. . []
,
[i].
6. [] ,
. ,
. (
). .
, [].
, [] (
) ,
(. student t'studant] attack []).
. ( )
, -:
) , ; '
,
(: tie [tai], my [mai], me [mi], day [dei]);
)
, (: main [mein]
made [meid] mate [meit]).
177
5.
,
( ),
.
(
, )
( ).
,
( , ).

1. [t], [d]. [! [1,
,
: [t] [d]
.
.
. [t] ( )
. [t] ,
.
[d] 1 (: It isnt a tie. [itd ,iznt 3 'th ai])*
1 [d] [t]
, -
2. [], []. [] [],

[] []
. []
, [].
3. []. , [],
.
[], [] .
: 1. [], [t] []
( , :
pie [ph ai], tie [th ai], cap [khaep]).
2.
1] [t] (: cap [khaep], hat [haet]).
3. ,
, ; ,
;
(: act [aekt], a bad cap [a/baed
'kh aep])

, .
1. [fj.
[f]
, []
. [f]
.
2. [s], [z]. (
) [] [], [s] [z]

, ,
, . [z] , [si
.
3. [12 .
. ,
(
)
.
* *
? 2.
179
,
[], [],
[] [].
4. [h]. .
.
.
[h].
[], [h] ,
.

1. []. ,
, [d]. ,
.
2. [].
( [] [. ,
. ,
[].

[1]. ,
, . [1]
, : []
.
. [1] [] .
(settle ['sstl], kitten I'kitn], table ['teiblj).
.
180
6.
, ,
, ,
. :
1 ) (, ,
, ):
T hats a nice hat.
This isnt a black pen.
2) , . e. ,
:
My pen and his pencil...
3)
:
Take this , that black pencil and his map.
4) ,
:
On Sunday Pete and Ann...
5) ;
6) ,
;
7) , . .
.
1 , .
- ,

(, . .).
,
.
7.
, , ,
. ,
,
.
,
.
)

. ,

, .
,
, , .
1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, t

.

: (,
, .) ,
;
, ,
. ,

. ,
, .
:
, ( )
? ( )

,
.
iThis |isnt a table.
,
.

, .
,
.
, ,

, ,
,
.
,
. . :
1)
( ):
, Th!s is ai'pfo. ( )
tThis lisnt afp\nci!. ( )

2) \
3) 2,
1 . 2.
2 . 3.
182*
^
4) \
5) 2,
6) 3.
.
.
, , .
:
, .
[']
: pencil I'pensl], table 1'teibl].
[, 1,
: revolution [,rev 9 'lu /n ].
. , . .
()
.
, ,
(, , ,
, ,
); (,
, ,
, ).

.
. ,
( )
4,
.
. ,
, [']
. ,
, ,
, [,],
. :
,That ,isnt a ,black 'pencil.
.
, , -'
.
.
: , .
:
. ( , )
. (, )
* . 4.
2 . 6.
3 . 2.
4 . .
183
, ( , -
) -
, ( ,
. .)
fe a ,t)1acTc ,pencil. 1That is a fbli)ck .pencil.
IThatf^ ,1 pencil.
)

( ) ,
, .
, , ,
, . .
.
,
.
The DOCtors a SURgeon.
The DOCtors a good SURgeon.
The DOCtors a very good SURgeon.
The DOCtors not a very good SURgeon.
DOC
SUR
, ,
, .
The'boy is'interested in enlarging his vocabulary.
Great progress is made daily.

. .
.
.
, 1- 2 -
1 , 2- 3-4 ,
3- 4- 3 .
184

, ,
2 - 3- ,
1 - 2 -.

,
, ,
,

.
8.
, , ,
(
, ,
).
[.] [] This is a hat. [,3is is a'haet]

[] [], [] This is an apple. [,dis iz on'aepl]
his [hiz] [iz] T hat's his desk. [ ,te ts iz 'desk]
is [iz] [z], [s] T hats my pen. [,9aets mai 'pen]
His names Ben. [hiz ,neimz 'ben]
II.
1* .
^ -,
.
, .
:
the 1 ().-
()
.
,
, : a lamp [], a tie
b 'ta i]. , ,
, []: an apple
['.
;
, , ,
, .
1 . 2,

:
?, ?, ?,
?.
This is .
. ,
This is Ben.
My names Bill.
2.
he ,
.
H es Ben. . ( .)
it . -
3- it
.
This is a hat. .
I t s a nice hat. .
It's his hat. .
? (W hats this?)
it 1.
it, , .
3.
, his .

. , ,
/
M y name is Tess. .
His names Hal. ().
4. this, that
this , , th at , ,
.
This ,
, th at
, .
this th at :
) .
This is a desk. .
This is Ben. .
) ( )?.
5. be
(the Present Indefinite Tense) be
: 3- -
* . 3.
2 . 2.
186
is. be -
.
This is a pencil. .
His name is Bill. (). ( .)

.
6.
,
.
This is a nice tie. .
T h ats a nice hat. .
This is a nice apple. .
. ,
.

:
) ( ).
T hats a good book.
) \
7. .
(
) :
.
.
.
. My name is Ben.
. \
. }I This is a table.

( ).
This is an apple.
My name is Ben.
(
) ( ).
-
, , ,
, .
That is a desk. . 1
His name is Ted.
* . 2.

Lesson 2
i.
1.
1. [i]. ,
,
[i]. ,
. [i]

, [i], . . [i] .
. . [i]
.
2. [ul. .
, .
,
.
, , ,
[]. .
, ,
[] . []
.
3. []. ,
, [].
,
( ).
. [] .
4. ~[]. []
. ,
, [].
,
[!
,
[].
, ,
[].
. ,

: coat [kot].
2.

[gj , [] ,
[] \
.
1 , I,
1 . ] . ,
[81, .
, [0] [], [], [] []
.
, .
2. [v] . [vj
,
[f] 2, .
1. [j]. ,
[i] (,
[]).

,
.
. .
[j]

. [jj
.
2. [w].
.
,
,
, [].

.

,
.
[w] , [j],
.
[w] [v],
,

.
3. [hw] 3. [hw]
, * (, white, when), ,
.
1 . 2.
2 . 1.
3 . .
(., 1982) [],
184
,
(candle-blowing sound). ,
,
[wl. (,
[hwait] , [wain] .)
4. []. , ,

,
[]

.

. ( ,

, ).
.
. []
; ,

,
. []
[w] [j]. [t], [d], [si [0] []
.
3.

til.
, ,
, ,
[il.

,
.
4.
( [t], [d], [nl, [11, [si, [z] [51, [0])
[tl, [dl, [nl, [11, [si, [z],

[31 [01,
, . . . , [tJ [dl
.
1 . . . .* 1963, . 46,
ISO
5.
the 1 [], [3!] R e a d th e te x t. [,rid 9 ' te k st]

T h e a p p le is red. [di ,aepl iz 'red ]
and [send] [and], [], T h is is his book and th a t is his n oteb oo k.
[,9is iz iz 'b u k an ,9sets iz 'n o u tb u k .]
6.
, ,
:
textbook ['tekstbuk]
notebook ['noutbuk]
7.

,
, ,
. ,
;
,
,
.
,
, , . .
:
1 ) ;
1Tbis is myl'deck and i thatspfos desk*,
2) :
s ,
iTs the iboo1c|*thick?
3) x;
4) ?;
; 5) 3;
6) 4.
1 . 4.
2 4,
2 . ,
4 . 3^
191

1) ( )
.
lOpen the['bôk1please. [Read the[u^xt, please.

2)
, . . ( [he])
, ( [1]) .
I I .
1.
the
, .
; ,
(
), , , ,
.
The text is easy. ( ) .
This is a hat. The hat is black. . ( ,
) .
the [3 i] ,
, [8] ,
.
the apple [6 i 'aepl]
the tie [6 a'tai]
2.

.
This pencil is black. .
The textbook is good. .
Bill is late. .
3.
this th at
(
the).
This tie is white. .
That pen is black. .
4. ()
to. to
[ta] [to]
: to read [ta'rid] , to open [tu'oupnl .
192
5,

to.
1.
,
, please ,
. Please
, ,
, .
j Open thepbôlc, please, jOpen th e Tbook, please.
Lesson 3
i.
1 .
1. []. []
. .
( ,
, -
[ ]). ,
, .
. ,
. .
[] [].
, [] (
, car [kar], bar [bar]), [] ,
,
. [],
, []

,
(, hard [hard], parcel [parsl]).
. []
(father ['facte], p alm [pam ] ).
2. [] [].
: [] [], .
[], [].

[], ;
,*
1 . , 2#
7 . . - 193
.
.
3. [] .

.
,
. .
, .
. [] .
4. [].
,
[]. [!
,
[!
. .

. , , , [] (
)
[] .
2.

1. ( .
,
. ,
, [J"]
[].
.
2. [tf], [d.3]. [tf] [],

. [tj1]
( [t]),
(,
[]) .
,
.
.
194
3] ,
[tf], .
3.
are [] T hose are m y books. [,cfouz m ai 'b u k s ]

T hose are his te x tb o o k s. [,d ou z a* iz
'ts k s t b u k s ]
at [* t] [at] P e te and M ik e a re a t hom e. [ ,p it
,m a ik 3 9t 'h ou m ]
4.
lW hat spt S s ? j H o w l^ ld is he?
I'Whats hisprfyme? jH o w m uch is ,tw o plusj*s^ven?
iW hat 1colons thefip^ncil?

.
,
,
.
G ood jb y e , B y e jb y e ,
7* 195
II.
1.
,
, . . , , :
.
1.
-s
.
[z]
-s
[s]
a tie ties [taiz]
a room rooms [rumz]
a student students ['studants]
2. , s, ss, sh,
ch, x, -es,
[iz].
a match matches ['maetjiz]
3. , -
, -es -
-i.
a factory , factories ['faektariz] ,
,
,
-s.
a day days [deiz]
4. ,
-f, -fe, f v
-es.
a shelf shelves [Jelvz]
a knife knives [naivz]
5.
.
a man ['] []
a woman ta'wuman] women ['wimin]
a child ta'tfaild] children ['tfxldran]
2 .
1.
.
This is a textbook. These are textbooks.
2.
.
This is chalk. . () Give me the chalk, please.
() ( ).
196
3. to be
1- am.
i-------- [aem]
)------- [9m J m]
to be are
.
are I [] 0
----------[]
They are students. [3ei 'studants]
Are they students? [,ar 6 ei,stud 9nts]
Yes, they are. ['jes, dei'ar]
No, they arent. ['nou, dei'arnt]
4.
this , , these [6 iz]
th at , , those [Souz]
These, , this, ,
, those, , th a t,
^ .
these those , this
that:
) .
These are books. [,5iz ar'buks] .
Those are pens. [,3ooz sr'psnz] To .
) .
These pencils are black. [,3iz ênslz ']
.
Those textbooks are good. [,3ouz ,tekstbuks a*'gud]
.
5.

, , . .,
(
, , .).
, , .
Is this hat white or yellow? I t s yellow.
6. to be
,
: who [hu] , what [wat] , , how
much [haumAtf] , how many [hau mem] .
, ,
; .
197
7.
, ,
.
Give that book, please. , .

.
Show Pete my notebook, please. ,
.
. it,
,
to.
G iv e me the book, p le a se. G iv e it to me, please.
S h o w P e te m y notebook, p le a se . S h ow it to P e te , please.
Lesson 4
I.
1.
[]. ,
,
. .
. .
(, ball [bol], long
Hool).
, [], [] [1;
:
, [], []
, , (,
for [for], nor [nor]). [],
, []
(, form [form], storm [storm]).
2 .
[]. .
,

. , .

: ,
198
,
. ,
[].
[].
[], .
[] .
3.
or [] [3 ] Is th is a pen or a pencil? [,iz 5is '

a'psnsl]
4.
M ichael, |Mary, their daugTiter [ Helen and their son | Ben are in th e [fy ln g room
Now theyre having Jsteak^ mashed j potatoes and [c^rn.

,
.
II.
1. ( ) 1
I
you ()
he
she
it (, )
we
you
th ey
:
.
3- : he (
) , she (
) it ( )
.
3-
they.

.
We're students. .
. I
,
. Mary, Peter and I are students. -, *
2.
(The Definite Article [Sa'defimt 'a rtik lj)
,
,
.
The Browns are at home. .
Where are the Smiths? ( )?
3. to be 2
(The Presens Indefinite Tense [da'prezant in'definit'tens])
I am
You are a stu dent.

She is (not)
It a pen.
We
You are stu dents.
They
* .
2 ,
200

Am I Y es, I am.
a student?
Are you N o, I am not.
he Yes, he (she) is.

she N o, he (she) isn t.
Is
it a pen? Yes, it is
N o, it isn t.
we Y es, w e (they) are.

Are you students? N o, we (they) arent.
they
4.
(The Present Participle [Sa'prezant 'partisipl])

-ing [ig].

,
*, , ,
, -.
to open opening ,
to read reading ,
,
-ing :
) ,
to givegiving ['givig]
to taketaking ['teikig]
) ,
-ing .
to sitsitting ['sitig]

the Present Continuous Tense.
5.
(The Present Continuous Tense)
[ 'prezant kan'tinjuas 'tens]
I am
You are
He (not) reading a book.

She is
a t)
We
You are
T hey
201

Am I Y es, I am.
Are you N o, I am n ot.
he reading a book? Y es, he (she) is.

Is she N o , he (she) is not.
(it)
we Y es, we (they) are.

Are you N o, w e (they) are not.
th ey
are you I m reading a book.

W hat doing?
is he H e's reading a book.
The Present Continuous Tense

, .
now , .
is reading a book now. .
. , ,
, Continuous.
: to hear [hir] , to see [si] , to feel [fil] , to know [nou}
, to understand [,Andar'st3end] , to lik e [laik] , \
to have [haev] ( , )*
6 . to be going +
I m going to watch TV ( )
to n ig h t. .
H e isn't going to play ( )
chess tomorrow. .
Are you going to watch (
T V tonight? ) ?
to be going +
, ,
.

: tonight [ta'nait] , tomorrow [ta'morou] .
.
to be going to go.
W e're going to go to th e .Zoo
tom orrow . I ( )
W r e going to the Zoo tomor- j ,
row* '
^02
7. 1419
(Cardinal Numerals ['kardanal 'numaralz])
14 19
-teen.
-teen ,
.
14 fourteen ffo r'tin ] 17 seventeen ['sevn'tin]
15 fifteen ['fif'tin] 18 eighteen ['ei'tin ]
16 sixteen ['siks'tin] 19 nineteen ['nain'tin]

. ,
: Room fifteen ['rum fif'tin],
, : seventeen
boys ['sevntin 'boiz].
. ,
, :
P age 18 18-
R oom 5 5
8.
,
, , , . .
:
1 ) .
My textbook is over there. .
2) . .
H es in Tomsk. .
Shes sitting in an armchair. .
My books are on the desk. .
W ere going to the theater. .
Theyre at school. .
Is she from Kiev? ?
,
where [hwer] , .
Where are the books? Theyre on the desk. (On the desk.)
Where's Ben? Hes at school. (A t school.)
.
Theyre going to the Zoo tomorrow.
.
,
when [hwen] .
When is he going to the theater? H es going to the theater tomorrow.
.
.
' 203
Lesson 5
I.

1. []. .
, ,
.
,
[]-
. . .
, [] ,
2 . [oil. ]1,
, , , .
II.
1. to have

I, we
You have
T hey tw o children,
three E nglish books,
He a son.
She has an E nglish book.
(it)
I, we
You dont have tw o children,
T hey (do not) three E nglish books,
a son.
He doesnt an E nglish book.
She (does not)
(It) have
I
we
Do you have tw o children? Y es, I do.
they three E nglish books? N o, I dont.
a son?
he an E n glish book?
Does she have Y es, he (she) does.
(it) N o, he (she) doesnt.
When do they have an E n glish class? They have it on

W ednesday.

to do [du].
: dont [dount] doesnt [dAznt].
1 . [] 4 .
2 , [i] 1,
204
to have ,
Present Continuous Tense.
to have breakfast , to have a class
to have
Present Continuous Tense.
I m having breakfast now. .
They are having an English class now.
.
2 . some any
(Indefinite Pronouns ['prounaunz])
1. some [ , saml, ,
:
)
, .
has some English books. .
)
. some
.
Give me some chalk, please. , .
2. Any
,
.
She doesnt have any sisters. .
Do you have any chalk? ?
3. any
, .
Give me any pencil, please. , , .
. Any, , .
3.
:
(the Common Case) (the Possessive [pa'zesiv]
Case).

,
, (,
) .
,
,
whose [huz] , , , . ,
,
.

- s ( s 3)
1 . 3*
205
: my sisters coat [mai
'sistarz 'kout] , P etes room ['pits 'rum ]
.

( , men, women, children)
(): her
daughters notebooks [har 'dortarz 'noutbuks] , his
sons books [hiz 'sAnz 'buks] , her childrens room
[har 'tfildranz 'rum ] .
4.

whose? ?, ?, ?, ?.
.

I my
you your ()
he his
she her
it its ,
we our
you your
they their

.
.
This is room. .
These are their books. .
,
.
Show me your new coat, please. , ,
.
5. whose
'Whose paper is this? ? I t s Peters paper. I t s his paper.
Lesson 6
i.
1.
[3] ,
] \
.
1 . 3,
26
2.

(Tag Questions)

, .
You have an English class f(^m^rrow, [dont you? '
He doesnt have a French class tolm^rrow, [does he?
.
.
, , .
- Y o u 3on*t have a [ brother, |d^ y o u ? ]N^, jjd^n* .
II.
1. there is/are ^
Theres a book
There are som e books
There isn t a book on the desk.
Theres no book
arent any books

There
are no books
Is a book Yes, there is.

N o, there isn t.
there on the desk?
Are any books Y es, there are.
(books) N o, there arent.
there is/are (
) - () .
There's a notebook on the desk.
.
There are some notebooks on the desk. ()
.
: 1. theres [9eriz],
2.
isn t arent.
207
there
is/are there;
. There .
There is a pencil on the desk.
there is/are
,
. there is/are : , ,
, ;
.
There's a boy in the room. () .

There're some desks and chairs in the classroom.
.
: 1.
theres, therere.
2. there is/are
, to be ,
.
There's a textbook and two notebooks on the desk.
.
:
) not, to be.
There isn't a table in the living room. .

There aren't any pencils on the desk.
.
) ,
.
. No -
.
There's tie on the chair. .

There's chalk in the classroom. .
. ,
what () there .
W hat's (there) on the desk? { Theres a notebook on the desk

v ; I There re some notebooks on the desk,
208
2 . (Special Questions)
How many books are there on the There are twelve books Twelve.
shelf? ? on the shelf.
How many books do you have? I have nineteen books. Nineteen.

?
Which book are you going to I m going to take the The thick one.
take? ( thick one.
)
?
. one ,
.
, one
.
3.
Whos listening to the radio? J\ am.

?
fp^ter is.
are*
Which of the children is going to the movies on Sunday? P e i

?
jPeter a n d fjV i are.
Whose children are having breakfast? p i e r s , children are.

?
^ r,c h ild re n are.

who , what , which
whose .
.
who, what, which
3- .

, ,
,
.
. which [hwitj]
( ).
209
, of: which of
the children (students) (), which of the books (pens)
().
4.
Is Peter or is Tom at home? Peter is.

Is Ann or is Peter having breakfast now? Ann is.
Is your friend or is P eters friend going to Minsk P eters friend is.
tomorrow?
, ,
.
5.
(Ordinal ['ordanal] Numerals)
one first four fourth seven seventh ten tenth
two second five fifth e ig h t eighth eleven eleventh
three third six sixth nine ninth twelve tw elfth
(first,
second, third)
-th.
20 90
-ty tti].
6. 20100
(Cardinal Numerals 20 100)
20 tw enty Ftwenti] 60 sixty Psiksti]
21 twenty-one 70 seventy ['sevantd
30 th irty ['-ti] 80 eighty I'eiti]
40 forty t'forti] 90 ninety ['nainti]
50 fifty E'fifti] 100 hundred f'hAndrad]
125 a ,hundred and ,twenty 'five
235 ,two ,hundred and ,thirty 'five
,
, , , .
The second text is easy'.
The twelfth text isnt very easy.
!
1st, 2nd, 3rd, 5th ( ).
7. (The Article ['artakl])
1. , ,
.
She has the flu. .
2.
.
A nns playing the piano. .
210-
8. *
) !
to ( )
.
, , .
W ould you go to the blackboard, please? , ()
.
H es going to the movies tonight. .
Into
.
.
Please go into the living room. () , .
out of .
, , .
Please take those flowers out of the vase. ()
, .
from
, , , .
Would you take the book from the table and close it. ()
() , .
1 16,
211
) :
in ( )
. .
There are many students in the classroom.
on - ( , '
. .).
There are some books and magazines on his desk.
under - ( ,
. .).
The dog is under the table.
212
near -
, , , .
Theres a TV-set near the wall.
against -, -.
Theres a desk against the wall.
along -, () .
There are some bookshelves along the wall.
9.
:
.
to be, to do, to have c o o t -
213

.

, , ,
. ,
,
.
Lesson 7
I. (PHONETICS1)

, . .
Jhnry is absenf.
, ,

.
II. 2 (GRAMMAR ?)

1 ) .
The Browns are coming to see us.
phonetics [fa'nstiks]
2 16*
2 grammar ['graemar]
214
2) .
I m catching the flu.
3) theater, movies, Zoo
to go.
Are you going to the theater (to the movies) tomorrow?
4) time !
Do you have the time? ?
5)
to play.
Shes playing the piano now.

!
1 ) * salad, steak,
coffee . .
Would you like a cup of coffee?
2) breakfast, lunch, dinner, supper
to have ( ,
. .).
When do you usually have lunch?
3) .
I t s Sunday today.
4) class ,
.
I m going to class now.
Theyre in class.
I t s time for class.
H o: Hes having an English class now.
5) time I t s tim e for ( ...%
...).
I t s time for lunch (for class).
6) English, French . .
, . .
7) ,
.
Were studying lesson 7.
Please open your books to page 25.
Are you doing the problems on page 36?
8) University,
.
Hes a freshman at Moscow University.
Mike is at Harvard University.
215
9) home, school, college
at.
Mikes at home now.
P eters at school, isnt he?
Is Ann at college now?
10) television (TV) to
watch television (TV).
H es going to watch T V tonight.
11 ) : mathe
matics, history, physics t'fiziks] . .
I m doing mathematics now.
12 )
to play.
H es playing chess.
Are they going to play tennis tonight?
13) trouble to have trouble.
I m having trouble with problem 6 .
14) grade ( )
.
Is Peter in sixth grade? No, he isnt. H es in fifth grade.
15) .
H es from Boston.
Is Max from France [frsens]?
16) .
My first names Peter.
My second name is Sm ith.
BASIC COURSE
Lesson 8
GRAMMAR
1. Tenses ( )
, ,
: ( ),
( ), ( ),
.
4 (Indefinite, Conti
nuous, Perfect, Perfect Continuous),
3 (Present Fprezant]
, Past [paestJ Future ['fjutj'ar] ), . .
12 .
216
8 . (Indefinite
3, Continuous2, Perfect3).
,
to be,
to do, to have, will, shall.
to be, to have to do.
7
, 5 (
).
the A c tiv e V o ice th e P a ssiv e V o ice

( ) ( )
the Present Indefinite Tense the Present Indefinite

( Tense
Indefinite ( )
( the P ast Indefinite Tense ( the Past Indefinite Tense
)
) )
the Future Indefinite Tense the Future Indefinite
( Tense
)
the Present Continuous Tense the Present Continuous

( Tense
)
Continuous ( the Past Continuous Tense (
the Past Continuous
) Tense
) the Future Continuous Tense
(
)
the Present Perfect Tense ( the Present Perfect

) Tense
Perfect ( the Past Perfect Tense ( the Past Perfect Tense
) )
the Future Perfect Tense ( the Future Perfect
) Tense
the Present Perfect Continuous

Tense (
)
Perfect Continuous the Past Perfect Continuous
( Tense (
)
, ) the Future Perfect Continuous
Tense (
)
217

the A c tiv e V o ice

the Present Indef They play chess on

inite Tense Saturday and Sun
day. .
the Present Con They are playing
tinuous Tense chess now. .
the Present Per They have lived here,
fect Tense for ten years now. .
the Present Per They have been play
fect Continu ing chess for .
ous Tense three hours.
the Past Indefi They played chess

nite Tense last Saturday.
.
the Past Contin They were playing
uous Tense chess at twelve 12
o'clock last Sun
day. .
the Present Per They have already
fect Tense played chess to .
day.
the Past Perfect They had played
Tense chess before we ,
returned. .
the Past Perfect They had been play
Continuous Tense ing chess for
three hours before ,
we returned. .
the Future Indef They w ill play chess

inite Tense next Sunday.
.
the Future Con They will be playing
tinuous Tense chess at this time
tomorrow. .
the Future Per They w ill have
fect Tense played chess by the (
time we return ),
home. .
the Future Per They w ill have been
fect Continuous playing .chess for ()
Tense about three hours
by the time we (
return home. ),
.
218
,

.
2. The Present Indefinite Tense
I, we
You read every
They day.
the papers
He, she reads

(it)
I, we do not
You dont every
They read the papers day.
He, she does not

(it) doesn't
Do I, we Yes, I do.
you No, I dont.
they read the papers every
day?
Does he, she Yes, he does.
(it) No, he doesnt.
do you I read them in the

When read the papers? morning.
He reads them in
does he the morning.
In the morning.
Present Indefinite Tense (

3- ) (
to).
3- -$
-es.
-s [z] [s]
: to playplays [pleiz], to readreads [ridz], to
w ritewrites [raits].
-es [iz] * to watch
watches ['wotjiz].
, ,
'3- i
-es: to studystudies f'stAdiz].
to go , to do, 3-
-es: to gogoes [gouz].
,
to have, to do.
219
: dont [dount]
doesnt [dAznt].
The Present Indefinite' Tense
, ,
. :
looks through the papers every day .
. H es looking through the paper now .
.
Present Indefinite Tense

: every ['evn] day (morning, evening)
(, ), in the morning , in the evening , in
the afternoon âeftar'nun] .
, .
listens to the latest news in the morning and in the evening.
Present Indefinite Tense

: always ['olwiz] , usually Pjugush] ,
often Pofan] , never Tnevsr] , seldom ['seldsm] ,
sometimes ['sAmtainjgJ .

. to be
.
I always leave for work at seven oclock.
He usually comes home at six oclock.
H o: He is never late.
never ,

.
never watches TV in the morning.
.
3. No Article before the Names of Streets, Squares,

Parks, Subway Stations and Airports
^, , ,
: 'M aine [mem] Street ,
'F ifth Avenue ['aevsnu, 'aevanju] , '17th Street
, 'Gorky ['gorki] Street , 'Times Square
[skw3r] , 'Red Square , Rock Creek
Park [park] - w( ), Central ['ssntral] Park
( -), Sokolniki Park ,
Kennedy Airport ['kenadi '] ( -),
Vnukovo Airport .
. ,
street square .
220
4. Prepositions of Time ( )
past [paest]
, to [tu, ta]
.
I t s five minutes past twelve. (

.)
W hat time is it? I t s half past twelve. ( .)
Do you have the time? I ts a quarter past five. ( .)
I ts a quarter to five. ( .)
. 1324 -
.
I t s 6 oclock (in the morning).
I t s 6 oclock (in the evening)*
Lesson 10
GRAMMAR
1. Modal * Verbs ( )
can
cant do it.
cannot
/
may
I may not do it.
You
He
She
We must
You must not do it.
m ustnt
They
have
has to do it.
dont have
doesnt have
1 modal ['rnoudl]]
221

Yes, he can.
No, he cannot.
do it? No, he cant.
I Yes, he may.
May you do it? No, he may not.
he No, he cant.
she
we
you Yes, he must.
Must they do it? No, he m ustnt (must not).
No, he doesnt have to.
Do have to do it? Yes, I do. No, I dont.

Does Yes, he does. No,- he doesnt.
, can, may, must,

,
(, ,
). *
, ,
. , may
, m ust
. 3-
-s.

to do.

( ) ,
( )
.

cant [kaent] m ustnt [mAsnt].
: I. may (maint)
.
2. c a n cannot fkaenof, kae'not]
.
222

1. I can go w ith you now

, (tomorrow). ().
-. She can speak Eng
lish. -.
; He can't play chess.
.
2. You can (may) go now.
( .
Can (may) I go to see
; them now. ?
No? you can't. , .

).
may 1. You may go to the

, movies now (to (
night). ).
M ay I have your pen
; cil? ?
M ay I come in? ?
You may not (cant) ()
smoke here. , (
)
2. They may come back , (
, tomorrow. ),
.
I may see him tonight. ,
.
.
must 1. John must finish the

; translation today. .
2. George m ustn't smoke
(the doctor says). (
; ).
3. She must be at home , (
, now. ),
.
.
have to I have to get up at

6:00 in the morning. (
( ) 6
.
We dont have to go
, , to class today. .
). Do you have to leave (
now? )
?
223
: 1 must ( 1- 2- )
,
* .
2. must
have to.
M ust Jane work today? ?
No, she doesn't have t o , ( ).
2. Imperative 1 Sentences ( )
to ask ,
.
, to ask.
The Im perative Mood ( )
to do his homework now. do your homework now.

to do her morning exer do your morning exer
cises. cises.
to go for a walk in the go for a walk in the
park. park.
to stay in the language stay in the language lab
him laboratory. oratory.
Ask her
them (Please)
Ann
Peter not to be late, be late.
not to speak Russian in speak Russian
class. in class,
not to wake me up at dont wake me up
6:00. at 6:00.
not to translate that translate that
text. text.
, 1-
, to let .
speak English in -- . . [ou'kei]

class. . (.
.)
L ets do mathematics now. Sure [Jur]
(Let us) ,
go to the movies. . (.
.)
have a cup of cof
fee. .
1 imperative [im 'psrativ].

. 2 6,

have dinner at 6:00. 6 ,

L ets not go to the movies, ,
have coffee. ,
have lunch in the cafe- ()
, i teria. .

(' ). :
A: Lets have coffee.
: L ets not have coffee. L ets have ice cream.
A: Lets go to the movies.
B: L ets not gb to the movies. L ets go to the theater.
:, 1.
^^? , ,
Let us. ,
2. let 3-
(Let him (them) do it.)
( , ).
3. Indefinite Pronouns / Adjectives 5

( / )
a lot of2 , books Mary reads a lot of books.

' . cigarettes Peter smokes a lot of cigarettes.
-m any magazines Are there many American magazines in

. 1 <* > your library?
(st,u dents There are not many students in the 1
guage laboratory.
a few , visitors* * . - H es going to have a few visitors after

lunch.
*. . ;. 1 i 1
few ., notebooks , , I have few notebooks.
1
: *
.
2 a lot of (. 6) . , ,
8 . . - 225

a lot of bread Theres a lot of bread at home.

coffee I drink a lot of coffee.
much butter Do we have much butter?

homework He doesnt have much homework today.
a little bread She eats a little bread.
little , time I have little time.

: 1. Much many
.
2. Few little ,
.
4. Complex Sentence ( )

.
. :
th at [6 aet,
, as [aez, az] , , because [bi'koz] ,
, th at -
.
I think that Mr. Brown is a very good teacher. , -

.
They know that Dick is going to like the presents. ,
.
His work is very hard as he has from forty to forty five students in
a class. ,
.
In the afternoon Mr. Johnson must go to a department store because
Sunday is Dicks birthday. -
, ,
. i. 1
can buy all that they need there. : (
, ), .
: . that #
They know Dick is going to like the presents.
He can buy all they need there* - . . u i
226
L e s s o n 12
GRAMMAR
1. The Past Indefinite Tense ( )
I, you
He, she (it) lived in New York last year.
We, they
I. you
' He, she (it) didnt live in New York last year.
We, they
you
Did he, she (it) live in New York last year?
they
Where did you live last year?
When did you live in New York?
Who lived in New York last year?
the Past Indefinite Tense

(standard ['standard]) (nonstandard
tnan'staendsrdl).1

( to) -(e)d.
-Id]:
-(e)d
-It]:
-[id]: [d] ft]
Ed] ft]
to p lay played [pleid] to w ork worked [W3rkt]
to open opened ['oopand] to smoke smoked [smookt]
to shave shaved [Jeivd] to w ash washed [w ajt]
,
,
227
. .. ,, .. [id]
to want wanted ['w antid]
to translate translated [trsens'leitid]
. : 1. ,
, i -ed: to try trie(i
Itraid], to study studied I'stAdid],
2. , : to stop
stopped [stapt].

,
.

: 1
to be was [waz, wazl, were to leave left [left]

[w3r, war] to meet met [met]
to b u y .^ bought [bat] to pay paid [peid]
to come came [keim] to read read [red]
to do did [did] to see saw [so]
to drink drank [draegk] to sit sat [saet]
to eat ate let] to speak spoke [spouk]
to get got [gat] to take took [tuk]
to give gave [geivl to teach taught [tot]
to have had [hsed] to tell told [tould]
to hear heard [h3rd] to think thought [0ot]
to know knew [nju] to wake u p woke up [wouk],
to learn learned [larnd], woked [woukt]
learnt [larnt] to w rite * wrote [rout]
1,1 , to be,
to do)
did. , , ,
D id you translate that text yesterday?

? ' ' ' '
.Yes, I did. . , * ' !
' ' N o , ' ! didnt. , ' \ .
didnt have dinner at home ysterday.
.
1 .
Past Indefinite Tense,
/
228
She didnt listen to the latest news last night.
. , ;
I didnt any friends there. .
" to be
to do.
Were they at home last night? ?

Yes, they were. .
No, they weren't. .
The Past Indefinite Tense

Qho, .; ,
1 ) ,
: yesterday ['jestsr-
di] , the day before yesterday , yesterday morning (after
noon) (), last night , last week (month*
year) ( , ), an hour {a week,
a month, a year, two years ago [']) (, , , )
. \
D id A n n play the piano yesterday? ?

Mary Worked in our office three years ago.
.
*
. ,
when , the Past Indefinite Tense.
When did you see him? ? 1
I saw him; a week ago. . ' 1
, 2) .
^,{?...' , . Si ... ,
did his morning exercises, shaved, washed and then had breakfast.
, , .
3) .
They always played chess after lunch on Saturdays.
. .. ' J
*
. The Past Indefinite Tense
this morning, today, .
I met Mr. Davis this morning. - , (
*), 1 ' 1 |_ ' 1' *, | . 1 ' ' w V * 'V.'
j l l l g o f ip very early today. , ( >
, )

2. Degrees of Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs 1
( ( )
)
Positive ['pazitiv] Comparative Superlative

( [kam paerativ] [,sa'p3rlativ]
) ( (
) )

-er [ar] -est [ist]
small smaller smallest

large larger largest
early a, adv earlier earliest
late , adv later latest
good better best

( well adv
)
bad a worse [wss] worst [warst]

badly adv
much a, adv more most

many
little , adv less least
old a older oldest

elder eldest
1. ,
, -, -er, -ow, -,
,
-
-est: largelargerlargest (
).
2.
,
:
thinthinnerthinnest.
3. , -
, -
i: early*earlierearliest, easyeasiereasiest.
[d i'g riz 3v k9m 'p aen sn av'aed3iktivz and'aedvybz]
230
4.
( ,
) . :
good better best
bad worse worst
5. old
: older, oldest elder, e l d e s t E l d e r eldest
, ; ,
elder .
John is Peters elder brother, isnt he?
?
My elder brother is a history teacher. (,
) .
6 . ,
, ,
.
,
.
Mary has the best translation.
M arys translation is the best.
7.
of ( ).
Jan e is the best of my friends. (
).
3. Comparative Structures ( )
Jane is younger than Mary. .
My textbook is thicker than Ja n e s.
.

, , , .
I woke up earlier than my elder sister (did).
. :
It was colder (warmer) yesterday than it is today.
I t s warmer (colder) today than it was yesterday.
4. The Use of the Definite Article before the Names
of Rivers and the Nouns north, south, east, west
(
)
:
the Mississippi [,mis9'sipi] , the Missouri [ma'zuri] ,
the Volga I'valga] , the Thames [temz] ,.
.
Mississippi, river: the Missi
ssippi River ['mis9,sipi 'rivar].
1 elder eldest
231
-.
: fhe North [0] ,' the SoHtVf8ao0]:>ft?, the
East [ist] , the West [west] .

: in the north , in the south , in the
east , in the west .
5. Numerals (). Dates ( )
:
1835 ('eighteeft'thirty'five)
1910 ('nineteen'ten)
1900 ('nineteen'hundred)
: 1. year , .
:
November 30th, 1835 the thirtieth of November, eighteen thirty-five
30th November, 1835 November the thirtieth, eighteen thirty-five
November 30, 1835 November thirty, eighteen thirty-five! the thirtieth of No
vember, eighteen thirty-five
2. : No
vember 30, 1835; September 1, 1984.
L e s s o i i 13
WORD BUILDING1 ()
, ,
, . ;

,
.
I. Affixation 2 () , ;

( )
. ,, :
- [] . ^ 1
,
.
to work worker
to teach teacher
to w rite w riter
-is t list] ,
: humorist , physi
cist .
-hood [hud] ( )
: childhood , boyhood .
* w ord building ['b ild ig j

2 affixation t'aefik 'seijn ]
232
- -ly [li]
.
, -: badly ,
: happily ,
- ;
: reread , repay
, rewrite .
2 . Composition 1 ()

, , .
.
: housework, home
work, blackboard, classroom, birthday, bookshelf, notebook, textbook,
weekend, newspaper .
,

: classroom (), birthday
, bookshelf .;
: ladybird
.
* ,
.
3. Conversion 2 ()
,
" .,
, ,
!
' , ., . ,
to look a look
to *rork work
, to answer an answer -
1 composition ^kam pa'zijn]

? conversion , [', k^n'vgrjn] - i
PART TW O
Lesson 1
1. The Present Perfect Tense *
1. Give the past participle of the following verbs.
a) standard verbs: to open, to shave, to join, to ask, to watch, to work,
to look, to translate, to paint, to adopt, to answer, to prepare, to order,
to publish, to finish;
b) non-standard verbs: to be, to do, to have, to buy, to come,
to speak, to hear, to leave, to see, to spend, to tell, to think, to write,
to wake, to learn, to begin
2. Read these sentences and translate them into Russian. Pag attention
to the use of the Present Perfect Tense.
1. Mary has just gone out for a walk. 2. Have you prepared break
fast yet? 3. Has your elder sister ever taught at school? No, she
hasnt. 4. My elder brother has never had any trouble w ith m athem at
ics. He likes it very much. 5. Have they come back from W ashington
yet? No, they havent. Theyre coming tomorrow. 6 . My mother has
been sick this month. Now shes better. 7. Jan e has had a lot of things
to do lately. 8 . Miss Finch has been adviser to the school history club
since she came to teach at our school. 9. We have known the Carlsons
since 1975, for ten years now. 10. I havent seen Sally Blake since I
left school. 11. How long have you worked in the language laboratory?
For three years. 12. I joined the school m athematics club when I was
in eighth grade and I ve been a member ? ever since. 13. Shes already
learned the new words. 14. It has been very cold this month. 15. I have
been a student for two years now. 16. Since when have you had that
car, Jill? Since 1978.
3. Roleplaying: make the necessary substitutions and act out these dialogs.
1. A: W hats Bill doing?
B: Hes reading M ark Twain's Huckleberry Finn.'*
A: And what about you? Have you read it?
B: Yes, I have. I read it last m onth.
(B: Mark Tw ains Adventures of Tom Sawyer, Hemingways The
Old Man and the Sea)
1 . , 428.
2 member ['membar] ti
234
2. A t: I m et Peter yesterday.
B: Hows he? I havent seen him lately.
A: Hes fine.
(A t: Jane, Ben, John. B: this week, since he came back, for a month)
3. A t : Nick has just come back from Moscow.
B: Oh, has he? How did he like it? I was there last year and I en
joyed m y stay there very much.
A: He liked it very much, too.
{ : Leningrad ['lenmgraed, -grad], Boston)
4. A: How long have the Browns lived in Washington?
: I think for ten years. They came here in 1975.
(A: the Smiths, the Robinsons. B: five, 1980; fifteen, 1970)
4. Respond to these requests according to the models.
a) W ould you close the window, please?
I ve just closed it.
1. W ould you wake up Ann, please? 2. W ould you read this text,
please? 3. Would you do the sums, please? 4. Would you invite Mary
to your birthday party, please? 5. W ould you help John w ith his home
work, please?
b) Is Jane going to have lunch now?
Shes already had it.
1. Is Peter going to take a trip to the village of Florida? 2. Is Tess
going to talk to Jill about it? 3. Are they going to join the French class?
4. Is Nick going to listen to the latest news?
c). I bought Hemingways The Old Man and the Sea last Friday.
I ve bought it too.
1. I looked through the papers this morning. 2. I ordered dinner
ten m inutes ago. 3. I asked Peter to help us yesterday. 4. I advised
him to see the doctor last Monday. 5. I reread Tolstoys] W ar and
Peace last month.
d) I havent read that book yet. Have you?
No, I havent read it either. (No, I havent either.)
1. Mike hasnt got up yet. Has John? 2. I havent bought a present
for Ann yet. Have you? 3. John hasnt done his homework yet. Has
Bill? 4. I havent w ritten to Peter yet. Have you? 5. He hasnt learned
the new words yet. Has Jane?
5. Respond to, these statements according to the models.
a) I had a nice dog a few years ago. (Bill)
Has Bill ever had a dog?
1. I read an American novel last month. (Mary) 2. Jill worked in
a library five years ago. (Jane) 3. Bill went to college four years ago.
( ) 4. H arry saw Chekovs Cherry Orchard last Thursday. (Henry)
5. I had six classes yesterday, (you, a day) 6 . I m et a famous w riter a
few years ago. (you) _
b) Theyre going to see a new movie tonight.
H avent they seen it yet?
235
1. Theyre going to have dinner n o w .'2. Hes going to tra n sla te th e
text tomorrow. 3. Shes going to look through the new books. 4. Toms
going to finish his new picture tomorrow. 5. Theyre going to invite the
Browns to dinner.
6 . Respond to these questions according to the models. Pay attention to
the Present Perfect and the Past Indefinite Tenses,.
a) How long have you lived here? (since 1980, for five years)
I ve lived here since 1980 (for five years)
1. How long have you studied English? (since 1982; for two years)
2. How long have you worked in the University library? (since I came
to study here) 3. How long has Peter lived in New York? (since he left
school; for three and a half years) 4. How long has Ted Morton taught
history? (since 1980; for five years) 5. How long have they been friends?
(since 1978; for seven years) 6 . How long have, you known him ? (since
I met him at Peters birthday party) 7. How long has Jan e spoken
French? (since 1975; for ten years) , .
b) Youve seen Marys new picture, havent you? (last Tuesday)
Yes, I have. I saw it last Tuesday.
1 . Youve reread Tw ains Innocents Abroad, havent you? (last
week) 2. H es w ritten to his elder brother, hasnt he? (yesterday) 3. The
Mortons have come back, havent they? (two days ago) 4. Theyve al
ready had dinner, havent they? (an hour ago) 5. Youve seen Peter
today, havent you? (this morning). 6 . H es listened, to the latest news,
hasnt he? (an hour and a half ago) : .
7. Open the brackets and put the verbs' in the Present Perfect and Past
Indefinite Tenses.
1. Wheres Mary? She (to go shoppipg) just. 2.How long Jane
. and Mary (to be) friends? I think since 1978, when they (to come)
to study at New York University. 3. You ever (to have any trouble
with) Spanish? No, I never (to have any trouble with) it. I like it
very much. 4. Peter (to do) the sums yet? Yes', he has! He (to do)
them two and a half hours ago. 5. The children (to have dinner) yet?
No, not yet. They just (to come back) from the p a rk / 6 . Mr. Tomson
(to be) adviser to the school m athem atics club since h e (to come) to
teach at our school. 7. How long you (to know) Peter 1? I (to
know) him since childhood. 8 . Bill (to join) the School French club
when he (to be) in ninth grade and I (to be) a member ever since. 9. Hows
Ann? I (not to see) her lately. Shes fine, thank you. 10. You (to have)
a lot of things to do today? 11. 1 (to h e k ) th at Mary (to be sick) this
month. 12 . Since when you (to have) th at house, Ben? Since 1976.
8 . Translate into English.
1 . ?
, 1980 .
? , '
. 2 . ,
. ,
. 3. ? . ,
. 4. :- ?
? .. . 5.
(to have lunch)? .
. 6 . ? . .
7. -? .
(in Cuba). 8 . ,
? 9. ?
. . !
10. ? . .
,' .
2 . The Present Perfect Continuous Tense 1
9. Read these sentences and translate them into Russian. Pay attention
to the use of the Present Perfect Coninuous Tense.
1. W eve been doing sums for half an hour now. 2 . Jan e has been
studying French for three months now. 3. Max has been trying to fin
ish the picture for the last two weeks. 4. Theyve been talking for two
hours now, 5. Theyve been playing chess since early morning. 6 . Have
you been studying Spanish long? Since I joined the Spanish class in
October.
10. Respohd to these questions according to the model.
How long have you been working in the office? (for a year; since
1980)
I ve been working here for a year, (since 1980)
1. How long has Peter been working in the language laboratory?
(for a year, and a half) 2, How long have you been studying history?
(since 1978) 3. How long have you been w riting the letter? (for fifteen
minutes): 4. How long has Mike been looking through the papers? (for
half an hour) 5. How long has Jane been doing her homework? (since
four o clock) 6 . How long have they been translating the text? (since
eleven oclock in the morning) 7. How long has Jill been watching TV?
(for three hours now)
3. The Gerund 2
11. Read these sentences, and translate them into Russian.
:1. Wheii did you,start studying English? 2. Do you like reading hu-
.morous stories? 3. Women started fighting for their independence 3
a hundred,years ago. ,4. Have you just started studying English? 5. The
.old friends .enjoyed talking about their childhood. 6 . Ann began study
ing history .last year, 7. Did you enjoy having dinner with Mike?
8, A few minutes, later they finished.translating the text. \ ;
12. Make up sentences using the table. Translate them into Russian.
I am a ,F ren d j teacher. .'
So Ii .
So is' A on. .
1 . , . 431.
2 .' , . 432. ;
3. independence [,m di'pen dans] ,
1'237
Mr. Brown is American. So is Mr. Norton.
My brother goes to school. So does Tom.
Theyre going to the movies tonight. So are we.
He was late yesterday. So was Jane.
She saw Mrs. Greene yesterday. So did I.
He has spoken to Mr. Black. So have I.
13, Translate into English,
1. .
. 2 . . . 3 .
. . 4.
. . 5.
. . 6 . .- . 7.
. .
II. TEXT
AN EV ENING OUT
Mr. Jam es Nelson is a professor in Russian literature at Georgetown

U niversity,3 W ashington, D. C. He teaches 19th century Russian liter
ature? to undergraduate and graduate students. His wife, Jane, is a
teacher of Russian at American U niversity .3 She likes translating mod
ern Soviet writers into English.
Last Friday night the Nelsons were about to have dinner when the
telephone rang. Mrs. Nelson picked up the receiver. That was Dr. Bo
brov ,4 a Moscow University professor. Dr. Bobrov came to W ashing
ton at the invitation of Georgetown University. He has been teaching
modern Soviet literature and conversational Russian to American stu
dents since September. Dr. Bobrov has lived in W ashington for nine
months. The Nelsons and Dr. Bobrov have often- gone out together.
This tim e Dr. Bobrov invited Mr. and Mrs. Nelson to a farewell
dinner the following Friday. He is leaving for Moscow in a week. He
asked the Nelsons, W ould you like to go to the movies after dinner?
The Soviet film Chekovs one act comedies is playing at the Circle.
The Nelsons gladly accepted the invitation.
At dinner Dr. Bobrov and the Nelsons talked about their classes,
lectures and research. Dr. Bobrov said, Ive visited a few universities
and I m surprised th at American students know so little about modern
Soviet literature. I hope the students whom I taught are interested
in it now.
Then it was tim e to leave for the movie.
The film was not dubbed but there were English subtitles. The act
ing was excellent and the color was beautiful. Mr. and Mrs. Nelson
enjoyed the film very much.
The actors are just wonderful, said Mrs. Nelson. I ve reread those
stories recently and I like the actors interpretation.
So do I, said Mr. Nelson. Chekov is m y favorite Russian w riter.*
238
Notes
1. Georgetown University ['^ !
, , .
2.
19th century Russian literature (20th century American litera
ture)
3. American University ,
, . .
4. Dr. Bobrov - . Dr. .
Vocabulary
accept [ak'sspt] v ; to accept graduate ['graedjueit] from v
an invitation ; to graduate from
; They gladly accepted our invi a University (a high school, etc);
tation. W hat university did you graduate
act [aekt] n , , ; one from?
act comedy in a week (a month, a year)
acting ['sektit)] n , (, )
actor ['aektar] n , interest ['intarist, 'in trist] v
to be about to do smth. , ; to be
-.; Peter was about to leave interested -.;
for work when his sister phoned him. I m interested in American literature,
beautiful, L'bjutafal] , interpretation [in^ypri'teijn] n
, ;
century' I'sentjari] n , ; invitation [,m vi'teijn] n ;
Hemingway is one of the best Amer at the invitation of
ican writers of the 20th century, -.; A group of American teach
color ['1] n , ; The color was ers came to Moscow at the invitation
beautiful. of Moscow University; to accept an
. ( ) invitation
comedy t'kam adi] ; Do you just [dsAst] adv .-. ,
like Chekovs one act comedies? , , ; The actors
conversational [,kanv3'seij9nl] are just wonderful,
; conversational Russian modern ['madam] ,
(English, French); Who teaches con movie ['muvi] n ; Have you
versational English to your class? seen the new movie?
dub [dAb] v (); pick up v ; to pick up the
to be dubbed ; receiver
Is the film dubbed? ; Would you pick up the receiver,
excellent ['eksabnt] please?
farewell [,fsr'wel] int !; farewell play [plei] v ( , '
dinner ; Whom did . .); W hats playing at the Orion?
he invite to a farewell dinner? ?
favorite ['feivrit, 'feivarit] , professor [pra'fesar] ; a pro
; Whos your favorite fessor in American (Russian, English)
writer? literature
film n receiver [ri'siva] n
following ['fatewig] ; the research [ri'sy rtf] n ,
following Sunday (Tuesday, etc.) ; -
( . .)
go out 1. ; ring (rang, rung) v ( ,
-! ;' . .; Do you often go . .);' When the telephone
, out? 2. ; He went out of rang Mike picked up the receiver,
the bus. so adv (
graduate ['graed3uit] student
' (), ) , ; Jan es
( , history teacher, (and) so atn I. I ve
); graduate school done m y homework. So has ^Peter,
subtitles ['sAbtaitlz] n pi
239
surprise [sa'praiz] v -.; Mr. Bobrov to dinner., , ,,
to be surprised ; I m together [te'$dbv]jddv -; Last year
surprised that, American students , they often went out together,
know so little about modern Soviet undergraduate [,Andar'graed3Uit] n
literature. ,
time n ; its time ; ,Its time
to leave for work; this time wonderful ['wAndafal] ,
; This time the Nelsons invited ,
III. VOCABULARY, GRAMMAR AND SPEECH EXERCISES.

1. Read and translate the text.
2. Find English equivalents in the text for these word combinations and
phrases. f
1. XIX (
XIX ) . 2. ,
. 3. -'
. 4. -
: , . 5.
. 6 . ,
. 7. . 8 .
() .
3. M ark the correct sentences with the letter T and the false ones with the
letter F. Correct the false sentences. . ;
1. Mr. James Nelson teaches 19th century Russian literature only
to graduate students, 2 . Last Friday night when the Nelsons came home
the telephone rang. 3. Dr. Bobrov has been teaching modern Soviet
literature to American students since September. 4. The Nelsons and
Dr. Bobrov have often gone out together. 5. T m surprised th at Amer
ican students know! so much about modern Soviet literature, said Dt.
Bobrov. 6 . Mr. a n d Mrs. Nelson did not like the movie. 7. I like the
actors interpretation, said Mrs. Nelson. 8 . Tolstoy is my favorite
Russian w riter, said Mr. Nelson.
) , <:
4. Write out the sentences containing: a) the verbs in the Present Perfect.
Tense; b) the verbs in the Present Continuous Tense-, cj the Gerund.
5. Prepare the following excerpt from the text for test reading beginning
with the words: This time Dr. Bobrov invited... to the end. P a y 'a t
tention to these sounds and sentences. . . .
) []
up, '(dubbed rang 'graduate
: riibnth - 'subtitles ^ act 'gladly 1 f
. mu c h ' 'wonderful 'acting tra n s la te V ' i
just ,under'graduate 'actor ' 'asked
lal Id) . . ,
not gone rang 'acting
'com edy. 'm odem 'English , 'playing ,, \
'Moscow 'following 'W ashington 'following . .
'W ashington 'Bobrov tran slatin g 'teaching ' >
240
b) 1. His wife,' Ja n e,-is a teacher of Russian at American University.
2. That was Dr. Bobrov, a Moscow University professor.
3. He has been teaching modern Soviet literature and conversation
al Russian to American students since September.
4. At dinner Dr. Bobrov and the Nelsons talked about their classes,
lectures and research.
5. I hope the students whom I taught are interested in it now.
6 . I ve reread those stories recently and I like the actors interpre
tation.
6 . Study the text and answer these questions.
1. W hat does Jam es Nelson teach? 2. W hat is his wife doing for a
living? 3. Do Mr. and Mrs. Nelson teach at the same university? 4. W hat
does Jane like doing? 5. When did the telephone ring last Friday? 6 . W ho
phoned the Nelsons? 7. W hy did Dr. Bobrov come to W ashington, D. C.?
8 . How long has he been teaching modern Soviet literature and con
versational Russian to American students? 9. How long has Dr. Bob
rov lived in Washington? 10. Dr. Bobrov invited the Nelsons to a fare
well dinner, didnt he? 11. Where did he invite the Nelsons after
dinner? 12. W hat film did he invite them to see? 13. W hat did Dr. Bob
rov and the Nelsons talk about at dinner? 14. Did American students
whom Dr. Bobrov met know much about modern Soviet literature?
15. Were the students' whom Dr. Bobrov taught interested in Soviet
literature? 16. How did Mr. and Mrs. Nelson like the movie?
7. Transform these, sentences into tag questions.
1. Mr. Japies Nelson is a professor in Russian literature at George
town University. 2 . Dr.-Bobrov came to W ashington at the invitation
of Georgetown University. 3. Dr. Bobrov has been teaching modern
Soviet literature to American students since September. 4. The Nelsons
and Dr. Bobrov have often gone out. 5. Dr. Bobrov invited the Nelsons
to a farewell, dinner. 6 . The Nelsons g la d ly ' accepted the invitation.
7. The acting was excellent. 8 . The Nelsons enjoyed the film very much.
9. Mrs. Nelson liked the actors interpretation. 10. Ghekov is Mr. Nel
sons favorite w rite r.'
8 . Respond to . these, statements according to the-models.
a) I, }iked the actors,.interpretation. (Nick)
So did Nick.
b) 1 didnt like thîr (interpretation. (He)
He didnt,e ith e r.. '
1. They accepted the Browns invitation. (I) 2. We often go out.
(Mary) 3. Jp h n s a graduate student. (Ann) 4. Miss Black teaches con
versational Engljsh.' (Mr.. Huxley) 5. He has, lived in. New York for
ten years now. (Peter) 6 . H e hasnt left for college yet. (My sister)
7. I didnt see Mr. Adams yesterday. (Bill) 8 . I havent seen Chekovs
one act comedies-. (He) 9. My brother didnt'fin ish reading,lThe Old
Man and the'Sea 'yesterday. (I1) 10. Mrs. Nelson liked'the actors inter
pretation. (Mr. Nelson) 1 1 . Chekov is Mr. Nelsons favorite writer.
(Mr. Bobrov)
241
9. Change these sentences according to the models.
a) They were going to have dinner when the telephone rang.
They were about to have dinner when the telephone rang.
1. They were going to have lunch when the telephone rang. 2 . He
was going to leave for the movies when his m other came home. 3. He
was going to m ake a phone call when the telephone rang. 4. She was
going to go shopping when her younger brother asked her to help him.
b) Most American students know little about modern Soviet literature.
(Dr. Bobrov)
Dr. Bobrov is surprised th at most American students know little
about modern Soviet literature.
1. Most Soviet students know modern American w riters well. (Dr.
Green) 2. Very few modern Soviet writers are published in the USA.
(I) 3. A lot of Soviet people read and enjoy Hemingways novels and
stories. (Professor Nelson) 4. Many modern American w riters are pub
lished in the Soviet Union. (Mr. Benson)
10. Make up five special questions, five alternative and five tag questions
based on the text. Answer them.
11. Insert articles where necessary.
1. Did you invite Browns to farewell dinner? Yes, I did.
And I m ust say they gladly accepted invitation. 2 . Does Mr. Nelson
teach at Georgetown University? Yes, he does. H es professor in
19th century Russian literature. 3. How did you like film? I en
joyed every m inute of it.color is beautiful andatcing is excellent.
By way, w hats playing at Circle? I dont know. I ve heard
theyre showing new Italian film. 4. I think its tim e to leave for
movie. 5. W hats your brother doing for a living? He works as
programmer. How long has he been working? For year, since he
left school. 6 . W hat book brought Updike 1 fame? I think novel
Rabbit, R un is his best book. 7. February is second m onth of
year. 8 . Mr. Barton came to Moscow at invitation of Moscow U ni
versity. Hes going to teach conversational English to Moscow Uni
versity students.
12 . Give a summary o f the text A n Evening Out". Explain the title of
the text.
13. Open the brackets and p u t the verbs in the Present Perfect, Present
Perfect Continuous or the Past Indefinite Tense. Ask questions based
on the text and answer them. Give a summary of texts 1, 2.
1. An excerpt 2 from a letter
Trii sorry I (not to write) you since I (to leave) home six m onths ago,
Since m y arrival I (to visit) a few famous universities and colleges.
I (to meet) a lot of American students and teachers. Many of them are
interested in the life of the Soviet people and the country.
1 Updike ['Apdaik], John (1932) ,
. . , (Rabbit ['r s b it] ,
Run). .
2 excerpt ['eksarpt] n
242
I (to stay) in New York for three months now. I teach the history
of the Soviet Union to a class of graduate students at Columbia U ni
versity. I am surprised th at m y students know so little about the his
tory of the Soviet Union. A few days ago I (to invite) m y students to
the Soviet movie Battleship Potem kin. They gladly (to accept)
the invitation. The film (not to be) dubbed but there (to be) English
subtitles. The students (to enjoy) the film very much. They (to say)
the acting (to be) excellent.
I am going to leave for Moscow in two m onths. I hope the students
whom I (to teach) are interested in the history of my country now.
2. I (to come) to New York on September 12, 1984. I (to work) at
the UN 1 for three m onths now. I (to do) already a lot of things. I (to
start) studying conversational English and I speak and understand
better now than when I (to come).
I (to see) a few movies but I (not to go) to the theater or the opera *
yet. I (to be) very busy 3 lately and I (not to have) much tim e to take
trips.
3. They (to go out) often lately? No, Mary (to be) sick for a m onth.
4. When your son (to graduate) from Columbia University? In
1975. He (to work) as a journalist for ten years now.
5. John (to be) about to leave for work when the telephone (to ring).
That (to be) his elder brother Sam. Sam is a professor in American lit
erature at Columbia University. He (to invite) John to a farewell din
ner the following Tuesday. Sam is leaving for Moscow in a week. Sam
is going to teach 20th century American literature to Soviet students.
14. Give English equivalents for these words and word combinations. Use
them in situations (or in sentences) of your own.
1 . -., ( , ),
, , ;
2 . , ,
, , ()
, , ;
3. ... ,
, , , ;
4. ...?, , ,
15. Translate into English.

1.
.
. ,
.
.
. .
.4
1 UN United Nations I'neiJonz] Organization [,org3na'zeiJn]

2 opera [', '] ( )
3 to be busy ['b izi]
4 World War II [/wyld/wor 'tu]
243
.
. 2. -' 1
? . <*
() . 3. ?
. , ,
. 4. ?
. . 5.
.
. . .
16. Learn to use the dictionary. Read the text. Answer the questions. Give
a summary of the text. Look up the words you do not know in the dic
tionary.
'' ' 1 i
Mr. Smith Goes to Work '
Mr. Sm ith woke up suddenly. W hat time is it? he wondered. He

looked at his clock. I t was seven-thirty. I can still m ake it to m y class
on tim e, 1 he thought. It doesnt begin until eight-thirty. I ve never
been late.
He got up quickly, brushed his teeth, and shaved. Then he got
dressed ;2 put some lecture notes into his briefcase and ran down the stairs.
When he went out the front door, the bus was just coming around
the corner. He jumped on. Mr. Sm ith sat down beside a young mail in
a red and white sweater. The young man had a textbook in American
history in his hands.
W eve m et before, havent we? asked the student.
Yes, w e have, said Mr. Sm ith. In American history class. !
Did you hear the lecture in th at class yesterday? asked the student.
Mr. Sm ith was a little surprised. Yes, I did, he said. ,-
W hat did the prof 3 talk about? the student asked. '
You were there, werent you? asked Mr. Smith.
Yes, I was, said the student. But I slept right through the class .'1
Dont you ever sleep through an eight-thirty class?
No, I dont, Mr. Sm ith said. At least not th at onet You see,8-1
gave the lecture. . . . i*.
*
1. At what tim e did Mr. Sm ith wake up? 2. W hen did his lecture
begin?'3 . 5Did *Mr* Sm ith have one or two hours to g e t to ,class?; 4. Did
he have a history class or a French class? 5 ;, Whom did Mr. Smith, t
on the bus? 6 . W hat question did the student ask him? 7.\ Was-.Mi;. Sm ith
surprised 'when:ihe heard, ithe .question? 8 : W hat ,do you think about
the story? , , : . ii
- i L ii i : i i'. ' i ii ' v. ; ! , : \ ,
1 I can still make it to my class oh time. -

.
2 to get dressed
8 prof ^ , professor , . ... 1
4 I slept right,through I'rait'Grii] the class, ,
, 5 You see.!. ' ... (...) . . ' 7
\7. Speak on ihese topics.
1. My favorite class.
2. My favorite teacher (professor).
3. My studies.
L e s s on 2
I. CONVERSATIONS
1. Dr. Adams Visits Moscow University

Dr. Sokolov: Dr. Petrova, this is Dr. Adams.
Dr. Petrova: How do you do. Glad to meet you.
5 : Dr. Adams is a Columbia U niversity professor in American litera
ture. He arrived in Moscow only yesterday.
J3: I hope you have a pleasant stay.
S: Dr. Adams has finished w riting a book on Hemingway this month.
. By the way, Hemingway is a big favorite of Dr. Petrova too.
A : -Then we have a lot in. common. I know Hemingway is popular in
; i this country .1
P: Oh., yes. People of all ages read him.
s4: I saw. his story The Old Man and the Sea in the University book
store this morning.
P: W ould you like to,have a copy? Heres one.
A: Thank,you very much- .I ts a very nice edition.
P : Coiild you do m e a favor,? Dr. Adams?
A: Yes, w ith pleasure. . . ,
P: Could you give a lecture on Hemingway to m y,students? .
A: I d be glad to.? ' ; ,
ff:. .What: about next Thursday, 10 oclock?
A: I m sorry, I have another appointm ent. , , . . .
P: W hat; aboyt Monday,, nine o?clock? . : .
A: That suits me fine. r . ,
2. Going Out
. - ;1 - i t J . '
Peter:- Can you 1 go to the movies tonight? I ve bought two tickets for
* the eight oclock show at Cinema I". !
A nn: W hats playing? i ~ '
Peter: The 1 Last Tycoon .4 I t s based on Fitzgerads ftovel. I ve heard
the film is good.
Ann: Yes, I ve heard th at too. My sisters seen it and she liked it very
M .niuch. ,Id love to go. T hank,you. -. . is : ,, ;
2 4- I .. 1 . I '
George: Hello, Helen.W ould you like to go to the theater w ith nie on
Saturday? I Ve1bought two tickets for the evening performaiice at
Lincoln Center.5^ '
Helen: I Td love to. W hats playing?
G: The Cherry Orchard.
H: Do you mean Chekovs Cherry Orchard*?
G: Yes, I do. I know you like Chekov.
H: Thank you very much, George. I m looking forward to it.
Notes
1. in this country ( ,
)
2. Could [kudl you do me a favor? He
?
3. T d (I would) be glad to. .
4. The Last Tycoon [tai'kun]. ,
,

XX (1896 1940).
5. Lincoln Center - -
-
Vocabulary
another [' ] , (); in c o m m o n .
W o u ld y o u h a v e a n o th e r cu p o f ( . .) .
co ffe e? copy [ 'k a p i ] ; H o w m a n y
appointment [a 'p o in tm a n t] n , c o p ie s o f t h is t e x t b o o k a re th e r e in
; to make (to have) an ap th e lib r a r y ?
pointment ( ) country ['k A n tr i] n ; T h e S o v ie t
; I m s o r r y I h a v e a n o th e r U n io n is a v e r y la r g e c o u n t r y ; this
a p p o in tm e n t a t t h a t t im e , country ( ,
arrive [ a 'r a iv ] v , ; ); H e m in g
to arrive in Moscow (New York, Lon w a y is v e r y p o p u la r in t h is c o u n t r y
don, etc.); T h e y a r r iv e d in M o sc o w ( = in th e S o v ie t U n io n ) ,
la s t n ig h t ; to arrive at a station (an edition [ i 'd i j n ] n ; I s th is th e
airport, etc.); W h e n d id t h e y a r r iv e se c o n d e d itio n o f th e b o o k ?
at K e n n e d y a irp o rt? favor [ 'fe iv a ] h , ,
base [b eis] (on) v , ; C o u ld [k u d ] y o u d o m e a
; to be based on fa v o r ? H e
; T h e film is b a se d on H e m in g w a y s ?
s t o r y T h e O ld M a n a n d th e S e a .
favorite [ 'f e iv r a t , 'fe iv a r it ] ,

,
finish [ ' f i n i f l v ( ),
book on ; H e s ju s t re a d a b o o k ) , ( ); to finish
o n H e m in g w a y (C h e k o v , e t c .) .
doing smth.; D id h e fin is h t r a n s la t in g
bookstore [ 'b u k ,s t o u r , 'b u k ,s t o r ] n th e t e x t y e s te r d a y ?
; University book
Id be glad to. ,
store lecture [ ' lsk tJ a r] n ; to, give a
,
lecture on ( - .);

C o u ld y o u g iv e a le c t u r e o n C h e k o v
; W h e r e is th e G e o rg e -
t o m y s tu d e n ts ? M r. N e ls o n a sk e d
' 't o w n U n i v e r s it y b o o k sto re ?
'D r . B o b r o v . *
center ['se n ta r] n , ;
G e o r g e W a s h in g t o n U n i v e r s i t y is in m e a n ( m e a n t) [ m in , m e n t] v
th e c e n te r o f W a s h in g t o n , D , C . , . ; ; W h a t
cinema ['sin a m a ] n ; , C in e m a I , d id h e m e a n b y th a t?
[ sin a m a w A n] ?
common [ 'k a m s n ] , next [n e k st] ( )?
; to have a lot in common ; T h e y r e c o m in g n e x t w e e k
; T h e b ro th e rs h a v e a lo t (m o n th , M o n d a y , e t c .) ,
246
n o v e l [ 'n a v a l] n ; H a v e y o u re a d t h e A m e r ic a n w r it e r s are p o p u la r
F it z g e r a l d s n o v e l T h e L a s t T y c o o n ? w i t h S o v i e t re a d ers?
p e rfo rm a n c e [p a r'fo rm an s] n s e a n ; th e B la c k S e a
, ; I v e b o u gh t tw o s h o w n ; t h e e ig h t o c lo c k s h o w
t ic k e t s fo r th e e v e n in g p e rfo rm a n c e a t ; H e s b o u gh t
L in c o ln C e n te r , t ic k e t s fo r th e s ix o c lo c k s h o w a t th e
p le a s a n t [ 'p le z a n t ] , , O r io n .
s t a y n ; I h o p e y o u h a v e a
p le a s u r e ] n ; w it h p le a s a n t s t a y . ,
p le a s u r e ; W o u ld ,
y o u lik e to jo in m e fo r d in n e r? W it h s u i t [su t] v ,
p le a s u re , th a n k y o u . , ; That
p o p u la r [ 'p a p ja le r ] , s u it s m e fin e .
, .
; to b e p o p u la r w it h t ic k e t [ 't i k i t ] ( , ,
; W h ic h o f , .)
1. Read and translate the dialogs. Use exercise 2.

2. Find in the text English equivalents for these word combinations and
phrases.
1. . 2. -
. 3.
. 4. , . 5.
? 6 . .
7. . 8 .
?
3. Make up sentences using these tables and translate them. Learn them
by heart.
do me a favor?
give a lecture on sorry 1 cant. (I have
a) Could you Hemingway to another appointment.)
my students? I d be glad to.
help me?
b) Do you mean his new story? -
their last performance?
his new book on 19th century English
literature?
c) We have a lot in common.
They ( . .) .
The two brothers
The sisters
4. Make up nine sentences using patterns a, b, (exercise 3).
5. Read these sentences. Pay attention to the use of the adjectives another
and other.3-
1 . W ould you like another cup of coffee? 2 . Could I have another
pencil, please? 3. I dont like this tie. May I have another one, please?
, , , 433,
247
4. I have two sisters, ones a history teacher and the other (one) is a
French teacher. 5. There were two students in - th e classroom. Now
theres only one. W heres the other (one)? 6 . W hen she came into the room
she saw five men, one of them was John. Who are the others} she
thought. 7. Five friends graduated from Columbia University three years
ago. Two of them are school teachers, the others work as journalists.
8 . How m any other brothers do you have? 9. There are some other
people, in the living room. I dont know them , said the.girl.
6 . Write out the initial words 1 of the utterances, then complete them from
memory. See the dialogs.
7. Act out dialogs 13.
8 . Make the necessary substitutions and act out the dialogs.
1. A: How long have you bieen in this country? !
: Three weeks.
A: I hope you have a pleasant stay.
B s: Oh, yes, thank you very much.
(B.: a m onth, two months; - I like it here very much, its won
derful here.) . 1
2. A: I know Hemingway is popular in this country.
B: Oh, yes. People of all ages read him.
(A: Jack London, Hailey, Updike)
3. W hat about next Thursday, ten oclock in the morning?
B: I m sorry. I have another appointm ent. 1
A 2: W hat about Monday, nine oclock?
B: T hat suits me fine. ,
(*: W ednesday,-Tuesday; A 2: Monday, Friday) ..
4. A: Can you go to the movies tonight? I ve got two tickets for the
eight oclock show at the Orion.
B: W hats playing?
A: Cinema in Russia. ,. . >
B: I d love to go. Thank you; .
(A: six, nine; B: My First Teacher, Yemeliiati Pugachev)
5. A: W hos your favorite Russian writer? . '
B: Leo Tolstoy. .
(A: American, English; B: Hemingway, C.P. Snow l,sifpi'snou])
9. W hat would you say if you took part in the following dialogs. A ct them
i out, , . . :>
1 1. Dr. Bradley: Dr; Cooper, this is D r. Maximov. , .
Dr. Cooper: How do you do. Glad to meet you.
Dr.. Maximov: ... i \ - \
Dr. Bradley: Dr. Maximov is a Moscow University professor in mod
ern Soviet literature. He arrived in W ashington only yesterday.
Dr. Cooper: I hope you have a pleasant stay.
. Dr. M : . v ' 1
Dr. Bradley: Dr. Cooper has just finished w riting - book on Sholo
khov. By the way, Sholokhov is a big favorite of Dr./MaMmdv too.
* W r it e o u t th e in i t ia l [ I 'm f a l] w o rd s . , , v. *
' ' Df; M: ... 1 . ' - '
Dr. Cooper: Could-you do me a favor; Dr. Maximov?
Dr. M: ... ' < :-
Dr. Cooper: Could you give a lecture on Sholokhov to my students?
Dr. M: ...
D r: Cooper: W hat about next Tuesday, nine oclock in the morning?
Dr. -M:
Dr. Cooper: W ell, what about next Thursday, ten in the morning?
Dr. M:.
Dr. Cooper: Thank you. I m looking forward to' your lecture.
2. Nick: Can you go to the movies tomorrow night? I ve got two
tickets for the seven oclock show. "
Jane: . >. .
N: Network .1 I ve, heard the film is,good, . , ,
j : ... .
N: See you tomorrow. . . .
3. A: Have you seen the film My First Teacher? . . ,
,, B: ..<
A: I wouldnt say I liked it very much. I dont think it.^s as brilliant
as some critics say.
B: ... ., , . - . .
4. A: How did you like F ellinis last ,film? , ,i -
B: : . . , . ; .4
A: I-enjoyed it very much and I advise you totsee i t
B: ... .' . , ' _4
10. Translate the utterances of the Russian speaker into English. Act
out the dialogd.
" i. Dr. Hyde: How do you do, D r. Kozlov. Glad to meet you.
. : . ,
. .
Dr. : How long have you been in New'York? ;
{, K : - .
(first) .
. ' . , ' 1. ,
.>i( . Dr,. My friend. Dr. Butler, wrote about your leclures on Maya-
1 kovskl arid modern Soviet poets.? He and his students'liked your
t-.'vu v lectures very 'mttdh. * ' \
. -' , -
... ^
^. . ' .. ' '< :
Dr. : Could you do me a favor? Could you give a few lectures on
! .j. ' i modern'Soviet poets to m y-students? t : i . \ >
v .. :. ,,, - ()
? , ' . j >
Dr. : W hat about next Monday, Wednesday and. Friday, nine in
.<&: morning? , 1 - - - -
.-od *... . . *, . 4 y;i '
* N e tw o r k [ 'n e t w T k ]
* p o tffFpoutJ/i ' ' ' 1
249
2. A: Have you seen F ellinis last film?
: , .
A: How did you like it?
: . .
(deep).
3. A: Can you go to the movies tonight? I ve got two tickets.
: ?
A: The Last Tycoon. I ve heard this film is good.
: . , ,
. .
?
A: I t s a seven oclock show.
: . .
4. Dr. Adams: Hello, Dr. Popov. Thank you for coming.
D-p : . ?
() . ,
.
Dr. A: Thank you very much. I ve been looking forward to its coming
out.
- : (unknown
[']) .
Dr. A (to his wife): Jane, this is Dr. Popov.
Jane: How do you do. Glad to meet you.
- : . .
5.' A: Could you tell me what time it is?
: .
A: Thank you. I t s tim e to leave. I have an 11 oclock class. Bye.
: . .
6. A: W ould you like to join us -for dinner tomorrow evening?
: , , .
- .
A: Oh, I m sorry. W ell make it another tim e.
: . .
11. Translate these dialogs into English. Act them out.
1. . : ,
.
. : . .
. : .
.
(Faulkner ['foknsr]).
. : ?
. : , . --
. .
. : ,
. ,
( )
.
. : ?
. : .
250
. :
()
? .
. : . ?
. :
, ?
. : .
2 . ?
.
?
.
. ,
.
, (interesting
['intarastig]) .
.
3. ()
(Aitmatov).
. .
(The W hite
Steamship)?
. ,
, (first).
4. , - (Clarke),
.
, .
. (to talk
a lot about) .
?

. (a periodical
[,piari'adikl]) .
, (Progress ['pragresj
Publishers) (in the original [a'ri-
^).
5. ?
. .
6 . ?
. (for) ?
.
, . .
12. Read these dialogs and translate them into Russian. A ct them out.
1
Secretary: r. H iltons office.
M r. Petrov: May I speak to Mr. H ilton, please? This is Max Petrov
I speaking.
S: Good morning, Mr. Petrov. Mr. H ilton is o u t .1 May I help you?
P: I d like to m ake an appointm ent with Mr. H ilton.
Mr, H ilton is out, - ( ),
251
S: Wheh would you like to c o m e ih ? - ;
P: As soon as possible. .
S: How about tomorrow afternoon?- ...............
P: T hatll be fine. Can I come at two oclock?
5: I m sorry. Mr. H ilton already has an appointm ent at two oclock.
W ill three be all right? ...
P: Yes, its okay. Thank you.
2 ''
Ann: Did you see the American movie. Network?
Boris: Yes, I did. I saw it last night.
A: I havent seen it yet and I cant'm ake up my m ind-.*1' ^ ' 1
: I advise you to see it. I t s a very good film. ' ' 1 -'
A: I t s about broadcasting, I think.
B: Yes, it is. It shows the corruption and brutality ofTV company
managem ent .2 I m ust say the acting is b rillia n t.' -= .
A: W ho s ta r s 3 in the film? . : .
B: Faye Dunaway, W illiam Holden and Peter Finch .4 . .
A: Yes, all of them are well-known .5 I m going to see the movie tomorrow.
' 3 ,
Ben: Where were you? I ve been looking for you.
Mary: I ve just got back. I ve be shopping. - ' ,: '
B: I ve got two theater tickets. W ant to go out tonight? 5 ! 1 ' :
M: I d love to. ' -
j- 4- !
A: Where are you going? , : c .
B: To the movies. I d like to see The Red Tent. I failed to get tickets
when the film was released .7
13. Roleplaying. . ;
a) You are a Moscow University student (professor, teacher) speak
ing to an American Student (professorj teacher) about Soviet ana Amer
ican writers. Speak about your favorite writers. ' :. r
b) You are a Soviet teacher (student) inviting an. America^ tfeacher
to .give a lecture, on modern American literature to your students (your
classmates). Arrange about the day .and the tim e. , . .
c) You are inviting your friends t o ,the movies-(to the'theater). Speak
about the movie (the play) you are going to see.^ , ,
d) You are inviting your friends (friend) to go out to a restaurant.
Arrange about the time. . ] ,
1 l cant make up my mind [mamd], .

. 2 TV company management [' 'msemdsmant] .
, ., , _ ,
3 to star v . . .
. 4 Faye Dunaway t 'f e i ' d.\na\vci] , W illiam Holden ['wiljam 'imktan'J
1 ' , Peter F in c h ' . ;-
. ,,.*,.
5 all of them are well-known ()
* W ant to go out tonight? . = Do you want to go out tonight?'
7 to be released [ri'list] 1( . .) 1 >,1 ' -
252
14. Make up a dialog using the following words and expressions:
the puppet theater, to advise to see, to make up ones m ind, to sing,
wonderfur puppets, the actiug is brilliant, to enjoy
Lesson 3
1. The Future Indefinite T ense 1

to the use of the Future Indefinite Tense.
1. Well have an English class at eleven next Friday. 2 . Mr. Bradley
will give a lecture on Hemingway next Thursday. 3. I t ll take you only
seven minutes to get to the subway station. 4. I ll finish translating
the story in two or three days. 5. They wont leave for W ashington next
Tuesday. 6 . He w ont be here next week. 7. We wont stay there long.
8 . Will you play tennis next Sunday? 9. How long will they stay in New
York? 10. Who will look through the papers next Monday? 11. W hen
will Mr. Nelson leave for Moscow?
2. Respond to these questions according to the model.
Nick usually comes home at 6 oclock. And tomorrow? (at seyen)
Hell come home at seven tomorrow. , ,
1. Ja n e usually goes shopping on Friday. And next week? (on S at
urday) 2 . The Browns usually have dinner at six oclock. And. next
Sunday?, (at flye) 3. They usually come to see us on Sunday. And next
week? (on Saturday) 4. We usually have a French class at ten on Thurs
day. And next month? (at nine on Wednesday) 5. Ann usually gets
up at 6:30. And next Sunday? (at 8:30)
3. Respond to these, questions according to the models.
a) Have the Clarkes come back from Boston? (next month)
- Not y e t.' Theyll come next month.
1. Have they already arrived? (next week) 2; Has Peter finished
translating Updikes novel? (in a month) 3. Has she begun to read the
book? (next Monday) 4. Have you spoken to Mr. Sm ith about it? (next
Tuesday) 5. Have you seen the new movie? (next Sunday)
b) W ell go to see the Browns next Tuesday. And w hat about. Mary?
She wont go to see them (next Tuesday).
1. Dr. W ilson'w ill give a lecture next Friday* And what about Dr.
Norton? !2v Bill will go to W ashington for the weekend. And w h at about
Mary? 3. Jane will w rite to the Sm iths next week. And what about
Jill? ,4. Miss Bradley will teach French to us next year. And w hat about
Mn, -Barton? S.- My elder brother will go shopping next Saturday. And
what about Anns elder brother?
i ; '*
* . , , 433.
253
4. Ask questions, based on these sentences' (see the model).
Jane says shell speak to Dr. Norton about it. (when)
W hen will she speak to Dr. Norton?
1. Peter says hell buy tickets for the eight oclock show, (how many)
2. Mary says shell translate the text tomorrow, (what) 3. Jane says
shell start studying Spanish next year, (when) 4. Ann says P eterll
graduate from college in a m onth, (when) 5. She says theyll stay in
Boston for a week, (how long) 6 . J ill says shell go to the U niversity
bookstore next Wednesday, (where)
5. Translate these sentences.
1.
. 2. , .
3. , .
. 4.
XX ? 5. , -
? , . 6 .
-? . 7.
? 8 . ,
. 9. . 10 .

? .
2. Ways of Expressing Future Actions 11
6 . Read these sentences. Compare the future actions. Translate the sen
tences.
1. My elder brother is going to become a journalist. 2. Is Nick going
to join the history class next year? 3. Are you going to buy any bread?
No, we have some at home. 4. Are you going to reread the book? W hen
will you finish it? 5. My younger sister will go to school next year.
6 . W ell have a lot of things to do next year. 7. I hope the Browns will
arrive before dinner. 8 . Nicks brother has just come back from New
York. Good, well invite him to our party. 9. W ill you see them n e x t_
Tuesday? 1,0. Dr. Petrova is meeting Dr. Adams tomorrow afternoon.
11. W hen are you having your next English class? Im having it
next Monday. 1 2 .1 think the Sm iths are arriving next Tuesday. 13. The
bus is to leave at seven in the morning. 14. They are to arrive tomorrow
afternoon.
3. The Future and the Past Indefinite Tense of Modal Verbs
and Their Equivalents
7. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to modal, verbs and
their equivalents.
1. W ill Dr. Petrova be able to give a lecture on Chekov next Tues
day?" I think she w ill. 2 . We hope Dr. Brown will be able to teach
English to our class next month. 3. I hope well be able to go out of-
tener next year. 4. Bill wasnt able to come to class yesterday. 5. Could
1 . , . 434.
8 , , 435,
254
you m ake an appointm ent w ith Mr. Sm ith last Tuesday? No, I was
able to do it only yesterday. 6 . Jane couldnt finish w riting the letter
yesterday. I hope shell be able to finish it tonight. 7. Ann could play
the piano very well when she was at college. 8 . He had to leave for work
early th at day because he had a lot of things to do. 9. Youll have
to learn the new words and phrases, said the teacher. 10. Theyll have
to stay in W ashington, D. C. for two weeks. 11. They wont have to stay
there for a long time. 12. Did you have to get up early yesterday? 13.
H ell have to show them the way to the park. I dont think they know
the way.
8,. Respond to these questions according to the model.
Can you give me this book now? (next Monday)
No, I. cant. I ll be able to give it to you next Monday.
1. Can Ann translate the text today? (next Friday) 2 . Can you take
the children to the Zoo today? (next Saturday) 3. Can we m ake an ap
pointm ent for three oclock today? (tomorrow, at 10:30) 4. Can you
give a lecture on Hemingway to m y students today? (next Tuesday)
5. Can you give me a copy df your new book? (next Monday)
9. Respond to these statements according to the model.
They wont be able to come to see us tomorrow.
And when will they be able to come?
1. He wont be able to go to the theater tomorrow. 2. J ill wont
be able to answer all the letters today. 3. I wont be able to help you
with m athem atics tonight. 4. He wont be able to buy tickets for the
six oclock show. 5. They wont be able to come back before dinner.
6 . Mr. Brown wont be able to dictate all the letters tomorrow morning.
10. Give responses according to the models.
a) Say what Ted could do when he was at college, (play tennis very
well)
, Ted could play tennis very well when he was at college.
1. Say w hat Ben could do when he was at school, (play chess very
well) 2 . Say what Jan e could do when she was a t college, (speak Spanish
very well) 3. Say what Ben could do when he was at school, (translate
from English into Spanish very well) 4. Say w hat Mary could do when
she was at school, (sing beautifully) 5. Say what Ann could do when she
was five, (read well)
b) Mary cant go there today. And yesterday?
, . She couldnt go there either.
1. I cant help Peter today. And yesterday? 2 . She cant dictate any
letters now. And, in the m orning?.3. He cant play chess now. And. yes
terday? 4, I cant go shopping today. And yesterday afternoon? 5. He
Gant have an appointment today. And yesterday morning?
11. Respond to these questions according to the models.
a) W ill they go there tomorrow?
Yes, theyll have to. (Theyll have to go there tomorrow.)
255
1. W ill you tell Peter about that? 2. W ill she dictate the letters?',
3.. W ill Jan e get u p 1early tomorrow? 4. W ill they go shopping alter!
limch? 5. W ill she study conversational English? 6 . W ill they finish (
translating the story tomorrow?
I
ti) Do you have to go there now? (yesterday)
No, I had .to go there yesterday.
1. Do you have to stay in the library today? (yesterday' afternoon)
2. Does he have to buy tickets today? (yesterday) 3. Does she have to;
look through the magazines in the afternoon? (yesterday morning)
4' Do you have to tell Mary about it now? (last night) 5. Do they have
to leave for Boston tonight? (last night)
c) Did you go shopping yesterday?
No, I didnt have to. Mary did it.
1. Did Ben buy tickets for the eight oclock show? (Bill) 2. Did Mary
go to see.them last night? (Jane) 3. Did Dr. Adams give a lecture yester
day? (Dr Norton) 4. D id Ann write to them yesterday? (Mary) 5. Did
Peter go shopping yesterday? (Bill) 6 . Did you go to the airport to met
Mr. Brown? (Mr. Smith)
4. Relative Clauses 9
12. Read and translate these sentences.

1. The m an (that) you want to see has just left. 2 . The magazine
Kthat) you gave me yesterday is very interesting. 3. Professor Bailey;
Who is going to give a lecture tomorrow, has never been, in Moscow bef
Ifore. 4. The young m an, whos talking to Mr. Brown, is my French teachf
jer. 5. I d like to see the books (that) you bought yesterday. 6 . W h at?
jthe music (that) youre listening to? 7. The young teacher (whom) youre
[talking about bas already left for New York. 8 . The roastbeef (that)
Jwe had for lunch was very good. 9. My sister, whom you m et yesterday;,
jis,adviser. to the school m athem atics club. 10. Her father, who stayed-
'in W ashington for a m onth, has just come back. 111. Thursday is the
;day \ve have English. 12. Thank yolu very much for the present (that)
you bought for Peter. 1
j
13i Combine these, two sentences into one sentence. '
. . '! ' ', ' ' I
I m et a m an yesterday. This ii the m an. j j
This is the m an (that) I m et yesterday. '
1. These are the' books. I spoke about theim. 2. Here are the exercises.
You.m ust do them. 3. W here are the papers? You w anted to show them
to me. 4. I dont like the house. He lives in it. 5 .1W hats^ the name df
the girl? Youve just spoken to her. 6 . W hats the name of the book?
Jbhnfs reading it.'! . . . . 1
* , , . 436.
11. TEXT
MAKING PLANS FOR THE SUMMER VACATION
Henry W arren is a Professor in American L iterature at Columbia

University. Last autum n he came to Kiev for his sabbatical year .1 He
teaches American Literature to the students at Kiev University. Henry
has made friends with quite a few ? teachers at the university.
Last night he went to see Paul and Mary Petrenko who are teach
ers of English.' After dinner they started talking about their plans for
the coming vacation.
Where are you going for your vacation? Henry asked the Petrenkos.
W ere going to Yalta. I love the sea and I hope Paul will enjoy it
too. H ell be able to go boating and swimming, said Mary.
Why not join us, Henry? 3 said Paul. I m sure youll enjoy the
trip to Y alta.
T hats a wonderful idea, Mary interrupted him. By the way,
we can go there by boat.
Hows that? asked Henry.
W ell be able to sail on the Dnieper as far as Kherson and then
take a ship to Y alta, said Paul.
T hatll be a wonderful trip. W ell sit in deck chairs on moonlight
nights and listen to the songs th at young Ukrainians sing beautifully.
The invitation is irresistible, said Henry. Tell me, please, about
Yalta. I t s in the Crimea, isnt it?
Yes, its a famous health resort on the Black Sea coast. A lot of
people come to Y alta to enjoy the sunshine and the sea. There are beau
tiful palaces, monuments and parks, the N ikitsky Botanical Gardens
among them. W ell be able to visit the Chekov Memorial House Mu
seum. 4
Do you mean your famous Russian w riter who wrote The Cherry
O rchard? asked Henry.
Yes. Chekov lived there from 1899 to 1904. Youll meet a lot of
interesting people in Yalta. W ell have a chance to attend concerts
of some celebrities who come to Y alta on tour, said Mary.
I think I ll have to go to the Travel Agency tomorrow and reserve
boat and plane tickets in advance, said Paul. And what about you,
Henry?
I m going to the Intourist tomorrow to settle th at too. Thank you
for the invitation, said Henry.
Notes
1 . sabbatical [sa'baetikl] year (. .) (
)
2. quite a few (.) . I have quite a few friends.
.
3. Why not join us, Henry? , ?
4. the Chekov Memorial [ ' House Museum
- . .
9 ,- - 257
Vocabulary
able I'eibl] ; to be able to quite a few interesting places in that

do sm th. , tow n.
-.; Y ou ll interrupt [/inta'rApt] v ,
be able to buy the new textb ook there, ; Excuse m y in
advance [ad'vaens] ti in advance terrupting you. ,
, ; to reserve a .
tick et in advance Intourist [in'turist] n
; D id you reserve tick ets in irresistible [/iri/zistabl] ,
advance? ; Your in v ita tio n is
ag,ency ['eid39nsi] * n ; the irresistible,
Travel ['traevl] A gency love [Iav] v ; Jane loves her
m other very much,
among ['] prep , , m onum ent ['m anjarrant] n ;
( m onum ent to -., -
); -.; D id you see the new m onu
There are tw o students among us. m ent to Lenin?
as far as prep ; W ell go as far as the m oonlight ['m uni a it] n
bus stop. museum [m ju'zism ] n ; W hen are
attend [s'tend] v , you going to v isit the Chekov M emo
; to attend classes rial H ouse Museum?
; H ow m any tim es a week plan n , , ; plans
w ill you attend classes? to attend a for a vacation (for the com ing summer,
concert etc.); W hat are your plans for the
boat [bout] n 1. , ; 2. com ing summer?
, ; to go by boat plane [plein] n ; to take a plane
; W ill you go to Batum i to ...; to go by
by boat or by plane?
plane ; W ill you go
boating n ; to go boating
there by plane?
; W ill you go b oat reserve [ri'z3'v] v ,
ing n ext Sunday? ; to reserve a plane
celebrity [sa'lsbrati] n (boat, theatre, etc.) tick et
chance [tjaens] n ,
; to have a chance to do ( , . .); W ell
sm th .; D id you have a chance to have to reserve boat tick ets next week,
attend his concert? sail [seil] v ,
com ing [')] ,
; T hey are sailin g to Batum i
, ,
tomorrow.
; the com ing sum m er (vacation,
etc.); W hat are your plans for the s e ttle I'setl] v ,
com ing vacation? (), ; to se ttle the
deck [dekl n ; on deck ; m atter () ;
deck chair , ( Mr. Brown has already settled the
); M ary liked m atter.
to sit in a deck chair for hours, ship [Jip] n , ; to take a
friend n: to make friends ; sh ip (),
I m sure y o u ll be able to make ; T heyll be able
friends w ith quite a few teachers at to take a ship in New York,
the college, sing (sang, sung) v
garden ['gardn] n 1. ; 2. pi ; song [sag] n ; P lease sin g a song,
Botanical [bou'taenikl] Gardens start [start] v , (
-.); to start doing sm th.
health resort ['helG ri'zort] -.; They started
idea [ai'dia] n , ; T h ats a talking about their plans,
great idea! , sum m er ['sAnw] n ; every summ er
interesting ['in ta n stig , 'intristirj] a ; sum m er vacation
, ; an (); W here w ill
interesting book (story, trip, etc.); you go for your summer vacation?
an interesting place sun [sAn] n ; The sun is very
(); There are b righ t-tod ay,
258
sunshine ['sAnj*ain] n () vacation; to spend ones (sum mer)
vacation ()
sw im (swam, sw um ) v ; to go ; W here are you going to spend
sw im m ing ; W ill your vacation? to be on vacation
they go sw im m ing tomorrow? ; The children are
ta lk [tok] v , ; on vacation from school now*
to talk about ( -.,
-.); W hat are they talking about?
Names
to u r [tur] n 1. , ; the Crimea [krai'm ia]
2. memp. , ; the Dnieper ['nipa] p.
to be on tour ; Their K iev [k i'ev] .
theatre is on tour in Y alta now. Kherson E'kersn] .
vacation [vei'k eijn , va'k eijn ] n Warren ['worm ]
, ; the com ing (sum m er) Yalta ['jaelta] .

phrases.
1. . 2. . 3.
. 4. ? 5.
. 6 . . 7.
? 8 . . 9.

3. a) Write out all the sentences containing modal verbs and their equi
valents]; b) write out six sentences containing verbs in the Future Indef
inite Tense; c) write out two sentences containing relative clauses.
4. Prepare the following excerpt from the text for test reading, beginning
with the words Were going to Yalta to the words Yes. Chekov lived
there from 1899 to 1904 Pay attention to these sounds and sentences.
a) [i] [u] fju] [e]
sea do you says when
'teachers new mu'seum spent went
'people 'student 'b eau tifu l a'ttend met
b) 1. Henry has m ade friends w ith quite a few teachers at the univer
sity.
2 . W hy not join us, Henry?
3. T hats a wonderful idea.
4. Yes, its a famous health resort on the Black Sea coast.
5. Youll meet a lot of interesting people in Yalta.
5. Give the three forms of the following verbs.
to make, to teach, to settle, to attend, to leave, to show, to sing,
to say, to interrupt, to swim, to see, to get, to have, to sit, to m ean,
to write
6 . M ark the correct sentences with the letter T and the false ones with the
letter F.
1. After dinner they started talking about their plans for the coming
vacation. 2 . H ell be able to go boating and swimming. 3. W e wont
259
be able to sail on the Dnieper as far as Kherson. 4. Yes, its one of the
health resorts on the Black Sea coast. 5. Do you mean your famous
Russian writer who wrote The Cherry Orchard? 6 . We wont have
a chance to attend concerts of some celebrities who come to Y alta on
tour. 7. I m going to the Intourist tomorrow to settle that too.
7. Study the text and answer these questions.
1. W hat is Henry Warren? 2. Why did Henry W arren come to Kiev?
3. Whom did he go to see last night? 4. W hat did they start talking
about after dinner? 5. Where will Paul and Mary go for their summer
vacation? 6 . Did Paul and Mary invite Henry to join them? 7. How
will they go to Yalta? 8 . Which of the Russian writers lived in Yalta?
9. W hat museums are there in Yalta? 10. W here will Paul and Henry
have to go to reserve tickets in advance?
8 . Respond to these statements according to the models.
a) They will go to Y alta for the coming vacation, (we)
So will we.
b) I didnt go to the concert yesterday. (Paul)
Paul didnt either.
1. He loves the sea. (she) 2 . The Browns are sailing to France to
morrow. (the Smiths) 3. Theyll be able to take a ship in Sochi. (Peter)
4. He wont go to Y alta for his summer vacation. (John) 5. Mr. Brown
hasnt settled the m atter yet. (Mr. Johnson) 6 . I ll have to reserve plane
tickets in advance. (Michael) 7. He didnt mean that. (I)
9. Make the necessary substitutions in the dialogs. Act them out.
1. A: W ould you like to go swimming after breakfast?
B: Yes, thank you.
(A: to go boating in the evening; to go to Sochi for the coming va
cation; to attend her concert)
2. A: W ell have to reserve plane tickets in advance.
' B: W ell certainly have to do that.
{A: boat, theater)
10. Change these sentences according to the model.
I m going to take a plane to London.
- I ll take a plane to London.
1. I m going to send the Smiths an invitation to dinner. 2. Hes
going to sing some new songs at the concert. 3. Theyre going to spend
their vacation in Sochi. 4. W ere going to talk about our plans for the
coming vacation next Saturday. 5. Their theater is going on tour to
Kiev next m onth. 6 . Shes going to visit the Chekov Memorial House
Museum next week. 7. H es going to show me the Botanical Gardens
next Sunday. 8 . I m going to take them as far as the station.
1 1 . Complete these sentences.
1. There are quite a few interesting... 2. I d like to spend... 3. Lets
go boating now, said Paul. T h ats a w onderful..., answered Mary.
4. I ll have to go to the Travel Agency... 5. W hat did you m ean...?
6 . Your invitation is... I think I ll join you. 7. I m sure youll enjoy
260
the sea and... 8 . When are they sailing...? 9. Did he sta rt...? 10. I dont
think well ever be able... 11. W ill you take them ...?
12. Make up questions to which the italicized words are the answers.
1. Theyll be able to sail on the Dnieper as far as Kherson. (1) 2. They
had to reserve theater tickets in advance. (2) 3. They could ask B ill H ai
ley to reserve tickets for that performance. (1) 4. Theyre going to settle
the m atter tomorrow. (2) 5. John has already made quite a few friends
at college. (2) 6 . He had to attend English classes twice a week. (2)
13. Insert prepositions or adverbs.
1. Our trip Batumi may be very interesting, said George. 2. Hen
ry W arren made friends quite a few teachers Kiev University.
3. W ill you go Tomsk train or plane? 4. Did you see the monu
m ent Karl Marx in Sverdlov Square? 5. New York well go Bos
t o n plane. 6 . Youll have to reserve tickets his concert ad
vance. 7. I m going to sit a deck chair and enjoy the sea. 8 . Did you
have a chance to attend concerts some celebrities in Sochi? 9. W hat
are your plans the coming vacation? 10. W heres their theater tour
now?
14. Insert articles or possessive pronouns where necessary.
1. They started talking about plans for coming vacation. 2. Ma
ry says she loves sea. 3. Theyre going to W ashington by plane.
4. Youll have to go to Travel Agency to reserve boat tickets in
advance. 5. There are quite few deck chairs on deck. You m ay
sit in one of them and enjoy sea. 6 . Theyve lived in town of
Y alta for quite few years. Theyve just left for Kiev. 7. I think hell
have to reserve theater tickets in advance. 8 . I hope they enjoyed
vacation they spent in Sochi. 9. Have you sent Mr. Brown invitation
to dinner? 10. Thats wonderful idea, John interrupted him.
15. Open the brackets and put the verbs in the proper tense. Change the
word order where necessary.
1. You (to be able) to spend the coming vacation in Tallin? I hope
I w ill. 2 . You (can) make an appointm ent w ith Mr. Adams last Fri
day? 3. You (to have) to go to Vnukovo Airport to meet the Pavlovs
yesterday? 4. I think they (to be able) to attend the concert next week.
5. I (to have) to stay in the University library after classes today. 6 . We
(can) visit museums, parks and other interesting places during our
vacation. 7. You (to go) there by plane or by boat? I think I (to take)
a plane. 8 . How you (to like) the new Opera House? It (to be) wonder
ful! 9. You (to settle) the m atter yesterday? I m sorry to say I didnt.
10 . Bill (to be sick) for the last two weeks. 11. He (to mean) what he
said? 12. W hat you (to talk) about?
16. Give a summary of text M aking Plans for the Summer Vacation.
1. ? . .
, , ,
. . ,
261
. .

. 2. ?
. . 3.
,
. ? . 4.
(calm [kam]). . 5.
() ? .
. 6 .
.
? . 7. -
? . . 8 .
, ? 9. , . 10.
(the Moscow Art Theater)? 11.
, , .
18. Make up situations. Use the words and word combinations given below.
a) Plans for a Vacation: coming vacation, to talk about, to interrupt,
to hope, to reserve tickets, to spend, to enjoy;
b) A Trip by Boat: to go by boat, on deck, deck chairs, to listen
to, to sing songs, to play chess, to enjoy the trip;
c) A H ealth Resort on the Black Sea Coast: sea, to go swimming,
to go boating, to visit museums, interesting places, to attend concerts
of celebrities
19. Read the text and give a summary of it. Look up the words you do not
know in the dictionary. Answer the questions.
Redwood 1 National Park
Peter Bobrov, a Soviet cardiologist [,kardi'ol 9 d3ist] came to San
Francisco [,saenfran'siskou] to attend the International Conference of
Cardiologists.
On Thursday night Peter went to see Bob Scott, his American col
league.
After dinner Bob and his wife Ann started talking about their plans
for the weekend. They invited Peter to join them.
L ets go for a drive to the Redwood National Park. I m sure youve
never seen such trees, said Ann. Youll see the oldest and the tallest
trees on the earth.? Some redwoods are over 2,000 years old.
Yes, the trees are fantastic [faen'taestik], Bob interrupted her.
Some are over 300 feet (91 meters) tall. By the way, well have to drive
through one of them, theres a tunnel cut into a tree 3 and the road goes
through it.
The invitation is irresistible, said Peter. How long will the drive
take us?
1 redwood ['redwud] n
2 the oldest and the tallest ['tolist] trees on the earth [y0]

8 theres a tunnel cut into a tree
2 6 2
I m afraid itll take us the whole day. W ell picnic in the park.
I hope youll enjoy the drive, said Ann.
I m sure I will. Thank you for the invitation, said Peter..
*
1. W hat did Peter Bobrov come to San Francisco for? 2 . W here did
the Scotts invite Peter to go for a drive? 3. W hat will Peter see in the
Redwood National Park? 4. How old are some of the redwoods? 5. How
tall are some of them? 6 . How long will the drive take? 7. Is Ann sure
th at Peter will enjoy the drive?
20. Speak on these topics.
1. Plans for the coming vacation.
2 . How I (a friend of mine) spent my (his) vacation last summer.
Lesson 4
I. CONVERSATIONS
1. On the Beach
Tom: Hello, Ann. H i, Michael. Youre sunbathing, I see.
Ann: Yes, the sun is very bright today.
Tom: L ets go for a swim. The sea is calm.
Ann: I m sorry I m tired. I ve done a lot of swimming and boating
today. L ets lie in the sun and get a tan.
Tom: Not m e .1 I bum easily. W hat about you, Mike?W ould you like
to go swimming?
Michael: I m sorry, Tom. I swim very badly.
Tom: Oh, youre pulling my leg.? I ve heard youre a very good swimmer,
Ann: By the way, Tom, did you take any pictures yesterday?
Tom: No, I couldnt. I was busy. I had to go to the station to m eet Pe
ter Green, a friend of mine. And then I showed him around the town.
2. Making an Airline Reservation (on the phone)
Agent: American Airlines .3
M r. Lobov: I d like to m ake a reservation on the 9 : 45 morning flight
from W ashington to Chicago.
Agent: All right, sir. On what day do you plan to leave?
L: On January 14. I m going to return on January 22. I d like a round
trip ticket.
A: W hats your name, please?
L: Michael Lobov. L-O-B-O-V .4
A: W h ats your address?
L: The H ilton Hotel, 706, 18th, Street, N. W.*
A: Do you want first class or tourist?
L: First class, please.
A: All right. When would you like to have the ticket delivered to you ?6
L: Tomorrow in the afternoon, between 3 : 00 and 5 : 00.
A: Thank you, sir.
263
3. At the Airport
Nick: Here you are at last, Ben. I ve been w aiting for you for half an
hour.
Ben: I m sorry I m late. I got into a traffic jam.
N: All right. Heres your ticket. Please register it at th at desk over
there. I ve already checked your suitcase.
B: Thank you.
*
Clerk: W hat seat would you like: in the smoking or nonsmoking section?
Ben: Smoking section, please.
Clerk: Heres your boarding pass. Your plane leaves from gate 12.
Ben: Thank you.
4. In the University Library
Peter: I d like to check this out, please. (He gives the librarian the
book.)
Librarian: May I see your I. D. card, please. Then fill out this form.
(Peter shows the librarian his University I. D. card and fills out
the form.)
P: How long can I keep the book?
L: For two weeks. I t ll be due two weeks from today. (She stamps the
book and the card and returns the book to Peter.)
P: Can I have it renewed 1 after that?
L: Yes. Just bring it in and well stamp it again.
P: All right. Thank you very much.
Not es
1. Not me. .
, I (
: Not I.).
2. Youre pulling my leg. (.) . .
3. American Airlines
4. L-O-B-O-V. ,
, : L [si] for Lynn [lin] []
for Oscar ['osksrl [bi] for B rett [brst] [ouj for Oscar V for
Victor ['viktar].
5. 18th Street, N. W. (North West) 18- , -.
.

( , ). West
East , .
6 . When would you like to have the ticket delivered to you?
, ? to have
smth. done , -
.
7. Can I have it (the book) renewed after that?
? ( ?)
to have smth. done.
261
Vocabulary
address [a'dres] n ; W hats his I. D. card ['ai,di'kard] (I. D . .

address? i dentif ication [ ai, dentafa' kei jn])
badly adv ; Are you sure he swims ; University
badly? I. D . card; Please show your I . D. card,
between [ba'twin] prep ( keep [kip] (kept, kept) v ,
, ; How long
- ); Could can I keep the book?
he come between two and four? at last [laest] adv ; Here he is
at last. ,
()? librarian [lai'brerian] n ;
bright [brait] , ; The My elder sister is a librarian in the
day is very bright today, University library,
bring (brought, brought) [brig, brot] v lie (lay, Iain) [lai, lei, lein] v ;
; Did he bring that tex t to lie in the sun ; Lets lia
book yesterday? in the sun.
burn (burned, burned) [] v pass [paes] n ; boarding ['bordig]
, ; I burn easily. pass ; Wheres your
, boarding pass?
calm [kam] ( picture n , ; to
. .); Was the sea calm yesterday? take pictures ; Did
check v ( , he take any pictures yesterday?
, ); Would you plan v ; When do you plan
check my suitcase, please? to check to leave?
out a book register ['redsistar] v ; to
( ); Would you check out register a ticket
this book, please? ; You have to register your ticket
class [klaes] n ( , at that desk, over there,
); first class ; renew [ri'nju] v ; Can I
tourist ['turist] class ( have the book renewed?
) ( , ?
) reservation [,rezar'veijn]
deliver [di'livar] v , ; ; to make a reser
; When will they deliver the vation (
books? , ,
desk n ; to register a ticket at . .); to make an airline reservation;
the desk; Should I register the ticket to make a reservation on the Moscow
at that desk? (New York, etc.) flight; Did Peter
due [dju] a (predic.) ; The make a reservation on the Boston
plane is due at 8 : 00 in the morning. flight yesterday?
() return [ri't3*n] v 1. ,
. The books will be due ; to return home; When are
two weeks from today. you returning from Boston? 2.
, ; When am I to
( ), return the books?
easily [ 'izili] adv ; You can easily seat [sit] n ( ,
find the house. I ts not far from here, , . .); What seat
fill out v ; to fill out a form would you like?
( . .) show smb. around [a'raund] the city
flight [flait] ; ; flight 727; (the town, etc.) -.
the Moscow (New York, Boston) flight ; Will you show Peter around
form [form] n , ; ; the town?
to fill out a form; Should I fill out sir [s3*] , (
that form?
gate [geit] n , ; Your plane ); Thank you, sir.
leaves from gate 12. smoking section ['sekjn]
hotel [hou'tel] n , * ( ); nonsmoking sec-
1 : the Hilton 'tel [hou'tel], : the 'H otel

['houtel] Cleveland ['kli viand].
265
tion ; I d tan n ; to get a tan ; L e t s
lik e tw o seats in the nonsm oking lie in the sun and get a tan.
section, please, ticket i'tik it] n ; a round trip
stamp v ; ( ticket Id
lik e a round trip tic k e t, please,
. .); T h e lib rarian stam ped the book tired [ 'taird] ; to be tired;
and returned it to the stud en t, H e s v e r y tired . ,
suitcase ['su tk e is] n ; W here traffic ['traefik] n ;
d o I h ave to check m y suitcase? to get into a traffic jam
sunbathe ['sA nbei5] v ; T h e y re ; I m sorry I m late, I got
su n b a th in g n ow , aren t they? in to a tra ffic jam .
swimmer ['swim ar] n ; N ic k s a wait [weit] v , ; to wait
v e r y good sw im m er, I m u st sa y . for smb. (smth.) -. (-
swimming n ; to do a lot of .); I v e been w a itin g for y o u for
swimming; I v e done a lo t of sw im tw en ty m in u tes
m in g today*
II. EXERCISES
1. Read and translate the dialogs. Use exercise 2.

phrases.
1. . 2 . ()
. 3. ? 4.
5 . 5. () -
? 6 . . 7. . 8 .
. 9. . 10.
:? 11. () (
) ).
>. Make up sentences using these tables and translate them. Learn them
by heart.
) I d like to make an airline reservation,
a reservation on the Boston flight,
a reservation on the 9:25 morning flight from
New York to Moscow,
an appointment w ith Mr. Brown,
a phone call,
) When would you like the ticket (tickets) to you?
delivered to Mr. Smith?
to Mrs. Brown?
c) Can I have it (the book, the ticket ) 1 renewed?
delivered?
4. Make up seven sentences using patterns a, b, c.
5. Write out the initial words of the utterances and complete them from
memory. See the dialogs.
1 . A: L ets go for a swim.
: I m sorry I m tired. I ve done a lot of swimming today.
L ets lie in the sun and get a tan.
(A: boating; : boating)
2 . A: Did you take any pictures yesterday?
266
: No, I couldnt. I had to go to the station to meet a friend of mine.
(A: go bathing; B: the airport)
3. A: Aeroflot.1
B: I d like to make a reservation on the 10:15 morning flight from
Moscow to Tallin.
{A: American Airlines; B: New York, Boston)
4. A: On what day do you plan to leave?
B: On March 14. I m going to return on A pril 7.I d like a round
trip ticket.
(B: February 9, March 25; Ju ly 15, August 4)
5. A: When would you like the tickets delivered to you?
B: Tomorrow in the afternoon. Between 1:00 and 3:00.
(B: morning, 9:00, 11:00; in the afternoon, 2:00, 4:00).
6 . A: Here you are at last. I ve been waiting for you fortwenty minutes.
B: I m sorry I m late. I got into a traffic jam .
(A: th irty five m inutes, forty seven minutes)
7. A: W hat seat would you like: in the smoking or nonsmoking section?
B: Smoking section, please.
(B: Nonsmoking)
8. A: I d like to check out these two books.
B: May I see your I. D. card, please? Then fill out this form.
{A: six, five)
9. A: How long can I keep these books?
B: For three weeks. Theyll be due three weeks from today.
(B: two weeks, ten days)
10. A: Heres your boarding pass. Your plane leaves from gate 6.
B: Thank you.
(A: 7, 3, 15)
7. Act out dialogs 1-4.
8 . What would you say if you took part in the following dialogs?
Act them out.
1. A: Hello, Bill. Y oure sunbathing, I see.
B: ...
A: L ets go boating. The sea is calm now.
B: ...
A: Not me. I burn easily. Bye. See you later.
B: ...
2. A: W ould you like to go swimming, Nick?
N: ...
A: Oh, youre pulling my leg. I ve heard youre a very good swimmer.
N: ...
A: Come along. L e ts go for a swim.
N: ...
3. A: Aeroflot.
B: ...
A: All right, sir. On what day do you plan to leave?
B: ...

1 A e ro flo t ['e r a ,fla t] n
267
A: W hats your name, please?
B: ...
A: W hats your address?
B: ...
A: When would you like the ticket delivered to you?
B: ...
A: Thank you, sir.
4. M: Here you are at last, Tom. I ve been w aiting for you for twenty
minutes.
T: ...
M: All right. Heres your ticket. You have to register it at that
desk, over there.
T: ...
M: I ve already checked your suitcase.
T: ...
5. C: W hat seat would you like: in the smoking or nonsmoking section?
B: ...
C: Heres your ticket and the boarding pass. Your plane leaves
from gate 5.
B: ...
6. B: I d like to make a reservation on the boat from New York to
Leningrad. When does the boat leave?
A: ...
B: Thank you. I d like three tickets, second class.
A: ...
B: One way ,1 please.
A: ...
B: Next Tuesday morning, between 9 : 00 and 12 : 00.
A: ...
7. S: I d like to check out this book, please.
L: ...
S: Here you are. Im in the Spanish D epartm ent 2
L: ...
S: How long can I keep the book?
L: ...
S: Can I have it renewed after than?
L: ...
S: Thank you very much. Bye.
L: ...
8. A: Can you go to the movies tonight?
B: ...
A: Cinema in Russia. I ve heard the film is good.
B: ...
A: I t s an eight oclock show.
B: ...
A: L ets meet at 7 : 45 near the movie theater. See you.
B: ...
1 one way (ticket) ( )

2 Spanish Department
268-
9. S: Good morning. Mr. Browns office.
P: ...
S: Good morning, Mr. Petrov. Mr. Brown isnt in.
P: ...
S: When would you like to come?
P: ...
S: I m afraid theres nothing tomorrow. Mr. Brown is very busy
now. Could you come on Wednesday?
5: W ould four oclock be all right?

P: ...
S: Well, well see you then.
P: ...
5: Goodbye, Mr. Petrov.
10. Dr. Popova: I hope, Dr. Hill, you have a pleasant stay.
Dr. H ill ...
Dr. P: Could you do me a favor, Dr. Hill?
Dr. H: ...
Dr. P: Could you give a lecture on American English intonation?
D r.' H: ...
Dr. P: W hat about next W ednesday, eleven oclock?
Dr. H: ...
Dr. P: Could you come on Friday at ten oclock?
Dr. H. ...
Dr. P: Thank you. I m looking forward to your lecture.
Dr. H: ...
9. Translate the utterances of the Russian speaker into English. A ct out
the dialogs.
1 . : , . ,
. .
Mike: Hello, Peter. Yes, the day is wonderful. I ve already done
a lot of swimming and I m tired. L ets lie in the sun and get a tan.
: . . ,
.
Mike: All right. I know youre a good swimmer and I ll enjoy watching
you.
2. : , ?
Mike: W ith pleasure. Which sums do you mean?
: 35 36.
Mike: Okay.
: , .
Mike: Oh, youre pulling my leg. I like mathematics very much,
but I m not the best.
3. : .
: I d like to make a reservation on the 10 : 15 morning flight from
Moscow to Washington.
: ?
: On November 28. I m going to return on December 27. I d like
a round trip ticket.
269
: ?
: George Brown.
: ?
: The N a tio n a l 1 Hotel, 712, Gorky Street, 1.
: ?
: Tourist class, please.
: . , ?
: Next Tuesday morning, between 9 : 00 and 11 : 00,
: . .
: Goodbye.
4. : : ?
: Nonsmoking, please.
: , .
: Thank you. Can you tell me what gate i t ll leave from?
: 6 .
: Thank you.
5. P: .
L: May I see your I. D. card?
P: , .
L: Please fill out this form.
P: ?
L: T hey'll be due two weeks from today.
P: ?
L: Yes. Ju st bring them in and well stamp them again.
P: . .
L: Bye.
10. Translate these dialogs into English." A ct them out.
1 . , . , ?
, . , .
.
?
, . .
. .
. . .
2 . , .
. .
. , ,
(to photograph t'foutagraef]).
?
. .
, .
3. . .
,
9 : 15 - .
?
.
. 27 .
* the National ['naejnl] Hotel ?
270
: ?
, .
?
.
?
, 820, 7- .
?
, .
4. - , .
. .
, . .
.
.
5. : ?
, .
.
10 .
. .
.
6. .
, , .
.
.
() ?
. ,
.
. ?
. , .
. .
11. Read these dialogs and translate them into Russian. Look up the words
you do not know in the dictionary. A ct out the dialogs.
1. Confirming a Reservation (on the phone)

Clerk: Good evening. American Airlines.
Petrov: Hello, my name is Petrov. I m calling to confirm my reservation
for tomorrow. I t s on American Airlines flight 620.
Clerk: T h ats to W ashington, isnt it, sir?
Petrov: T h ats right.
C: All right, can you hold on, please, while I check? 1
P: Certainly.
C: Mr. Petrov, were holding that reservation for you .2 I t s fight 620
leaving tomorrow at 4 : 30 P. M .3
1 Can you hold [hould] on, please, while I check? , ,

( ).
2 were holding that reservation for you
3 . . [,pi'em] % , post meridiem Ipoust ma'ridiam]
(in the afternoon)
271
P: Fine. Thank you very much.
C: Youre welcome, Mr. Petrov. Thank you for calling American Airlines.
2. Dinner on B oard 1
Stewardess: ? Would you care for dinner ,3 sir?
Petrov: Yes, I would, please.
S: We have roast chicken today.
P: Good.
S: All right, sir. (The stewardess brings Mr. Petrov his dinner and
returns a little later.)
5: Is everything all right, sir?
P: Ju st fine, thank you.
S: Would you like some coffee?
P: Yes, please. (He gives the stewardess his cup.)
3. Getting an A 4
Teacher: Bill, you wrote the paper 5 on American art, didnt you?
Student: Yes. How was it?
T: It was quite good. It showed a lot ofcareful research.
S: Thank you. Does that mean I ll get an A in the course?
T: Yes, I think so.
4. A Funny Movie
A: Did you all enjoy the movie last night?
B: John was the only one who didnt.
A: Why?
B: He didnt think it was funny. He thought it was too silly.
A: He only likes serious things.
B: So do I. But you dont have to be so serious all the time .2
12. Role playing:
a) You and your friends are on the beach. You are having a vacation.
Discuss your plans for the day.
b) You are going to the South for your vacation. Reserve an air
plane ticket.
c) Your friends are coming to the airport to see you off. Register
your ticket and check your suitcase and then talk to your friends.
d) You and your friends have just seen a movie; some of you liked
it and some did not. Speak about the movie.
* Dinner on board [bard]. ,

* stewardess ['stjuardis] n
3 Would you care for dinner, sir? He ?
4 .
6 paper (, )
* John was the only one who didnt. .
2 You dont have to be so serious all the time. He
.
272
13. Make up a dialog based on the pic
ture, using the following words and
expressions: hurry, to get into a traf
fic jam, to be late, to register
tickets, smoking or nonsmoking sec
tion, to get a taxi, you are welcome.
Lesson 5
1. The Present Indefinite Tense in Clauses of Time and Condition 1

1. Read these sentences and translate them into Russian. Pay attention to
the use of Present Indefinite in clauses of time and condition.
1. I ll phone you as soon as I make an appointm ent with Mr. Smith.
2. If the weather is fine, well go boating. 3. W ell settle the m atter
after we discuss it. 4. Theyll be able to attend the Song Festival if they
go there in June. 5. I ll stamp the book after you fill out the form. 6 . I ll
w ait here till you register your ticket. 7. As soon as you bring the books
in, youll have them renewed, said the librarian.
2 . Combine these pairs of sentences using conjunctions: if, when, as soon
as, after, before, till.
I ll go to the movies on Thursday afternoon. I wont have a French
class, (if)
I ll go to the movies on Thursday afternoon if I dont have a French
class.
1. Youll have all these books. Youll fill out the form, (after) 2 . W ell
have to w ait for Jane. Shell be late again, (if) 3. We shant be able
to settle the m atter. The managerll be back from Boston, (before)
4. H ell be able to take pictures. The weatherll be fine tomorrow, (if)
5. The librarian will stamp my books. I ll go to my Spanish class, (af
ter, as soon as) 6 . Hell attend classes. H ell be well again, (when)
7. Theyll wait: Youll finish translating the text, (till) 8 . The dayll
be bright. Theyll sit in the deck chairs and enjoy the sea. (if) 9. Youll
go on a diet. You wont feel okay, (until) 10. Youll do well in school.
Youll do your homework every day. (if)
If the weathers fine, well go for a walk.
But w hatll you do if the weather isnt fine?
1 . , . 437.
273
1. If they invite me to go out, I ll join them. 2. If Tom returns early
tonight, well be able to discuss the problem. 3. If she stays in the li
brary, shell look through the latest magazines. 4. If the weather is
fine, theyll be able to go there by plane. 5. If he isnt very busy, hell
show you around the town. 6 . If he sees Max, hell tell him about the
plan. 7. I wont have to stay there for another week if I settle the m atter.
4. Complete these sentences.
1 . If there are no round trip tickets... 2. After they return from So
chi... 3. When you see him... 4. As soon as he finishes reading the book...
5. W ill you wait until...? 6 . W ell discuss the plan after... 7. ...before
the Film Festival begins. 8 . W ill they join you if...? 9. If he doesnt
phone me...
1. ,
. 2.
, , . 3.
, ,
. 4. ,
. 5. ,
. 6 . , .
. 7. ,
, . 8 . ,
.
6 . Make up ten sentences using Present Indefinite in clauses of time and
condition.
7. Read and translate these jokes. Act them out.
1
If the Dean 1 doesnt take back what he said to me this morning, I m
going to leave college.
W hat did he say?
He told me to leave college.
2
Father: W ell, Johnny, when Mr. Sm ith phones, tell him th at I ll be
back at six oclock.
Johnny: Okay. But what will I tell him if he doesnt phone?
2. Comparative Structures 2
8 . Read these sentences paying attention to comparative structures.
1. This sweater is as nice as your blue one. 2. I dont think these
pictures are as good as those. 3. Mary says, the film is as interesting as
the novel. 4. I can play tennis as well as Mary can. 5. He speaks English
as well as Peter does. 6 . I m as busy today as I was yesterday. 7. This
song is as good as the one we heard yesterday. 8 . This apartm ent isnt
so (as) large as th at one. 9. She doesn't have so (as) many books as Mary
1 Dean [din] n
2 . , . 438.
274
does. 10. Jan e doesnt play the piano so (as) well as Kate does. 11. Bill
cdnt sing as well as you can. 12 . This film isnt as interesting as the one
we saw last Sunday. 13. It isnt so cold today as it was yesterday.
9. Combine these pairs of sentences according to the model.
Lesson 5 is easy. Lesson 3 is easy too.
Lesson 5 is as easy as lesson 3.
1. This apartment is large. T hat apartment is large too. 2. This
story is interesting. That story is interesting too. 3. Jo h n s textbook is
thin. P eters textbook is thin too. 4. M arys father is old. Ja n e s father
is old too. 5. Anns dress is nice. M arys dress is nice too. 6 . J ill gets
up early. Nancy gets up early too. 7. Mary can speak Spanish well.
Jan e can speak Spanish well too. 8 . This story is interesting. The story
we read yesterday is interesting too. 9. This armchair is comfortable.
The armchair you bought for Jim is comfortable too. 10 . This book
is interesting. The book you gave me last week was interesting too.
11. I t s cold today. It was cold yesterday too. 12. The sun is bright
today. The sun was bright yesterday too.
10. Respond to these questions according to the model.
M arys notebook is thick. And Anns?
Anns notebook isnt as (so) thick as M arys.
1 . The novel is interesting. And the movie? 2 . This arm chair is com
fortable. And th at one? 3. This sweater is black. And th at one? 4. The
Mississippi is long. And the Volga? 5. J ill can speak French well. And
Ben? 6 . Ben can play chess well. And John? 7. Ann has many French
books. And Nancy? 8 . It was cold yesterday. And today? 9. H es busy
today. And yesterday? 10 . This film is interesting. And the film you
saw last Friday? 11. Mark Twain and Jack London ['Undan] are popu
lar in the Soviet Union. And what about Saroyan and Hailey?
1 1 . Translate into English.
1. , .
2. , . 3. ,
. 4. ,
. 5. , . 6 .
, . 7. ,
. 8 . , . 9.
- , . 10.
, , . 11.
, , (
) .
3. It as Subject*
to the use of the pronoun it.
1. It was early morning. 2 . It is warmer today than it was yesterday.
3. It was a bright summer day. 4. Is it very far from here to the sub
1 . , . 438
275
way station? 5. I t s good to see you again. How are you doing? Mi
chael said. 6 . Is it easy or difficult to study mathematics? 7. W ill it
be easy or difficult to settle this m atter? I dont know. I hope it wont
be very difficult. 8 . 1 hope i t ll be easy for Mike to translate the new text.
13. Make up sentences using the table and translate them into Russian.
I t s
It isnt to get movie tickets on Sunday. (?)
It was ..... ,, to learn spoken English. (?)
It wasnt dlfflcult to study Spanish. (?)
I t ll be 5; to translate the new text. (?)
It wont be to get up early in summer. (?)
Is it to settle the m atter. (?)

1. . ?
. 2. . .

. 3. ? . 4. ,
.
. 5. ? .
, . 6 . ,
. 7. ,
-. 8 .
() , .
II. TEXT
ATTENDING A BASKETBALL GAME

, Mr. W illiam Allen is a manager in a big Pittsburgh company. P itts
burgh is an industrial.city, one of the greatest steel centers of the world.
There are headquarters of more than a hundred major industrial cor
porations in Pittsburgh. They are located in huge buildings on the
Golden Triangle.1
Mr. AllenS'office is on the thirty second floor of the tallest build
ing in Pittsburgh. His company is one of the oldest in Pittsburgh. Mr.
A llens Company is going to do business with a Soviet firm. Mr. Sedov,
Vice Chairman of the Soviet firm, and two other officials are arriving
in Pittsburgh tomorrow.
They will discuss business in the morning and if the weather is fine,
Mr. Allen will show them around the city in the afternoon. On Satur
day evening Mr. Allen will take the Soviet businessmen to a basketball
game. He has bought tickets in advance because it is very difficult
to buy tickets on the day of the game. The Pittsburgh University bask
etball team will be playing with the Houston University team. Mr.
Allen likes basketball very much. He was in a basketball team when
he was at H arvard .2 Now when he has tim e he plays tennis. Mr. Allen
hopes that Mr. Sedov and his colleagues will enjoy the basketball game.
He has read th at basketball is very popular in the Soviet Union too.
276
*
It is Saturday evening. Mr. and Mrs. Allen, Mr. Sedov and his col
leagues have just come to the Pittsburgh M unicipal A rena .3 They are
a little early but i t s always good to come earlier for a spectator game.
Later on therell be crowds and it may be difficult to park the car. They
take their seats in the stands and wait for the game to begin .4 The P itts
burgh M unicipal Arena is very interestingly designed, it serves as a
a convention hall, sports arena and light opera theater.
I wonder if David Riley will be playing tonight, 5 says Mr. Allen.
Does he play for Pittsburgh? asks Mr. Sedov.
Yes. H es one of the best American basketball players, answers
Mrs. Allen. Shes also a basketball fan. If David plays,the Houston team
doesnt stand much of a chance, e she adds.
Here they come and David is playing, says Mr. Allen. The players
come onto the court. The referee blows his whistle and the game begins.
Come on ,7 P itts, shout Pittsburgh fans. Mr. and Mrs. Allen join
them. A lot of people are rooting for the Pittsburgh team, I understand,
says Mr. Sedov. Yes, i t s a very popular team here, answers Mr. Allen.
The Pittsburgh players are very good today, their pressing and switch
tactics are very effective. David Riley is at his best. He scores 32 points
out of 68.
The game ends with a score of 68 : 59 in Pittsburghs favor. The home
team wins the game.
Mr. Sedov and his colleagues thank the Allens for a most enjoyable
evening.
Notes
1. The Golden Triangle Pgouldan 'trai,seggl]
,
,
(Alleghany ['alggeim]) (Monongahela [,-
' ) (Ohio [ou'haiou],
2. Harvard ['harvard] . Harvard University
,
, . (Cambridge) ['keim-
bridg]).
3. The Pittsburg Municipal Arena (
) () ,
, ,
.
4. and wait for the game to begin ,
5. I wonder if David Riley will be playing tonight. ,
? , , when,

. I wonder if (when) hell come back.

( ).
Future Continuous (will be playing),
.
277
6 . The Houston team doesnt stand much of a chance.
.
7. Come on! (.) , !
Vocabulary
arena ['] 1. ; 2. . , ; to be
( ); designed
sports arena (); The new school
( ) building is interestingly designed,
basketball ['baskit/bol] , discuss [dis'kAs] v ,
; to play basketball ; to discuss business (a ques
; basketball game tion, a problem, etc.)
; basketball player (,
. .); W hat problem are you going
be at ones best ( to discuss tomorrow?
); The Spartak players were at effective [s'fektiv] ,
their best yesterday, ,
blow (blew, blown) [blou, blu, bloun] v electric [I'lektrik] a ;
( ); to blow a whistle electric light ;
, electric station
build (built, built) [bild, bilt] v , enjoyable [in'd3oi3bl] ,
; to be built ; Thank you
; A new subway station was for a most enjoyable evening,
b u ilt near our apartment house last fan [faen] n ; ;
_ year. ; My brother is a basketball
building ['bildir)] n , , fan.
; How do you like the favor ['feivar] n in smb.s favor -.
new school building? ; The game ended in Spartaks
business ['biznis] n favor.
, ; to do business firm [fym] n
, game [geim] n 1. ; basketball game;
2. pi. ; ,
businessman ['biznismaen] n ; the Olympic [ou'lim-
; , pik] Games ; The
chairman ['tjerm sn] n ; 22nd Olympic Games took place in
Chairman of the Council ['kaunsalj Moscow in 1980.
of Ministers ['ministarz] hall [hoi] n
; vice [vais] chair headquarters I'hsd 'kwortarz] n -
man ( , (
-); W hats the last . . . . );
name of the new Vice Chairman of There are headquarters of many in
the company? dustrial corporations in New York,
colleague L'kalig] n , huge [hjudj] , ,
; One of your colleagues has just ; a huge building
phoned. (mountain, etc.)
company {' ] n , industrial [in'dAstrial]
, ; the Westing- , ; an industrial
house Electric Company country (city, town, etc.); Gorky is
one of the biggest industrial centers
convention [kan'venjn] n , in the Soviet Union,
; convention hall later on adv , ,
; By the way, have you already ; Later on they met again,
seen the new convention hall? light opera theater ,
corporation [/korpa'reijn] n
, , a little adv , ;
; knows English a little.
court [kort] n , , It is a little early now.
; tennis court; locate ['loukeit] v ;
Theyve just left for the tennis court, ,
crowd [kraud] n ; to be located ;
design [di'zain] v , npo- Wheres their firm located?
278
major ['meid 3ar] , ; tor games (sports)
major industrial centers
office ['ofis] n ; sport [sport] n ,
; Mr. Smiths office is on the stand [staend] n (. p i.)
30th floor, ( , ); At last they
official [a'fijal] n took their seats in the stands,
onto ['antu] prep ; to come onto the steel [stil] n ; steel center
court ; The ,
basketball players came onto the
court, tactics ['ta k tik s] ,
out of prep (. . .
park [park] v ( ); switch tactics
, ); Please park the
car over there, tall [ ] ; a tall man (build
play [plei] v ( ) ing, etc.) ,
; The Spartak team is playing (
w ith the Dynamo team tonight, to . .); Your son is a very tall
play for a team ; boy for his age.
Is John playing for Pittsburgh? team [tim] n () ; a
point [point] n , basketball (National) team -
pressing ['presirj] n , () ;home team
referee f'refari] n , , ; visiting team ;
root [rut, rut] for v -.; -; Km sure the home
Whose team are you rooting for? team w ill win the game, to be on a
score [skor] n , ; basketball (etc.) team
; W hats the score ( . .) ; Are
now? to end with a score of 3 : 2 (3 to you on a University basketball team?
2); The basketball game ended with whistle ['hwisl] n ; to blow a
a score of 6 8 : 59 in Pittsburghs whistle ( );
favor. As soon as the referee blows his w hist
score [skor] v , , le, the game begins,
; David Riley scored 32 win (won, won) [win, wAn] n ;
points out of 68. ; ; to win
seat [sit] n ( ); to take the game ();
ones seat ; They Did the home team win the game
took their seats and started watching yesterday?
the game. Would you take a seat, Names
please. , ,
serve [s3rv] as v ; William E'wiljam]
-.; The Pittsburgh Allen ['aeten]
Municipal Arena serves as a conven Sedov ['sidav]
tion hall, sports arena and light opera David ['deivid]
theater. Riley ['raili]
shout [ja u t] v ; Geographical Names
; Come on, P itts, shouted P it
tsburgh fans, Pittsburgh ['pitsbarg] .
spectator ['spekteite] n ; specta Houston ['hjustan] .

sentences.
1 . -
. 2.
. 3.
. 4.
, 5.
. 6 . ,
279
? 7. . 8 . .
9. . 10
. 11. (, )
3. Learn to pronounce the names and the geographical names.
4. M ark the correct sentences with the letter T and the false ones with the
letter F.
1. The headquarters of more than a hundred major industrial cor
porations are located in huge buildings on the Golden Triangle. 2. They
will discuss business in the morning and in the evening Mr. Allen will
show them around the city. 3. Mr. Allen didnt buy tickets in advance
because it isnt difficult to buy tickets on the day of the game. 4. They
arent late because there are not many people in the stands and its
easy to park the car. 5. They take their seats in the stands and w ait for
the game to begin. 6 . Mrs. Allen isnt a basketball fan and she doesnt
enjoy watching the game. 7. Very few people are rooting for the P itts
burgh team. 8 . The Houston players are very good, their pressing and
switch tactics are very effective. 9. The home team wins the game with
a score of 68 : 59 in their favor.
5. Write out two sentences in which Present Indefinite is used in clauses
of condition, one comparative sentence with as ... as and four sentences
with it as the subject of the sentence. Read and translate them.
6 . Prepare the extract beginning with the sentence I t is Friday evening.
to the end of the text for test reading.
1. W hats Mr. Allen doing for a living? 2. W hat kind of city is P itts
burgh? 3. In what part of the city are the headquarters of industrial
corporations located? 4. Is Mr. Allens company large? 5. Is the Soviet
firm going to do business with Mr. Allens company? 6 . W hos arriving
in Pittsburgh tomorrow? 7. W here will Mr. Allen take the Soviet busi
nessmen in the afternoon? 8 . When will they go to the Pittsburgh
M unicipal Arena? 9. W hy did Mr. Allen have to buy tickets in advance
for the basketball game? 10. Who will play tomorrow? 1 1 . Does Mr.
Allen like basketball very much? 12. Was he on a basketball team when
he was at Harvard? 13. Why have the Allens and the Soviet business
men come a little early to the M unicipal Arena? 14. Is it easy or dif
ficult to park the car on the day of the game? 15. Is the Pittsburgh Mu
nicipal Arena interestingly designed? 16. W hats the name of the best
Pittsburgh basketball player? 17. Are there many people in the stands?
18. Is basketball popular in the USA? 19. W hat do fans shout? 20. Which
of the teams is playing better? 2 1 . How did David Riley play that day?
22. How many points did he score? 23. How did the game end?
8 . Change these questions according to the models.
a) Is Pittsburgh one of the greatest steel centers of the USA?
I wonder if Pittsburgh is one of the greatest steel centers of the USA.
1. Is Mr. A llens company large? 2. Is Mr. A llens company going
to do business w ith a Soviet firm? 3. W ill they discuss business in the
280
morning? 4. Has Mr. Allen bought tickets in advance? 5. Is it always
good to come earlier for a spectator game? 6 . Is David Riley one of
the best American basketball players? 7. Did the home team win?
b) When will the next Olympic Games take place?
I wonder when the next Olympic Games will take place.
1 . W hat problems are they going to discuss tomorrow? 2 . W heres
your company located? 3. W hats the score now? 4. Whose team are
you rooting for? 5. Who will win the game? 6 . How did the game end?
9. Ask questions to which the italicized words are the answers.
1. The game ended with a score of 3 : 2 in our favor. 2. The new
convention hall is very interestingly designed. 3. Peter's brother is a
basketball fan. 4. There are headquarters of many industrial corpora
tions in Pittsburgh. 5. His elder brothers playing for Houston. 6 . The
scores 16: 12 in Houstons favor now.
10 . Combine these pairs of sentences using conjunctions if, when, as soon
as, before, after.
1. The weather will be fine. Mr. Allen will show the Soviet busi
nessmen around the Golden Triangle. 2. The referee will blow his whis
tle. The game will begin. 3. The home team will give a warm welcome
to the visiting team. The game will begin. 4. There will be a lot of peo
ple in the stands. The weather will be clear. 5. The players will come
onto the court. The tim e will come. 6 . I t ll be a nice day. I t ll be dif
ficult to get tickets for the game.
11. Make up five special, three alternative and four tag questions based
on the text.
12. Make up sentences using as ... as, not so (as) ... as and the words given
below.
I. pressing, switch tactics, effective; 2 . basketball players, popular;
3. to watch spectator games, often; 4. fans, many; 5. to enjoy a basket
ball game, much; 6 . company, big, old
13. Give a summary of the text.
14. Insert prepositions or adverbs. Give a summary of the text.
A Football Game
Mr. Lomand ['loumand] is an American businessman. He lives
Philadelphia ^fila'delfja].
Hes going to do businessa Soviet firm. Mr. Petrov, a Soviet
businessman, is arrivingPhiladelphia next Thursday.
Mr. Lomand is a football fan. Hes rootingthe Eagles, 1 the
Philadelphian team. Next Sunday evening the Eagles will playthe
Redskins, 2 the W ashington team. If it is a nice day itll be difficult
to get tickets. T h ats why 3 Mr. Lomand has bought two ticketsad
vance. He hopes Mr. Petrov will enjoy the game.
1 The Eagles ['iglz]
2 the Redskins ['redskinz]
2 th a ts why
281
*
Here they come, Mr. Lomand and Mr. Petrov. Theyre a little early
but i t s always good to come earlya football game. Latertherell
be crowds and it may be difficult to park the car. They take
their seatsthe stands and w aitthe game to begin.
I wonder if Jackson is playing today, says Mr. Lomand. Who
does he play? asks Mr. Petrov. The Redskins. H es their best play
er, answers Mr. Lomand. If he plays today, our team doesnt stand
mucha chance.
Oh, here they come, says Mr. Petrov. The players comethe field .11
The referee blows his whistle and the game begins.
Eagles! Eagles! shout Philadelphian fans. Redskins! Redskins!*
shout the W ashington fans.
A lot of people are rootingthe W ashington team, I understand,*
says Mr. Petrov.
W ell, its a very popular team . Come, Jackson, come! shout
the fans.
Jackson, the Eagles center forward Pforwsrd], ishis best, hes
going to score now. Kick it! 2 the crowd shouts. Jackson scores the
first goal .3 The visiting team wins the gamea score3 : 1.
15. Make up situations using these words and word combinations.
a) A Business Visit: to do business w ith, to discuss, to settle the mat
ter, to make an appointment;
b) A Basketball Game: a home team, to be at ones best, pressing
and switch tactics, effective, to win w ith a score of;
c) A Football Game: a visiting team, to root for, to run, to shout,
the game ended w ith a score of
1. (Chicago [jVkagou])
. -
.
. . 2 .
- , (Chicagoan)
,
(OHare [ou'haera]). ,
- , .
,
(Theodore Dreiser). 3. .
,
.
. ,
.
, .
4.
1 field [fild]
2 Kick it! !
3 goal [goul]
282
(Dynamo)? (stadium Fsteidiam]).
( ). ,
.
. 5.
, (cup game). 6 .
(Prague [preig, prag]),
. 7.
, ,
- . 8 . ,
. . 9.
, (hockey ['haki]).
17. Learn to use the dictionary. Read the story. Ask questions based on it.
Give a summary of the story.
Jim Thorpe 1
Jim Thorpe was perhaps the greatest athlete ['ae01it] the United
States has ever had.
Jam es Francis Thorpe was an American Indian. He was born on
May 28, 1888 in Oklahoma ôukla'houma].
First he went to a public school 2 for Indians near his home. In 1904,
he entered the Carlisle [kar'lail] Indian School. He did not have enough
money to study full-tim e 3 and had to interrupt his education several
times as he had to earn his living.
The director of athletics [seO'letiksI at Carlisle was Glenn W arner,
a famous athletic coach. W arner began to train Thorpe for football
and track .4 Jim became the best American football player. He also
competed in baseball, basketball, tennis and swimming.
In 1912 the Olympic Games were held s in Stockholm ['stak,houm l.
Never before in the history of the modern Olympics had one man com
peted in both the pentathlon 6 and decathlon 1 at one meeting of the
Olympic Games. Thorpe did this and he won two gold medals.
According to the rules only am ateur ['aematarj athletes can take
part in the Olympic Games. One of the reporters discovered th at Thorpe
had earned $ 25 a month 8 playing baseball during two summer va
cations some years before. He was not therefore an am ateur athlete and
he had to return his gold medals. The men who came second 9 in the
pentathlon and decathlon refused to take them saying they really be
longed to Thorpe.
1 Thorpe [0orp]
2 public school
3 he did not have enough [i'nAf] money to study full-time
, ( )
4 track (. track and field events [i'vents])
5 were held
6 pentathlon [pen'teSlan] n
7 decathlon [di'kaeGlan] n
8 th at Thorpe had earned [xnd] $ 25 (twenty-five dollars)
25
9 who came second
283
Thorpe decided to give up am ateur athletics. He became a profes
sional baseball and football player. He continued to play professional
football and baseball until 1929.
Since 1929 Thorpe had odd jobs: 1 he worked as a laborer ? in Cali
fornia [jkaela'fornja], sometimes he played the part of an Indian in mov
ies about the old West.
On March 28, 1953 Thorpe died in the town of Lomita ['loomita],
California, a poor lonely man not quite 65 years old.
18. Learn to use the dictionary. Read this text and translate it into R us
sian. Speak about sports in the U SA and in the U S S R .
Sports in USA
The most popular spectator sports in the USA are: baseball I'beisbol],
football ['fotbolj, basketball, hockey ['haki], boxing, wrestling 3 and
horse racing .1 There are many participant sports $ in the USA: golf
and tennis are probably the most popular of them.
Football is the most popular sport in the fall .6 Almost every univer
sity and college in the country has a football team and the football
stadiums of some of the largest universities seat as many as eighty thou
sand people. American football is different from European football.
There are professional football teams in almost all major cities of
the U nited States. The number of spectators at professional football
games is larger than at college games, because the professional players
are more skilled and perform more spectacularly .7
B asketball is the w inter sport in American schools and colleges.
There are professional basketball teams but they are not as popular
as professional baseball teams.
19. Read these articles and translate them. Look up the words you do not
know in the dictionary. Ask questions based on the articles.
1. A Triumph for the USSR
The Soviet Union made a repeat performance of its trium ph in world
free style wrestling championship, this tim e at home, picking up seven
golds, two silvers (one more than last year) as well as a bronze .8 This
is a huge success considering the fact that fairly inexperienced players
made up the better half of the squad.
There was not a single Soviet e n tra n t 10 who failed to win an award.
Not all of them made it to the finals but everyone tried hard, stressed
the national team coach, and one should not forget ,11 he continued,
1 odd jobs
2 laborer ['letbsrar] n ()
3 wrestling ['reslii)] n
4 horse [hors] racing
participant [par'tisapant] sports ,
,
6 fall [fol]
7 spectacularly [spek'taekjalarli] adv ,
8 as well as a bronze ()
9 fairly inexperienced [^nik'spirionst] players made up the better half of the squad
[skwod]
* entrant ['entrant] ti ( . .)
11 and one should not forget [far'get]
284
that they have had a very taxing season, which featured the European
championship, the Tournament of Soviet Nations, international contests
and the national championship.
Over the four days of the championship 151 entrants from 24 nations
clashed in 277 bouts ,1 with nine nations picking up awards.
Sports News
1. On September 14, four teams in the USSR Top Football League
took part in games of traditional European football tournam ents. Minsk
Dynamo, last years USSR champion, won 1 : 0 at home against the
Grasshoppers (Zurich, Switzerland), in the Champions Cup. Dynamo
is now in for a very tough return match for, as we know, the Swiss team
is especially good playing at home. Donetsk Shakhtyor did very well
playing away from home in the Cup-Holders Cup, against B-1901 (Ny-
kobing, Denmark). Shakhtyor won 5 :1 and will, of course, play in the
next round. Two teams are playing in the UEFA Cup. Kiev Dynamo
hosted the Laval team from France, a newcomer to European Cup
tournam ents .3 However, in spite of all the attacks by the Kiev team,
the game ended with a 0 : 0 draw. Moscow Spartak hosted the H JK
team from Finland and won 2 : 0. Judging by the game, the Muscovites,
in spite of their victory, are faced with a difficult return match.
2. Soviet Grandmasters were quite successful at the FRG open chess
championship held recently in Hanover. W orld champion Anatoly Kar
pov confidently won first p la c e 11 points out of 15 followed by
Tomaz Georgadze and Yuri Balashov. The best player from other
countries was the Filipino Grandmaster Eugene Torre, who recently
played in the world title match and placed fourth.
3. Garri Kasparov has won an Oskar, an award given by the Inter
national Association of Chess Press (AIPE) to the best chess player.
The Soviet Grandm aster was awarded the prize for his performance in
1982.
4. Having scored 4919 points, N atalya Buzhenkova has become the
winner of the all-Union competitions in the womens modern pen
tathlon: The third womens world championship in this sport will start
in Stockholm, August 28. Last year the USSR team took part in the
world championship for the first tim e and came sixth in team scoring.
1. Sports in the Soviet .Union,

2. Sports in the USA.
3. My favorite sport.
4. The most exciting football (basketball, etc.) game I have seen.
1 bout [baut] n , ,
2 host [houst] v
5 tournament ['tynam ant] n ,
285
Lesson 6
1. Absolute Form of Possessive Pronouns

to the use of the absolute form of possessive pronouns.
1 . Is John a friend of yours? No, he isnt. H es a classmate of
mine. 2 . Ive left my textbook at home. May I have yours? Here
you are. 3. Is th at bookshelf hers? No, it isnt. I t s her brothers.
4. Did Peters car break down yesterday? No, it didnt. Mine broke
down the day before yesterday. 5. I ve just got a letter from a friend
of mine.
2. Transform these sentences according to the model.
My notebook is thick, (as ... as, your)
My notebook is as thick as yours.
1. Their team is good, (as ... as, our) 2. His magazine is thin, (not
so ... as, his brother) 3. His story is exciting, (as ... as, my) 4. Our cap
tain is good, (not as ... as, their) 5. Their stadium was crowded yester
day. (not as (so) ... as, our)
1. , . 2.
, . 3. ? . 4.
? , . 5.
, .
4-. Make up five sentences using absolute form of possessive pronouns.
2 . Degrees of Comparison of Two-syllabled
and Many-syllabled Adjectives and Adverbs *
This novel isnt as interesting as that one.
That novel is more interesting than this one.
1. Minsk isnt as beautiful as Kiev. 2. Lesson 3 isnt as difficult
as Lesson 5. 3. These rules arent so im portant as those. 4. Soccer isnt
so dangerous as American football. 5. Golf isnt as popular as baseball
in the USA.
6 . Insert the appropriate form of an adjective.
1. Leo Tolstoy, Dostoevsky and Chekov are (popular) Russian w rit
ers in England. 2. That game was (exciting) th at I ve ever seen. 3. Jam es
Baldw ins t'boldwin] last novel is (interesting) than his first one.
4. Ice hockey is (popular) than field hockey in the USA. 5. Baseball,
football and basketball are (popular) sports in the USA. 6 . Ice hockey
is (dangerous) than field hockey. 7. Todays football game was (exciting)
than yesterdays. 8 . I think this is (difficult) exercise in the lesson.
1 . , . 440.
286
1. ,
. 2. . 3.
. 4. ( ),
(). 5.
.
6 . , .
7. ,
- . 8 . , ?
, , . 9.
? 10.
?
II. CONVERSATIONS
1 . After the Game

M r. Allen: How did you like the game, Mr. Sedov?
M r. Sedov: It was really great. I think the Pittsburgh team played
one of its most exciting games today.
A: Yes, it certainly did. Dont you think their pressing was very ef
fective? 1
S: Yes, and their switch tactics were more effective too.
A: I think i t s very im portant that David Riley took the lead very early.
S: Yes, and he scored 21 of his 32 points in the first half. H es an ex
cellent player.
A: Yes. By the way, hes one of the best American basketball players*
I m glad you saw my favorite team.
S: So am I. Thank you for the invitation.
2. After Watching American Football
M r. Lomand: How did you like the game, Mr. Petrov?
M r. Petrov: It was really exciting. I never saw American football be
fore. I ts very different from the European game.
L: Oh, yes, it is different. We call European football soccer. Which
do you like more?
P: Soccer. I t s less dangerous than your football.
3. Congratulations
Ann: You look happy, Jim . D id the Georgetown team win? W hats
the score?
Jim : Five to three (5 : 3) in their favor.
A: Congratulations! How was the game?
J: It was the most exciting game I ve ever seen. I enjoyed every minute
of it.
A: I ve read in todays paper the Georgetown team is as good as it was
last year. Is that true?
J: Oh, yes. I t s a very good football team. I think i t s one of the best in
the country. They have an excellent goalkeeper and their captain
is very good too. By the way, the captain is a friend of mine.
287
4. (Inform al) Invitation to a Hockey Game
John: Good morning, Peter.
Peter: Hi. How are you doing?
J: . K. Thanks.
P: W ould you like to go to the stadium tomorrow? I ve got two tickets.
J: W hos playing?
P: Rangers 2 vs. Black Hawks . 3
J: I d love to. Thank you very much. I m sure the gamell be interesting.
P: It sure will.
J: When does the game begin?
P: At 5 : 30. By the way, could you come pick me up 4 at 4 : 30? My
car broke down.
J: Of course. I ll come and get you at 4 : 30.
P: Thanks. See you tomorrow.
J: Bye.
5. After the Cup Game
Andrew: The stadium was crowded yesterday, wasnt it? I watched the
first half on TV.
Ben: Yes, there were crowds in the stands. The game was very impor
ta n tit was a cup game.
A: How did it end?
B: Two zero in Spartaks favor.
A: And what about the University basketball team? Is their captain a
friend of yours?
B: Yes, we were at school together.
A: Did the team lose the game yesterday?
B: No, it didnt. It was a tie.
Notes
1. Dont, you think their pressing was very effective? He
( ), ?
,' -
. , ,
, .
2. Rangers I'reindgarz] >>
. -
3. Black Hawks Ihoks]
.
4. Could you come pick me up at 4 : 30? He
4 . .? to come
and: Could you come and pick me up at 4 : 30?
Vocabulary
break down (broke, broken) v , captain ['kasptin, 'kaeptan] n .
; ( ; . the captain of the
. .), ; team; Whos the captain of the U ni
Did your car break down last week? versity basketball team?
call [kol] v , ; W hat do you congratulation [kan,grastjVleiJn] n
call th is 'in English? ( (. pi.) ; Congrat
) -? ulations! (-
288
)! Thank you for your kind con ; hockey game (player);
gratulations, to play hockey; Ice hockey is one of the
of course bv'kors] , most popular winter sports in the
; Are you joining us? Soviet Union, the USA and Canada,
Of course. lead [lid] n , ; to
crowded ['kraudid] , take the lead ;
; The streets were ; John
crowded yesterday, took the lead in the first half, didnt
cup [] n , ; cup game he?
; Have you bought look [luk] v ; ,
tickets for the cup game? (. -);
dangerous ['deind3er9s] , to look happy (tired, sick, etc.);
; Soccer isnt as dangerous as Peter looked happy today,
American football, lose (lost, lost) [luz, lost] v ;
different [' difront] , to lose a game (a war)
, (), ; to (); Which of the team lost
be different from ; Ame the game?
rican football is different from Euro pick up v ; Will you
pean football. pick me up at 9 : 00 in the morning?
European [,jura'pian] soccer ['sakar] n ()
exciting [ik'saitirj] , sure [Jur] adv , ;
; ; It was The game will be interesting. It
the most exciting game that I have sure w ill.
ever seen. tie [tai] n , ;
football ['futbol] n ; football ,
game (player); to play football; Your ; The
brothers a football fan, isnt he? game was a tie.
get smb. ', , true [tru] , ; Is
-.; I ll come and get them at that true? ?
10 : 00 . vs. (, . versus ['varsas]) prep
goalkeeper ['goul,kip3r] n . , ; Dynamo vs. Spartak
great [greit] . , ; Whos play
; I t s great! ing? Georgetown vs. Columbia.
! which pron ? ( );
half [haef] n , ; ? ( );
the first (second) half Which of them is a better goalkeeper?
hockey ['haki] n ; ice hockey Which of the two books is better?
( ); field [fild] hockey
III. E X E R C I S E S
1 . Read and translate the dialogs.

sentences.
1.
. 2 . . 3. .
4. . 5.
? 6 . , . 7.
. 8 . ? 9.
. 10. ( ). 1 1 .
. 12. . 13. .
3. Make up sentences using these tables and translate them.
a) American football European football.
English grammar is different Russian grammar.
Mikes story from Peters.
The weather in New York the weather in Moscow.
10 . . - 289
b) You tired.
He look sick.
She looks happy.
young.
old.
4. Make up eight sentences using patterns a and b.
5. Write out the initial words of the utterances, then complete them orally.
See the dialogs. Learn the utterances by heart.
6 . Write out sentences containing adjectives in comparative and superlative
degrees and sentences containing possessive pronouns in the absolute
form and translate them.
7. A ct out dialogs 1-5.
1. A: W hats the score, Jim ?
J t: 62 : 51. B ill Evans I'ivanz] took the lead very early.
A: How many points did he score?
J 2: 26. Hes the best American basketball player, I think.
(Jt: Norman Brown, Ben Green; J 2: 28, 30)
2. A: How did you like the game, Mr. Ross?
R: It was really exciting. I never saw field hockey before. I t s differ
ent from ice hockey.
(R: American football, European football)
3. A: We call European football soccer. W hich do you like more?
B: Soccer. I t s less dangerous than your football.
(B: American football, more exciting than soccer)
4. A: W ould you like to go to the stadium tomorrow?
B: W hos playing?
A 2: Rangers vs. Black Hawks"
{Az: Spartak, Dynamo t'dainamou]; Clippers, Eagles)
9. What would you say if you took part in the following dialogs? A ct them
out.
1. Mary: How did you like the game, John?
John: ...
M: Yes, it certainly did. Dont you think their switch tactics were
more effective?
J: ...
M: Yes, it was very im portant. Hes an excellent player.
j
2. John: Have you ever seen American football, Peter?
Peter: ...
J: Would you like to go to the stadium with me? I ve got two tickets.
P: ...
J: Redskins vs. Clippers.
P: ...
J: Could you come pick me up at 5 : 30 tomorrow? My car broke
down yesterday.
P: ...
2 90
J: Thank you. See you tomorrow.
P: ...
3. Ben: Did you see the cup game yesterday?
George: ...
B: How did you like the goalkeepers? Both were excellent, werent
they?
G: ...
B: I m sorry I couldnt go to the stadium yesterday.
G: ...
B: I ve read in todays paper that Spartaks team is better this year
than it was last year.
G: ...
4. Jane: Are you on a University basketball team, Mary?
Mary: ...
J: How did the game end yesterday?
M : ...
J: Did you enjoy the game?
M : ...
J: When your team plays next tim e I ll come and watch you.
M : ...
J: Thank you.
10. Complete these dialogs.
1. A: ...
B: It was great. I havent seen a more exciting game for a long tim e.
A: ...
B: Yes, and so were their switch tactics. Their captains a very good
player.
A: ...
B: Yes, and he scored two of their four goals.
A: ...
B: H es one of my favorite players too. Thank you for the invitation.
2. A: ...
B: W hos playing?
A: ...
B: I d love to. W hen will we meet?
A: ...
: . K. I ll come and get you at five oclock.
3. A: ...
B: Three to one in our favor.
A: ...
B: It was really exciting. I enjoyed every minute of it.
A: ...
B: Petrov and Belov did. Petrov scored two goals m the first half and
Belov scored the th ird in the second half.
A: ...
B: Thank you. That was a most enjoyable evening.
4. A: ...
B: Here you are at last, Ann.
A: ...
10* 291
: L ets hurry. We may be, late.
A: ...
: Here are our seats.
A: ...
: Yes, the game has just started.
5. A: ...
Secretary: Mr. N ortons office.
A: ...
S: Good morning, Mr. Andrews ['aendruzl.
A: ...
S: Mr. Norton is out. May I help you?
A: ...
S: When would you like to come?
A: ...
5: T hats all right.
: .
S: Goodbye, Mr. Andrews.
11. Translate these dialogs into English . A ct them out .

1. ?

. , .
. ,
.
.
2. ! .
?
. , .
.
3. , ?
, .
4. , , ?
, .
5. , .
, . ,
.
6 . ?
. ,
.
.
7. ?
.
8 . ?
().
.
.
. .
.
, .
292
.
. .
, .
9. ,
, .
. .
.
(star)?
-, .
10. -, . ?
.
, .
.
, .
12. Read these dialogs. Translate them into Russian. A ct them out.
1
A: Have you ever played soccer?
B: Yes, I did a little in the past.
A: I m getting out of shape .1
B: If you want to play soccer, a friend of mine can help you. H es on
a team.
A: Thank you. I d love to. And what about you? Are you going to join
a team?
B: U nfortunately, I dont have the tim e.
2
A: Are you doing anything this afternoon?
B: Not especially. Why?
A: Do you want to see the hockey game? The Toronto All Stars 2 are
in town.
B: I m sorry to say I dont understand hockey. I dont even know the
name of their star.
A: W ell, B allard is the star. H es the goalie ,3 the fastest man I ve ever
seen.
B: I ts a really fast game, isnt it?
A: Yes, and very dangerous.
B: W ell, lets go. I d like to see a favorite game of yours.
3
A: Do you really want to watch this TV program?
B: Why? Do you think its bad?
A: I t s boring. Cant we change the channel?
B: L ets wait a little and see if it gets better .4
A: W hat day is it today?
* I m getting out of shape f Jeip], ,

2 The Toronto [ta'rantou] All Stars
() . ()
8 goalie ['goolij . = goalkeeper
4 if it gets better
293
: I t s Wednesday.
A: Do you like to watch wrestling?
B: Yes, sometimes.
A: Good. L ets change to channel 10 and watch the wrestling matches.
B: Yes, dear. Anything you w an t .1
4
A: Are you feeling any better today? W ell enough 2 to get out of bed?
B: I m afraid not. I ll have to miss another day of class. I have the flu.
A: Too bad you cant join us. You should never get the flu on Fridays.
B: Friday? Friday the twentieth? Do you mean this is the day we leave
for Niagara Falls? 3
A: I m sorry you feel so bad.
B: You arent going to leave w ithout me, are you?
A: You cant get out of bed, can you?
B: W hat do you mean I cant get out of bed? A little fresh air is just
what I need .4 Save me a seat on the bus, please.
13. Roleplaying.
a) After an ice hockey game you talk w ith a friend of yours about
the game.
b) You have two tickets for a football game and youre inviting your
roommate to go to the stadium w ith you.
c) Youre getting out of shape and you want to join a team . Ask a
friend of yours if he can help you.
d) You go to see a friend of yours, you find him in bed (he thinks
he has the flu); when you tell him about the tickets for the cup football
game he says hell get out of bed and join you.
Lesson 7
I. TEXT
ON CLIMATE AND W EATHER

1
The USA is a large country and the clim ate varies from the tropical
in Hawaii to the subarctic in Alaska. Year-long tem peratures are lower
in the northern and north-eastern states and higher in the southern and
western states. H um idity is higher in the East than in the W est.
West coasts winters are mild and rainy except in southern California,
where they are mild but drier. In central and eastern regions the weather
is very changeable in winter. It may rain in the morning and snow in the
evening when the north wind begins blowing. The southern coasts of
Alaska have moderate tem peratures in both w inter and summer.
1 Anything ['eniGirj] you want. . (To, .)
2 well enough ['{, i'nAf]
? Niagara [nai'aegra, nai'aegara] Falls
4 A little fresh air [er] is just d3Ast] what I need,
, ,
294
Summer tem peratures also vary from region to region. In many places
in southern Arizona and California the average daily tem perature is
above 40 .* Summers are very hot and humid on the eastern coast;
they are dry and hot in most continental areas and cool along the west
ern coast.
2
The Soviet Union is one of the largest countries in the world. About
80 percent of the USSR is in the tem perate zone, 18 percent is Arctic
and 2 percent is subtropical. In most regions the clim ate is continental
with hot, short summers and cold, long winters.
In the European part of the country the Pechora region has the low
est average w inter tem perature (around 30C).? The northern Crimea
has the highest average w inter tem perature (2C4C).
Siberia has a more continental clim ate than the European part of the
country, winters are colder and longer, summers are hotter and shorter.
Verkhoyansk, a town in eastern Siberia, is one of the so-called poles of
cold, the average January tem perature there is below 50 C.
Central Asia has a combination of very hot summers and rather cold
winters.
The southern coast of the Crimea and the Black Sea coast form a
separate clim atic zone, with warm winters and hot summers.
Not es
1. above 40C : above forty degrees centigrade f'senta.greid]
40 no
2. 30C : minus thirty degrees centigrade 30 no
; 0C : zero I'zirou] centigrade 0 ( )
Vocabulary
about [0'b aut] adv , both [] . . . and cnj . . . ,
, ; About five thousand . . . ; Both Mary and Jane will
people came to the stadium to see the go to see them next week.
game. (. Celsius ['sslsias]) n 1.
above |VbAv] prep , , ; 2.
; Now the temperature is above
40C. central ['sentral]
arctic ['ark tik] ; Arctic n changeable [4Jemd33bl] ;
The weather is very changeable in
area ['eria] n , , ; London.
continental area climate ['klaim it] ti ; the tropic
() al (subtropical, moderate, mild, con
around IVraund] prep , tinental, subarctic, arctic) climate;
; The lowest winter tempera In Siberia the climate is continental.
ture is around 30 . I think its The Crimea has a mild climate,
around four oclock now. climatic [klai'maetik] ;
average ['aEvrid3 , 'aev9rid3] ; a clim atic zone
W hats the average summer temper
ature there? coast [koust] n ,
below [ba'lou] prep ; The average ; on the coast ;
winter temperature is below 20C Summers are very hot on the eastern
in that area, coast of the USA.
blow (blew, blown) [blou, blu, bloun] v combination [,kamb3'neijn] /
( ) ; ; Central Asia has a
295
combination of very hot summers and per cent of the USSR is in the arctic
rather cold winters, zone.
continental [,kanta'nsntl] pole [poul] n ; the North (South)
; Siberia has a more conti pole ()
nental clim ate than the European part rain [rein] v: it rains, it is rain in g 1
of the country,
cool [kul] ; I ts cool rainy ['reini] ; It was a
here. rainy day.
daily ['deili] ; W hats the rather ['] adv
average daily temperature in Ca , , ; ;
lifornia? Is this a daily newspaper? I ts rather cold here, isnt it?
dry [drai] ; It is very hot and region [xrid39n] n , , ,
dry in summer in most continental ; the arctic region
areas in the USA. ; The climate varies from region
eastern ['istarn] ; north to region in the USSR,
eastern -; south separate ['seprit] ,
eastern -; It is very hot , ; The Black
in summer on the eastern coast, Sea coast forms a separate climatic
except [ik'sept] prep , zone.
; All students are here except short [jort] ; Summers are
John Brown, very short in Siberia,
snow [snou] v: it snows; its snowing
fall [fol] n ; in the fall; It seldom
rains in Washington in the fall,
form [form] v , so-called E'sou'kold] ;
, Verkhoyansk, one of the so-called
high [hai] ; high temperature poles of cold, has the lowest temper
(humidity); The northern Crimea ature in winter about 70C.
has the highest winter temperature southern ['sA6arn]
+10C. spring [sprig] ti ; in spring ;
I t s very warm in spring in New York,
hot [hat] ; I ts very hot in state [steit] n
summer in Central Asia, subarctic [sAb'arktik] a ,
humid ['hjumid] ; I t s very ; About 18 per cent
hot and humid in summer on the of the USSR is in the subarctic and
eastern coast of the USA* arctic zones,
hum idity [hju'midati] n ; subtropical [sAb'trapikl]
Humidity is very high in summer in ; Only two per cent of the USSR
New York, is in the subtropical zone,
long [log] ; Winters are long temperate t'tem prit, 'tem parit]
er than summers in Siberia, ( ); temperate zone
low [lou] ; low temperature
(humidity, etc.); The lowest winter temperature ['tsm prat ja] n ;
temperature is about 70C in Ver low (high) temperature; Is the tem
khoyansk. perature high in summer in Moscow?
mild [maild] , ; tropical t'trapik l] a
mild climate (weather); West coasts vary ['vsri] v , ;
winters are mild except in Southern The climate in the USA varies from
California, region to region,
moderate ['m adaritl a ; mod weather l'we6ar] n ; The weather
erate temperature (climate); The is good for the trip today,
temperature is moderate both in western {'westarn] ; north-
winter and in summer on the western wes tern, sou th-wes tern
coast of Alaska, wind [wind] n ; The North wind
northern ['] ; W in began blowing yesterday,
ters are very cold in the northern part winter ['winter] n ; in winter ;
of Central Asia, The winter was mild (rainy, cold).
part [part] ti Winters in Central Asia are rather
per cent [par'sent] n ; About 18 cold.
* to rain to snow
it.
It often rains in winter in New York*
296
y e a r - lo n g , Geographical Names
; -Io n g te m p e r a tu re
A la s k a [o 'la e sk a ]
; Y e a r - lo n g te m p e r a tu re s
A r iz o n a [ , 'i u u n o ]j n p na u n am
a re lo w e r in th e n o rth e rn s t a te s o f th e
USA. A s ia ['e i3 3 , 'e i j o ]
C a lifo r n ia f.k a e la 'fo r n ja ]
z o n e [zo u n ] n , , , ;
C r im e a [ k r a i'm ia ]
a r c t ic ( tr o p ic a l, s u b tr o p ic a l, e t c .)
H a w a ii [ h a 'w a ija ] -
zo n e
P e c h o r a [ p a 't jo r a ] p .
S ib e r ia [ s a i'b ir ia ]
V e r k h o y a n s k L v e r k a 'jo e n s k ] r . B e p x o -

II. V O C A B U L A R Y , G R A M M A R A N D SPEECH E X E R C IS E S
1 . Read and translate the text.

sentences.
1.
. 2 . . 3 .
. 4. . 5. , .
6 . . 7.
. 8 . .
9. 50. 10. -
3. Learn to pronounce the geographical names.
4. Choose the correct answer. See the text.
1 . Year-long temperatures are
a) higher in the northern and north-eastern states; b) lower in the
northern and north-eastern states.
2. West coasts winters are
a) cool and rainy; b) mild and rainy.
3. W estern coasts of Alaska have moderate temperatures
a) in both spring and the fall; b) in both w inter and summer.
4. and the climate
a) varies from region to region; b) doesnt vary from region to region.
5 . and two percent is
a) tropical; b) subtropical.
6 . In most regions the clim ate is continental
a) with mild long summers and cool short winters; b) w ith hot short
summers and cold long winters.
7. The northern Crimea has
a) the highest average w inter tem perature (12C); b) the highest
average winter tem perature (2-4C).
8 . The average January tem perature there is
a) below 70C; b) below 50C.
9. The southern coast of the Crimea and the Black Sea coast
a) have mild winters and warm mild summers; b) form a separate
clim atic zone, w ith warm winters and hot summers.
5. Write out six sentences containing the nouns summer and winter. Trans
late them.
297
6 . Study the text and answer these questions.
1. W hat clim atic zones are there in the USA? 2. In what parts of the
country is hum idity higher? 3. Are winters cold on the west coasts or are
they mild and rainy? 4. In what parts of the country is the weather very
changeable in winter? 5. W hats the weather like 1 in Alaska? 6 . How do
summer tem peratures vary from region to region? 7. W hats the average
daily tem perature in southern Arizona and California? 8 . W hats the
weather like in summer on the eastern and western coasts?
*
1 . W hat clim atic zones are there in the USSR? 2 . W hats the clim ate
like in most regions? 3. W hich of the European regions has the lowest
average w inter temperature? 4. W hat region has the highest w inter
tem perature in the Soviet Union? 5. Is the clim ate in Siberia as continent
al as the climate in the European part of the country? 6 . W hats Verk
hoyansk called? 7. W hats the average w inter tem perature in Verkhoy
ansk? 8 . W hat town is the so-called pole of cold in the Moscow region?
9. W hats the weather like in w inter and in summer in Central Asia?
10. W hat clim ate zone do the southern coast of the Crimea and the Black
Sea coast form?
7. Prepare the first part of the text for test reading.
8 . Insert articles where necessary. Give a summary of texts 1 and 2.
1. clim ate in England 2 is milder thanclim ate in many other
countries.winters are warmer andsummers are cooler than on the
European continent. It is never too cold or too hot there. It often rains
and it seldom snows inw inter.two worst months in England are J a
nuary and February. InN orthwinters are colder. cold weather
is more pleasant thanwet weather, English people say.spring is
certainlybest season ofyear in England.
2.climate varies from region to region inSoviet Union. It may be
very cold inNorth and at the same tim e it may be very warm in
South. InEuropean part ofcountrysummers are not as hot as in
Central Asia. From October to A prilweather is rather cold. On
southern coast ofCrimea and onBlack Sea coastwinters are warm
andsummers are hot.highest w inter tem perature there is 10C.
swimming season onBlack Sea lasts fromend of May to November.
3. best summer months in Moscow are Ju ly and August. Ju ly is
hottest month ofyear. 4.clim ate in New York is milder thancli
mate in Boston. 5. Yesterday we discussedplans forcoming summer
vacation. We hope th a tsummer will be warm. If it is warm in Ju ly
Peter will take us to Riga in his car. If it is cool we will go to South.
9. Open the brackets and put the verbs in the proper tenses.
1. Where you (to spend) your vacation last summer? I (to go) to the
B altic coast .3 I (to have) my vacation in Ju ly . The weather (to be) won
1 W h a t s th e w e a th e r lik e ? ?
2 E n g la n d ['rrjg la n d ] n
8 th e B a l t i c [ ' b o ltik ] c o a s t ( )
03
derful, it (to be) very warm and the sea (to be) warm too. I (to enjoy) .
my last years vacation. 2. It (to rain) since early morning. I m afraid !
we (not to be able) to go to the mountains tomorrow. 3. You ever (to be)
in W ashington in April? Yes, I (to be) there last April. The weather
(to be) wonderful. The sun (to be) bright and the air (to be) clear. It
(not to rain) at all. 4. I wonder if they (to arrive) at the airport in tim e .1
5. If it (not to rain) in the afternoon we (to go) to Central Park. You
(to join) us? Thank you for the invitation. I gladly (to join) you.
1. About 80 percent of the USSR is in the tem perate zone... 2. In the
European part of the Soviet U nion... 3. Siberia has a more continental
clim ate... 4. The lower Volga region has the highest average summer
tem peratures... 5. Summers on the Arctic coast... 6 . The coldest regions
in the world are in Siberia:.. 7. H um idity is higher... 8 . Alaska has a
subarctic clim ate... 9. In most of the continental U nited States...
1 1 . Ask five special, four alternative and four tag questions based on the text.
12 . Give a summary of the text.
1,3. Make up situations using these words and word combinations.
a) The Climatic Zones of the European P art of the USSR: to vary,
from region to region, continental areas, the average w inter tem pera
ture, the highest summer tem perature, separate clim atic zone, above,
below;
b) The Clim ate in the Eastern P art of the USA: several clim atic
zones, hum idity, percent, on the eastern coast, subtropical, subarctic,
changeable;
c) The Clim ate and W eather in the Place W here I Was During My
Last Vacation: hot (warm), the sun, bright, to go for hikes, cool, dry, to
rain, hum idity (humid)
1. .
.
; 80%
. ;
, , .
, ,
, .
, . , 30.
;
, . 2.
.
. ,
, .
. - (
) 9899%.
; , ,
1 in t im e
299
, . 3. , 30
. . 4.
, . 5. ,
. 6 . . ?
. , , , .
7. , ? 8 .
: ? . 9. ,
, . ,
. 10.
? , .
11. , ? 12.
?
15. Learn to use the dictionary. Read the text. Answer the questions. Give
a summary of the text. Look up the words you do not know in the dic
tionary.
A Business Trip
Mr. Michael Lobov, a Soviet trade firm representative, has just come
to Chicago [JVkagou] by plane. The plane landed at OHare airport, one
of the busiest airports in the USA.
Mr. Lobov has been taken to the Plaza H o te l 1 where a room was
reserved for him. It is on the 14th floor, the room is comfortable but the
window faces a noisy freeway.? Mr. Lobov hopes the traffic wont be
very heavy at night.
After lunch Mr. Peter Colman, the company manager, drives Michael
around the city. They come to the shore of Lake M ichigan .3 Looking
at the city Michael sees a wall of skyscrapers. Here on the shore there
are only two- and three- storyed houses of upper- and middle-class fam i
lies .4
Now they go to the heart of the city, the Loop.S A few blocks away
Michael sees the same old slums in which poor Chicagoans [JVkagouanz]
live. In 1966 M artin Luther King 6 began his first major northern civil
rights campaign 7 in Chicago. He said the slums of Chicago were re
sponsible for the northern race problem.
Michael Lobov sees that the city has not grown since 1973. Some
factories have been closed down . 8Mr. Colman says th at the four major
1 M r. L o b o v h a s b e en t a k e n to th e P la z a [ 'p la e z a ] H o t e l. -
; h a s b e en ta k e n P r e s e n t P e r fe c t
2 fr e e w a y [ 'fr iw e i] n
3 L a k e M ic h ig a n [ le ik 'm ij a g a n ]
4 tw o -(s to r y e d ) an d th r e e - s to r y e d [ 's t o n d ] h o u se s o f u p p e r- a n d m id d le - c la s s fa
m ilie s - ,
th e L o o p [lu p ] ( ) ,

6 M a r t in L u t h e r [ 0] K in g (19 2 9 1968)

2 c i v i l r ig h t s c a m p a ig n [ 's i v l 'r a i t s ' ]
8 S o m e fa c to r ie s h a v e b e en c lo s e d d o w n ,
.
300
iron and steel industrieselectrical machinery, prim ary metals and
fabricated metals, and instrum ents have become more im portant.
In the evening Mr. Col man takes Mr. Lobov to the Chicago Symphony
Orchestra concert . 1 The Chicago Orchestra is the third oldest symphony
orchestra in the USA.
*
1. Does Mr. Lobov like his room at the Plaza Hotel? 2 . Whose fam i
lies live in two- and three-storyed houses on the shore of Lake Michigan?
3. W hats the name of the center of Chicago? 4. W here do poor Chicagoans
live? 5. When did M artin Luther King begin his first northern civil
rights campaign? 6 . W here did Mr. Colman take Mr. Lobov in the eve
ning? 7. W hat can you say about the Chicago Symphony Orchestra?
1. The clim ate in the USSR.
2. The clim ate in the USA.
3. The clim ate and weather in the Moscow (Rostov, Tashkent, etc.)
region.
Lesson 8
The Use of the Article with the Nouns
morning , day, evening, etc.?
1. Read these sentences and translate them into Russian.
1. They walked out into the street. The evening was warm and calm.
2 . Mr. Brown made an appointm ent with Mr. Sm ith for six oclock in the
evening. 3. W hen he woke up it was early morning. 4. It was a calm eve
ning w ith no wind. 5. W here were you yesterday morning? 6 . I slept all
night. 7. John had to work from morning till night. 8 . W hen morning
came we were already far from Boston. 9. They returned late in the
afternoon. 10. It is pleasant to go for a walk on a warm evening. 11. It
was a late afternoon when they returned.
2. Make up eight sentences using the nouns morning, evening, night, etc.
II. CONVERSATIONS
l .3 Its a Beautiful Morning
A: I t s a beautiful morning, isnt it?
B: Yes, it is. There isnt a cloud in the sky and the sun is shining
brightly. I m afraid it may be hot in the afternoon.
1 C h ic a g o S y m p h o n y [ 's im fa m ] O r c h e s tr a I 'o r k is t r a ] c o n c e rt

2 . , . 4 4 1 .
3 I 3 , .
,
,
,
301
A: I t s 20C now". I ve just heard over the radio the tem perature may
rise to 29C in the afternoon.
B: That wouldnt be so nice.
2 . What an Awful Day!
A: W hat an awful day today!

B: Yes. The weather is awful, isnt it?
A: I hate it when it rains.
B: So do I. It was worse yesterday, wasnt it? It rained all day long.
A: Do you know the weather forecast for tomorrow?
B: No change for the better. Cold and rainy in the morning and windy
in the afternoon.
A: T h ats too bad. I wont be able to go fishing.
3. Unpredictable Weather
A: Isnt the weather awful in New York? And i t s so unpredictable.
B: Yes, it can change several times during the day. It may be hot in the
afternoon and very cold in the evening.
A: Yes, th a ts just what happened yesterday.
B: And weather forecasts are not very helpful, are they?
A: No, not very often. Even when they say i t s going to be dry and
sunny it may rain.
: I hate rain.
A: So do I. L ets hope the weather will be better tomorrow. And what
about winter? Is there much snow here in winter?
B: No, theres very little snow here.
A: T h ats a p ity .1 I like w inter w ith a lot of snow. I usually go skiing
and skating in winter.
B: Youll have to go to the mountains to ski.
4. Going on a Trip to the Soviet Union

Peter Smirnov: Hello, Jane. I ve heard youre leaving for Moscow next
week.
Jane Chandler: Yes, Pete, I m going on a trip to the Soviet Union. I d
like to ask your advice.
Peter: Youre welcome.
Jane: W hat clothes should I take along?
P: How long are you going to stay and where?
J: I t s a two-week trip. W ere going to visit Moscow for four days, Kiev
three days, Samarkand and Bukharathree days, and Leningrad
three days.
P: I t s a fantastic trip. Now about the clothes. I t s th e end of September
now. Youll need rubber boots, a .lined raincoat and an um brella for
Moscow and Leningrad. It may be cool and rainy there. No warm
clothes for Sam arkand and Bukhara. The weather w ill be wonderful
there: warm and dry and sunny. As for Kiev I dont know. It may be
warm and sunny or it may be cool and rainy.
J: Thank you very much. Now I know what clothes to take along.
302
P: Best regards to the Muscovites. I m already feeling homesick.
J: And when are you going back to Moscow?
P: Next May.
Note
1 . T hats a pity ['piti]. .
Vocabulary
a d v ic e [ s d 'v a is ] n ( . .) - h o m e s ic k [ 'h o u m s ik ] no
, ; m u c h ( a lo t o f) a d v ic e , ; to b e ( t o fe e l) h o m e
; g o o d a d v ic e s ic k ( )
( ); a p ie c e o f ; I a lw a y s fe e l h o m e sic k
a d v ic e ; to g i v e sm b. a d w h e n I a m fa r a w a y fro m M o sc o w .
v i c e - . ( ); M u s c o v it e ['m A s k a / v a it] n
P e t e r g a v e m e g o o d a d v ic e , to a sk ra d io [ 'r e i d i/ j u ] n ; o v e r th e r a d io
s m b s a d v ic e - ; I v e h e a rd t h a t n e w s o v e r
.; I d lik e to a sk J o h n s a d v ic e , th e ra d io ; to lis t e n to th e ra d io ; D id
a ll d a y lo n g you lis t e n t o th e r a d io la s t n ig h t?
a s fo r adv , ; A s fo r ra in n ; W e r e y o u o u t in th e ra in ?
m e I m le a v in g fo r M o s c o w n e x t w e e k , r a in c o a t [ 'r e in k o u t ] n ; lin e d
a w fu l [ 'o fu l] , ; r a in c o a t
W h a t a w fu l w e a th e r! W h a t an a w fu l re g a rd s [ r i'g a r d z ] 'n ; ( g iv e m y )
d a y to d a y ! b e s t r e g a r d s to
b o o ts [b u ts] n ; ru b b e r b o o ts
r is e (ro se , ris e n ) [ r a iz , r o u z , 'r iz n ] v
b r ig h t ly [ 'b r a it li] adv ; ,
c h a n g e [t je in d 3] n , ; ; D u r in g th e n ig h t a n o rth e rn
H e t o ld m e a b o u t th e c h a n g e s in w in d ro se,
th e p la n . N o c h a n g e fo r th e b e t t e r . s e v e r a l [ 's e v r a l, 's e v a r a l] ;
, T h e w e a th e r c a n c h a n g e s e v e r a l tim e s
c h a n g e v , ; T h e d u r in g th e d a y in N e w Y o r k ,
w e a th e r c a n c h a n g e in th e a fte rn o o n , s h in e (sh o n e , sh o n e ) [ J a in , jo u n ] v
c lo u d [k la u d ] n , ; T h e re , , ; T h e su n is
w e re n o c lo u d s in th e s k y . s h in in g b r i g h t ly t o d a y ,
c lo u d y [ 'k l a u d i] , s k a t e [s k e it] v ,
, ; T h e s k y is c lo u d y ; to g o s k a t in g
now . ; W i l l y o u g o s k a t in g n e x t
c lo u d le s s [ 'k l a u d lis ] ; S a tu r d a y ?
T h e s k y w a s c lo u d le s s in th e m o r n in g sk i (sk ie d , s k ie d ) [s k i, Ji; s k id , [fid] a
a n d n o w i t s c lo u d y a n d d a rk , ; C a n y o u s k i?
en d [end ] n ; th e e n d o f a b o o k ( t h e s k y [sk a i] n ; T h e s k y is c lo u d le s s
year, S e p te m b e r, e t c .) to d a y .
e v e n [ 'iv a n ] adv ; E v e n P e t e r w a n t s t a y [ste i] v , ;
ed to j o in u s. to s t a y a t (in ) a h o t e l; W h a t h o te l a re
fa n ta s t ic [faen 'taestik] . y o u g o in g t o s t a y a t? to s t a y w ith
, ; Y o u r p la n sm b . - .; O u r fr ie n d s
is fa n t a s t ic , a re s t a y in g w it h u s fo r a m o n th ,
fis h v ; to g o fis h in g s u n n y ['sA n i] ,
( ) ;
e ld e r b r o th e r is g o in g fis h in g n e x t ta k e a lo n g ; W i l l y o u t a k e
S a tu rd a y . y o u r c a m e ra a lo n g ?
fo r e c a s t [ 'fo u r ,k a e s t, fo r'k a e st] n trip n , ; to g o o n a
, ; w e a t h e r fo r e c a s t tr ip (
; W h a t s t h e w e a th e r ); W h e r e s h e g o in g o n a tr ip ?
fo r e c a s t fo r th e w e e k e n d ? u m b r e lla [A m 'b r sla ] n
h a p p e n ['h aep an ] ( t o ) v , u n p r e d ic ta b le [ ,A n p r i'd ik t a b l]
( - .); I w o n d e r w h a t ,
h a p p e n e d to P e t e r . H e h a s n t c o m e ; T h e w e a t h e r s u n p r e d ic
back y e t. t a b le h e re ,
h e lp fu l [ 'h s lp fa l] ; Y o u r v i s i t [ 'v i z i t ] , ; to g o
a d v ic e w a s v e r y h e lp fu l. o n a v i s i t to a c o u n t r y { a c i t y , e t c .) ;
303
to b e on a v i s i t in a c o u n tr y w in d y I 'w in d i] ; I t s .w in d y
( ) to d a y .
v i s i t I 'v i z i t ] v ( - .), Geographical Names
( - .) ; B u k h a r a [ b u 'k a r e ] .
( ) ; T h e y v is it e d L e n in g r a d [ 'le n in 'g r a e d ] .
u s fo r a w e e k , S a m a r k a n d [,saem 3 'kaen d ] .
III. E X E R C I S E S
1 . Read and translate the dialogs.

sentences.
1. , 2. . 3.
. 4. , . 5.
. 6 . . 7. ,
() . 8 . ,
. 9. , . 10.
. 1 1 . . 12 .
.
3. Make up sentences using these tables and translate them.
a) I like when it snows.
They dont like it when it rains.
He likes when i t s hot.
She doesnt like when youre late.
hate when their team loses a game,
hates when i t s cold,
b) As for me I m going to join a basketball team.
- him hes already bought tickets for the cup game,
Moscow I dont know what the weather will be like
the game in October.
it was the most exciting I ve ever seen.
4. M ake up eight sentences using patterns a and b.
5. Write out the initial words of the utterances, then complete them orally.
See the dialogs.
6 . Insert prepositions or adverbs. See the dialogs and the vocabulary. Act
the dialogs out.
1. A: I t s a beautiful morning. There isnt a cloudthe sky.
B: Yes, the morning is wonderful. B ut I m afraid it may be hot
the afternoon.
A: Yes, its 18C now. The tem perature may rise28 C. As me
i t s all right. I like it when i t s hot.
B: Not me. I hate it when i t s hot.
2. A: Do you know the weather forecasttomorrow?
B: I ve just heard itthe radio. No changethe better. Foggy 1the
morning, rainythe afternoon.
A: T h ats too bad. We wont be able to play tennis then.
fo g g y
304
3. A: So youre leavingLeningrad next Thursday, arent you?
B: Yes. I ll be happy to see Leningrad again.
A: W here are you going to stay there?
B: W ith a friend of mine. We werecollege together.
A: Are you taking your camera?
B: Yes, certainly.
4. A: The weather is awfulSeptemberRiga I'riga],
B: Yes. It may change several timesthe day.
5. A: I wonder, what happenedPeter. I havent seen him a few days.
: Hes been sicka week now.
6 . A: W hen are you goinga trip Bulgaria []?
: Next month.
A: Please give my best regardsPeter Bobrov.
: I will.
Peters (isnt) going on a trip to Bulgaria next month. (I)
So aift I. (Neither am I.)
1. I like it when its warm. (Jane) 2. Nick doesnt like it when it
rains. (I) 3. Ann doesnt know the weather forecast for tomorrow. (Bill)
4. He wont be able to go fishing tomorrow. (I) 5. I hope the weather
will change for the better, (we) 6 . Ja n e s going on a trip to Moscow next
week, (the Nelsons) 7. I think his plan is fantastic. (She)
8 . Act out dialogs 1-4.
9. What would you say if you took part in the following dialogs. A ct them
out.
1. A: The day is beautiful, isnt it?
B: ...
A: Oh, yes, it may. By the way, w hats the tem perature now?
B: ...
A: That would be nice. I like it when its hot.
B: ...
2. A: I t s an awful day today. It was foggy in the morning and its rain
ing now.
B: ...
A: So do I. It was worse yesterday, wasnt it?
B: ...
A: Do you know the weather forecast for tomorrow?
B: ...
A: T hats too bad. L ets hope the weatherll be better next week.
B: ...
3. A: W hats the weather like in autum n in the region you came from?
B: ...
A: Does it often rain there in October and November?
B: ...
A: W hich is the best autum n month?
B: ...
4 . A: I d like to ask your advice, Jim . I m going on a trip to the USA
and I dont know what clothes to take.
305
J: ...
A: I m leaving at the end of October.
J: ...
A: I t s a three-week trip. W ere going to visit New York for four
days, W ashingtontwo weeks, and Bostonthree days.
J: ...
A: Thank you very much. Now I know what clothes to take along.
J: ...
5. A: I t s a nice day today, isnt it?
B: ...
A: I t s a very good day for a football game. I t s warm and the sky
is cloudless.
B: ...
A: Rangers vs. Black Hawks. W ould you like to come along?
I ve got two tickets.
B: ...
A: Youre welcome. L ets hurry .1
6 . A: How did the game end yesterday?
B: ...
A: And what about the weather? Did it rain all the time?
B: ...
A: Yes, it was very windy here, too. I think it was difficult for the
Clippers to win the game.
B: ...
7. A: Hello, Jim . Youre sunbathing I see.
J: ...
A: Yes, the days beautiful. The sky is clear and the sun in shining
brightly.
J: ...
A: I m sorry, I m tired. I ve done a lot of swimming and boating
today.
J: ...
10. Translate the utterances of the Russian speaker into English.
1 . : , ? .
: I think its one of the best days this month.
: , .
.
: I heard the weather forecast over the radio an hour ago. It says:
warm in the morning, hot in the afternoon, clear sky, a lot of
sunshine.
A: He ? (fishing)
(to relax [ri'laeks]).
: I d love to but I promised my sons to take them to the Zoo. Thank
you for the invitation.
2. : , ?
: Yes, the weather is awful. And the weather forecast says therell
be no change for the better.
1 Let s hurry I'h eri],
306
: . , , ,
, .
: I dont think youll be able to. I t ll be rainy and windy tomorrow.
L ets stay at home and watch TV.
3. : , .
J: When are you leaving? W hat cities are you going to visit?
: . .

,
, .
J: T hats a fantastic trip. Youll be able to see a lot. Youll visit the
most im portant American universities.
: ?
J: I think youll need summer clothes and a raincoat. I t ll be warm
everywhere .1
: .
J: Youre welcome.
11. Translate these dialogs into English. A ct them out.
1. , ? .
, .
.
2. , , ?
. 20 . ,
.
.
3. . . .
, . .
4. ?
(fog), .
! .
5. !
. 30 .
.
, .
6 . , .
.
?
, , (Yerevan).
?
. .
?
.
.
.
.
, .
(May Day holiday ['ha-
lsdei]).
1 everywhere ['evrihwer] adv
307
12. Read these dialogs, Translate them into Russian. Look up the words
you do not know in the dictionary. A ct them out.
1. On a Bus
Bill: I t s pretty 1 hot today, isnt it?
Jim: Yes, it is. I m comfortable, though.?
B: L ets open the window.
J: T h ats all right with me. This bus is slow, isnt it?
B: These buses are always slow. I m going to be late. Are you?
J: I dont think so. W hat tim e is it?
B: I t s after nine .3 W ell, this is my stop. See you later.
2. The Georgraphy Lesson
Jim : Correction ,4 Ted. The Nile is longer than the Mississippi.
Ted: Maybe. But the Nile doesnt have as much river traffic.
Teacher: W hat does he mean, Mary?
Mary: He means that there are more boats on the Mississippi than on
the Nile, or the Hudson,5 the Potom ac ...6
Ted: The Potomac?. W heres that?
Jim : It flows past the D istrict of Columbia.
Ted: The D istrict of Columbia is the same as W ashington, 'isn t it?
W hy dont you say W ashington?
Jim : Because there are two Washingtons.
Mary: W ashington, D. C. is different from the State of W ashington.
Jim: I ll say it is. I t s as far from one to the other as from Moscow to
Madrid.
3. A Joke
How did you find the weather in London? Mr. Brown asked his
friend.
You dont have to find the weather in London. It bumps 8 into
you at every corner, answered the returned traveler.
13. Roleplaying:
a) A friend of yours has just returned from ... (any place you like).
Speak to him (her) about the clim ate and weather in th at region and his
(her) impressions of the visit.
b) You are going on a trip to ... (any place you like), ask your
friends advice about the clothes to take along, about the weather
and clim ate in the place youre going to visit.
14. Make up dialogs based on these pictures, using the following words
and expressions: the weather forecast, to be dry and sunny, to go
for a walk in the park, unpredictable.
1 pretty ['p r iti] adv . ,
2 I m com fortable, though []. , , ,
3 I t s after nin e. .
4 Correction f;k 3'rek jn]. .
5 the H udson I'hAdsan] p. (. -)
6 th e P otom ac [ ] p. (. )
7 the S ta te of W ashington
8 to bump [ ] (into) v ()
308
I. G RA M M A R E X E R C I S E S
1. The Past Continuous Tense *

1. Respond to the questions according fa the models.
a) W hat was Mary doing when the phone rang? (to watch TV)
Mary was watching TV when the phone rang.
1 . W hat was Peter doing when his brother came from school? (to
have lunch) 2 . W hat was Ann doing when you came to see her? (to trans
late a story into Russian) 3. W hat were Pete and John doing while
Jim was reading a book? (to play chess) 4. W hat was Max doing when
Peter saw him? (to buy tickets for the cup game) 5. W hat were they
doing at 11:00 yesterday? (to have an English class) 6 . W hat was he
doing at 9:00 yesterday morning? (to give a lecture on Mark Twain)
7. W hat was Mr. Smith doing at 10:00 yesterday morning? (to have an
appointment)
b) Was he leaving the office when you saw him?
No, he wasnt leaving, he was just going to.
1. Was Jan e playing the piano when you came home? 2. W ere the
children playing football when yoil saw them? 3. W as Mary opening
the window when you came into the room? 4. Were they discussing
the story when you came into the classroom? 5. Were they watching
a hockey match on TV when you came home? 6 . W ere they having sup
per when you came home last night?
1. ,
. 2 . , .
3. 4 . 4.
, . 5. ,
. 6 . ,
. 7. ,
1 . , , 442,
309
. 8 . 8 .
9. ,
. 10. , .
3. Make up ten sentences using Past Continuous.
2. Compounds of some , any , no, every 8
to the compound pronouns and adverbs.
1. He said something but we couldnt hear it. 2. No one scored a goal
during the game yesterday. 3. I ve never seen him and I know nothing
about him. 4. Can you tell me something about the matter? 5. Did Pe
ter tell you anything about his trip? Yes, he did. 6 . W hen I saw him
he was talking to somebody. 7. Is there a departm ent store anywhere near
here? 8 . Youll find the book somewhere on that bookshelf. 9. Did any
of them go to the library yesterday? No, none did. 10. In a small town
everyone knows everyone else's business. 11. Have you got anything else
to tell me? 12. Did you find anything new in the novel? 13. W ill you
take something to read? 14. If anyone comes to see me ask him to w ait
a little.
5. Substitute for the italicized words. A ct out the dialogs.
1 . A: Is there anything else to do?
B: Yes, you can help Peter do his homework.
2. A: W ill anyone else come?
: I hear M ary and Peter were going to come.
3. A: Is it difficult to learn to swim?
B: Certainly not. Anyone can learn.
6 . Translate into English.
1 . - . 2 .
- . 3.
. 4. - ? 5.
. 6 .
. 7. . 8 .
. . 9. -
? 10. - ?
, . 11. . 12 . ()
.
3. Verbs to get , to become, to grow, to turn,
to Io o k , to feel as Link Verbs 2
7. Read these sentences and translate them into Russian.
1. Your brother has become a very good teacher. 2. Moscow is be
coming more and more beautiful. 3. She turned red when she heard
the news. 4. The trees in your garden have grown quite tall. 5. These
flowers look beautiful, dont they? 6 . I t s getting dark, isnt it? 7. I hope
you feel quite comfortable in this armchair. 8 . My fathers getting old.
* . , . 443.
2 . , . 445.
310
9. I t s growing light.
1. , . 2 .
. 3. .
4. , . . 5.
, ? 6 . ? 7.
, ?
9. Make up seven sentences using the verbs to get, to become, to grow,
to turn, to look and to feel as link verbs.
II. TEXT
A PIC N IC ON THE MOSKVA RIV ER BANK

People spend weekends in different ways. Some go out and see their
friends, others go to the theater, others like to stay at home and read
something or watch television. Most of the people, however, like going
out of town for the weekend. None of them likes staying at home when
the weather is nice. They may go for a hike somewhere or they may
go boating or swimming.
As for George and Mary Bobrov and their children Peter and Helen,
they like to spend summer weekends out of town.
Last Sunday they invited Mr. and Mrs. Nelson who were on a visit
in Moscow to join them for a picnic. Jam es and Jan e Nelson gladly ac
cepted their invitation.
When the Bobrovs got up on Sunday morning, the sky was blue and
the sun was shining brightly.
After breakfast the Bobrovs started getting ready for a picnic. W hile
Mrs. Bobrov and Helen were making sandwiches and packing food Mr.
Bobrov and Peter were putting things into the trunk.
At 9 : 30 they got into the car and drove to the hotel where Mr.
and Mrs. Nelson were staying. Jam es and Jan e were w aiting for them
outside the hotel. The day was beautiful and they did not want to sit
in the lobby. The Nelsons got into the car and off they drove.*
They passed by the villages and woods and at last they came to
the Moskva River bank, to their friends favorite place. The place was
really beautiful: there was a big oak tree on the river bank and a birch
grove a few feet away.
Peter put the blankets on the grass and they lay down in the shadow
of the oak tree as it was getting hot.
The w ater was warm and all of them went for a swim. Afterwards
everyone felt hungry and they had lunch. After lunch Mary, Jan e and
Helen went to the woods to pick flowers. Jam es and George started
a game of chess. W hile the men were playing chess Peter was having
a nap.
At five oclock they had tea and at six they started on their way
back. Everyone felt a little tired but happy.
Mr. and Mrs. Nelson thanked the Bobrovs for a most enjoyable pic
nic. They were leaving for Leningrad by a late night train th at day.
311
The next day Mrs. Bobrov received a letter from Jan e Nelson. Here
is the letter:
The Intourist Hotel
Moscow
Ju ly 10, 1984
Dear Mary,
_ Thank you very much for the wonderful picnic. We havent enjoyed
ourselves 2 so much for a long time. It was so kind of you and George
to invite us.
In a few minutes we are leaving for Leningrad. We are looking for
ward to the white nights, the Hermitage and the beautiful palaces.
My best wishes to you and your family.
Faithfully yours,
Jane Nelson
Notes
1 . and off they drove . :
off .
2. We havent enjoyed ourselves so much for a long time.
. Ourselves [aur'selvz]
. . 11.
Vocabulary
afterwards ['asftarwardz] adv grass w as green after the rain,
, , ; First w ell go to the how ever [.hau'eva*] adv ,
theatre, then afterwards to dinner, , ; Many of the
birch [bart n ; birch grove [grouv] people, however, like w atching foot
ball on TV now .
blanket ['blaegkit] n ; hungry ['hAggri] ,
W ill you take the blankets along? , ;
drive (drove, driven) [draiv, drouv, to be (to feel) hungry ;
'drivn ] v , , ; W hen are w e going to have dinner?
to drive a car (a bus); Can your broth I m hungry, said Peter,
er drive a car? D o you drive to work in prep ( ,
in your car every morning? to drive ,
off (); W hen she -
looked out of the w indow the car ); be back in an hour,
w as driving off. kind [kaind] a 1. ,
drive n , ('), ; i t s very kin d of you
; to go for a drive (no) ; It w as
; W ould you lik e very kind of him to help us; 2.
to go for a drive? ; John is the kindest man I've
faith fu lly yours ['feiGfali] , ever known,
() ( ) lobby L'labi] n , ,
food [fud] . ; ; They w aited for me
; ; in the lobby of the theater,
make (m ade, m ade) v ,
foot [fut] pi. feet [fit] , ; to make tables,
( = 30, 48 ); a few feet away cars, sandw iches, etc.; H ave you made
; The the sandw iches yet? m ade in the
birch grove w as a few feet away (from U S S R (France, e tc.)
the river), ( , .)
gam e n\ to play a gam e of chess [] ; to
h ave ; W ho w ould
get in to the car () ; lik e to have a nap after lunch?
W ill you get into the car, please? none [] n 1 * , ( -
grass [grass] n % ; The -. ; . *
312
. .); N one of them is (are) of; They* were sittin g in the shadow
here; 2. , , ( of the oak tree,
-. ); I m taking town n
none of these books, ; to go to town
oak (tree) ['ou k tri] n ( , -
outsid e ['au t 'said] adv , ); in town ; out of
(-.); ; town ,
(); It w as cold , ; to go ou t of town
outside. Go outside and see if the ; W ould you like
sun is shining, to go out of town for the weekend?
pack [pask] v , train [trein] n ; by train ;
; H ave you packed yet? Are you going there by train or by
palace ['paelis] n plane? the m orning (night) train; The
pass by ['paes bai] v , morning train has just arrived. W ere
, ; They passed leaving by a late night train,
by the W h ite H ouse, tree [tri] n
pick [pik] v 1. (, trunk [trArjk] n
); L ets pick flowers; 2. w ater ['wotar] n ; May I have some
, , ; P ick any water, please?
book you w ant, way [wei] n 1. , ;
picnic ['piknik] n 1. ; W ould you in different ways -; People
join us for a picnic? 2. , . spend their vacation s in different
; They ate ways; 2. ; on ones way to (from )
their picnic on the bank of the river, -. (-.); I m et
put (put, put) [put] v , , B ill on m y w ay from college yesterday;
; H e put several books on 3. , ; W hich w ay
the desk; to put into , do we go?
-.; P ut those things w h ile [hwail] cnj ; Ann
into the trunk, please, and Mary were m aking sandw iches
ready ['redi] a 1. (predic.) , w h ile Peter was p u ttin g things into
, ; D in the trunk,
ner is ready; 2. (predic.) wish [w ij] n , ; best
, ; J o h n s ready w ishes to
to help us. -.; W e send you our best* w ishes,
receive [ri'siv] v ; to receive a wood [wud] n ( pi.) , ;
letter (a present, etc.); Jane received They w ent for a w alk in the woods.
several books on French literature
for her birthday, Names
sandw ich ['sasndw itj] n (
, . . the Moskva River ['m askva riva] p.
- );
They ate sandw iches for lunch; to the H erm itage [Ah3*mitid5]
make sandw iches the In tourist H otel [in'turist]
shadow ['jaedou] n ; in the shadow
II I. VOCABULARY, GRAMMAR A N D SPEECH E X E R C IS E S
1 . Read and translate the text.

sentences.
1 . - . 2 .
. 3. . 4.
. 5. . 6 .
(). 7. .
8 . . 9.
. 10 . .
3 . Mark the correct sentences with the letter T and the false ones with the
letter F.
313
1 . Most people spend their weekends in the same way. 2 . Jam es
and Jane Nelson couldnt accept their invitation. 3. After breakfast
the Bobrovs started getting ready for a picnic. 4. Jam es and Jan e were
w aiting for them outside the hotel. 5. The water was cool and they didnt
go for a swim. 6 . W hile the men were playing chess Peter was having
a nap. 7. The Nelsons were leaving for Leningrad by a late night train
th at day.
4. Write out five sentences containing Past Continuous, three sentences
containing compounds of some, any, no and two sentences with link
verbs and translate them.
1. How do people spend their weekends? 2. How do you spend your
weekends in different seasons? 3. How do the Bobrovs like to spend
summer weekends? 4. Whom did they invite to join them for a picnic?
5. W hat was the weather like on the Sunday the Bobrovs were going
on a picnic? 6 . W hat were George and Peter doing while Mary and Helen
were making sandwiches? 7. Where were the Nelsons w aiting for them?
8 . W here did they stop for the picnic? 9. Why did they sit in the shadow
of the oak tree? 10. W hat was Peter doing while Jam es and George
were playing chess? 11. Did the Nelsons enjoy the picnic? 12. W hat
did Mrs. Nelson w rite in her letter?
6 . Prepare for the test reading the extract beginning with the sentence
After breakfast the Bobrovs started getting ready for a picnic to the
end of the text.
7. Insert articles where necessary. Give a summary of the text.
Last summer I spenttwo-week vacation in Miami Beach, F lorida .11
My roommate and I flew to Miami from New York in three hours. Miami
is one ofmost luxurious ? resorts inUSA.Hotels and beaches are
wonderful there butdistricts wherepoor Negroes live are awful.
It wasfirst tim e for both of us and we went there becauserates 3
are much lower out-of-season.
We stayed athotel onbeach. W henweather was not too hot
we went sightseeing inmorning. We visitedSeaquarium ,4campus
ofU niversity of Miami and many other places.
Inafternoon we went swimming inocean orpool, lay insun or
went water-skiing. Afterdinner inevening we went dancing.
weather was very good every day, andtwo weeks went by
quickly. We were both sorry whenvacation ended.
8 . Complete these sentences. Use active words.
I. He was driving to work in his car when... 2. They saw a beau
tiful birch grove a few feet away from the river and... 3. Are we ever
going to have dinner? I ... 4. W hile my mother was making coffee...
5. My brother was w aiting for me outside the office building... 6 . W hile
1 M iam i, Florida [m ai'am a, 'florada] . ,

2 luxurious [U g'zu n as] ,
3 rates [reits] n pi
4 seaquarium [si'kw aem m ] n
314
they were sitting in the shadow of the oak tree... 7. People like to spend
their vacations in different ways... 8 . As soon as they started on the
way back... 9. W hile Peter was putting things into the trunk... 10. It
was kind of them ...
9. Ask six special, three alternative and four tag questions based on the
text.
10. Give a summary of the text: a) as it is; b) as if you were M ary (George)
Bobrov, c) as if you were Jane (James) Nelson.
1 1 . Open the brackets and p u t the verbs in the proper tenses. Give a sum
mary of the story.
One day I (to go) to a bookstore to have a look at new books. Mr.
Sellyer, the salesman, (to take) me to the back of the store where I (can)
look through new books on history and art.
W hile I (to look) through the books I (can) w atch Mr. Sellyer at
work. A well-dressed woman (to stand) at the counter 1 and Mr. Sellyer
(to show) a book to her.
Are you sure its his latest book? the woman asked Mr. Sellyer.
Oh, yes, Mrs. Jackson, answered the salesman. This is Mr. Slushs 4
latest book. It (to have) a wonderful sale. I t s a very pow erful 3 thing.
One says th at i t s the most powerful book of the season.
I (to look) at the title, Golden Dreams . 4
Another woman (to come) into the store. She was in deep m ourning.*
She (to ask) the salesman to show her something new in fiction.
Something new in fiction, (to repeat) the salesman. Yes, madam,
heres a charming thing called Golden Dreams. It (to be) a very sweet
story, extremely 7 sweet. The critics say it (to be)one of the sweetest
things of the author.
Is it a good book? asked the woman in mourning. A charming
one, repeated M r. Sellyer. It (to be) a love storyvery simple and
sweet and wonderfully charming. My wife (to read) it last night. She
(to cry) 8 while she (to read) it.
The, woman bought Golden Dreams and left the store.
You (to have) any good light reading for vacation time? (to ask)
the next customer.
Yes, said Mr. Sellyer, Golden Dreams. This (to be) the most
humorous book of the season. My wife (to finish) it only yesterday.
She (to laugh ) 9 all the tim e while she (to read) it.
The customer (to pay) for the book and (to go) out.
To one lady the salesman (to sell) Golden Dreams as the reading
for the vacation, to another as the book to read after the vacation; anoth
1 counter ['kauntar] n
2 slush [s Ia J ] n . ,
3 powerful I'pauarfal] ,
4 Golden D ream s
8 She w as in deep m ourning ['morn 113]. ,
6 som ething new in fiction ['fik jn ] -
7 extrem ely [iks'trim h ] adv
8 cry [krai] v
8 laugh [laef] v
31
er (to buy) it to read on a rainy day and a fourth as the right book
for a fine day.
I (to begin) to think of buying the book too. I (to go) up to the
salesman and asked him, You really (to like) the book?
Why? he said. I (not to read) it. I (not to know) what it is about.
Well, so your wife (to like) it very much.
I m not married, 1 sir, (to answer) the salesman and (to smile).
(After S. Leacock)
12. Make up sentences using these word combinations.
to look tired, to look happy, to feel sick, to feel comfortable, to
feel sorry, to grow old, to grow tall, to grow light, to become a very
good programmer, to become a very good doctor, to get cold, to get
warm, to turn brown, to get dark
13. Insert compounds of some, any and no.
1 . And have you ever heardabout him since th at time? he asked.
2. May I haveto drink? I m thirsty. 3. Did he buyto read on the
way from college? 4. Isready? We should start putting things into
the trunk. 5. Please tellto get into the car. W ere driving off in a
few minutes. 6 . W ould you like to lie down for an hour and read?
7. Could I haveto eat? I m hungry, said Jim . 8 . He puton the
desk and went out. 9. I saw your textbookyesterday. 10. I m buying
of these books.
14. Make up situations using these words and word combinations.
a) G etting Ready for a Picnic: to buy food (bread, cucumbers, ap
ples, milk, butter, cheese, etc.), to make sandwiches, to pack, blanket;
b) On the W ay to the Picnic: to pass by, beautiful, to feel happy,
woods, birch groves, oak trees, to grow older and taller, to feel happy;
c) A Picnic (Meal): to put, to unpack, to enjoy, to lie down, to have
a nap.
1. , . 2. -
, . ,
. 3. ?
. , . 4.
? , .
. 5. , .
. ,
( ) . 6 . -
: , ? . 7.
, . .
, . 8 .
. ,
. 9. ?
, . 10.
. ( ). 11.
1 Im not married I'm srid], ,
316
. , ,
. , .
. ,
.
, , , , , .
. 12 .
. 13.
, .
16. Learn to use the dictionary. Read these stories. Answer the questions,
Look up the words you do not know in the dictionary.
1 . Social Customs x
Promptness ['pram ptnisl is very im portant for a guest. That is if
a dinner invitation is for six-thirty, the hostess expects the guest to be
there at six-thirty ? or not more than a few minutes after. When the
guest cannot come on time, he calls his host or hostess on the telephone,
gives the reasons, and tells at what tim e he thinks he can come.
As guests continue to arrive, the men in the group stand when a
woman enters and remain standing 3 until she has found a chair. A man
always rises when the host (hostess) introduces him to a woman. A wom
an does not rise when she is introduced .4 She may rise when she is
introduced to a woman who is much older.
If for any reason a guest has to leave the table during a meal, he
always asks his hostess, W ill you please excuse me for a m inute.
As the guests leave, it is the custom to thank the hostess for a very
pleasant evening. Common expressions are, Goodbye. It was so nice
of you to have me, or Goodbye. It's been an enjoyable evening, or
Thank you. Fve had such a good tim e.
2 . Dear Miss Garbo
Dear Miss Garbo:
I hope you noticed me in the newsreel of the D etroit Riot 6 in which
my head was broken .7 I never worked for Ford but my brother told me
about the strike. As I had nothing to do that day I went with him to
the scene of the riot. We stood around in small groups and talked about
this and that.
Suddenly I saw the newsreel automobiles drive u p .8 I understood
there was a chance for me to get into the movies. I always wanted to
1 social customs ['soujl 'kAstamz]

2 the hostess ['houstis] expects the guest to be there at six-thirty ,
6 . 30 .
3 and remain standing
4 when she is introduced
5 Greta Garbo ['grita 'garbouj (1905 1979)
; 30-
6 the Detroit Riot [di'troit 'raiat]

2 my head was broken
8 I saw the newsreel ['njuzril] automobiles drive up,
,
317
become a movie star, so I stood waiting for my chance. I always knew
I had the sort of face that was good for film ing .1 I was greatly pleased
with my performance although the little accident kept me in the hos
pital a week.
W hen I got out of the hospital I went to the movie theater where
they were showing the newsreel in which I played a part. If you watched
the newsreel carefully you noticed me. I am the young man in the blue
serge suit. I turned around three or four times to have my face filmed.?
I smiled and I think my smile looked very good.
I saw in the newsreel the part of the riot that I missed because the
police knocked me out. It was a regular affair with the water hoses,
the tear gas bombs, etc .3
Miss Garbo, I hope you liked my face in the newsreel. I have a strong
voice, and I can play the part of a lover very nicely. Please speak about
me to the company th at you work for.
Faithfully yours,
Felix O tria
(After Dear Miss Garbo by W. Saroyan)
*
1. Whom did Felix w rite that letter to? 2. W hy did Felix go to the
scene of the riot? 3. W hat did he always want to become? 4. Was he
pleased w ith the performance? 5. How long did he stay in the hospital?
6 . W hat did Felix see in the newsreel? 7. W hat did he ask Greta Garbo
to do for him? 8 . W as it easy or difficult to understand the story?
1. People spend weekends in different ways.
2. The picnic we had last Sunday (last summer).
3. How people should spend weekends.
Lesson 10
I. CONVERSATIONS
1. Invitation to a Picnic
M ary Bobrov: Would you like to join us for a picnic next Sunday?
Jane: Thank you. I ts very nice of you to invite us. W hat tim e are you
starting?
Mary: About 10:00 in the morning. Is th at all right w ith you?
Jane: I t s fine.
Mary: Then well come to the hotel and pick you up at 10:00.
* I had the sort of face that was good for filming ,

(. . )
2 to have my face filmed
3 It was a regular affair IVfsr] with the water hoses, the tear [tir] gas bombs [,gaes
'bam z], etc. : ,
. #
318
Jane: Thanks. W ell be down in the lobby at ten.
Mary: Fine. Bye-bye.
Jane: See you on Sunday.
2. Picnic
Peter: Mother, I m hungry. Can we have lunch now?
M ary Bobrov: Yes, its ready. Now, everyone sit down on the blankets.
W hat would you like, Jane?
Jane Nelson: Some ham, a slice of lunch meat, alittle potato salad.
Mary: Here you are. W hat about a hot dog? 1
Jane: No, thanks.
Mary: W hat will you drink, Jane? Coffee, iced tea or juice?
Jane: Light coffee, please.
Mary: Here you are.
Jane: Thank you.
Peter: May I have some iced tea, mother? I m thirsty.
M ary (pouring tea into his cup): Say when .2
Peter: T hatll do. Thank you. May I have a hot dogw ith mustard, please?
Mary: Here you are and have some salad, please.
(A pause)
Jane: The lunch was delicious. Everything is so tasty when youre out
of town.
Mary: Yes. And the days wonderful, isnt it? Now, whod like to have
a nap?
Peter: Me.
Jane: Not me. I m going to the woods to pick flowers.
Helen: So am I.
3. Starting on a Trip
Ben: Have you packed your things? Are you ready?
Ann: No, not yet. I ll be ready in no time. W ill we take some sand
wiches and the vacuum bottle along?
Ben: I dont think well need them. We can always have a snack on
the way. H urry up!
Ann: W ill you give me a hand with my suitcase, please?
Ben: Certainly. Why, its very heavy. I t s heavier than mine. L ets
put it in the trunk.
Ann: All right. Thank you.
Ben: Come on. L ets get going.
4. Invitation to a Party
A: Can you come to a party at my place Thursday evening?
B: Thank you. F d love to. W hat time? Is it something special?
A - Nothing in particular. Come around 7:00.
B: I m afraid I might be a little late .3
A: Dont worry. Come when you can.
B: Thank you. I t s so nice of you to invite me.
319
A: Can you join me for dinner Friday night?
: I d love to but I m afraid I ll have to say no. Fm going to Lenin
grad for the weekend.
A: Sorry. W ell make it some other time.
: Good. Thank you very much for the invitation anyway.
Notes
1 . hot dog , ( ),

2 . Say when. , . ( -)
3. I might be a little late. , , . Might [mait]
Past Indefinite may
.
Vocabulary
a ll r ig h t : Is that all right with you? ; gave particular attention
( ) ; ? to that lecture; n o th in g in p a rt ic u la r
a n y w a y E'emwei] adv
; ; We asked him pause [poz] n , ;
n o t to go, but he went anyway,
b e do w n v , ; pla c e n ; a t m y place ();
I ll be down in the lobby in a minute, Can you come to a party at my place
d e lic io u s [di'lijas] , Thursday evening?
; The apple pie was p o u r [por] v ; to p o u r tea (w a te r)
delicious. in to ; W ill you pour some water into
g e t g o in g ( ); my cup?
L ets get going. (), s lic e [slais] n ; a s lic e of b rea d,
h a n d [haend] n , ; to m eat, cake, e tc .; a s lic e of lem on
g iv e smb. a h a n d w it h s m th .
-. -. ( -.); W ill sna ck [snaek] n ; to
you give me a hand with my math? h a v e a snack ; Lets have
h e a v y ['hevi] , a snack now.
; Your suitcase is very heavy, specia l ['spejal] , ;
h u r r y t'hari] v , ; to be o f special in te re s t to sm b.
They hurried home. Dont hurry. -.;
H e , ; h u r r y This convention is of special interest
up , ; to m e.
Hurry up. We may be late for the s ta r t v , ,
train. ; What time are y o u . start
ice d tea ( ing? The train has just started ..
) ta sty ['teisti] ; Everything
lig h t [lait] , ( is so tasty,
, ); , ( t h ir s t y ['03*sti]
, ); ( ) , , ; I m
m ake v: W ell make it some other time. thirsty. ,
- tim e : in n o tim e , (
. ); I ll be back in no time;
m u s ta rd ['m/vsted] . in tim e ; .1 hope w ell be in
n ic e a: Its very nice of you to invite me. time.
v a c u u m b o ttle ['vaekjusm'batl]
. ( , w o r r y I'wari] v ,
.) ; He worries about his son. Dont
p a rt ic u la r [pa'tikjate] worry. He (
, ) .
320
1. Read and translate the dialogs.

2. Find in the dialogs English equivalents for these word combinations
and sentences.
1. ? 2. .
3. . 4. , . 5.
. 6 . (). 7.
? 8 . . 9. - ? 10.
. 11. . 12. . 13.
- .
3. Make up sentences using these tables.
a) I t s very nice of you to invite me.
kind to tell me about that,
to show me around (the
city, the town)
to help me.
b) This lecture me.
The coming convention is of special interest to him.
His last novel them .
c) W ould you like to join me for dinner,
lunch,
a picnic,
a party.
4. Make up eight sentences using patterns a, b, c.
5. Write out the initial words of the utterances, then complete them orally
from memory. See the dialogs.
6 . A c t out dialogs 1-4.
7. What would you say if you took part in the following dialogs?
1 . A: Would you like to join us for a picnic next Saturday?
B: ...
A: About 8:00 in the morning. It wont be hot then.
B: ...
A: W ell come to your place and pick you up at 8:00.
B: ...
2. A: Lunch is ready. Everyone sit down on the blankets. W hat would
you like, Ben?
B: ...
A: Here you are. W hat will you drink, Mary?
M: ...
A: Here you are.
M: ...
A: W asnt the food delicious?
M: ...
3. A: Who would like to join me? I m going to pick flowers.
M: ...
11 . . - 321
A: And what about you, Ben?
B: ...
4. A: Are you ready? Are you going to take sandwiches and the vac
uum bottle along?
B: ...
A: H urry up. W ill you give me a hand with the suitcase?
B: ...
5. A: Can you come to a party at my place Friday evening?
A:Nothing in particular. A few friends are coming to see me.

B:...
A: Dont worry. Come when you can.
6 . A: Can you join us for dinner Thursday night?
B: ...
A: Sorry. I hope well make it some other time.
B:...
7. A: Good morning, Peter. How are you doing?
P:...
A: I d like to invite you to Kennedy Center. The Bolshoi b a lle t 1
is performing Swan Lake ? tonight.
P: ...
A: I ll meet you at the entrance 3 to the opera house at 7:15.
P: ...
8 . Translate the utterances of the Russian speaker into English.
1. A: He ?
.
: Thank you. I t s very kind of you to invite me. W hat time do you
plan to start?
: . ,
?
: I t s all right with me. I m an early riser.
: ?
: I t ll be very nice of you to come and pick me. I ll be down in the
lobby at 7 : 00.
: . ,
. .
: Bye. See you Saturday morning.
2. : . . .
: How tasty everything looks! May I have some orange juice,
please? I m thirsty.
: . He , ,
?
: Yes, please. T hatll do. I m not very hungry. Peter, would you
pass me the salt and the mustard, please.
P: .
: Thank you.
1 the Bolshoi ballet ['baelei]
2 Swan [swon] Lake
2 at the entrance ['sntrans]
3 . : , , .
: Black or with milk?
: , .
: Here you are.
: .
: Youre welcome.
4. :
?
: I d love to, but I m afraid I ll have to say no. I m leaving for
Kiev next Friday afternoon.
: , .
?
: I ll be back next Tuesday morning. We could have dinner Tuesday
night.
: . , .
6 : 30 .
: Thank you. If something happens, I ll phone you Tuesday morn
ing.
1. . ?
.
: ?

, .
.
2. , , .
.
.
.
. .
.
3. ? .
. .
4. ?
.
.
5. . .
? .
6. ?
. - .
7. , . , .
. ,
-.

. .
?
. .
8. , - ,

* . . 10, 1,
11* 323
. , ,
.
. .
.
10. Read these dialogs and translate them into Russian. Look up the words
you do not know in the dictionary. A ct the dialogs out.
1. Invitation to a Reception
at the Soviet Embassy 1 (on the phone)
M r. King: Jerry King speaking.
M r. Petrov: Good morning, Jerry. Michael Petrov calling. How are you?
K: Hello, Mike. I m fine. And how are you?
P: I m . K-, thank you, I m callingyou, Jerry, to invite you andM ary
to a reception celebrating the anniversary of the October Revolu
tio n .2 I t ll take place on November 5th, at 6 p.m.
K: Thank you very much. I d love to come and I m sure Mary will be
glad to come too.
P: Good. I ll drop the invitation in the mail this afternoon. I m looking
forward to seeing you and Mary. Goodbye.
K: Bye. See you soon.
2. Invitation to a Bolshoi Ballet Performance (on the phone)
M r. Hopkins: Hello, John Hopkins speaking.
M r. Volkov: Hello, John. This is Victor Volkov. I m so glad I got you
at last.3 I tried to get you on the phone yesterday but you were out.
H: Yes, I ve been away and returned this morning.
V: I know youre a ballet admirer. I d like to invite you to Kennedy
Center. I guess you know that the Bolshoi ballet is now in W ashing
ton and tomorrow they are performing Swan Lake.
H: Thank you very much. I t s very kind of you. I m an admirer of bal
let and the Bolshoi in particular.
V: The performance starts at 7:30 and lasts three hours. Would you
like me to come and pick you up?
H: I t s not necessary. I ll go directly to Kennedy Center after work.
We can meet there.
V: . K. I ll meet you at 7:15 at the entrance to the opera house.
H: T h atll be fine. I ll see you there.
V: O. K- Bye-bye.
H: Bye.
3. Learning a Language Takes a Lot of Effort and Time
(at Georgetown University)
Fred Benn: Hello, George.
George Orlov: Hello, Fred. How are you?
F: Not very well, I m afraid.
1 th e S o v ie t E m b a s s y [ 'e m b a s i] ( )
2 a n n iv e r s a r y [,asn a'v3 -s9 ri] o f th e O c to b e r R e v o lu t io n [ ,r e v a 'l u j n ]

? I g o t y o u a t la s t . .
324
G: W hats the .matter? 1 Is somebody sick?
f: No, everybodys fine. But I give up. I certainly cant learn Russian.
G: Why are you so upset? I think youre making wonderful progress.2
F: No, I m not. I try and try and I still cant speak it very well.
G: Well, learning any language takes a lot of effort and time. But dont
give up.3 W hat if I help you? I have a very useful textbook only
recently brought from Moscow.4
F: Thank you, George. T h ats a great idea. I m sure that with your
help things will become brighter.
G: See you on Monday, Fred. Goodbye.
F: Thanks again. Bye.
4. Picnic
Ben: I m hurrying, mother. Can we have lunch now?
Mother: Yes, its ready. Sit down everybody.
Jane: How tasty everything looks!
M: W hat will you have, Fred?
Father: A hot dog with mustard, a slice of lunch meat and a little po
tato salad.
B: Same for me.
M: Here you are, Ben, and help yourself if you want some more. W hat
will you drink? Iced tea or coffee or orange juice?
B: A cup of iced tea, please. I m thirsty.
M (pouring into his cup): Say when.
: T hatll do. Thank you.
M: How about a cup of coffee, Jane?
J: Yes, please.
M: W ith or without? 5
J: W ith milk, please and two lumps of sugar.
M: Here you are.
J: Thank you.
F: Some orange juice for me, please.
M: Here you are.
F: Thank you. Everything is delicious when youre out of town.
11. Roleplaying:
a) Youre going on a picnic next Sunday. Invite your friends to
join you. Discuss the time, the food, the place.
b) Youre having a picnic on the bank of the river. Have a picnic
meal, talk to each other about what you like and what you dislike.
c) Youre going to have a party at your place next Friday night.
Invite your friends.
1 W h a t s th e m a tte r? ?
2 y o u re m a k in g w o n d e rfu l p ro g re ss
3 d o n t g i v e up
4 I h a v e a v e r y u se fu l t e x t b o o k o n ly r e c e n t ly b r o u g h t fro m M o sco w .
, .
^ W it h or w ith o u t? = W it h m ilk o r w it h o u t m ilk ? ( )?
325
Les s on 11
1. The Past Perfect Tense 1

1. Give the three forms of the following verbs.
to be, to make, to happen, to hope, to leave, to go, to rain, to visit,
to do, to know, to have, to check, to start, to begin, to see, to enjoy,
to get, to write, to graduate, to take, to drink, to spend, to eat, to fit,
to speak, to live, to win, to break
to the use of the Past Perfect Tense.
1. Hed made an appointm ent with Mr. Black by that time. 2. Shed
packed everything by five oclock yesterday. 3. Theyd attended the
Song Festival before they left for home. 4. It had happened before you
returned home from the trip. 5. He went for a walk after hed done his
homework. 6. He knew that the W hites had gone to W ashington, D.C.
by car. 7 . 1 hoped Peter hadnt gone out of town for the weekend. I need
ed him badly. 8. It had begun to rain when we drove off. 9. I d read
the novel before I saw the film.
3. Transform these sentences according to the models.
a) He left Moscow at the end of May.
H ed left Moscow by the end of May.
1. They visited most of the museums last Saturday. 2. She finished
reading the novel last Friday. 3. He returned to Moscow at the end of
February. 4. They settled the m atter on May 15th.
b) They got to the station. The train left, (when)
W hen they got to the station the train had left.
1. They got to the airport. Peter registered his ticket and checked
his suitcase, (when) 2. He graduated from Moscow University. He went
to live in Novosibirsk [,nouvasa'b3rsk]. (after) 3. He went to W ashing
ton. He made a reservation at the H ilton, (before) 4. Ann spent a year
in Paris. She could speak French very well, (after)
c) They enjoyed their trip to Leningrad. (Peter knew)
Peter knew (that) theyd enjoyed their trip to Leningrad.
1. He made an appointment for Thursday. (I thought) 2. Nothing
happened to them. (We hoped) 3. My favorite team won the game. (I
hoped) 4. They went out. (She knew) 5. They enjoyed the acting and
the play. (Jane hoped)
4. Make the necessary substitutions and act out the dialogs.
1 . A: Had Tom done his homework by five oclock?
B: Yes, he had.
A: And what about Jack?
B: I m afraid lie hadnt.
1 , , . 446.
326
2. : John hasnt registered his ticket yet.
B: Why? I thought he had.
1. , . 2.
, - . 3.
. 4.
, .
5. , ( ).
6. , . 7.
, . 8. ,
. 9. 1979
. 10. ,
. 11. , -
. 12. ,
. 13. , - .
2. The Participle 1
6. Read the sentences and translate them into Russian. Pay attention to
the participles.
1. She heard the sound of the radio through the closed door. 2. The
new Opera House built two years ago is one of the finest buildings in
our city. 3. Coming up to the window he opened it and listened. 4. Feel
ing homesick he decided () to return home. 5. Feeling tired and
having nothing to do she sat down in the armchair. 6. As a boy he liked
football very much. 7. Speaking at the convention he paid particular
attention to the problem of peace in th at region.
7. Transform these sentences according to the models. Translate them into
Russian.
a) The girl who is speaking to Mr. Sm ith is my sisters roommate.
The girl speaking to Mr. Sm ith is my sisters roommate.
1. The young man who is standing at the window is our new center
forward. 2. His last novel th at they published a month ago is very pop
ular with young people. 3. The man whos w aiting for you is a basket
ball player. 4. Please take Mr. Brown to the room that was reserved
for him.
b) W hile they were traveling in Europe they visited France and Italy.
W hile traveling in Europe they visited France and Italy.
1. W hile they were riding they passed by villages and birch groves.
2. W hile they were discussing the problem they had to look through
a lot of papers. 3. W hile he was having breakfast he listened to the
latest news. 4. When he was driving to the airport he got into a traffic
jam .
c) As Jane was very tired she couldnt help her sister with her homework.
Being very tired Jane couldnt help her sister with her homework.
1. As he felt homesick he decided to return home next month. 2. As
he felt sick he went to the doctor. 3. As he said so he left the room.
x . , . 447.
327
3. Reflexive and Emphatic Pronouns 1
to reflexive and emphatic pronouns.
1. Did Mary buy herself a new pair of shoes? 2. John, are you going
to buy yourself a new hat? 3. Has Ann ever told you about herself? 4. The
Browns never talk about themselves. 5. Did Mr. Green himself speak to
Peter? 6. Excuse me, will you look for the book or do I have to do it
myself? 7. I ve heard the Nelsons are going on a trip to Moscow. I hope
theyll enjoy themselves there. 8. You shouldnt do everything yourself.
9. Insert reflexive or emphatic pronouns.
1. Go skiing next Saturday and I m sure youll enjoy . 2. If John
comes to see us tonight I ll speak to him about it . 3. B ills going
to show the Sedovs around the city . 4. Can you answer my questions?
5. Dont worry. W ell settle the problem . 6. W ill Professor Brown
give a lecture next week?
1. ? . 2.

. 3. ? 4.
. 5. ?
. 6. ,
? 7. ?
II. TEXT
JACK LONDON (1876-1916)

Jack London, the world famous American writer, who reflected
the hopes, conflicts, frustrations and romantic impulses of the period,
was born at San Francisco, C alif.,1 on Jan. 12, 1876. His family soon
moved to Oakland, Calif., where as he wrote in his autobiographical
John Barleycorn (1913) he had quitted school at 14 and started working
for a living as his family was very poor. Before he was sixteen he had
become an oyster pirate 2 but soon he realized that this kind of life
was not for him. As a sailor on a sealing cruise 3 he sailed as far as J a
pan. The experience of the cruise formed the basis of his future sea sto
ries.
As a member of Kellys Industrial Army 4 he took part in the march
of the unemployed on W ashington 5 (1894). Later he joined railroad
tramps and was arrested and put in prison for vagrancy. The story
Road (1907) described what he himself had experienced when riding
roads.
About the age of 19 he attended Oakland High School for a short
tim e and then had a year at the University of California. He had to
quit college and get a job because he had no money to pay his tuition.
Observation of depression conditions, of social injustice turned him
to socialism (1894). Later he decided to join the Socialist Party.
1 . , . 449.
323
In the w inter of 1897 London joined the gold rush to the Klondike.6
He got no gold but he had found something better than the yellow met
al. The wonderful stories w ritten after he (had) returned were based
on the life he had lived and on what he had seen in the North.
One day a San Francisco paper advertised a w riting contest. Ja c k s
mother made him w rite a story. She used to say that Jack had seen and
done a lot, th at he had always been an excellent storyteller. London
wrote a story and it won the first prize, 25 dollars.
His first book The Son of the Wolf (1900) gained a wide audience.
During his short life London wrote 50 books. The main theme of his
books was the struggle of the individual to survive and achieve suc
cess. His most popular books are: The God of His Fathers (1901),
The Call of the W ild (1903), The Sea Wolf (1904), W hite Fang
(1905) and M artin Iden (1909).
In three of his books he made an attem pt to describe the class strug
gle: The W ar of Classes (1905), The Iron Heel (1907) and Revolu
tion (1908).
After 1909 London broke w ith the American socialist movement
and resigned from the Socialist P arty, which, as he thought, had be
trayed the working class and sold itself to the ruling class.
He died (committed suicide) on November 22, 1916.
Notes
1. was born at San Francisco, Calif. (California)
( ) . - .
a t , .
2. he had become an oyster pirate ['oistar 'pairat]

3. as a sailor on a sealing cruise
( )
4. K elly's Industrial Army ,
-
XIX
5. the march of the unemployed on Washington
. on
a march on.
6. the Klondike ,

Vocabulary
a c h ie v e [ J iv ] v , ; a tt e m p t W te m p t] n ; T h a t w a s
' t o a c h ie v e su c c e ss ; h is se co n d a tt e m p t to w in a p rize ;
I m su re t h e y ll b e a b le to a c h ie v e to m a k e a n a t t e m p t ;
su cce ss. Y o u s h o u ld m a k e a n a tt e m p t to
a d v e r t is e ['a e d v a ^ ta iz ] v , fin is h th e n o v e l th is m o n th .
; A l l A m e r ic a n a u d ie n c e ['o d ia n s] n ,
p a p e rs a n d m a g a z in e s a d v e r t is e v a , ( .
r io u s g o o d s. . ); T h e re w a s a la r g e a u d ie n c e
a r r e s t [ s 'r e s t] v ; to b e a r r e s t a t h e r le c tu r e . J a c k L o n d o n s fir s t
ed ; W h e n w a s b o o k T h e S o n o f th e W o l f g a in e d a
J a c k L o n d o n a rre ste d ? w id e a u d ie n c e .
329
autobiographical [ p t a b a r a 'g r a e fik l] a t h e y go? as far as ; W e w a lk e d as
fa r as C e n tr a l P ark ,
base [b eis] v ; to be based find (found, found) [ fa in d , fa u n d ] v I .
; M a n y of L o n d o n s , ; I c a n t fin d
sto r ie s w e re b a se d on h is o w n e x p e m y t e x t b o o k a n y w h e re ; 2 . (
rie n c e . ), ; D id h e fin d t h a t
basis [ 'b e is is ] n , p e n c il on th e stre e t?
betray [ b i't r e i] v , ; frustration [fn v s 'tr e i jn ] n
T h e A m e r ic a n S o c ia lis t p a r t y b e tr a y e d ; , ; the frustration
th e in te re s ts of th e w o r k in g p e o p le , of ones hopes
break (broke, broken) v: to break with gain [g e in ] v , ;
- .; A ft e r 1909 L o n d o n to gain friends (a wide audience,
b r o k e w it h th e A m e r ic a n s o c ia lis t experience); H e r k in d n e ss g a in e d h e r
m o v e m e n t, m a n y fr ie n d s . T w a in s fir s t b o o k T h e
class [klaes] n ; the working class J u m p in g F r o g g a in e d a w id e a u d ie n c e ,
; the ruling ['ru lir)] gold [g o u ld ] n ; gold rush [
class ; In 1905 L o n
don w r o t e T h e W a r of C la s s e s , hope [h o u p ] n , ; H e
class ; the class struggle h a s g r e a t h o p e s fo r su cce ss,
; In th re e o f h is impulse ['im p A ls] n , ,
b o o k s L o n d o n m a d e an a tt e m p t to ; romantic impulses
d e s c rib e th e c la s s s t r u g g le in th e U S A .
condition [ k a n 'd i j n ] n , individual [ ^ n d a 'v K ^ u a l] n ,
; conditions of life, living ,
conditions ; In M a r tin injustice [in 'd 3A stis] n
E d en London d e s c rib e d th e a w fu l ; social injustice
li v i n g c o n d itio n s o f A m e r ic a n w o rk e rs ,
conflict [ 'k a n f lik t ] n , job [d 3a b ] n , ;
I t w a s v e r y d iffic u lt to g e t a jo b d u r
in g th e D e p r e ssio n . D o e s h e h a v e a
contest [ 'k a n t e s t ] n ,
g o o d jo b ?
, ; musical contest
; writing con kind [ k a in d ] n , ;
test , ; w h a t k in d o f d o g (ca t;
( ); W h o w o n th e w r it in g a p p le , e tc .)
co n te s t la s t y e a r? ( ;
cruise [k ru z] n , ( )? th is k in d o f lif e (of
th in g ) ( );
d e c id e [ d i's a id ] v , T h is k in d o f lif e w a s n o t fo r h im .
e, to d e c id e to do smth.; T h e y main [m e in l , ; main
d e c id e d to s ta y in Y a l t a fo r a n o th e r street (road, theme); W h a t s th e n a m e
w eek. o f th e m a in s tre e t in th is to w n ?
depression [ d i'p r e jn ] n , make (made) smb. do smth.
, ; business depression - . - .; m a d e
; the De m e fin is h th e t r a n s la t io n ,
pression Am. 19 2 9 30 . march [ m a r t j ] n ,
(. the Great Depression) metal [ 'm s t l] n
describe[ d i's k r a ib ] v , money [' ] n ( .,
; In h is b o o k s D r e is e r d e s c rib e d . . );
th e lif e of th e p o o r an d th e ric h , d o e sn t h a v e m u ch m o n e y , d oes he?
dollar [ 'd a le r] n move [m u v ] (to) v ,
experience [ik 's p ir is n s ] n 1. ( ; W h e n d id th e B r o w n s m o v e
) ; H e s a te a c h e r of w id e to B o s to n ?
e x p e rie n c e ; 2. , movement [ 'm u v m a n t] n (
; H is la s t n o v e l is b a se d on ); peace
h is c h ild h o o d e x p e rie n c e s , movement
experience [ ik 's p ir ia n s ] v , observation [,abzar'vej jn ] n ,
' ; L o n d o n s n o rth e rn
s t o r ie s w e r e based on w h a t h e h im poor [p u r] , ; J a c k
s e lf e x p e rie n c e d d u r in g th e g o ld ru sh L o n d o n w a s b o rn in a p o o r fa m ily ;
to th e K lo n d ik e , the poor ( . . .) ,
far adv , ,
; (. far away); H o w fa r d id prison ['p r iz n ] ; to put in
330
prison ; to be theme [0im] ; W hats the main
put in prison theme of the story?
tramp [traemp] n
prize [praiz] n , , ; tuition [tju'ijn] n ;
to win a prize ; to pay ones tuition
Who won the first prize?
quit (quit, quit or quitted) [kwit, 'kwitid] turn [t3rn] v: to turn to smth.
v , , ; , -.; to turn to
He had to quit college and get a job; music (painting)
to quit smoking (); Everybody was sur
railroad ['reil,roud] n prised when Vincent ['vinsant] van
realize ['riaâiz] v () , Gogh [gag] quitted his job and turned
, ; to painting,
didnt realize how cold it was until unemployed [.Anim'pbid]
he went outside, ; the unemployed ( . .
reflect [ri'flekt] v , .)
; In his novels and stories Lon used [just] (
don reflected the hopes, conflicts, ); I used to get up very early
frustrations and romantic impulses last summer.
of the period, .
resign [ri'zain] v (
, , .)
; to resign from; had to vagrancy ['veigransi] 1. ;
resign from his job because he was ; 2. .
very sick, ; to be put in prison for va
ride (rode, ridden) [raid, roud, 'ridn] v grancy;
, ; to ride a (rail) road ; Jack London
was put in prison for vagrancy,
road [roud] n , wide [waid] , ;
romantic [rou'maentik] , ; wide experience;
sailor ['seilar] n , His father is a man of wide exper
social ['soujsl] , ience.
; social order ['ordar]
; Very early London Geographical Names
realized that the American social California [,1]
order was unjust; social justice (in Japan [d59'paen]
justice) the Klondike ['klandaik] p.
() Oakland ['oukland] .
socialism ['soujalizm] n San Francisco [,s3enfran'siskou] . -
socialist ['sou jalist]
; socialist movement (party) Titles of Stories and Novels
storyteller ['stour^tslar] n
struggle ['stnvgl] n ; the class The Call of the W ild [waild]
struggle; the struggle for peace; Mil
lions of people all over the world The God of His Fathers
are taking part in the struggle for The Iron Heel [hil]
peace. John Barleycorn ['barli,korn]
success [sak'ses] n 1. ,, ; to
achieve success; 2. , ( ) M artin Eden ['m artin 'idn]
, ; His
last novel was a great success, Revolution
suicide ['su9,said] n ; to Road
commit [ka'mit] suicide The Sea Wolf [wulf]
The Son of the Wolf
survive [sar'vaiv] v , , The War of Classes
W hite Fang
sentences.
331
1. , ,
, . 2.
. 3.
. 4. , .
5. ( ). 6.
, , ... 7.
. 8. ,
. 9.
...
3. Write out five sentences containing Past Perfect, two sentences con
taining participles, one sentence containing an emphatic pronoun and
one sentence containing a substantivized adjective and translate them.
4. Mark the correct sentences with the letter T and the false ones with the
letter F.
1. As his family was very poor London had to quit school at the
age of fourteen and begin working for a living. 2. Jack London didnt
join Kellys Industrial Army and didnt take part in the march of the
unemployed on W ashington. 3. London didnt graduate from the U ni
versity of California. After a year he had to quit college because he had
no money to pay tuition. 4. His wonderful stories w ritten after he (had)
returned from the North were not based on the life he had lived there.
5. His mother used to say that he had seen and done a lot and he had
always been an excellent storyteller. 6. His second book The God of
His Fathers (1901) gained a wide audience. 7. After 1909 London broke
w ith the American socialist movement and resigned from the Socialist
Party.
5. Prepare for test reading the excerpt beginning with the sentence 06-
servation of depression conditions, of social injustice turned him to so
cialism ending with the words uand M artin Eden (1909) .
6. Change these sentences according to the models.Translate them into
Russian.
a) His mother advised him to w rite a story.
His mother made him w rite a story.
1. His father advised him to quit smoking. 2. His brother advised
him to get a new job. 3. M arys teacher advised her to take part in th
w riting contest. 4. Her parents advised her to move to Chicago.
b) Nick goes for a walk every day. (last summer)
Nick used to go for a walk every day last summer.
1. I get up very early, (last winter) 2. He plays tennis every day.
(when he was at college) 3. He listens to the latest news every morning,
(early in the morning) 4. He often helps his brother w ith mathematics,
(when his brother was in 4th grade)
7. Make up six sentences using models a and b.
1. When and where was Jack London born? 2. W hy did London
have to quit school? 3. W hat made him start working for a living?
332
4. W hy did London decide to quit (oyster) pirating? 5. W here did Lon
don sail? 6. The experience of the cruise formed the basis of Londons
future sea stories, didnt it? 7. W hat march did London take part in?
8. Why was London arrested and put in prison? 9. W hat story described
his experience when riding roads? 10. W hat made him turn to socialism?
11. When did London join the gold rush to the Klondike? 12. Did he
become rich? W hat did he find in the North? 13. Who made London
take part in the w riting contest? 14. Did Londons first book gain a
wide audience? 15. W hat was the main theme of his books? 16. W hat
are his most popular books? 17. In what books did he make an attem pt
to describe the class struggle? 18. W hy did he break with the Ameri
can Socialist Party? 19. When did London die?
1. In 1927 Theodore Dreiser came toSoviet Union to take part
incelebrations of 10th anniversary [,'] ofGreat October
Socialist Revolution. Dreiser was able to see with his own eyes th at
Soviet people were successfully building socialism. When he returned
toUSA he wrotebook wh,-ch he called Dreiser Looks at Russia.
Inbook he describedimpressions 1 of his eleven week stay infirst
socialist state. In 1945 Dreiser joinedUS Communist party.
2. Herman M elville ['hyiran'm elvil], one ofgreatest American
writers ofnineteenth century, was born in New York, August 1, 1819.
When M elville was thirteen his father lost all his money and died in
1832. Atage of fifteen Herman had to quit school and start working
for living. In 1839 as cabin ['ksebin] boy he sailed onvoyage 2 to
Liverpool ['livarpull.experience ofcruise formedbasis of his book
Redburn (1849). His next cruise was to the Pacific.3 It gave him much
ofmaterial for his famous Moby Dick or The W hale 4 (1851). Moby
Dick did not gainwide audience innineteenth century. It was
many years later intw entieth century, that Moby Dick became
one ofmost popular American novels.
3. Jack London was interested inclass struggle and he made
attem pt to describe it in three of his books.
4. OHenry, most popular American short story writer, wrote
aboutpoor,unemployed andrich.
10. Give a summary of the text.
1. The main theme of Hemingways novels is... 2. Soon Dreiser
realized... 3. The w riter describes... 4. Observation of the poor living
conditions of black workers, of social injustice... 5. His wide travels
and experiences... 6. W hat made him ...? 7. She used to... 8. They de
cided to advertise... 9. He resigned from ... 10. In his books Maxim
Gorky described...
1 impression [im 'prejbn] n

2 voyage ['vond 3l n
3 the Pacific (pa'sifik] n
4 whale [hweil] n
333
12. Open the brackets and put the verbs in the proper tenses. Ask questions
based on the sentences.
1. Before Mark Twain (to become) a w riter he (to work) as a news
paper reporter for some years. 3. The rain (to stop) and the sun (to
shine) brightly. 3. After Jane (to leave) school she (can) not find a job
in their small town and she (to decide) to go to New York. 4. W alt W hit
man [wolt 'hwitm9n], a classic of American literature, (to be) born
on May 31, 1819, at West Hills, H untington ['hAntigtan]. He (to go)
to school in Brooklyn where his fam ily (to move) a few years before.
His first work that (to gain) some audience (to be) Leaves of Grass 1
(1855). Emerson ['emarsnl, the most popular American poet of the pe
riod, (to welcome) the poem Ppouim]. W hitm an (to take part) in the
Civil W ar. He (to describe) his experiences and observations in the poem
Drum Taps 2 (1865). 5. For some tim e she (not to realize) that her
son (to leave) her. 6. He (to break) with his family and (to become) a
revolutionary. He (to take) an active part in the revolution of 1905.
7. A friend of mine (to be going) to give a lecture on American modern
literature tomorrow. 8. After he (to win) the first prize in the Tchai
kovsky [tjai'kofski] music contest he (to become) famous all over the
world.
13. Substitute the words from the vocabulary for the italicized parts of
these sentences.
1. I m afraid you dont understand how im portant his last book i 5.
2. Those men have been out of work for about a year. 3. The basic theme
of Londons stories and novels was the struggle of the individual to
survive and achieve success. 4. Not long before he died London broke
with the American Socialist Party. 5. In his story he writes about the
life of the black people in southern states of the USA. 6. The newspaper
announced a writing contest.
1. 1931 . (Bernard Shaw ['!])
. , (col
lection) , .
(an event [I'vent]) .
1950 . 2.
(Fate of M an)? 3.
?
1945 ., . 4.

, ( , ). 5.
,
, . 6.
,
,
. 7.
1 Leaves of Grass
2 Drum Taps
334
X IX .
, .
XX , , .
8.
X IX . (poems) . 9.
.
, (newsboy), ,
, , (gold digger).
.

(audience). (strong)
, .
15. Read this extract from M artin Eden . Answer the questions. Give
a summary and discuss it. Look up the words you do not know in the
dictionary .
He was still thinking about Joe, and did not turn toward the door.
He heard it close softly.31 There was a long silence. Suddenly he heard
a womans sob.
Ruth! he said amazed and bewildered.
Her face was white. As he caught her hands and led her to the arm
chair he noticed how cold they were. He sat down in another chair.
Several times he was about to speak, and each tim e he hesitated.
Nobody knows I am here, said Ruth.
W hat did you say? he asked.
He was surprised at the sound of his own voice.
She repeated her words.
Oh, he said, then wondered what more he could possibly say.
Nobody knows I am here. I wanted to see you. I came to tell you
I have been very foolish. I came because my heart told me to come,
because ... because I wanted to come.
He knew now for what she had corned
My mother wanted me to marry Charlie Hapgood, she announced.
Charlie Hapgood, that fellow, whose talk is always dull? M artin
said. Then he added, And now, I suppose, your mother wants you to
marry me.
She will not object, I know that much, R uth said.
She considers me quite eligible? s
R uth nodded.
And yet I am not a bit more eligible than I was when she broke
our engagement.4 I havent changed. I m the same M artin Eden though
I m a bit worseI smoke now.
Why didnt you come before? When I didnt have a job. When I
was starving. When I was just as I am now, as a man, as an artist, the
1 He heard it (the door) close softly. , () .

2 for what she had come ( )
3 She considers [kan'sidarz] me quite eligible ['elid39blj?
?
4 when she broke our engagement [in'geidjmant]
335
same M artin Eden? I am personally of the same value 1 that I was when
nobody wanted me. And what is puzzling me is why they want me now.
They dont want me for myself, because myself is the same old self
they did not want. Then they must want me for something else, for
something that is not I. Shall I tell you what that something is? It is
for recognition I have received.2 That recognition is not I. Then again
for the money I have earned and am earning. But that money is not I.
And is it for that, for the recognition and the money, that you want me?
You are breaking my heart, she sobbed. You know I love you,
that I am here because I love you.
I am afraid you dont see my point, 3 he said gently. Your love
for M artin Eden, when he was poor, was not strong enough to enable
you to marry him .4 But your love is now strong enough because he is
famous and rich... It is too late. I am a sick manoh, not my body
Tbodi]. It is my soul, my brain. I care for nothing. 5
(After M artin Eden by Jack London)

1. Who came to see M artin Eden? 2. W hy did R uth repeat several
times that no one knew she was there? 3. W hat did R uth tell Martin?
4. Was he happy to hear that she loved him? 5. W hy did M artin say
Why didnt you come before? 6. Do you agree 6 with M artin that
R uth wanted to marry him for the recognition and the money? 7. W hat
did M artin mean saying I am a sick man?
1. My life story.
2. The life story of an American (Russian, Soviet) w riter (poet).
L e s s o n 12
I. CONVERSATIONS
1. Talk about Russian and Soviet Writers

1
M r. Borisov: Are Russian classics well known in America?
M r. Andrews: W ell, Tolstoy, Dostoevsky and Chekov are the best known.
By the way, are they as famous in your country as they used to be?
1 I m personally ['pysnli] of the same value ['vaelju]

2 It is for recognition [/ek a g 'm jn ] I have received. - ,
.
3 I m afraid you dont see my point. , ,
.
4 was not strong enough [a'nAf, i'mvf] to enable [in'eibl] you to marry him
,
5 I care [] for nothing. .
6 agree ]a'gri] v
33G
: They certainly are. Theyve influenced many of our writers.
A: I believe theyve had some influence on quite a few of our writers
as well.
2
Mr. Collins: Where could one find translations of modern Soviet writers?
M r. Rostov: You could find some in the monthly magazine Soviet
Literature. I t s published in English. I was pleased to see copies
of it in some University libraries.
3
M r. Williams: I ve just finished Bondarevs Bank and I must say
I m still under the impression of the novel.
M r. Rostov: I liked the novel too. Bondarev shows th at moral values
play a very im portant role in the life of his characters.
M r. Williams: Which modern poets do you care for?
M r. Rostov: Yevtushenko, Rozhdestvensky, Gamzatov, to name only a
few.1 You may know some of them, theyve traveled a lot abroad.
M r. Williams: I believe Yevtushenko visited our U niversity when I
was away. Students liked him, they said.
M r. Rostov: I like their poetry because they reflect aspirations and
desires of my generation.
2. Talk about American Writers

1
A: W hich of Hemingways books do you like most?
B: W ell, I like A Farewell to Arms, For Whom the Bell Tolls 2 and
The Old Man and the Sea.
A: Was Hemingway awarded the Nobel Prize for The Old Man and the
Sea?
B: Yes, he was awarded the Nobel Prize for the narrative art shown
in the story. By the way, by that tim e the story had already won
the Pulitzer Prize.
2
Jane: I m still under the impression of B aldw ins 8 book Tell Me How
Long the T rains Been Gone.
Nick: W hats the book about?
J: About the life of blacks in the U nited States, and the struggle for
their rights and success in life.
N: I think Baldwin is a w riter of great ability.
J: He certainly is. Do you know hes also the author of some plays?
N: No, I dont. Were his plays staged?
J: Two of them The Amen Corner 4 and Blues for Mr. Charlie 6
were produced throughout the USA and Europe.
3
A: W hat strikes you most in OH enrys stories?
B: His wide knowledge of common people.
337
A: Yes, common people are his main characters. Many of his plots
are unusual, arent they?
B: Yes, and his unexpected endings never fail to surprise the reader.
4
John Parker: W here could one find translations of tw entieth century
American writers?
Peter Pankov: In the monthly magazine Inostrannaya L iterature
(Foreign Literature). In recent years it published Cheevers x Bullet
Park, Gore V idals 8 B urr, stories by Baldwin and some other
writers.
John Parker: W hats the circulation of the magazine?
Peter Pankov: About 500,000 copies.
John Parker: T hats fantastic!
3. In a Bookstore
Salesman: Good morning. May I help you?
Peter: Yes, I m looking for a book for a gift. I want it for a friend in the
hospital.
S: A novel?
P: Yes, a novel or a good biography.
S: W ell, heres a biography.
P: No, I ve read that. I ts too sad for a person who is in the hospital.
S: How about a travel book? We have one with excellent photographs.
P: I m afraid that might be too expensive. How much is it?
S: I t s $ 12.95.
P: No, th a ts too much.
5: Maybe youd like something in paperback.
P: That sounds good. Do you have collections of short stories in paper
back?
S: Heres a shelf of them.
P: Thank you. I ll take a couple of those.
4. Invitation to a Literary Party
Secretary: Mr. B u rts office.
Mr. Hart: May I speak to Mr. B urt, please. Jam es H art speaking.
Secretary: Ju st a minute, Mr. H art. Mr. B urt is on the other line, (...to
Mr. Burt) Mr. H art wants to speak to you on line two.
B: Hallo, James.
H: Good morning, John. W ere having a little party at my place to
morrow. Ned Brown will read his poems. Can you come?
B: Yes, that suits me fine. See you tomorrow.
H: Bye.
Notes
1. to name only a few
2. For Whom the Bell Tolls [toulz]
3. Jam es Baldwin ['boldw in] (p. 1924),
.
Go Tell It on the Mountain (1953),
338
Another Country 5 (1962), If Beale Street Could
Talk . - (1974).
4. The Amen Corner ['eimin 'kornarl
5. Blues [bluz] for Mr. Charlie
6. never fail to surprise the reader
7. John Cheever [ 'tjiv a r ] (p. 1912),
. The
Wapshot Chronicle (1957), The
Wapshot Scandal . (1964), Bullet
Park - (1969).
8. Gore Vidal ['gor 'vidll (p. 1925),
.
Washington, D. . ., (1967)
(1974).
Vocabulary
ability [s'bilati] ; - , (-., -.);
, ; a man of ability Does he care for music? He doesnt
(, ) care for his son.
; The young writer is a man of character ['kaeriktar]
great ability, , , , , ;
abroad [a'brod] adv ; to the main character ;
travel (to live) abroad Did you like the main character in
() ; For a long his* novel?
time Turgenev lived abroad, circulation LsarkjVleijn] n (
art [art] n 1. ; 2. , . .); Inostrannaya Litera-
; narrative art tura has a circulation of about 500,000
(); Hemingways copies.
The Old Man and the Sea won the common ['kaman] a ,
Nobel Prize for narrative art. , ; common people
aspiration [âespa'reijn] n , ()
( - couple ['1] ; ate a cople of
.) eggs for breakfast,
as well , ; has desire [di'zair, di'zaiar] n ()
English class on Monday, Tuesday ; desire to do smth.
and Wednesday. He has it on Friday -.; John Reed reflected
as well. aspirations and desires of the prog
award [a'word] v (-.), ressive [pra'gresiv] young people of
(-.); to be awarded a the period,
prize (-.); ending ['sndir}] n
When was Hemingway awarded the ; happy ending
Pulitzer Prize? , ;
believe [bi'liv] v , , The happy ending of the story was
; I believe (that) hes right. unexpected,
, , expensive [ik'spensiv] ,
biography [bai'agrafi] ; ; This dictionary is very
Have you read Faulkners biography? expensive,
black n ; The book describes the fantastic [faen'taestik]
life of blacks 1 in Chicago, , , ;
bookstore ['bukstor] n T hats fantastic.
; Wheres the University book (),
store? generation ^djena'reijn] n 1. ;
care [ker] for (-.); the younger (older) generation; gen
(-., -.); eration gap -
* , Negro(es)
['nigrou(z)]; (-,
, nigger ['mgar] . , ).
black (blacks).
339
; There w as a lot of talk about person ['pssn] n , ;
the generation gap in Am erican p a
pers a few years ago; 2. , photograph ['fouta,graef] n ;
( 30- ); Ann had a few photographs of her
It happened tw o generations ago. son.
gift [gift] n , ; I m looking pity ['p iti] n: Its a pity. ^.
for an interesting book for a gift, plot [plat] n , ; The story
hospital ['h asp itl] n ; to be has an excitin g plot,
in the hospital () poem ['pouim ] n ,
; M y younger brother is poet ['pouit] n
in the hospital, poetry ['pouitri] n
impression [im 'p rejn ] n ; to regularly ['regjalarli] adv ,
make an impression (on smb.) ; The
(-.); m agazine regularly publishes trans
The b o y s p laying made a good im lations of modern Am erican w riters
pression on everybody; to be under novels.
the impression of () right [rait] n ; ; to
(-.); A ll of struggle for ones rights;
them were under the im pression of ; The blacks of the U SA
the film . are struggling for their rights; civil
influence ['influans] n , rights
; to have an influence upon role [roul] n ; to play the leading
smb. -.; role ; to play
The old teacher had a great influence the role of smb. ,
upon his students, -. ; W ho played the role
knowledge ['nalidj] n (-); of H am let last night?
K now ledge in creases1 w ith every sad , ; W hy are
generation. H is knowledge of A m er you so sad today?
ican literature is very deep, sound [saund] v , ,
line n (); The line is ( -
busy. , (
); Mr. Brown speaks ); That sounds good.
on the other line (on line ten). M-p . This plan sounds prac
tical.
( ), still adv , , -
literary [' li ta/reri] ; ; I m still under the impression
literary style ; of A itm a to v s last novel. Peter knew
Mr. Jones is a literary critic, the work w as hard, but he still w a n t
maybe ['m eibi] adv , ed to try it.
; M aybe we w ill go there strike (struck, struck) [straik, strnk] v
tomorrow, (-. ,
monthly ['rmnGli] n ; ); W hat struck you m ost in
; Is H em in gw ays books?
th is m agazine a m onthly? surprise [sa'praiz, sar'praiz] v ;
narrative ['naerativ] H is unexpected v is it surprised e v e
; narrative art rybody.
() throughout [Oru'aut] prep 1. ,
number ['] n , ; ; throughout
a number of ; a number of years ;
; a large number of ; A large 2. , . .;
number of textbooks lay on the desk, throughout the country
once [wAns] adv ; H e once a t travel [' traevl] 1. ; 2 pi.
tended that college, ; f) ;
own [oun] , Did you read G ullivers ['gAlivarz]
(-. -.); Is Travels by Swift?
that your own textbook? unexpected [,A nik'spektid]
paperback ['peiparbaek] n , ; unexpected
; in paper news (change, etc.); H is success was
back ; W hen was unexpected,
his novel published in paperback? unusual [An'ju3U3l] ,
1 increase [in'kris] v
340
, ; The plot is well-known ['w el'nou n] ,
unusual, isn t it? ; ,
value ['vaelju] 1. ; 2. p i. ; F itzgerald
; moral values [fits'd38r9ld] is a w ell-know n A m eri
can w riter.
II. EXERCISES

sentences.
1. , -.
2. . 3.
. 4. . 5.
? 6. .
7. ? 8.
. 9.
. ? 10. , ? 11.
, . 12. ,
-. 13. (). 14. -
( ).
3. Make up sentences using these tables and translate them into Russian.
a) I reread O Henrys stories when
He used to I was in eighth grade,
She () attend lectures on American lit
Mary Benton , erature when she taught at
school.
do his homework after he re
turned from school,
go to the movies every Satur
day when she was at college,
b) Where could one find translation of modern Soviet
writers?
buy an English-Russian dictionary?
see the new movie?
have lunch?
c) Which of his boo: is do you find most interesting?
the wri ers do you like most?
them is your Spanish teacher?
the women is M arys mother?
you saw the film?
d) Do you your (his) son?
Does he care for his (her) parents?
she music?
poetry?
(,
...)
4. Make up ten sentences using patterns a, b, c, d.
341
5. Write out the initial words of the utterances, then complete them orally
from memory. A ct out the dialogs.
6. Insert prepositions or adverbs wherever necessary. Translate the sen
tences into Russian.
1. Are American modern writers well-knownthe Soviet Union?
Yes, manythem are. 2. Is Faulkner popularSoviet readers?
He certainly is, though he isnt as popular as Hemingway. 3. most
of his novels Dreiser describes the lifethe main charactersa number
years. 4. Like most young people you must caredetective 1 stories?
But I do not. I caremodern poetry. 5. I wonder if Gorky had a great
influencethe generations of writershis own. 6. Did you hearthe
monthly magazine Soviet Literature? Im sorry to say I didnt. W hat
circulation does it have? 7. W hichthe Soviet writers was awarded
the International Lenin Peace Prize? 8. When was Hemingway award
edthe Nobel PrizeLiterature? 1954. 9. John is stillthe
impression of Leo Tolstoys W ar and Peace. 10. I believe Shukshin
was a w ritergreat ab ility. He certainly was. 11. OH enrys know
ledgecommon people surprised me. 12. I havent seen Jacka long
time. Have you met him lately? Why, hes sick. H esthe hospital
now. 13. W hat are you looking? Im lookinga collectionshort
storiespaperback. Heres a shelf of them . 14. W ere having a little
party my place next Friday. Peter Burton will read his new poems.
Can you come? Yes, thank you.
7. What would you say if you took part in the following dialogs. Act them
out.
1. A: W hich of Hemingways books do you find most interesting?
B: ...
A: W hat strikes you most in his stories and novels?
B: ...
A: Does he describe the life of the main characters throughout a
number of years in the novel For Whom the Bell Tolls?
B: ...
A: Why was it that Hemingway got his Nobel Prize for The Old
Man and the Sea?
B: ...
2. A: W hich of Tw ains books are most popular with children
throughout the world?
B: ...
A: W hich of his books do you care for?
B: ...
3. A: Do you think that Londons M artin Eden is autobiographical?
B: ...
A: Did you enjoy reading it? W hich of Londons books do you like
most?
B: ...
4. A: I see youre reading Gorkys Childhood. How do you like it?
B : . ...
1 detective [di'tektiv]
342
A: Is Gorky well known in the States?
B: ...
A: Where could one find his books in English?
: ...
5. A: Like most Russian you must care for poetry, Maxim.
M: ...
A: Which of Soviet modern poets do you like most?
M: ...
A: It isnt easy to translate poetry. 1 read a few poems by M aya
kovsky and I must say I liked them.
M: ...
A: W ell, he has had some influence on quite a few of our poets as well.
M: ...
6. A: Have you read any of B aldw ins books?
B: ...
A: He writes about the life of blacks in the USA. He knows their
life very well as hes a black himself. He spent his childhood in
Harlem ['harlam ], the poorest district 1 in New York.
B: ...
A: He certainly is well-known in the U nited States and abroad as well.
7. Salesman: Good morning. May I help you?
B: ...
Sm: A novel or a collection of stories?
B: ...
Sm: Heres the biography of a famous writer. It has excellent pho
tographs.
B: ...
Sm: Maybe youd like something in paperback.
B: ...
Sm: You can find quite a few of them on that shelf over there.
B: ...
8. Translate the utterances of the Russian speaker into English. A ct
out the dialogs.
1. : ,
?
: Unfortunately, very few modern Soviet writers are translated into
English in the States.
: ,
, ,
.
: My sister is a professor in Russian literature at Georgetown U ni
versity. She can read some of the books that are published in your
country.
: , ,
?
: Unfortunately, there is only one bookstore near W ashington,
D. C. My sister reads your magazine Soviet Literature regularly.
* district [ 'distrikt) n
343
2. A: W hich of Hemingways books do you find most interesting?
: ,
.
A: I like his story The Old Man and the Sea very much. Do you
know that Hemingway got the Pulitzer Prize for it?
: , .
.
3. A : Could I ask you to help me?
: , .
A: I m w riting a book on Gorky. Where could I find some material
about his childhood and youth?
: () ,
. .
4. A: Have you read any books by Arthur Hailey?
: , .
, .
A: I wouldnt say I like him though hes a very successful writer.
His plots are unusual and readers like his books.
9. Translate these dialogs. Act them out.

1. , .
, ?
.
.

?
.
.
2. ,
X IX ?
, () -
.
?
.
3.
?
, , .
.
, , -, .
. , ,
.
4. , ?
, .
.
5. ?
.
.
.
344
6.
?
.
10. Read this dialog and translate it into Russian. A ct it out. Look up the
words you do not know in the dictionary.
A: I d really like to know more about American literature. Can you
give me some help?
: W ell, I ll try. I can tell you about some of the more im portant w rit
ers. T h atll be a start, anyway.
A: Good.
: W ell, you should read 1 Benjamin Franklin.? H es about the first
one of any importance.
A: Good. I ll w rite this down.
: And then maybe Jam es Fenimore Cooper.3 He wrote stories about
life on the frontier. Everybody reads them in school.
A: W hos the man who wrote so much about nature?
: Emerson.4 You certainly should read some of his essays.
A: Yes, I think I ve read one or two.
B: There are three other people you should know about. Hawthorne &
who wrote The Scarlet Letter. And his friend, Herman Melville.*1
He wrote Moby Dick. Have you heard of it?
A: Is it about a whale? D idnt they make a movie of it?
: T h ats right. Another im portant w riter of th at tim e was W hitm an.2
A: Oh, yes. One of my teachers thought he was an outstanding poet.
W hos the next?
: Mark Twain, I guess. But you probably know him.
A: Oh, sure. His books are for children, arent they?
: Oh, no. A lot of adults read them. I just read Huckleberry F inn
last year.
A: Really? Should I read it?
: Yes, indeed.
1 you should read (should
)
2 Benjamin Franklin [' 'fraegklin] (17061790)
, .
Poor Richards Almanac 1] (
)
3 James Fenimore Cooper [ 'f e n a ^ o r 'kupar]
, , .
.
4 Ralph Waldo Emerson ['raelf 'woldou 'emarsn] (18031882)
, -
5 Nathaniel Hawthorne [na'Oaenjal 'hoOorn] (18061864) (
) XIX .
The Scarlet Letter ( ).

.
6 Herman Melville ['11* 'm elvil] (18191891)
. Moby Dick (
), ,
.
7 Walt Whitman ['wolt 'hwitman] (18191982)

345
11. See how many authors and titles you can match up.1
For Whom the Bell Tolls Hawthorne
H iaw atha [haia'waGa] W alt W hitm an
No Name in the Street Hemingway
Tom Sawyer Melville
The Last of the Mohicans [mou'hi- Mark Twain
kanz] f Jack London
A irport Dreiser
Leaves of Grass" Fenimore Cooper
Moby Dick Jam es Baldwin
The Iron Heel Longfellow ['lor),felou]
Sister Carrie Irw in Shaw [Vwinjo]
Huckleberry Finn H ailey
M artin Eden
Rich Man, Poor Man
12. Roleplaying:
You have American visitors in your class; speak to them about Amer
ican and Soviet literature. Look through the latest issues of Inost-
rannaya L iterature. Read translations of American w riters novels.
Lesson 13
Sequence of Tenses and Reported Speech ?

1. Read these sentences. Pay attention to the sequence of tenses. Trans
late the sentences into Russian. Change the object clauses 3 into direct
speech.
1. John said there wasnt much traffic on their street the previous
year. 2. Mary said they were going to Boston for the following weekend.
3. Mr. Brown told me that hed give a lecture on Hawthorne and Mel
ville the following Thursday. 4. Bill said th at David Riley had scored
23 out of 44 points in the previous game. 5. Nick told me th at the
Georgetown team was as good as the Columbia team. 6. He said hed fin
ish the translation th at night if he had time. 7. The secretary said (that)
Mr. Brown was speaking on the other phone. 8. She said she could give
me the book for a couple of days. 9. The manager said I d have to stay
there for another week. 10. John told me that M arys father was a man
of wide experience. 11. The librarian told me th at I had to fill out those
forms. 12. John said hed checked his suitcase an hour before.
2. Choose the proper adverb or adverbial phrase.
1. Ann said they were going on a trip (next week, the following
week) 2. Bens going to take his camera along (tomorrow, the next day).
1 , ,
2 . , . 449.
? object clause ['obdjikt kbz]
346
3. He told us (that) his favorite team- had lost the game (two days ago,
two days before). 4. The weather was wonderful (two days before, two
days ago). 5. He told me (that) the tem peratured rise to 30C (the day
after tomorrow, in two days time). 6. The secretary said that Mr. Smith
was having a visitor (now, then). 7. She said her husband had been away
for about a week (then, now). 8. Peter told me hed attended Professor
Nelsons lecture (yesterday, the previous day). 9. I bought tickets for
the cup game (yesterday, the previous day). 10. She said sh e d have to
go to the departm ent store (next W ednesday, the following Wednesday).
11. He said hed be able to help me with physics (tomorrow, the next
day). 12. H es leaving for a vacation (tomorrow, the next day).
3. Choose the proper tense form of the verb.

1. J ill said the day (is, was) warm and sunny the day before. 2. He
says the weather forecast for tomorrow (is, was) sunny, no rain. 3. They
hoped that their team (wont lose, wouldnt lose) the game. 4. George
said he (had already checked out, have already checked out) the books.
5. Mr. Burton said it (is, was) the most exciting game he (has ever seen,
had ever seen). 6. He says he (doesnt know, didnt know) what the
weather (will be, would be) like in October. 7. Tom told me he (is going,
was going) to join a basketball team. 8. He said the Browns (are staying,
were staying) with their friends in Boston. 9. Your brother (has become,
had become) a very good teacher. 10. He told me he (had already regis
tered, has already registered) the ticket. 11. They said they (wont
be able, wouldnt be able) to join us for a trip.
4. Transform direct speech into reported speech making the necessary

changes. Translate the sentences.
1. She said to me, Jo h n s planning to graduate from college next
year. 2. He said, I hope the w eatherll be better next week. 3. Mr.
Brown said, I ve had seven visitors today. 4. The secretary said, Mr.
Smith left a message for you yesterday. 5. Mr. Hailey said, We cele
brated the 80th anniversary of Hemingways birthday in 1979. 6. The
old teacher said to me, It happened many years ago. 7. John said,
My friends mother made me w rite a story for the w riting contest last
year. 8. Ann said to me: I m going to Leningrad for the weekend.
9. Mary said, W ell come and pick you.up tomorrow morning. 10. Mike
said, Ja n e s mother died two years ago. 11. She said, George W ashing
ton died in 1799. 12. Youll have to make a hotel reservation in ad
vance, Peter said.
5. Make up sentences and transform them into reportedspeech according

to the model. Translate them.
1st student: I m sure youll enjoy her new book.
2nd student: W hat did he say? I cant hear.
3rd student: He said he was sure youd enjoy her new book.

347
.

.
.
.
a) , .
- .

.
80- (The Moscow
Art Theater) 1978 ,
- ,
,

b) , .

,
.
7. Make up ten sentences using reported speech.
II. TEXTS
1. A BUSINESS T R IP TO NEW YORK
The stewardess announced th at our plane was approaching Kennedy

Airport. I had never been in New York before. I was eager to see the
city I had read so much about.
I knew that a friend of mine would meet me at the airport. He had
w ritten to me and promised to help me get a hotel room.
P eters car was parked outside the airport building. He took me to a
hotel on 57th Street. I told him I wanted to see the city, and he said
he would show me around the next day.
In the airport I had bought a map of M anhattan 1 and a city guide.
I studied the guide and made a list of the places I wanted to see. When
I showed the list to Peter, he smiled and said, W ell, Michael, i t s im
possible to see all of these in two days. But I ll do my best to show you
as much as I can. He added he would first take me to the Em pire State
B uilding.2
When we were on the observation roof he pointed to a group of sky
scrapers. These buildings you'see over there are part of Rockefeller Cen
ter 3 which include offices, theaters and music halls. T h ats the UN
building, isnt it? I asked pointing to a skyscraper. T hats right,
Peter said. I ts a th irty nine story skyscraper. The front and back walls
are made of steel and glass. But youll see it for yourself tomorrow when
we visit the U nited Nations.
That night we took a drive along Broadway 4 which is over 25 kilo
meters long. Businessmen make money here. They own this famous
avenue w ith all its bars, restaurants, theaters, cinemas and various
stores and shops, Peter explained.
348
We drove along W all Street 5 and saw the Stock Exchange building.
As far as I can see,6 M anhattan stands on ro ck / I said. There are
scarcely any trees on the streets.
That's true. However, Central Park is very nice and green as well
as some smaller parks in M anhattan, said Peter.
He told me that he was going to take me to Harlem 7 the following
day, and added, You'll see that New York is a city of contrasts. H ar
lem is a city in itself, it's a black town. The housing in most parts of
Harlem is in a dreadful state of repair.8
W e've seen Lower M anhattan,9 I interrupted, as well as slums
on the East Side.10 I t s hard to believe people can live in those slums.
Well, th a t's New York for you: wealth and poverty exist side by
side here, Peter said. W ithin a ten minute walk11 from fashionable
hotels and stores one can find the worst and the dirtiest of slums. By
the way you should see Chinatown1? and L ittle Ita ly 13 where Chinese
and Italian Americans live.
On the day of my departure from New York Peter took me to the
airport. We said goodbye to each other, and then he said, You know,
I envy you because you're going home. I m feeling homesick.
Notes
1. M anhattan [maen'haetn] ,
-
2. the Empire L'empair] State Building
- (102 )
3. Rockefeller Center ,
, ^
4. Broadway ['brodwei] -
5. W all Street -,

6. As far as I can see... ...
7. Harlem Phartam] -
8. The housing in most parts of Harlem is in a dreadful state of repair.

() .
9. Lower M anhattan
10. East Side
11. w ithin a ten minute walk
12. Chinatown ['t Jainataon] -,
; ,

13. L ittle Italy Pith] ,

2. THE CITY OF NEW YORK
For over a hundred years New York has been the nations leading
financial and commercial center and its leading port of entry. It is also
the center of fashion, theater and culture.
Poverty and wealth exist side by side in marked contrast to each
other.
349
New York is a city of islands consisting prim arily of two islands
(M anhattan and Staten x), part of a third island (Long Island 2) and part
of the m ainland. It is situated at the junction of the Hudson 3 and East
Rivers 4 w ith New York Bay,& an arm of the A tlantic Ocean.6
The total area of New York City is 319.8 square miles. The extreme
length of the city from north to south is 36 miles, and its extreme
breadth is 16.5 miles.
New York is the most populous city in the U nited States and one
of the biggest cities in the world.
New York has a humid clim ate with sudden changes of weather.
Temperatures seldom fall below 0F in the w inter or rise above 100F
in the summer, although summer tem peratures over 90F are common.
New York City consists of five boroughs: the Bronx, Brooklin, M an
hattan, Queens and Richm ond.7
The most im portant industries are manufacturing, printing, pub
lishing, food, chemical and prim ary metals industries.
New York City has long been a major transportation center. Its
harbor is one of the largest of the worlds ports.
There are 60 bridges and 4 tunnels in the city, most of which con
nect the boroughs to each other. Some of the bridges are privately owned
and toll is to be paid.8
New York is a city of banks. W all Street is the financial heart of
the city. The New York Stock Exchange is located at 11 Wall Street.9
Fifth Avenue starts at the Washington Arch.10 The avenue con
tinues straight uptown 11 and divides M anhattan streets into east and
west. Between the 20th and 60th Streets it is a street of shops and de
partm ent stores. After 110th Street it passes through Harlem and slum
tenements to the Harlem River.
Harlem covering the north central section of M anhattan is almost
a city w ithin a city. Early in the 20th century,12 as a result of racial
antagonism in other sections of the city, the blacks moved to Harlem
and formed a m ajority of the population. Puerto Ricans 13 form the
second largest group w ithin Harlem, living m ainly in the eastern part
of the district (Spanish Harlem).
Most of the houses in Harlem are in a dreadful need of repair. Most
of them do not have any conveniences.
The best known of the more than 30 museums in the city is the Met
ropolitan Museum of A rt.14 Its magnificent collection of European
and American painting contains the works of many of the greatest mas
ters of world art. The second best known museum is the Museum of
Modern Art.
Madison Square Garden,16 w ith -a capacity of 18,900 people, has
been the center of boxing, hockey and basketball events, as well as
political rallies since 1925. It is the home of the New York professional
hockey team, the Rangers, and its professional basketball team, the
Knickerbockers.16
The new cultural center in the city is the Lincoln Center for the
Performing A rts,17 which was built in the 1960s.18
The headquarters of the U nited Nations is located in New York.
350
Notes
1. Staten ['steitn]
2. Long Island ['brj'aitand] -
3. the Hudson I'tiAdsn]
4. the East River -
5. New York Bay -
6. the A tlantic Ocean tat'laentik 'oujn]
7. the Bronx [bragks] , Brooklin I'bruklm] , M anhattan
, Queens Jkwinz] , Richmond ['ritfmandl
-
8. toll [tool] is to be paid

9. The New Stock Exchange is located at 11 Wall Street. -
11 -.
10. the Washington Arch [artf]

11. uptown

12. early in the 20th century X X
13. Puerto Rican [,puert3 'rikan]
14. the M etropolitan [,m etra'pabtn] Museum of Art
-,
15. Madison Square Garden ['msedasn skwer gardn] --
, 19 ,
,

16. Knickerbockers ['nika'bakarz] -
; Knickerbocker (.)
- ( -)
17. the Lincoln ['lirjkanl Center for the Performing [par'fomigl Arts
(Lincoln Center) ,
-
18. which was built in the 1960s [in ('nam tin) 'sikstizj
60- ( )
Vocabulary
Text 1 as well as ; ;
;
^
J \ p UiVIC ;
1 U1 U j
i . . .
add [aed] v , ( ; John is on the basketball team

); Hes very good at as well as Peter.
math as well, John added. back ; back wall (door)
almost [ol'moust, 'o^m oust] adv , believe [bi'liv] v ; I believe you.
; I t s almost twelve oclock. Its hard to believe th at . . .
announce [a'nauns] v , , ...; I ts hard to believe
, ; They will announce that hes going to quit college.
the names of the winners tonight. best a: to do ones best
approach [a'proutj] v , ; Hell do his best to help
; ; to approach you.
the town (the house, etc.); Our Chinese [tjai'niz] n (pi. .)
plane is approaching Moscow, an , ; the Chinese -
nounced the stewardess. The car ap .
proached the city. contrast [ kantraest] ,
351
, ; Theres make money ;
great contrast between his words and
actions. New York is a city of con own [oun] v , ; Mr. Brown
trasts. owns a big house,
delighted [di'laitid] , point [point] v (to, at) ,
, , ; (); Point to the book you
They were delighted to hear the good want.
news. promise ['pramis] v ,
departure [di'partjar] n , ; , ; Ann prom-
on the day of ones departure; On ised to come again the next day.
the day of his departure John was promise n ; to give a promise t
very sad. ; She gave us her
dirty f' d3rti] , , promise that she would go there the :
; dirty hands (shirt, dress, following week; to keep ones promise
etc.); Dont put on this shirt. I ts ; I m sure hell
dirty. keep his promise to come to see us.
dreadful [' dredfal] , rock [rak] n ,
, ; Most of roof [ruf, ruf] n ; observation
the buildings in Harlem look dreadful, [âbzar'veijn] roof
eager ['igar] -.;
-. ( scarcely ['skersli] adv , ();
-.); I m eager to see the new per There were scarcely any people on
formance at the Bolshoi Theater, the streets,
envy ['envi] v ; He envied skyscraper ['skaiyskreipar] n
his friends success in sport, slum [slAm] n (. p i.)
explain [ik'splein] v ; After smile [smail] v ; to smile at;
the teacher explained the lesson, the The girl smiled at the funny story,
children understood it. Peter ex state [steit] n ; dreadful (hope
plained how the machine [m a'jm ] less) state ()
worked. ; The old man is in a hope
fashionable ['faejnabl] , less state,
stewardess ['stjuardis] n ,
first adv , ; I ll first
show you around the city and then stock exchange [stak iks'tjeind 3]
well go to the museum,
front [frAnt] ; front wall story ['stouri, 'stori] n ; Most of
glass [glaes] n . these houses have only one story..
guide [gaid] n 1. ; a city Their apartment is on the fourth story,
guide; 2. , top [tap] n , ; They
housing ['hauzir)] n . 1. , walked to the top of the hill,
; The housing in Harlem is in a various ['verias] , ,
dreadful state. Housing is very ex
pensive in New York; 2.
; Text 2
impossible [im'passbl] ; although [] cnj ;
I ts impossible to see everything in , ; syn. though; I will go there,
one day, he said to me. although I feel very tired,
include [in'klud] v , antagonism [aen'taeg9;nizm] n
; This book includes all his ;
short stories. arm [arm] n 1. ;
Italian [I'taeljan] n 2.
kilometer ['kib.m itar] n ; This borough [', ]
street is five kilom eters long. -; New York City
, consists of five boroughs,
list ; to make a list of boxing ['baksir)] n ; professional
(-., -.); Will you []()1] boxing
make a list of the books you need?
make (made, made) v , breadth [bredO] n
; to be made of smth. bridge [bridj] n , ; There are
(-.); This b u ild in g over 60 bridges in New York,
is made of steel and glass, capacity [ka'paesati] n ,
money [' ] n . ; to , ; the hall with a
352
capacity of 1500 , 1500 financial [f9/naen'j*9l, fai'naenjal] a
() ; The City is the financial
central ['sentrsl] , and commercial center of London,
, harbor I'harbar] n ,
chemical ['kemikl] ; chem heart [hart] n 1. ; 2.
ical industry , ; W ithin few
commercial [''[()1] , minutes walk you can find yourself
; For centuries Lon in the heart of Harlem slums,
don has been the commercial center industry ['ind9stri] n 1.
of Great Britain, , ; 2.
common [' ] , ; the most important
; This kind of weather is industries
quite common here. Summer temper
atures over 40C are quite common island ['aitend] n ; How can you
here. get to that island?
connect [ka'nekt] v (to, with) , junction ['d3 Ar)kjn] n ();
; This bridge will connect The Pittsburgh Golden Triangle is
the two banks of the river, situated at the junction of three rivers,
consist ['sist] v (of) ; My leading I'lidnj] , ,
plan consists of three parts, ; New York is the leading
contain [ ] v ; This port of entry,
book contains twelve short stories, length [lsi30, leqkG] n ; W hats
continue [kan'tinju] v (); the extreme length of New York?
; We will continue our work magnificent [maeg'nif9s(9)nt]
after lunch. The rain continued all , ; ;
night. The Hermitage has a magnificent
convenience ['vinjsns] n 1. ; collection of European painting,
A car is a great convenience, he mainland ['meinâend, 'memtand] n
said. 2. pi. , ; Does ; Is Africa the largest main
your new apartment have any con land?
veniences? he asked. It has all pos majority [ ] n ;
sible conveniences, Peter answered* to form a majority (of the population)
cover ['kAvar] v , ();
, ; Mr. Browns The blacks form a m ajority of the
farm covers several miles, population in Washington, D. C,
cultural ['kA lt^rel] manufacturing i >maenj9'faektj9riQ] rt
culture ['kAltjaJ n ; socialist
culture; the center of culture; Theyve manufacturing ,
learned much from the culture of
ancient Greece, master ['m aestar] n ,
divide [di'vaid] v , ? ; ; the old masters 1.
to divide smth. into two (four, etc.) (
parts -. ( X IIIX VIII .); 2. ,
. .) ; Into how many ; The Metro
parts is Chicago divided? politan Museum has a magnificent
event [i'vnt] n , ; collection of the old masters,
My brother is running in the next mile [mail] n ; ( =
event. 1609 ; = 1852 );
exist [ig'zist] v , , square [skwer] mile
; I ts hard to believe that people nation ['neijn] 1. , ; 2.
can exist in such conditions, , ; New York is
extreme [ik'strim ] , the nations leading financial and
; extreme breadth commercial center,
; WTh a ts the ocean ['oujn] n ; the Atlantic
extreme breadth of Moscow? Ocean; the Pacific Ocean
Fahrenheit ['faer9n,hait] n 1. over ['o u v a r] prep , , ;
; 2. The Madison Square Garden, w ith a
: -(-320F, capacity of over 18,000, has always
+212F been the center of boxing, hockey and
fall (fell, fallen) [fol, fel, 1()] v basketball events,
, ; During the night painting ['peintirj] n 1. ; The
the temperature fell below 20C# Tretyakov Gallery has a magnificent
12 . . - 353
collection of Russian and Soviet ; There is no racial
painting; 2. ; Did you like discrimination in the Soviet Union,
his paintings? result [ri'zAlt] n , ; as a
pass through v (); result of ; As a result of
Fifth Avenue passes through Harlem, racial discrimination millions of blacks
population [.papja'leijn] n , are unemployed in the USA.
; The population of Chicago section ['sekjn] n ();
is over three million, ,
populous ['pctpjalas] ; situated f'sitJu /eitid]
; New York is one , ; Their house is
of the most populous cities in the situated near the river,
world. straight [streit] adv ,
port [port] n ; port of entry ; Sit up straight!
sudden ['sAdn] ,
poverty ['pavarti] n * ; ; Is it true that New York has a
Poverty is awful in Harlem, humid climate with sudden changes
primarely ['prai.m erili] adv ; of weather?
tenement ['tenamant] n
This book is primarely for children,
primary ['pra^m eri, 'praim ari]
, ; primary metals total ['toutl] , , ; the
total area of smth.
; primary metals industry (-.); The total area of the town
is over 50 square miles; the total
population
printing industry

transportation [^raenspar'teijn] rt
private ['praivit] ; private , ;
hospital (school, bank) ; transportation center
(, ); There are a lot
of private high schools in the USA. tunnel [1]
privately owned , wealth [welO] ; The Rocke
(- ) fellers are a family of great wealth,
publishing ] industry within [wi5'in] prep 1. , ; H ar
lem is a city w ithin a city; 2.
racial ['reijal] ; racial discrim , ; Hell be here w ithin an
ination [d^skrim a'neijn] hour.

1. Read and translate texts 1 and 2.
sentences.
1. . 2.
. 3. :
. 4. ,
29 . 5. . 6.
. 7. ,
. 8. . 9.
( ).
*
1. . 2. ,
( ). 3.
39 . 4. 0F.
5. . 6. 110-
. 7.
354
. 8.
. 9. . 10. -
-.
3. Write out four sentences from text 1 containing reported statements,
two sentences from text 2 containing nouns north, south, east, west
used adverbially (without an article) and translate them.
4. Prepare text 1 for test reading. Pay attention to sounds, rhythm and
tunes.
5. Study the texts and answer these questions.
1. Had Peter ever been in New York before? 2. Who m et Peter at
Kennedy Airport? 3. W hy did Alexander smile when he saw the list
of places Peter wanted to see? 4. W hat did Alexander promise Peter?
5. W here did he decide to take Peter first? 6. W hat do the Rockefeller
Center buildings include? 7. How tall is the UN building? 8. How long
is Broadway? 9. W ho owns it? 10. W hat did Alexander mean saying
th at Harlem is a black town? 11. W hy did Alexander say that New York
is a city of contrasts? 12. W hat did Alexander say to Peter on the day
of his friends departure?
*
1. For how long has New York been the nations leading financial
and commercial center? 2. On w hat islands is New York situated? 3. Be
tween w hat rivers is M anhattan situated? 4. W h ats the total area of
New York? 5. W hats the extreme length (breadth) of the city? 6. W h ats
the clim ate like in New York? 7. How m any boroughs does New York
consist of? 8. W hat are the m ost im portant industries in New York?
9.. Is New York the leading port of entry? Why? 10. W heres the finan
cial center situated? 11. How did it happen th at Harlem became a black
town? 12. In what state are most of the houses in Harlem? 13. W hat
are the most im portant art museums in New York? 14. W hat events
take place in Madison Square Garden? 15. W heres the UN building
situated?
6. Give Russian equivalents for these word combinations. Make up sen
tences or situations using them.
1. to announce the names of the winners; 2. to approach the city;
3. a city of m arked contrasts; 4. as well as; 5. to be delighted to see smb.;
6. to do smth. first; 7. to explain how smth. works; 8. to be m ade of;
9. to keep a promise; 10. to smile at
*
1. the leading part of entry; 2. side by side; 3. to be situated at the
junction of; 4. the extreme w idth (length); 5. to fall below 30C; 6. the
most im portant industries; 7. to pass through; 8. as a result of; 9. a city
w ithin a city; 10. a magnificent collection; 11. to be located at
7. a) Give a summary of text 1. Use reported statements instead of the di
rect speech, b) Tell your classmates about New York using the map
and the pictures.
12* 355
<
8. Insert prepositions or adverbs wherever necessary.
. 1.the daytheir departureMoscow quite a fewtheir friends
came to say goodbyethem. 2. The stewardess announced that the
tem peraturethe plane was 45C. 3. The guide pointeda six story
building and said it was the New York University Library. 4. The
teacher told Mary to m ake a liststudents who wanted to gothe obser
vation roof of the TV Tower. 5. The child smiledthe little dog. 6. P itts
burgh is prim arily an industrial city and onethe great steel centers
the world.a hundred major corporations are locatedPittsburgh.
Pittsburgh has more bridges than any other citythe USA. The bridges
connect different partsthe cityeach other. 7.a five m inute walk
here you can find yourselfthe heartChicago downtown slums. The
Chicago River divides the cityparts known as the North Side, the
South Side and the West Side. 8. In Los Angeles [bs 'aerjgalas] summer
temperatures never rise75F (24C) and w inter temperatures never
fall 69F (17C). 9. Leningrad is the second citythe Soviet Union
size, an im portant industrial and cultural center and one the most
beautiful citiesthe world. Leningrad is onethe largest ports as
well. 10. Algarotti (1712-1764), an Italian w riter and scientist, called
St. Petersburg ['seint 'pitarz^byg] a windowwhich Russia looks
Europe.
1. New Y ork'iscity of m ultistory x buildings.tallest building is
hundred and twelve story skyscraper. 2.USA island of contrasts.
3. Chicago, w ithpopulation of more than three and a half m illion,
issecond largest city inU nited States. I t iscenter of industry for
m iddle part ofcountry. In Chicago poverty and wealth existside b y -
side: W ithinfew m inutes walk fromcenter ofcity you can find
yourself inheart of downtown slums. M artin Luther King began his
first major northern civil rights campaign in Chicago in 1966. He said
th atslums of Chicago were responsible for 2Northern race problem.
4;Hermitage ['hym itidsl hasvery rich collection of European
painting.State Russian Museum has one ofrichest collections of
Russian national art. 5. Odessa isleading port of entry onBlack Sea.
6.extreme length of Kiev Sea is 68 miles andextreme breadth is
7 miles. 7.total area of Kiev is more than 280 square miles. 8. Riga
issecond im portant port of entry on the B altic ['boltik] Sea. It is
large railroad and air junction as well.
1. The car was approaching... 2. As far as I can see... 3. M arys on
basketball team as well as... 4. Did they announce...? 5. I t s easier to
give a promise than... 6. He could scarcely... 7. Although there was
a'm arked contrast... 8. The city consists of... 9. E arly in the 19th cen
tu ry... 10. Blacks form a m ajority of the population... 11. For over
60 years... 12. Unfortunately, its true...
m ultistory ['mAlti,stoun] .
2 to be responsible [ri'sp an sab l] for . -,
3S6
11. Use the verbs in brackets in the proper tense form.
1. Jane said th at Peter (to give a promise) to help us w ith the job.
2. He said th at he (to get) a hotel room for me. 3. The guide told the
tourists that the extreme length of the city (to be) over 30 miles. 4. The
girl said th at she (to go) to business college for two years. 5. Mary add
ed that she (to take a drive) along Broadway the previous night. 6. He
told me th at they (to announce) the names of the winners two hours
before. 7. Alexander told me he (to envy) me because I (to be going)
home. He added that he (to be feeling) homesick. 8. Peter said he (to
be) delighted to show me around the city the next day.
1. .
. 3,5 .
. .
. ,
.
.
2. - ^;
. -
, .
34- 58- ,
,
. ,
- .

.
3. .
. ,
. .
4. .
, .
(the Dnieper ['nipsr]).
,
.
13. Read this article. Give a summary of the article in your own words
(orally and in written form ).
- .
(Alton Fawks ['oltan'foks]).
, , .
-.
.
, , .
,
. , ,
(to pay a toll [toul] to cross the bridge). .
...
15 , *75. .
957
,
.
. .
, . (neglected
[ni'glektid]) .
, , , , , ,
. , .
.
, ,
(that look more like prisons [priznz] than dwelling houses).
. -
(silent ['sailant] people). (sidewalk
['saidwokl), , (to
wrap [] a blanket around ones shoulders I'Jouldarzl).
, . . ,
.
, , ,
. , ,
. , -
. .
...
, ,
. 1976 .
, , . , ,
,
, ,
( , ,
). (districts of outcasts).

, .
(to follow smb.) . ,
. .
: ! (Keep silent!) .
. ,
.
.
.
, .
. ,
, , ,
...
(crime). , ,
.
;
. . , .
-
(day and night). .
. , ,
. . (I came on duty 1'djutij an hour
ago.) . ,
358
. . (to
stab with a knife).
. . .
, .
, .
. ,
, .
, , .
.
(club [1]) .
... -, ,
42- .
, , 42- .
.
.
, , , .
. ,
.
-
(Movement ['muv-
mant] of Solidarity [,sal9'daeriti ] with the National Liberation ^liba-
're ijn l of African t'aefrikn] peoples). ,
, , , .
? ? ?
.
!
. , .

. . (.
to work on smb.), .
, ,
. (to
open up the virgin I'vydsm] lands). ?
? ? ?
. (Time is flying).
. .

, .
14,- Read the text and give a summary of it. Look up the words you do not
know in the dictionary.
Washington
W ashington is the capital of the U nited States of America. The city
is called a f te r 1 the first President) of the U nited States, General
George W ashington.? W ashington is situated on the Potomac [pa'toumak]
River in the D istrict of Columbia [ ' ] (D. C.). The D istrict of
1 the c ity is called after
2 George W ashington ['w ajirjtan} (1732 1799)
(1789 1797)
359
Columbia is outside the jurisdiction of any state and subject only to
the control of the Federal Congress.1
The tallest structures in W ashington are the Capitol 2 th at houses
the Congress and the W ashington Monument th at is 555 feet (over 180
meters) tall. The oldest building in the city is the W hite House, the
official residence of the President.
W ashington has m any monumentsLincoln 3 Memorial [m a'm oum l],
Jefferson4 Memorial, G ra n ts Memorial and m any others. The most
beautiful of them is the Lincoln Memorial.
The m ajor attractions for the visitors are in the heart of Washington.
Among them is the Smithsonian Institution 6 that includes the Na
tional Museum of History and Technology [tsk'naladsi], the National
Museum of N atural History, the National Collection of Fine A r ts 7
housing exhibits [ig'zibits] th at show the development of American
art, the Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden 8 th at houses a rich
collection of 19th and 20th century paintings and sculpture. The National
Gallery of Art houses m any of the w orlds finest works of art.
The Library of Congress 9 contains millions of books, m anuscripts
['msenja,skripts], prints and photos.
W ashington avenues are wide and long, most of them are called
after states, e.g. Pennsylvania Avenue,10 Massachusetts Avenue.11 Num
bered streets run north and south, lettered streetseast and west.
The leading universities are Georgetown University and George
W ashington University.
Most of the well-to-do white people live outside the city and blacks
who m ake up half the population of W ashington are the m ain city dwell
ers. They live in slum tenements th at do not have any conveniences.
W ashington is often called 12 the city of the underprivileged and poor
blacks.
15. a) Prepare a talk on these topics, b) Write an essay on one of these
topics.
1. The town I like best.
2. A capital city.
1 and subject l'sAbd3ikt] o n ly to the control of the Federal Congress

2 the Capitol [ 'kaepatl] ,
' Abraham Lincoln ['eibra,hem 'InjkonJ (1809 1865)
(1860 1865)
4 Thom as Jefferson L'tanias'djefo'sn] (1743 1826)
(1801 1809)
5 U lysses Sim pson Grant [ju 'lisiz 'sim psn 'graent] (1822
1885) (1869 1877)
Sm ithsonian In stitu tion [sm iB'soum an ,in sta'tju jn ]
(, )
z the N ational C ollection of F in e A rts (
)
8 H irshhorn ['hs-Jborn] Museum and Sculpture ['skA lptja] Garden -
()
8 the Library of Congress ['kaijcjros]
10 P en n sylvan ia L p en sl'vein ja] A venue -
11 M assachusetts [.m aesa'tjusits] A venue -
12 W ash in gto n is often ca lle d
L e s s o n 14
I. CONVERSATIONS
1. Getting Around in Town

(In Washington)
1
A: Excuse me. Is this the way to George W ashington University?
B: Yes. Go straight ahead for two blocks and then turn right. You
cant miss it.
B: I t s nothing.
2
A: Excuse me, can you tell me the way to Dupont Circle?
B: I m sorry. I m afraid I cant help you. I m new here myself.s
A: Thank you, anyway.
3
A: Excuse me, can you tell me the way to Dupont Circle?
B: Sure. Go straight ahead for three blocks. Turn right on Connecticut
Avenue and walk until you get to Dupont Circle.
4
Policeman: Ju st a m inute, sir.? D idnt you see that signal?
Nick: Yes, I did, officer.3
P: Then why did you cross the street?
N: There werent any cars coming,4 and I thought it was safe.
P: That doesnt make any difference. Dont w alk means Dont walk.
Even if theres no traffic coming.
N: Youre absolutely right, officer. I know that.
P: Well, dont let it happen again.5 If you do, you m ight be fined 6
for jaywalking.
N: I wont, officer. You can be sure of that. . . .
5
A: Excuse me: Is there a bus from here to the National Gallery?
B: No, there isnt. Take bus 60 to Pennsylvania Avenue and then trans
fer to the R2.
B: I t s nothing.
6
A: Excuse me. Does this bus go to the Library of Congress?
B: No, this bus wont take you there. Y oull have to change at Dupont
Circle. By the way, you can get there by subway. Theres a subway
station over there.
A: Thank you.

2. Sightseeing
1 (In New York)
A: By the way, what are your plans for tomorrow morning?
B: Nothing special.
A: Would you like to take a walking tour of the city?
B: Thanks. I d love to. W hat will we start with?
A: L ets start w ith Rockefeller Center. W ell get there by subway and
take a one hour walking tour.
B: Is the Museum of Modern Art far from there?
A: I t s only a few blocks north. W ell be able to visit it too.
2
A: W hat are you going to see next?
B: W hat should I see next?7
A: Have you been to the United Nations?
B: No, not yet.
A: You should visit it. You can take a one hour guided tour.8 Moreover
you can attend a UN meeting.
B: Is it far from here? How can I get there?
A: Oh, its quite easy. Go down this street fortwo blocks, turn left
and then go straight ahead for one block. You cant miss it.
B: Thank you very much.
3 (In Moscow)
A nn Joice: W hat should I see first, Nina?
Nina: You should start w ith the Kremlin and Red Square. I ll stop
by and pick you up at your hotel tomorrow morning. W ill nine
o clock be all right?
A: Yes, it suits me fine. W ill we see St. B asils Cathedral tomorrow?
N: Sure. I t s on Red Square.
A: I have a picture of it at home. I t s wonderful.
N: Yes, I always enjoy seeing it.
4
N: W hat are you going to see next, Ann?
A: W hat should I see next?
N: Y ouve never been to the Tretyakov Gallery, have you?
A: No, 1 havent, although I read a lot about Russian art. Is this the
gallery where they have a collection of Russian painting?9
N: Yes, they have the richest collection of Russian and Soviet painting
there.
A: Can we go there tomorrow?
N: Sure.
Notes
1. I m new here myself. .. ( .)
2. Ju st a minute, sir. , (!)

362
3. officer ['ofisar} ( )

4. There werent any cars coming. He (
).
5. Dont let it happen again. , .
6. you might [maitl be fined ; might

7. W hat should I see next? ? (
?)
8. a one hour guided tour ()
9. Russian painting

Vocabulary
absolutely ['aebs3,lutli, ^ b s a 'lu tli] adv safe [serf] ,
.-. ; , , ; to be (to feel) safe;
The child is safe now .
ahead [a'hed] adv ; Go straight sigh tseein g ['saitsiirj] n
ahead. , ; to go sigh tseein g
block [blak] n (Am.) ; Go- ;
straight ahead for three blocks. W alk Are you going sightseeing tomorrow?
(for) two blocks and y ou ll see the sig n a l ['sig n (a )l] n 1. ; 2.
museum. ()
change [tjem dj] v , sta r t w ith sm th. (-.);
; Y ou 'll have to W hat should I start with?
change at 17th Street, ?
cross [kros] v , .; stop by , ; I ll stop by
L e ts cross the street here, tom orrow m orning if you are at hom e,
difference ['difrans] n , take a bus (a train, etc.)
, , ; Theres ( . .); Take bus
a great difference between the two 60 to Dupont Circle. Take a number
friends. That doesnt m ake any dif- 60 bus ta Dupont Circle,
ference. , traffic lig h t
even- t'ivn] adv ; Y ou shouldnt transfer ['traensfar] v
cross the street even if theres n o ( ,
traffic com ing, . .); Take bus 72 to F ifth Avenue
fine v , , and then transfer to bus 12.
; to be fined ; turn v ; to turn righ t (le ft)
Y ou m ay be fined next tim e, ();
g e t around ( ); W alk straight ahead for three blocks
It isnt easy to get around in M oscow, and then turn left,
gettin g around ( ) w alking tour ; L ets
go down the street () start w ith a w alkin g tour of- the K rem
jaywalking ['d3eiwokig] n lin . W ould you like to take a walking-
; Y ou m ay tour of Rockefeller Center?
be fined for jayw alking, way n , ; Is th is the w ay t a
m iss [m is] v ; ' ; R ed Square? Can you tell m e the
, ; Y ou cant best w ay to Red Square?
m iss it. (
). I m afraid L
m issed him .
n ext ( . . .) ,
Names
( );
N ext, please. , C onnecticut [ka'netikat] A venu e
( ); W hat
are you going to see next? Dupont Circle t'd ju p a n t 'sarkl]
policem an [pa'lism an] n (pi, policem en) ( )
the K rem lin ['krem linj
363
ih e N ational G allery St. B a sils Cathedral [seint 'baezlz
ks'Oidrel] ,
( )
II. EXERCISES

and sentences.
1.
? 2. . 3. , . 4.
. 5. . 6.
. 7. -2. 8.
. 9. . 10. .
11. . 12.
. 13.
?
3. What would you advise a foreign colleague if he wanted to go sightsee
ing in Moscow (in Leningrad, in Kiev) and asked you: What should
I start with?" (What should I see first?) What should I see next?
4. Write out the initial words of the utterances (of all the dialogs) and
complete them orally from memory. See the dialogs.
5. Ask all possible questions and give all possible responses using these
tables. Translate the questions and the responses.
Questions
how to get to
the way to
Excuse me, can you which bus goes to Red Square?
tell me how far it is to
if this is the right way to
Responses
Go straight ahead for three blocks.
Turn left.
Take bus 3.
Take a number 3 bus.
Take the subway to Marx Avenue station.
I t s about a three m inute walk from here.
I t s about (over) a m ile from here.
I t s about four stop lights from here.
I t s three blocks from here. I t s three blocks north (south).
I t s on the right hand side.
I t s on the left hand side.
You cant miss it.
I m afraid I cant help you. I m new here myself.
I m sorry. I m afraid I cant help you.
364
6. What would you say if you took part in the following dialogs? Act them
' out.
1. A: Excuse me. Is this the way to Red Square?
B: ...
2. A: Excuse me, can you tell me the best way to Moscow University?
B: ...
A: Can I get there by subway?
B: ...
A: Thank you.
3. A: Is there a bus from here to the Lenin Library?
B: ...
A: All right. I take bus 19 to Peace Avenue and then change for
subway train.
B: ...
A: So I 11 have to change again at the next stop. W hat did you call it?
B: ...
A: Thank you.
4. A: Excuse me. How far is it to the nearest supermarket?
B: ...
A: Which bus goes there?
B: ...
A: At what stop should I get off?
B: ...
A: Thank you.
5. A: Can you tell me where the University bookstore is?
B: ...
: . K. Thank you, anyway.
6. A: Excuse me, officer, can you tell me how to get to the post office?
P: ...
A: Will you say it again, officer? I m new here.
P: ... '
7. P: Ju st a m inute, sir. D idnt you see th at signal?
A: ...
P: Then why did you cross the street?
A: ...
P: That doesnt make any difference. You shouldnt cross the street
even if theres no traffic coming.
A: ...
P: Well, dont let it happen again. You might be fined for jayw alk
ing.
A: ...
8. A: Does this bus go to Chertanovo?
B: ...
A: All right. At what stop should I transfer to bus 102?
B: ...
9. A: W hat are your plans for tomorrow?
B: ...
A: And what are you doing in the afternoon?
B: ... '
A: W ould you like to go for a drive around the city?
B: ...
A: All right. I ll stop by and pick you up at your hotel. W ill 2 : 30
be all right?
B: ...
A: See you tomorrow.
B: ...
10. A: W hat should I see next?
B: ...
A: I m fond of Russian painting.
B: ...
A: When does it open?
B: ...
A: Thank you. I d love to go together with you.
B: ...
A: See you tomorrow morning.
11. A: L e ts take a walking tour of the Kremlin.
B: ...
A: I t s only two blocks from there.
7. Complete these dialogs. Act them out.
1. A: ...
B: Sorry, I m afraid I cant help you. I m new here myself.
A: ...
2. A: ...
B: I t s three blocks from here. Cross the street, turn left and walk
straight ahead for three blocks.
A: ...
B: I t s on the left hand side.
A: ... '
B: I t s nothing.
3. A: ...
B: I t s downtown. Take a number 96 bus and get off at 18th Street.
W alk straight ahead for two blocks and youll see it.
A: ...
B: I t s about half an hour from here.
A: ...
4. A: ...
B: I m going to the Hermitage.
A: ...
B: Nothing special.
A: ...
B: Thank you. I d love to. The city is beautiful in the evening.
A: ...
B: It suits me fine.
5. A: ...
B: We visited the Russian Museum yesterday.
' ' A: ... ' ' ' "
: I liked it very much. I ve never seen works of Russian painters.
A: ...
B: I d like to go there again and see some of the paintings th at im
pressed m e greatly. Moreover I d like to take some photos.
8. Translate these dialogs. Act them out.

1. , (the Museum
of Revolution)?
, . ,
.
.
.
2. ?
.
3. , ?
.
.
. .
4. ?
?
.
.
?
.
(Park of Culture).
5. , , ?
. .
12- .
6. ?
.
( ).
7. 7 ?
, .
8. ,: , . (to be lost). ,
?
, .
.
9. ?
?
.
.
, .
. .
10. ?
. .
?
. .
.
.
367
?
.
9. Read these dialogs. Translate them into Russian. A ct them-out.
1
Peter: L ets face it.1 W ere lost.2
Nick: All we have to do is ask.
Peter: Who do you ask in a strange city?
Nick: You ask a policeman, of course.
Peter: I dont see any policeman. W here can you find one?
Nick: Standing right behind you.3 Excuse me, officer, can you tell us
how to get to the post office? 4
Policeman: Go straight ahead for three blocks, turn right, w alk...
Peter: Not so fast, please, officer. W ere new here.
Policeman: Sorry. W alk to the first traffic light, then turn left. You
cant miss it.
2
A: Excuse me, can you tell me where the post office is?
B: I t s downtown. Take a number 71 A5, bus from this corner and get
off at 17th Street. W alk.up the hill and youll see it. You cant miss it.
3
A: D idnt you take your class this evening?
B: By the tim e I got there, the class was over.
A: Tomorrow night youll have to get there earlier.
B: I ll have to go by taxi. Buses are too slow.
A: T h atll cost you much money. Youll just have to leave earlier.
B: Impossible. 1 have to work late.6
4. The Wrong Road 7
A: I dont recognize8 anything on this road. Are you sure you know
where youre going?
: I dont know. Till now I was sure, but I m beginning to wonder.9
A: I think we took the wrong road at the last big intersection.10 W hat do
you think?
B: When I m driving anythings possible.11 I dont think I ve ever been
in this part of town.
1 L ets face it. .
2 Were lost. .
3 Standing right behind [bi'haind] you. (= H e s standing...)
.
4 post office [poust 'ofis] ( ) , .
5 take a number 71 A bus 71
6 I have to work late. ' (
). ^ .
7 the wrong road
8 I dont recognize ['rekagnaiz]
9 I m beginning to wonder
10 big intersection [jintsr'sekjn] ()
11 When driving anything is possible. ,
.
368
A: L ets go back to the big intersection and turn the other way.
: . K. Maybe well find a policeman and well ask him for directions.
10. Roleplaying:
a) You are staying in New York (Washington). Ask an American
colleague what you should see first (next) and how to get there.
b) American students are staying in Moscow (Leningrad). They
ask your advice what to see first (next) and how to get there.
c) You are in a strange city. Ask a passer-by,1 a policeman how to
get to...
11. Make up dialogs based on these pic

tures using the following words and
expressions: go straight ahead, to
turn left (right), you cant miss it,
to take bus 70 (72, etc.), to change
at.
1 passer-by f'peesabai] n
369
Lesson 15
I. GRAA1MAR E X E R C IS E S
1. Reported Questions1
1. Read and trans late these sentences. Pay attention to the reported ques
tions. Transform the reported questions into direct speech.
1. He asked me if Red Square was far from there. 2. She asked him
whether that bus would take her to Georgetown University. 3. Mary
asked him if he could tell her the best way to the University Library.
4. Bill asked her if she was doing anything special the next day. 5. Ben
asked me whether I had. visited the Phillips ['filips] Gallery. 6. She
asked me if she m ight ask my advice. 7 . 1 asked him where he wanted to
go th at day. 8. Jan e asked me what I was going to do next. 9. She asked
me at what stop she would have to transfer. 10. John asked Mary what
her brother was doing for a living. 11. He asked them how long they
had stayed in New York. 12. She asked me what time it was.
2. Make up conversations according to the model.
1st student: Are you going to New York for the weekend?
2nd student: W hat did he say? I cant hear.
3rd student: He asked you if you were going to New York for the
weekend.
1. Did he graduate from Columbia (University) last year? 2. Is it
a cup game? 3. Can we meet at 3 : 00 tomorrow? 4. Is the Music Festival
taking place in Sochi now? 5. Are you thirsty? 6. W hat bus will take
me to Columbia University? 7. W heres the nearest subway station?
8. W hats the weather like in New York now? 9. W hy did John quit
college? 10. W hat are you going to see next? 11. How long has your
mother been in the hospital? 12. W here will you go for your vacation?
3. Transform direct speech into reported speech.
1. John asked Bill, Have you visited the Tretyakov Gallery?
2. Mary asked Ann, Is it far from here? How can I get there? 3. She
asked the policeman, Is there a bus from here to New York U niversity?
4. Jane asked a young m an, Is this the right way to the Bolshoi Thea
ter? 5. He asked me, W ill you return next m onth? 6. John asked
Peter, Have you seen Harlem? 7. When is your plane leaving? she
asked me. 8. John asked his brother, W hats the title of the book?
9. Whose team won the game yesterday? he asked me. 10. W hy did
Ben quit college? Bill asked me. 11. When will you take us for a drive
around the city? I asked Peter. 12. Where did it happen? he asked
John. 13. When will h e have to finish the translation? George asked me.
4. Complete these sentences. .
1. Jan e asked me if I... 2. He asked Bill whether our team ... 3. Ann
wondered whether they... 4. She asked me if the weather**. 5. John
wondered when the next game... 6. Bill asked her why she... 7. Ann
1 , , , 453.
370
asked J ill how long;.. 8. Mary asked John where... 9. Ben asked me
whose book...
5. Read these jokes. Give a summary in reported speech.
1
A schoolboy said to his father, We gave a wonderful performance
at school. A lot of parents came and they enjoyed it.
How do you know? asked the father.
They laughed all through the play, the boy answered.
And what was. the play?
H am let, said the boy.
2
Jane was just home after her first day at school. Well, darling,
asked her mother, what did they teach you?
Not much, replied the child. I ll have to go again.*
3
Teacher: How old is your grandmother?.
Pupil: I dont know, but we have had her quite a while.
4
Teacher: W hen was Rome built?
Ben: At night.
Teacher: Who told you that?
Ben: You did. You said Rome w asnt built in a day.
1. , . 2.
, ()
. 3. , .
4. ,
. 5. ,
. 6. ,
. 7. ,
, .
8. , . 9.
, . 10.
, . 11.
1 , . 12. ,
' .
7. M ake up ten sentences using reported questions.
2. Reported Requests and Commands *
8. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to the reported requests
and commands. Transform the reported requests and commands into
direct speech.
1 . , . 454.
371
1. She told him to take bus 71. 2. He asked his friend to take him
to Greenwich Village 1 the next day. 3. The man told him to go straight
ahead for two blocks and then turn left. 4. The teacher told John to go
to his seat. 5. Mary asked Jane not to stay in the library th at day. 6. She
told her son not to put on a coat as it was warm outside. 7. The teacher
asked the students to repeat the words after him. 8. Mary asked Ann
not to put any sugar in her coffee. 9. She asked Ben not to interrupt her.
1st student: Mary, dont interrupt me, please.
2nd student: W hat did Jane say to Mary?
3rd student: Jane asked Mary not to interrupt her.
1. Take a seat, please. 2. Have another cup of coffee, please. 3. Dont
repeat these sentences after me, please. 4. D ont open the window,
please. 5. Go to the blackboard, please. 6. Have some ice cream, please.
7. Dont cross the street here. 8. Please help me w ith my English.
1. Please read this text, said the teacher. 2. Mrs. Brown said,
John, dont buy any fruit today. 3. The m other said to her son,Please
dont stay there long. 4. We asked John, Please read your new poems.
5. D ont pour m ilk in my tea, please, Ann said. 6. Dont have ice
cream, please. You have a cold, the mother said to her daughter. 7.
Please rfepeat these words after me, the teacher said.
11. Read these jokes. Give a summary in reported speech.
1
Young Artist: I painted something for last years academy.?
Friend: Was it hung?
Young Artist: Yes, near the entrance where everybody could see it.
Friend.: Congratulations! W hat was it?
Young Artist: A board 3 saying, Keep to the left.
2
Is the editor in?
H es somewhere around, said the office boy.
Tell him a friend wants to see him .
You live here, dont you?
No.
All right. I ll tell him. He says he doesnt have any friends in this town.
3
First M usic Critic: I went to th at new pianists concert last night and
wasted 4 a whole evening.
1 Greenwich ['grem tj] Village -,

XIX , . 60-
.
2 for last years academy [a'kaadsmi]
3 board [bord] .
4 waste [weist] v ( , .)
372
Second M usic Critic: Why?
First M usic Critic: His playing was above criticism.
4
Editor: Did you w rite this poem yourself?
Young man: Yes, every line of it.
Editor: Then I m glad to meet you, Edgar Allan Poe, I thought you were
dead long ago.
5
Bob: Please, Mom [mam], give me another lump of sugar.
Mother: Well, Bob, havent I given you five already?
Bob: Yes, you have... But they have dissolved * in m y tea.
1. ,
140- . 2.
. 3.
. 4. ,
. 5.
. 6. .
7. . 8.
, . 9.
, .
13. Make up ten sentences using reported requests and commands.
3. The Complex Object ?
14. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to the use of the Com
plex Object.
1. I want you to join a basketball team. 2. Did you ask Mary to
buy a guide for me? 3. I d like John to become a hjstory teacher. 4. Did
you find the new teacher a good man? 5. No one expected him to return
so soon. 6. Everyone believed him to be very good at physics. 7. Did
you tell Jim to take the children to the Zoo? 8. W hy didnt you let
the children go to the movies? 9. W hy didnt you m ake your son do his
homework?
15. Transform these sentences according to the models. Translate them.
a) Should I read the text again? (to want)
Yes, I want you to read the text again.
1. Should I make an appointment w ith Mr. Smith? (to want)' 2.
Should I invite them to my birthday party? (would like) 3. Should she
stop by and pick Jane up? (would like) 4. Should he take them to the
Modern Museum? (want, would like)
b) Do you expect th at hell become a good history teacher?
Yes, I expect him to become a good history teacher.
1 dissolve [di'zalv] v
2 . , . 455.
373
1. Do you expect th at Peterll win the prize? 2. Did you expect
th at he would settle the m atter? 3. Did he expect th at John would stay
there for another week? 4. Do you expect that theyll be back next Mon
day?
1. t . 2.
, . 3. ,
. 4. ,
. 5. , . 6.
, 92- . 7. ,
() . 8.
. 9. , . 10.
? 11.
, .
4. Emphatic Structure It is ... that
(who, whom) 1
17. Read and translate these sentences.
1. It was Peter who invited them to his birthday party. 2. It was
the Smiths who left for Boston last week. 3. It was last night that the
President spoke over the radio. 4. I t was at college th at he wrote his
first story. 5. It was in 1945 th at Dreiser joined the American Commu
nist party. 6. I t s for Ann that I m waiting.
18. Transform these sentences according to the model. Translate these sen
tences.
Ann brought him the textbook.
It was Ann who brought him the textbook.
1. Jane showed me the best way to the departm ent store. 2. Bill
left for Moscow last Monday. 3. Michael has left a message for M r. Ke
nyon. 4. John and Peter told us the news. 5. I m going to take M ary
to the movies.
II. TEXT
MY NEW SCHOOL OF THOUGHT

Longfellow High was not strictly speaking a high school at all.
It was the seventh and eighth grades of Junior High School, and its
full name was Longfellow Junior High School. The Longfellow in
question was of course the Mr. Longfellow,1 or Henry Wadsworth.
It was at ancient history th at I first astonished my class into an
awareness th at here was a truly original m ind. It happened th at this
was the first class of the very first day. Ancient history books were
distributed and Miss Shenstone, our new history teacher, asked us to
turn to page 192 for the first lesson.
I rem arked th at it would seem more in order to turn to page one for
th e first lesson.
1 . , . 456.
374
Miss Shenstone asked my name and I was only too glad to say, W il
liam Saroyan.
W ell, W illiam Saroyan, Miss Shenstone said, I m ight say,? Mister
W illiam Saroyan, just shut up and let me do the teaching of ancient
history in this class.
Quite a blow.
On page 192, I recall quite clearly, was a photograph of two rather
common looking stones which Miss Shenstone said were called Stone
henge.3 She then said that these stones were tw enty thousand years old.
It was at this point that my school of thought and behavior started.
How do you know? I said.
This was a fresh twist to the old school: the school of thought in
which the teachers asked the questions and the students tried to answer
them. The class expressed its approval of the new school.
Instead of trying to answer the question, Miss Shenstone compelled
me to demonstrate the behavior of the new school. That is she compelled
me to run. She flung herself at me w ith such speed that I was scarcely
able to get away. The class approved of the behavior of the new school
too. Instead of rem aining in ones seat in a crisis, it was better to get
up and go. The chase was an exciting one, but I got out of the room
safely. Five m inutes later, believing that the teacher had calmed down,
I opened the door to step in and return to my seat, but again she flung
herself at me, and again I got away.
I decided to present my case to Mr. Monsoon, Principal of the School,
but when I did so I was amazed to find that his sympathies were with
Miss Shenstone.
She said the rocks were twenty thousand years old, I said. All I
said was, How do you know? I didnt mean they werent th at old.
I m eant th at m aybe they were older, maybe thirty thousand years old.
How old is the earth? Several m illion years old, isnt it? If the book
can say the rocks are twenty thousand years old, somebody ought to
be able to sa y 4 how the book got th at figure. This is Longfellow Junior
High. I came here to learn. I dont expect to be punished because I
want to learn.
Your name again, please, Mr. Monsoon said.
W illiam Saroyan, I said as hum bly as possible, although I must
say, it was not easy to do.
You are? Mr. Monsoon said.
Eleven, 1 said.
No, 1 dont mean th a t.
One hundred and three pounds. &
No, no.
Presbyterian. 6
The name, I m thinking of.
I t s said to mean blond. 7
N ationality, Mr. Monsoon said.
Armenian, I said proudly.
Ju st as I thought, the principal said.
Ju st as you thought what?
Nobody but an Armenian would have asked a question like th a t.8
375
How do you know? I said giving the new school another twist.
Nobody did, the principal said. Does that answer your question?
Only partly, I said. How do you know somebody would not have
asked it if I hadnt?9
In all the years th at I have been w ith the public school system of
California, Mr. Monsoon said, no one has ever asked such a question.
Yes, I said quickly, and in all the years before Newton wanted
to know what made the apple fall, nobody wanted to know what made
it fall.
Mr. Monsoon did not want to continue the discussion. He just sat
and looked at his shoes.
How about that? I said.
W ell, he said, I m ust give you a thrashing. How about that?
For what? I said.
I got to m y feet and in a moment I was out of the room.
Once again, I tested the behavior of the new school and found that
it worked.
(After The Failure of Friends
by W illiam Saroyan)
Notes
1. The Longfellow in question was of course the Mr. Longfellow, or H entry
Wadsworth (Longfellow). , , ,
, , . .
( , X IX ). ,
, ,
. : Is he the Mr. Brown who taught us history at col
lege?
2. I might say (might
)
3. Stonehenge ['stounhendsl ,
. ();

.
4. somebody ought to be able to say -
. ought to
, , -
: , . : I think we
ought to accept their invitation. ,
.
5. One hundred and three pounds 103 ( 45 ).
, .
6. Presbyterian [,prezb9'tiran] ,

7. I t s said to mean blond. , () -
, .
8. Nobody but an Armenian would have asked a question like th at.
- , , . Would have
asked , -
.
376
9. How do you know somebody else would not have asked a question
. if I hadn't (asked)? , -
, ?
( )
.
Vocabulary
am aze [a'meiz] v , , new teacher compelled me to dem
; to be am azed to see (to onstrate the behavior of the new
f in d ) , a t sm th . -., school.
-.; She was discu ssion [di'skAjn] n ,
amazed to find that the child could , , ; When
play the piano so well, did the discussion take place?
a n c ie n t ['einjant] , ; d is trib u te [di'stribjut] v ,
a n c ie n t a rt (lit e r a t u r e ) ; ; Please dis
(); Jim had an tribute the ancient history books to
ancient history class yesterday morn the class, the teacher said,
ing. exp ect [ik'spekt] v 1. , ;
a p p ro va l [a'pruvl] n ; to We expected you last Sunday; 2.
express one s a p p ro va l; The students , ; We expect
expressed their approval after they him to come next Friday,
heard my plan, express [ik'spres] v ; to express
a p p ro ve [a'pruv] (o f) v , one s a p p ro va l
; I hope theyll ; My father expressed his appro
approve of my plan. val of my decision,
A rm e n ia n [ar'm inian] n fig u re ['figjar, 'figar] n ; I wonder
aw a re [a'wer] a (predic.) where you got th at figure from,
(-.), (-.); fin d (fo u n d , fo u n d ) v ,
( -.); to be aw are of ; I was amazed
; Hes aware of the diffi to fin d 'th a t he wasnt going to join
culties. us. ,
awareness [a'wernis] n (), ,
flin g (flu n g , flu n g ) (o n e s e lf) v
be w it h ; (- ; ; He flung himself into
-. ); Hes been with the armchair,
the hospital for ten years now. fresh [frej] a 1. , ,
b e h a v io r [bi'heivjar] n , ; fresh id e a [ai'diaj
, ; Your behavior is () ; This
very bad, John, writer has fresh ideas about the prob
b lo n d [bland] ; , lem; 2. ,
. ; The fresh
b lo w [blou] n ; His sudden death flowers looked beautiful in the vase.
was a blow to his family, These eggs are fresh,
ca lm [kam] dow n ); They fu ll [ful] a 1. , ,
tried to calm her down. I think shes ; f u ll n am e
< calmed down. ( ); W hats his
case [keis] n ; ; full name? 2. .,
; I decided to present ; Your glass
my case to M r . Brown, is full.
chase [tjeis] n , g e t a w a y , ,
com pel [kam'pel] v , ; The boy got away; to g e t a w a y
; to com pel sm b. to do s m th .; w ith i t (
Jim s father compelled him to quit ), ; I dont
college and get a job. think youll get away w ith it this
c ris is ['kraisis] n (pi. crises ['kraisiz]) time.
; fin a n c ia l ( in d u s t r ia l) c ris is g e t to one s fe e t ; He
() got, to his feet and ran out of the room,
d e m o n s tra te ['deman,streit] v 1. humbly ['hAmbli] adv_ ,
, , ,
( ); instead of [in'sted ov] prep , -
377
; in ste a d of s m th . (d o in g s m th .); fine. She remained as beautiful as
They came by plane instead of by ever.
train. Instead of answering the ques re m ark [ri'm arkj v ,
tion he stood up and went out. ( -.); re
m in d [maind] n 1. , ; The boy marked that the weather was awful
has an original mind, doesnt he? there.
2. () ; to speak s a fe ly ['seifli] adv , ;
o ne s m in d ; He managed to get out of the room
We couldnt make her speak her mind, safely.
n a t io n a lity ^naeJVnaeliti] n 1. sch o o l n; Junior ['d 3unjar] High School
; (A m .) () ,
; W hats his nationality? 7, 8 9
H es Italian; 2. ; seem [sim] v , ;
; His nationality is American, She seems tired. The new text seemed
o rd e r ['ordarj n , difficult to us.
; ia o rd e r ; Put s h u t [jAt] up v , ; Shut
these books in order, up! ! !
o rig in a l [' !] a 1. , speed [spid] n ,
; 2. , stone [stoun] n
; o rig in a l p la n (id e a ) s t r ic t ly ['striktli] adv , ; Is
o rig in a l [9'rid39nl] n , that strictly true?
; to re a d a book in th e o r ig i such [sAtJ] a 1. ; ; Such
n a l () ; people are dangerous; 2. (
Now I can read novels by American ), ( . .); We
writers in the original, had such a good time at your party.
p a rt ly ['partli] adv ,
; Hes partly right, ,
p o in t tv sym p a th y ['simpaOi] ,
p o u n d [paund] n ( = 453 ) ; You have my sympathies.
presen t [pri'zent] v , . I was amazed to
; I wonder find that his sympathies were with
whether hell present any original Miss Shenstone.
idea for the discussion, system ['sistam] n ; p u b lic
p ro u d ly ['praudli] adv , sch o o l system (
; This is my father, the boy )
said proudly, te a ch in g , ; to
p u n is h v , ; do the te a ch in g
; The teacher th o u g h t [Got] n ; sch o o l of
wanted to punish Tom, but the boy th o u g h t ,
got away; to be p u n is h e d ; the o ld school
of th o u g h t . ; the
in q u e stio n , ; , n ew sch ool of th o u g h t .
; The problem ; Once again I tested the behavior
in question is one of the most diffi of the new school and found that it
cult. worked.
re c a ll [ri'kol] v , th ra s h in g PGrseJir)} n ; to g iv e a
; He tried to recall where they th ra s h in g
had met before; to re c a ll the w ords t r u ly ['truli] adv ,
of a song (a po e m ) ; The boy has a truly or original
re m a in [ri'mein] v 1. , mind.
( ); to tu rn to page 10 (192, e tc .)
re m a in a t hom e ( in one s s e a t); Please 10- (192- . .)
remain in the office while we go out; tw is t [twist] ,
2. ; The weather remains

sentences. .
378
1. ,
, ... 2.
. 3. ()
. 4. .
5. , .
6. - . 7.
( ), . 8. ,
, . 9.
. 10. . 11.
. 12. (
), ( ).
3. Mark the correct sentences with the letter T and the false ones with the
letter F. Correct the false sentences.
1. It was an English class th at I first astonished my classmates into
an awareness th at here was a truly original m ind. 2. I remarked that
it would seem more in order to turn to page ten. 3. On page 192, I recall
quite clearly, was a photograph of two rather common looking stones.
4. Instead of trying to answer the question Miss Shenstone ordered me
to leave the class. 5. The class didnt approve of the behavior of the
new school. 6. I was very glad to find that the P rincipals sympathies
were w ith me. 7. I dont expect to be punished because I want to learn.
8. Nobody but an Armenian would have asked a question like th at.
9. Once again I had tested the behavior of the new school and found
th at it worked.
1. W hat kind of school was Longfellow Junior High School? 2. At
what lesson did W illiam astonish his class into an awareness th at he
had a truly original mind? 3. To w hat page did the history teacher ask
the students to open their ancient history books? 4. W hat did W illiam
remark? 5. W hat did Miss Shenstone say to W illiam when she heard
the remark? 6. W hat did the photograph on page 192 show? 7. W hat
question did W illiam ask when the teacher said th at the stones were
twenty thousand years old? 8. W hy did W illiam say th at the question
m eant the beginning of the new school of thought? 9. Did Miss Shen
stone answer his question? 10. W hat did she do? 11. Did W illiam con
tinue to sit in his place or did he get away? 12. How did the class like
his behavior? 13. W hat made W illiam go to the Principal? 14. Whom
were the Principals sympathies with? Why? 15. W hy did the Principal
say Nobody but an Armenian would have asked a question like th at?
16. Did W illiam have to test the behavior of the new school again?
5. Write out sentences containing direct questions, requests and commands.
Transform them into reported speech in written form.
6. Choose an extract from the text and prepare it for test reading.
1st student: I t ll seem more in order to turn to page 1 for the first
lesson.
2nd student: W hat did he (she) say? I cant hear.
379
3rd student: He (she) said (that) it would seem more in order to turn
to page 1 for the first lesson.
1. In ancient history class the teacher asked the students to open
their books to page 192. 2. At that point his new school of thought sta rt
ed. 3. The class expressed its approval of the new school. 4. He got
out of the room safely. 5. W illiam went to the principal to present his
case. 6. I wonder how the book got those figures. 7. No one has ever
asked such a question. 8. I m ust give you a thrashing. 9. He tested the
behavior of the new school.
1st student (Jane): Please calm down, (to ask)
2nd student: W hat did she ask him to do?
3rd student: Jane asked him to calm down.
1. Please distribute these books to the class, (to want) 2. Please
recall the words of the poem, (to expect) 3. Please express your approval
of the decision, (to expect) 4. Please put these books in order,(to make)
5. Speak your m ind, please, (to compel) 6. Please present your ideas
for a discussion, (would like) 7. Dont punish the boy, please, (to tell)
8. Please rem ain in the office for an hour, (to let) 9. Turn to page twenty,
please, (to ask)
Our new history teacher asked us to turn to page 192.
It was to page 192 th at our new teacher asked us to turn.
1. A t this point my new school of thought and behavior started.
2. The class expressed its approval of the new school. 3. Miss Shenstone
compelled me to demonstrate the behavior of the new school. 4. I de
cided to present my case to M r. Monsoon. 5. Newton wanted to know
what m ade the apple fall. 6. M r. Monsoon did not want to continue the
discussion.
10. Insert prepositions or adverbs.
1. Miss Caroline ['kaera,lain] wrote her namethe blackboard,
turnedthe class and said, This says I m Miss Caroline Fisher. First
she read a storycats. Then she wentthe blackboard again, wrote
the alphabet I'aelfa^bet] in big capital letters 1 and said, Does anyone
know what these letters are? Everybody did. I think she asked me
because she knew m y name. As I read the alphabet I became aware
th at she did not approveme. She asked me to tell m y father not to
teach me any more. I thought it would be a blowmy father.
I wanted to getm y feet and getbut I had to rem ainm y seat
the end of the lesson.
the lessons my brother Jem explainedme th at Miss Caroline
was starting a new wayteaching. I wasto say th at I didnt approve
this wayteaching when I saw Miss Caroline. 2. The teacher asked
onethe students to distribute booksthe class. 3. Insteadreading
Russian booksthe original you read them translation. Youll never
* capital letters
380
be able to, know Russian well, the teacher said to Ben. 4. The novel
question was the first and the last bookthe author.1 5. Everyone will
be able to express his ideasthe discussion. 6. that point the young
m an' stood up and walked.
1. I said, How do you know that? 2. W hats your name? asked
Mr. Monsoon. 3. W hats your nationality? the principal asked me.
4. How old are you? the principal said. Eleven, I replied. 5. Does
he really care for ancient history? she asked. 6. Turn to page 192,
the teacher said. 7. Why did you punish the boy? the teacher asked
the boys father. 8. I didnt mean to say th at, he added. 9. Will you
have tea instead of coffee? she asked him. 10. How long have you
been with the office? he asked her.
12. Insert articles or possessive pronouns.
1. Mr. Monsoon isprincipal of your school, isnt he? 2. W hat did
principal say to you yesterday? 3. Turn topage 15, the teacher said.
4. Will you let me takephotograph of you? 5. W hat tim e doesclass
begin? 6. The teacher said shed like us to w ritetest inclass. 7. I m
not sureclass will approve ofbehavior. 8. My new school of
thought andbehavior was popular with everyone. 9. school inques
tion is one ofoldest musical schools in Moscow. 10. Your sisters son
hastruly original mind. 11. weather remained fine for quitetime.
12. They had suchgood tim e duringstay in Leningrad. 13. Did
you read those books inoriginal? 14. Did they expressapproval
of his plan?
13. Give a summary of the story M y New School of Thought
a) as it is, b) as if you were Miss Shenstone.
14. M ake up situations using these words and word combinations.
a) teacher of, to discuss, to present ones ideas, to recall, to remark,
to express ones approval;
b) behavior, to punish, instead of, to run away, to explain to smb.,
in such a way, to be a blow to, to compel, to demonstrate;
c) to present ones case to, to express, fresh, in order, partly, to seem
difficult, to remain, strictly speaking.
1. , . 2.
, , .
3. , , ?
4. ,
. 5. , ,
. 6. ,
. 7. , . 8. ?
(method
I'meOad])? 9. ,
. 10. ? 11. ,
i author '-]
381
? 12.
? 13. , ,
. 14. , .
15. , -, . 16. .
. 17.
.
.
16. Read, this story. Look up the words you do not know in the dictionary.
Give a summar of the story and discuss it in class.
The Secret Box
Tommy was not afraid until he picked up the telephone. Then he
knew that he was afraid because his voice was shaking when he spoke
to the operator.
The police, he said just like the people on TV said it. Give me
the police.
W hat do you want, little boy? the operator said in that irritated
voice grown-ups get, when they dont like the game youre playing.
He wanted to cry but he knew th at he couldnt cry. Not yet. Not
for a long tim e yet.
The police, he repeated. Somebody shot Mark and my mother.
Somebody killed them .
Then he had the police on the phone and it was better, he could just
think about telling them his name and where he lived and that Mother
and Mark were lying on the floor dead where someone had shot them.
He put down the receiver and went back to the sofa. He did not let
himself look at the bodies.
Soon the bell rang. He got down from the sofa and went to open
the door. He looked up into the faces of the tall blue men standing there
and then they went on past him into the living room.
Good God, one of them said, the kid was telling the tru th .
One of the cops came over to him.
How did it happen, sonny? he said.
Tommy looked up at him and started to tell him how it had hap
pened but the other cop stopped him.
Better w ait till the lieutenant gets here, he said.
Then the lieutenant was there. There was a whole bunch of men
w ith him, a m an with a camera and a man with a doctors bag and anoth
er who went around looking for fingerprints and all of a sudden 1 the
room was full of cops doing the things they always did on the television
shows.
Then the lieutenant came up to Tommy. W hats your name, kid?
he said.
Van, Tommy said. My name is Van.
The lieutenant kept on looking at him. It says on your pajam a
pocket that your name is Tommy, he said pointing to the letters.
T hats the name m y mother called me, he said. Ever since Daddy
left shes called me that. But Daddy calls me Van, and th a ts m y name.
1 all of a sudden
3S2
The man over there isnt your daddy? the lieutenant said in a
sharp voice.
T hats Mark, Tommy told him.
Wheres your daddy? he asked Tommy.
He doesnt live here any more, Tommy told him. Ju st me and
Mother. Mother and Daddy arent m arried any more.
W hat did your daddy want when he came here tonight? he said.
Did he want to talk to your m other?
Daddy wasnt here, Tommy told him, with surprise in his voice.
He didnt come tonight. He comes sometimes on Sunday. B u t he
doesnt come here at night any more. Ju st Mark.
One of the men came over to the lieutenant. It m ust have happened
this w ay, 1 he said. The man was sitting in that chair, while the boys
mother was in the kitchen fixing some drinks. The m an was shot first,
sitting right in th at chair it looks like a .322 but we cant be sure yet
and then the woman was shot when she came running out of the kitchen
with the drinks in her hands. Two bullets in each of them. Death was
practically instantaneous.
The lieutenant turned his attention back to Tommy again.
Are you all right? he said anxiously.
I have to ask you, Tommy. So youve got to be a fine brave kid and
help us out.
All right, Tommy said. Then he couldnt help it any m ore.5 When
will my daddy come? he said.
The lieutenant said, W ell get him as quick as we can. I promise
you that. We want to see him, too.
Now tell me, was Mark your m others friend?
Yes. Mark and Mother were going to be m arried.
Did they fight much?4 said the lieutenant.
Well, they did but not as much as Mother and Daddy used to.
W hat did they fight about?
Me m ostly. He didnt like me very much. He kept saying m y fath
er ought to take care of me instead of Mother. 5
Your mother wasnt good to you, was she?
Yes, Tommy said. She was just as good as she could be. It was
just th at she had Mark. She didnt need me because she had Mark.
Were you in bed w hen... the lieutenant began.
Yes, Tommy said. I was in bed and Mark was here and I could
hear them in the living room. They were laughing. I nearly went to
sleep and then all of a sudden I heard the pistol start shooting.6 It shot
four times. I was scared and I didnt want to go and see. But then I
got up and went into the living room and there was Mark in the chair
and Mother in the kitchen door.
* It must have happened this way. , , ,

2 .32 : point thirty-two
* he couldnt help it any more
4 Did they fight much? ?
5 my father ought [at] to take care of me instead of Mother
,
6 I heard the pistol start shooting
383
Then there was a phone call, and the lieutenant talked to someone,
and then he came over to Tommy.
He checks out, 1 he told the other men. He was at a party w ith
some friends. Never out of sight for a m inute. He turned to Tommy.
We finally got hold of your daddy, Tommy. H es on his way here.
A few m inutes later his daddy came in. Daddy held him close and
w arm .2
Then Daddy and the lieutenant had to talk a little but Tommy didnt
listen any more. He was looking instead at the woman who came togeth
er with his father.
Daddy came back. Come on, Van, he said. I m taking you home.
Youre going to live w ith Daddy from now on.
W hos she? said Tommy pointing at the woman.
T hats M artha, said Daddy. She may be your new mother one
of these days.
Can I have secrets there? Tommy said.
Sure, Daddy said. All the secrets you want. Youll have your own
room and everything.
All right then, Tommy said. I ve got a secret I want to take w ith
me. A secret box.
Get it, his daddy said.
Tommy went up the stairs to his daddys room. He opened the bot
tom .drawer in the desk and took out the secret box. He opened the box
and touched the cold m etal of the .32 pistol. He closed the box and
put it under his arm.
His daddy smiled and M artha smiled and the lieutenant and all of
his men smiled to see him marching so bravely out of the house into
his new strange world.
Tommy was happy he had learned the TV lesson so well.
(After The Secret Box
by Borden Deal)
17. Read this article. Look up the words you do not know in the dictionary.
Give a summary of the article and discuss it in class.
American Students in Moscow
I dont think you could possibly write a serious thesis 3 or a se
rious work w ithout this exchange, w ithout the tim e you get in the ar
chives.4 For th at reason, this is probably the most valuable school year
weve had so far, said Hugh D. Hudson, who spent 10 months studying
at Moscow University together w ith other American exchange students. I
Hugh is from North Carolina.6 He is majoring in eighteenth cen
1 He checks out. sd. .
2 Daddy held him close and warm. ,
3 serious thesis ['sirias ' Gisis]
4 archives ['arkaivz] n pi.
5 exchange [iks'tjeindj] students ,

6 North Carolina I'kaeralaina]
7 major t'meidjg] v (
)
384
tury Russian hjstory. Bruce Adams from; M aryland1 worked in the ar
chives of Moscow and Leningrad, studying unique documents on the
history of Russias, c rim in a l'la w 2 at the turn of the century. This is
the first year since I was 18 that I did not haye to work to support my-;
self. Receiving a stipend left me entirely free to do research, said Bruce.
Dudley J . Hagen and Joanna de Varon are studying Slavic lan
guages. They spent a good deal of their tim e in the Lenin State
Library. Both Joanna and Dudley praised the conditions in which they
worked. We worked in the first reading room of the Lenin Library.
We could get any book or document that we needed, said Dudley.
- We had m any opportunities3 to meet Soviet people, said Hugh.
We spent about 40 weekends travelling, visiting different places. The
American exchange students visited museums, galleries and theaters.
In the winter the young people went skiingeither out of town
or around the campus of the university.
Summing up his year in Moscow, Hugh said: For the American
academic community 4 this exchange is very im portant. To stay as a
foreigner and work in the archives for a year is a unique experience.
I am sure each of us is glad to have had that experience in the USSR. 5
18. Prepare a talk on one of the following topics.
1. My school, days.
2. Schoolchildren and teachers.
3. My favorite teacher.
L e s s o n 16
I. CONVERSATIONS
1. School Education in the USSR

Professor Petrov is visiting a New York Public High School. He
meets' teachers and they ask him questions.
Professor Petrov: I m very glad to meet you and I m ready to answer
your questions.
M r. Shaw: I ve read that your schools are supported by the state. I won
der if there are any private schools, religious schools, for instance,
in your country.
Prof. P: There are no private schools at all. As for religion, the church
and the schools are separated in the Soviet Union.
M iss Shayne: At what age do children start school?
Prof. P: Most children start at the age of seven and a fewat the age
of six. Theres a three-year elementary school and a eight-year sec
ondary school.
1 Maryland ['meralarnd]
2 criminal law f'krim inl 'lo]
3 we had many opportunities [, 'tjunitiz]
4 academic community ^' ka'mjuniti]
5 each of us is glad to have had that experience in the USSR ,-

13 . . - 385
Mr. Bradley: Is elementary or high (secondary) schooling compulsory
in your country?
Prof. P: High (secondary) schooling is. However, students can leave
secondary school after completing eghth grade.
Mr. Bradley: Well, and where can they ges hing scholing then?
Prof. P: In specialized secondary schools and vocational schools to
which they go after completing eighth grade.
2. Public School Education in the USA
Peter Ivanov, a Soviet exchange student, is at Columbia Univer
sity. He wants to know more about US public school education. Now
he is having a talk with James Porges, an American student.
Ivanov: When do children start going to school in America?
Porges: At the age of six. There are eight years of elementary school
and four years of high school.
I: Does high school adm it all children? Is admission automatic?
P: Yes.
I: Is elementary or high schooling compulsory here?
P: Elem entary schooling is. In most states students can leave school
at the age of sixteen.
/: As for my country, high schooling is compulsory.
P: T hats very good. I wish we had it too.1
/: I came across the term a tracking system. 2 W hat does it mean?
F: It means that students are placed in groups according to their abil
ity in a specific subject.
I: W hat subjects do students have during the four-year high school
program?
P: They have to study four or five m ajor subjects a year. They m ay m a
jor either in the hum anities or in science. They have classes in major
subjects every day.
I: Do they have any other subjects?
P: Yes, they usually have classes in physicaleducation, music and
art several times a week.
I: I ve read that there are private elementary and high schools in this
country.
P: Yes, there are. Moreover their number has greatly increased during
the last ten years since the tim e schools were desegregated.3
I: Is there a difference between private and state supported schools?
P: Theres a great difference. Private schools have better teachers
as the teachers salaries are higher there. Classes are not as numerous
as in state supported schools.
3. Violence on TV and its Effect on Children

Victor Petrov, a professor at Moscow Teachers Training College,
is on a tour of the USA. He is m aking a study of the US system of pub
lic school education and the upbringing of children.
Professor Petrov: Last night I saw an awful film on TV. I wonder- whether
you. saw it too. I t s a crime film about an eight-year old boy who
killed his mother and her friend.
386
Professor Brown: You mean The Secret Box. Yes, its a horrible film,
indeed.
P: I t s hard to believe that such a little boy could be so cruel.4
B: Unfortunately, such things do happen 6 in this country. Almost
every day you can read in the papers about youngsters who murder
their parents or relatives, or strangers, and very often they do it for
the sake of murder itself.
P: I suppose one of the reasons is that there are too many crime and
horror stories th at children can read and too many crime films that
they can watch on TV.
B: T h ats quite true. A few of m y colleagues and I have been lectur
ing on the problem during the last ten years but we can do nothing.
TV companies will never stop showing such films as they bring in
a lot of money.
P: By the way, I read yesterday th at the number of crimes has greatly
increased in New York during the last two years.
B: That doesnt surprise me. I ve been living in New York for ten years
now and I know w hats going on here. The problem of the upbringing
of children is a most urgent one and the problem of the effect of TV
shows on children is a most dram atic one.
4. Talk on College Life
M axim: How are you doing?
Peter: I m doing fine, thank you.
M: Youre graduating this year, arent you?
P: Yes, in three months. I ve already finished the required courses
and passed my exams. I only have to defend my graduate work.
M: How many exams did you have to take?
P: Three: philosophy, economics and English.
M: W hat about your marks? Did everything turn out . K.?
P: Yes, excellent (A6) in all the subjects.
M: Congratulations. I wish you the best of luck.
P: Thank you. Goodbye.
M : Bye.
Notes
1. I wish we had it too. , .
2. tracking system ; ,

3. since the tim e schools were desegregated [di'segrigeitid] ,
(
). 1964
.
.
.
4. that such a little boy could be so cruel ['krual]

5. such things 'do happen .
,
13* 387
Present Indefinite Past Indefinite,
to do. Do ,
to.
do : Jane 'does know French.
. Bill 'did go there yesterday.
.
6. ,
: , , ,
D , F (failure) ().
Vocabulary
according to [a'kordit]] prep defend [di'fend] v ,
, , ; According to ; ; to defend ones
the weather forecast itll rain tomor graduate work
row. ; When is your brother de
admission [ad'm ijn] n ; , fending his graduate work?
; Admission to secondary school dramatic [dra'maetik] , ,
is open to everyone in the Soviet ; ; We
Union. didnt expect them to take any dra
admit [ad'mit] v , , matic decisions,
; to adm it to school (col economics [^ka'namiks] n
lege); I wonder whether John was ;
admitted to college; to adm it to a education êdja'keijn] n ;
house (a room); Please admit him to ; ; compulsory
the room, (free) education (
as for (as to) ; As for me, ) ; elementary (high)
I m going to join the U niversity school education ()
basketball team, ; Is elementary
automatic [ yota'maetik] or high school education compulsory
; Admission to high public school in the USA?
is automatic in the USA. effect [a'fekt, i'fekt] n ;
bring in ; You know ; W hats the effect of education
very well that my books dont bring al TV programs on children?
any money in, the writer remarked exam [igâem] n (. examination
to his friend. Do you know how much [igâemi'neijn]) ; to take
the new factory will bring in? (to pass) an exam ,
church [ tjs tj ] n ; The church (, ) ; How
and the state are separated in social- many exams did he pass?
ist states. go on v ,
come across , ( Continuous); W hats go
; I came across a very in ing on here? -
teresting article yesterday, graduate ['graed3Uit] work
complete [ksm 'plit] v , ; to defend ones graduate
; to complete a job (ones work; Congratulations, Peter! Mary
work, a book, etc.); Did they complete told me youd defended your graduate
the journey? - work the week before,
compulsory [' ] horrible ['horabl] ,
; compulsory (secondary) school , ; That was
ing (education) (- horrible.
' ) ; Secondary school horror ['horar] n ; a horror film
ing is compulsory in the Soviet Union, (story) ; I dont care
course [kors] n (, ; for horror films,
. .); What course are the humanities [hju'maenatiz] n pi.
you taking at the University?
crime [kraim] n increase [in'kris] v ();
cruel ['krual] , ; The number of crimes
; ; How can he has greatly increased in the USA in
be so cruel? the last ten years.
388
kill [kit] v , ; to science ['saians] n .
kill a man (a dog, etc.); to be killed (. natural sciences); Are
in the war ; My you majoring in science?
teachers father was killed in World secret ['sikrit] , ,
War II.
lecture ['lektJar] v ; The segregate ['segrigeit] v (.)
professor lectured in the evening; to ; ,
lecture on (-)
( . .); What segregation ^segro'geijn] ;
does your new professor lecture on? ant. desegregation; The process of
major ['meid53r] v desegregation started in the USA
( ); in the 1960s.
majored in the humanities, separate ['seprit, 'ssparit] ,
mark [mark] n ; to get a mark ; In most cities black
in English (economics, etc.); What and wh te children study in separate
, mark did he get in economics? schools in the USA.
murder ['m 3"dar] n (, separate ['spa,reit] v ,
) ; to be separated
numerous ['njumaras] ; The church and the state are
; numerous problems (questions, separated in the Soviet Union,
books, letters, etc.); He has numerous show n , ; TV
problems, show
( . .)
philosophy [fa'lasafi] n specific [spi'sifik] ,
physical f'fizikl] education
, ; In USA high
private ['praivit] ; private schools students are placed in groups
school (hospital, etc.) according to their ability in a specific
program ['prougraem, 'prougrom] n subject.
start school (start going to school)
relative ['relativ] n , ; In the
USSR children start school (start
religion [ri'lid 3n] n going to school) at the age of seven,
religious [ri'lidjas] ; state n
religious school , stranger ['streindsarj n
study ['stAdi] n , ;
required [n'kwaird] , to make a study of smth.
; required studies (sub -.; Hes making a study
jects) of the US system of public school
sake [seik] n: for the sake of smb., for education.
smb.s sake () -.; Please subject ['sAbd3 ikt] n ,
do this for my sake, ; What subjects are you majoring
salary f'saebri] n , ; in?
Theyre going to increase his salary support [so'port] (
. next year. ); Schools are supported by the
school n: elementary [.eta'mentari] state in the Soviet Union,
(three-year) school (USSR) suppose [so'pouz] v , ,
() ; elementary ; I suppose, hes right.
(eight-year) school (USA) Teachers Training [ 'treinjij] College
() ; secondary
['^] (eight-year) school term [t3*m] n ; The journalist
(USSR)cpeAHHH () used many technical terms,
; high (four-year) school (USA) train v , ; Teachers
() ; special Training Colleges train teachers for
ized ['spejajaizd] secondary school schools.
(USSR) turn out ; Everything
(, turned out well,
, ) upbringing [ /bnijnj ] n
schooling ; urgent ['ycânt] ,
; elementary schooling ; urgent,problem
; secondary schooling ; Education and upbringing of
(USSR) ; high children are the most urgent problems
schooling (USA) of today.
389
vocational [vou'keifenl] school ; Do you watch the "News
; Those who want to go to program on TV every night?
vocational schools after completing wish ; I wish you the best of
eighth grade, luck. ,
watch smth. on TV -. youngster ['jArjstar] n ,

and sentences.
1. - . 2.
, ? 3. . 4.
? 5.
. 6. ()
. 7. ( ).
8. ? 9.
. 10.
() . 11.
. 12.
, . 13.
. 14. . 15. ,
. 16. . 17.
, .
18. . 19.
. 20. () ? 21.
.
3. Give Russian equivalents for these English word combinations and sen
tences.
1. Your schools are supported by the state. 2. children start school.
3. High schooling is compulsory. 4. They can get secondary education
in specialized secondary schools. 5. Peter Ivanov, a Soviet exchange
student, is at Columbia University. 6. eight years of elementary school.
7. I wish we had it too. 8. They have to study four or five major sub
jects a year. 9. Yes, its a horrible film, indeed. 10. They do it
for the sake of murder itself. 11. as they bring in a lot of money. 12. That
doesnt surprise me. 13. The effect of TV shows on children is a most
dramatic one. 14. Did everything turn out . K.? 15. I wish you the
best of luck.
4. Write out all the sentences containing word combinations with school
and schooling, and translate them.
5. Write out all the sentences that contain the word combinations to be
placed, to be separated and to be supported. Translate them.
6. Write out the initial words of the utterances and then complete them
orally from memory. See the dialogs.
7.. What would you say if you took part in the following dialogs? Act them
out.
390
1. A: Are all Soviet schools supported by the state? Are there any
private schools in your country?
B: ...
2. A: W hat schools provide secondary (high) schooling in the Soviet
Union?
B: ...
A: At what age can students leave school in your country?
B: ...
3. A: Do many children go to vocational schools? W hat percent of
children go to specialized secondary schools after completing
eighth grade?
B: ...
A: W hat education (schooling) do you have? Did you graduate from
secondary school (specialized secondary school, college)?
B: ...
4. A: At what age do American children start school?
B: ...
A: Are there only public schools in the USA?
B: ....
A: Do students have to pay tuition charges 1 at private schools?
B: ...
5. A: I ve read that many of the American universities are private.
Is that true?
B: ...
A: Is H arvard 2 one of the best American universities?
B: ...
6. A: Is elementary or high schooling compulsory in the USA?
B: ...
A: At what age can students leave school?
B: ...
A: Are schools in^ Harlem as good as those in Richmond (where
only white people live)?
B: ...
7. A: W hat does the term a tracking system mean?
B: ...
A: How many subjects do high school students major in?
B: ...
A: Do they have any other subjects?
B: ...
8. A: I wonder whether the number of private schools has increased
in the USA for the last few years.
B: ...
A: W h ats the reason for that?
B: ...
A: Is there a great difference between private and state supported
schools?
B: ...
1 tuition charges [,tu'ijn 'tjardjiz]
2 Harvard'['harverd] University . (
, )
391
9. A: Have you read the story The Secret Box?
B:
A: Do such things often happen in the USA? I t s hard to believe
that such a little boy could be so cruel.
B: ...
A: W hat are the reasons?
B: ...
A: Cant your teachers do something about it?
B: ...
10. A: Are there special TV programs for children in the Soviet Union?
B: ...
A: Do you show crime and horror films on your TV?
B: ...
A:, Do you mean to say such films arent popular with your children?
B: ...
11. A: How are you doing?
B : . ...
A: You are graduating this year, arent you?
B: ...
A: How m any exams did you have to take?
B: ...
A -'W h a t marks did you get?
B: ...
A: Congratulations. I wish you the best of luck.
B: ...

1. A: ...
B: -.There are no private schools at all in the Soviet Union. All the
schools are supported by the state.
A: ...
B; Theres no religious.education in Soviet schools. The church and
the schools are separated.
A: ...
B: Children start going to schools at the age of six.
2. A: ...
B: Theres a three-year elementary school and an eight-year secondary
school.
A: ...
B: High (we say secondary) schooling is.
A: ...
B: Students can leave school after completing eighth grade.
3. A: ...
B: They can get secondary education in specialized secondary
schools and vocational schools.
A: ...
B: Admission is free to vocational schools.
A:
B: The course of training is from two to three years.
392
4. A: ...
: At the age of six. We have two types of school: an eight-year
' elementary school and a four-year high school,
A: ...
B: Elem entary schooling is. By the way, in most states students
are supposed to leave school at the age of sixteen. However,
many children leave much earlier, especially black children.
A: ...
B: In poor districts classes are crowded and there are not enough
teachers.
5. A: ...
B: The term a tracking system means that students are placed in
groups according to their ability in a specific subject.
A: ...
B: They usually major in four or five subjects.
A: ...
B: Yes, they usually have classes in physical education, music and
art once or twice a week.
A: ...
B: Sport is very popular in American schools.
A: ...
B: Theres a very great difference. Private schools have better
teachers and smaller classes. Teachers salaries are higher.
School buildings are better too.
6. A: ...
B: U nfortunately such things do happen in America. You can come
across crime stories in the papers almost every day. Youngsters
murder their parents and relatives, their teachers and strangers.
A: ...
B: Very often they have no serious reasons at all. They murder- a
person just for the sake of murder itself.
A: ...
B; Youre certainly right. TV shows, crime and horror films arent
the main reasons.
7. A: ...
B: I m doing fine, thank you.
A: ...
Bi' No, I m graduating next year.
A: ...
B: I ve just passed three exams.
A: ...
B: In mathematics, physics and philosophy.
A: ... /
B: A in all the subjects.
A: ...
B: Thank you. See you next week.
9. Translate the utterances of the Russian speaker into English. Act out
the dialogs.
I. : , (Strong).
.
393
Professor Strong: Good morning, Professor Lobov. Glad to see you, too;
, How are you?
: , . ?
S: doing fine, thank you. I d like to ask you to answer my students
questions. Theyd like to know about Soviet schools.
: .
John: I wonder whether all the schools in your country are supported by
the state.
JI: , .
Jess: W hat types of school do you have?
JI: : , ,
, .
Jess: W hat education is compulsory in your country: elementary or high?
: .
, .
Roy: Do you mean to say that students can get high schooling at some
other schools?
JI: ,
.
Lynn: In what language are children taught in national republics?
JI:
(in their native tongue [tArj]).
, .
.
Professor Strong: Thank you, Professor Lobov.
2. . : , .
Prof. Strong: Good morning. Nice to meet you again.
: .
.
S: I d be only glad to.
*
: ,
.
S: Students are supposed to leave school at the age of sixteen in most
states, if they dont want to complete high school. Unfortunately,
children from poor families leave earlierthey have to start earning
their own living.
: ,
, ?
S: I t s very difficult because they are not as well prepared as those who
graduate from private schools.
: ?
S: It means that students are placed in groups according to their ability
in a specific subject.
: , ,
?
1 a means of communica
tion (the language of communication) between nationalities of the USSR
394
S: Yes, its private too.
: ?
5: I think the tuition charges are over 3,000 dollars a year. By the way,
there are universities and colleges that are supported by states (
).
: - ,
?
S: I m sorry to say there is none.
. : .
S: Youre welcome.
1. Professor Sokolov: How do you do, Dr. Paxton. Glad to meet you.
Professor Paxton: How do you do. I ve been looking forward to meet
ing you. I ve read your book on education and upbringing of
schoolchildren. I d like to discuss a few problems with you.
2. John: Hello, Peter. I told my class that youre an exchange student
from the Soviet Union. Theyre looking forward to meeting you.
Peter: I d be very glad to meet them but this week I m very busy.
3. Peter: W hats on TV tonight?

John: Two horror films and a crime film. Would you like to watch TV?
4. Jane: Hello, Mary. How are you doing?

Mary: Hello. I m fine, thank you. And what about you?
11. Translate into E nglish.

.
1. : ,
(ladies and gentlemen ['d3entlm9n]).
.
: ,
. ,
?
- : ,
(to with) .
.
: , , ,
. (well-to-do)
?
:
. (otherwise [ 'ASarwaizl)
. ,

.
: , ,
?
- : , .
, 2025.
395
2. - : , ,
?
: , . ()
.
- :
, ?
: , . ,
(privilege
['privilidsl).
- : ,
?
: , . .
3. ?
.
, (art) ()
?
. ,
.
?
,
.
4. ( )
?
. , -,
, .
?
.
.
5. ?
. . .
?
, XX ,
(spoken English).
?
() .
. .
.
12. Read these dialogs and translate them. Act them out.
1. My First Day as a Teacher at a Public School
Pupil: Hi, teach! 1 You the teacher? You so young. Can I be in your
class?
Teacher: Please, dont block the doorway. Please come in.
Pupil: Good afternoon, Miss Barnet.
T: Miss B arrett. My name is on the blackboard.
P: Is this homeroom period? 2
T: Yes, sit down, please.
1 teach . teacher (. . )
2 homeroom period
396
P: We gonna have 1 you all term?
P: There are not enough chairs.
T: Take any seat at all.
P: Can we seat on the radiator? T h ats what we did last term.
P: Dont you see the teachers trying to say something?
T: Please sit down. I d like to...
P: Hey, the bell just rung!
P: When do we go home?
T: The bell is your signal to come to order.2 I ll have you for home
room all term, and I hope to meet someofyou in my English classes.
Now, someone once said that first impressions...
P: English! No wonder!
P: Who needs it?
P: You give homework?
T: I d like you to come to order, please. I m afraid we wont have time
for the discussion on first impressions I had planned. I m passing
out Delaney cards.3 You are to fill them out while I take attendance
from the Roll Book.4
P: W hos got a pencil to loan me?
P: First name last or last name first?
T: And who are you?
P: I m sorry I m late. I was in D etention.5
T: The what?
P: The Late. Room.
T: May I have your attention, please.Please, class. Theres been a
change in todays schedule. Listen carefully! This morning there
will be a long homeroom period extending into the first half of the
second period. Now class, please finish your Delaney cards while
I call the roll. Please come to order while I take attendance. And
correct me if I mispronounce your name. I hope to get to know all
of you soon.
P: Hurray! Saved by the bell!
T: Just a m inute... The bell seems to be fifteen minutes early. It may
be a mistake. We have so much to... Please remain in your seats.
P: T hats the bell! You heard it!
P: When the bell rings, were supposed to go! 6
T: Well. It looks as if you and I are the only ones left. Your name is...?
P: Alice Blake, Miss B arrett. I just wanted you to know how much
I enjoyed your lesson.
T: Thank you, but it wasnt really a... Yes, young lady?
L: I m from the office. Please disregard the bells.7 Students are to re
main in their homerooms until the warning bell rings.
1 We gonna have [' haev] . Were going to have
2 to come to order
3 Delaney ['delam] cards , ,

4 Roll Book
I Detention [di'tenjn] (Room) ,

6 we're supposed to go
7 disregard [/hsri'gard] the bells :
397
T: I m afraid theyve all gone. W hats that, young man?
P: Late pass.
T: T h ats no way to hand it to me. Throwing it like that on my desk...
P: My aim s b ad.1
T: W hats your name?
P: Joe Ferone.
T: I dont allow anyone to talk to me like that.
P: So youre luckyyoure a teacher.
(From Up the Down Staircase
by Bel Kaufman)
Answer these questions.
1. Do you think the young teacher enjoyed her first homeroom pe
riod? 2. W hats your impression of the pupils discipline ['disaphn]?
3. W hat did the pupils mean saying Who needs it? 4. Does the pro
cedure [pra'sid33r] in the American public school differ from that in
the Soviet school? 5. W ill you describe your first day at school (Septem
ber 1) after the vacation?
2. What Do You Think of Television
(A talk between an American young man and an English girl)
Philip: There are only three television channels in B ritain. Do you
want any more channels?
Catherine: No. We will have too many American comedy programs and
thrillers. We already have enough.
Philip: In New York they have thirteen TV channelsi t s very diffi
cult to choose what to watch.
Catherine: People say that television kills conversation. Do you think
it does?
Philip: Yes. When there was an electricity strike,2 we had no television
and we all talked to each other much more in the evening.
Catherine: Television is terribly bad for peoples eyes, doctors say.
I ve read that some American children spend more tim e in front
of the television than in front of the teacher. Too much television
is bad for children. I t s unhealthy too, they dont get enough fresh air.
Philip: Some of childrens educational programs are.very interesting.
They teach the alphabet and arithm etic so th at it all seems like
a game.3 T hats the way to teach children.
Catherine: And what about violence? 4
Philip: As for me, I think The News is the most violent program on -
television now. I t s more violent than films about detectives or
cowboys.
Catherine: By the way, violence looks even more violent on color tele
vision.
Philip: W hat about advertisements? S Can you put up with them?
* My aims bad. .
2 an electricity [ /ilek/trisati] strike
3 so that it all seems like a game
4 violence ['vaielans] ,
I advertisement âedva'taizmant, 9d'v3*tizm9nt]
398
Catherine: I hate them.
Philip: Well, advertisements bring in a lot of money to TV companies.
And firms spend a lot on advertising. I wonder what they take us
for.1 Complete fools?
Say which of these statements are true. Quote the text to prove you are right.
1. The B ritish television shows many American comedy programs
and thrillers. 2. Television never kills conversation. 3. American children
spend more tim e at school than in front of the television. 4. Childrens
educational programs are very interesting. 5. The News is the
most violent program on American and British TV now. 6. Advertise
ments are very popular with American TV viewers.
13. Roleplaying:
a) American exchange students come to your class. Ask them about
education and upbringing of children in the USA. Speak to them about
TV programs, TV shows and their effect on children.
b) American exchange students ask you questions about Soviet
system of education. Tell them about TV educational programs, TV
shows and films for children.
14. Make up dialogs based on these pictures using the following words
and expressions: cruel, horror films, to bring in a lot of money; to
develop abilities, effect on, science; to come for the examinations,
physical education, circus (['s3rkasl ); advisable, to start
teaching, cello (['tfslouj ).
Could you fix it so that it wouldnt telecast advertisements?

Wonder Children
Ho take (smb.) for , -.
399
exam.
L e s s o n 17
1. GRAMMAR EXERCISES
1. The Passive Voice

1. Read these sentences and translate them. P a y 'attentionto Passive Voice.
a) 1. In the Soviet Union all schools are supported by the state. 2. Mos
cow musical contests are attended by a lot of people. 3. Most New York
skyscrapers are made of steel and glass. 4. Many new factories were built
in the Soviet Union last year. 5. W ill the article be completed tomor
row? I hope it w ill.
b) 6. I think the film is being shown on TV now. 7.The factory was
still being built when we came to that place.
c) 8. His new collection of poems has just been published. 9. The
work has been done well, hasnt it? Yes, it certainly has. 10. Nothing
has been done to help him , she said. 11. I was told yesterday th at their
plan hadnt been accepted.
d) 12. I wonder why hes always laughed at. 13. His new painting
is talked about a lot. 14. Those newspapers haven't been looked through
yet.
e) 15. It is expected that Professor Knott will give a lecture on modern
American writers next week. 16. It is believed that theyll settle the mat
ter.
2. Give answers to these questions or statements according to the model.
a) Do people speak English in many countries?
Yes, English is spoken in many countries.
1. Do they sell a lot of books every day? 2. Do they speak only Eng
lish in their English class? 3. Did they buy the textbooks yesterday?
4. Did they complete the translation last Tuesday? 5. Did they discuss
the problem yesterday? 6. Did they settle the m atter last week? 7. D id
they admit Peter to college?
400
b) I can help you translate the article.
Thank you. I t s already been translated.
1. I can help you type the letters. 2. I can help you buy the books.
3. I can help you fill out the cards. 4. I can help you complete the job.
c) Theyve told Ann about th at.
So shes been told.
1. Theyve invited the Greens to the party. 2. W eve shown Peter
around the city. 3. Theyve discussed the m atter. 4. H es w ritten the
article.
d) Have they discussed the plan yet?
No, i t s still being discussed.
1. Have they built the house yet? 2. Has be w ritten the book yet?
3. Has he translated the article yet? 4. H ave they sold the books yet?
3. Make up ten sentences using verbs in the Passive Voice.
4. Open the brackets and put the verbs in the proper tense and voice
forms.
1. The church and the schools (to separate) in the Soviet Union.
2. Children (to admit) to school at the age of seven in this country.
3. All schools in the Soviet Union (to support) by the state. 4. The ele
m entary school (to follow) by four years of high school in the USA.
5. All children (to adm it) to high school in the USA? 6. In most states
children (to suppose) to stay at school until the age of sixteen. 7. Stu
dents (to place) in groups according to their ability in a specific sub
ject? 8. There are schools in the USA that (to support) by religious or
ganizations. 9. Many new school buildings (to build) in Moscow for
the last five years. 10. Headquarters of major industrial corporations
(to locate) in huge buildings on the Golden Triangle. 11. The Pittsburgh
M unicipal Arena (to design) very interestingly. 12. Ann told me th at a
new French textbook (to publish) just. 13. Mary was glad to hear th at -
their invitation (to accept). 14. Jack Londons stories (to base) on the
life he had lived and on what he had seen in the North. 15. Mr. Brown
told me th at some of Gorkys novels (to translate) if to English.
5. Read the joke and give a summary of it.
A student wrote an article and it was published in the students
magazine.
The article was read by a professor. When the professor was asked
how he liked it he said, In this article a lot is new and a lot is true.
The young author was told about this. He wanted to hear the flat
tering words 1 from the professor himself.
Yes, I really think so, said the professor. But I am sorry to say,
he added, th at what ? is new in the article is not true, and what is true
is not new. .
1. , .
1 flattering words ,
2 w hat ,
14 . . - 401
2. ?
. 3.
1555 1561 (in the years 1555-1561).
4. (construction) (the Palace of Congresses
['pselis sv 'karjgrasiz]) 1961 . 5.
, . 6.
? 7. ,
. 8.
, . 9.
, ? . 10.
. 11. ,
.
2. Fractions 1
7. Read these fractional numerals.
a) 3/7, 4/5, 5/8, 4/9, 7/11, 9/12, 1/2, 1/3;
b) 3/4 mile, 2/3 km (kilometer), 4/5 mile, 5/8 km;
c) 3 2/3 miles, 4 1/2 km (kilometers), 5 4/5 miles
8. Write ten fractional numerals and pronounce them.
II. TEXT
THE UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS
The total area of the Soviet Union is 22.4 m. sq. km (8.65m. sq.
miles).1 The population is more than 270 m.
The USSR occupies one-sixth of the land surface of the globe. The
northern boundary of the Soviet Union is formed by the Arctic Ocean
and its seas. In the west the Soviet Union is bounded by Norway, F in
land, Poland, Hungary, Czechoslovakia and Rum ania; in the south
it borders on Turkey, Iran, Afghanistan, China, Mongolia and
Korea.
The greater part of the territory is a vast plain w ith low m ountain
ranges and long rivers. The biggest plains are the Great Russian Plain
in eastern Europe and the West Siberian P lain in the Asiatic part of
the country. The biggest m ountain ranges are the Pamirs, the Tien
Shan, the A ltai and the Caucasus. The highest m ountain, named Peak
of Communism, is in the Pam irs. It is 24,590 feet 2 high.
There are about 3 m. rivers and 2,8 m. lakes. The Volga, the
Dnieper and the Ural are among the longest rivers in the European
part of the Soviet Union.
The longest rivers in the Asiatic part of the country are the Yenisei
and the Ob which flow into the Arctic Ocean.
The shores of the Soviet Union are washed by twelve seas of the
A tlantic, Pacific and Arctic Oceans.
1 , , , 460,
402
The w orlds largest inland sea is the Caspian; Lake Baikal is the
worlds deepest lake.
The clim ate of the Soviet Union is mainly continental. W inter in
some parts of the country lasts as long as six months. In Siberia there
are areas where winters are colder than at the North Pole, and in the
Central Asian plains summers are hotter than on the equator. The Black
Sea coast and the southern valleys of Central Asia are subtropical.
From a backward agricultural country before the Great October
Socialist Revolution the Soviet Union has become a highly developed
industrial-agricultural state. In 1928 the first Five-year plan was drawn
up. Under the successive Five-year plans large scale modern factories
and plants have been built. Many hydroelectric power stations have
been constructed (the Bratsk station4.5 m. kw capacity,? the Irkutsk
station4.5 m. kw capacity and others). M any hydro-electrical power
stations are being constructed. There are atom-driven power stations 4
(the Novo-Voronezh station2.4 m. kw, the 2 m. kw station in the
Leningrad region and others). Some more are being built.
The USSR is a federation of fifteen Union Republics: the Arme
nian Soviet Socialist Republic (Armenia), the Azerbaijan Soviet Social
ist Republic (Azerbaijan), the Byelorussian Soviet Socialist Republic
(Byelorussia), the Estonian Soviet Socialist Republic (Estonia), the
Georgian Soviet Socialist Republic (Georgia), the Kazakh Soviet Social
ist Republic (Kazakhstan), the Kirghiz Soviet Socialist Republic (Kir
ghizia), the Latvian Soviet Socialist Republic (Latvia), the Lithuanian
Soviet Socialist Republic (Lithuania), the M oldavian Soviet Socialist
Republic (Moldavia), the Russian Soviet Federal Socialist Republic
(RSFSR), the Tadzhik Soviet Socialist Republic (Tadzhikistan), the
Turkmen Soviet Socialist Republic (Turkmenia), the U krainian Soviet
Socialist Republic (the Ukraine), the Uzbek Soviet Socialist Republic
(Uzbekistan). Under the Soviet Constitution all nationalities in the
country enjoy equal rights.
The Soviet Union is a socialist state of the whole people. All central
and local authority is vested in the Soviets of Peoples Deputies.
The economic foundation of the USSR is the socialist system of
economy and the socialist ownership of the means of production.
Citizens of the USSR have the right to work, rest and leisure, edu
cation, health protection, housing, maintenance in old age, sickness
or incapacity, irrespective of sex, race or nationality.
The Soviet Union is a member of the U nited Nations Organization
(UN), the Council for M utual Economic Assistance (COMECON, CMEA6),
and the Eastern European M utual Assistance Treaty (Warsaw P act).7
Notes
1. 22.4. m.sq. km (m. million(s), sq. square, km kilometer(s)
twenty two point four million square kilometers 22,4 . .
. ,
: 5.6 (five point six).
2. 24,590 feet twenty four thousand five hundred and ninety
feet. , :
5,281 miles, 16,972 kilometers, 1,000,000 (a (one) million).
14* 403
3: 4.5 rtf. kw capacity four point five million kilowatt ['kita-
,w atl capacity 4,5 .
4. atom-driven ['aetam'drivnl power stations
5. enjoy equal rights (
)
6. COMECON [' ! the Council ['kaunsl] for M utual ['m jutjuall
Economic Assistance [a'sistans] ()

7. Eastern European M utual Assistance Treaty ['tritil (Warsaw ['worsol
Treaty)
Vocabulary
agricultural ^'/!] developed [d i'v sb p tj ; high
ly developed ; highly
agriculture ['aegri.kAltJar] n developed (economy, industiy, cul
ture, etc.); The Soviet Union has
apatite ['aepatait] n highly developed industry and agri
Asiatic [,ei3i'aBtik] ; The culture.
West Siberian Plain is situated in draw up (drew, drawn) ['dro'Ap, dru,
the Asiatic part of the USSR, dron] v (),
authority ['011] n ; central (); to draw up a
and local authority . plan (a project, a document); A new
five-year plan is being drawn up*
backward ['baekward] ; back economic [,ikd'namik]
ward (country, economy, etc.); Many ; ,
of the African countries have still
backward economies, equal I'ikwal] ; to have (to
border ['bordar] (on) v , enjoy) equal rights
(); W hat countries does the ; ; Wo
Soviet Union border on in the west? men and men have (enjoy) equal rights
bound [baund] v , in the USSR,
; In the north Iran equator [i'kweitar] n ; at the
is bounded by the Soviet Union, equator , ;
boundary ['baundari] n ; to Summer temperatures in Uzbekistan
form a boundary; The Ural Mountains are sometimes higher than at the
form a boundary between Europe and equator.
Asia. federation [,feda'reijn] n ;
citizen ['sitizn] n The Soviet Union is a federation of
coal [kool] n fifteen Union Republics,
constitution [,kansti'tjujn] n flow [flou] (into) v , ;
; under the constitution ; The Volga flows into the Cas
, pian Sea.
; Under the Soviet Constitution foot [fut] n (pi. feet) ( )
all citizens have the right to work, forest area ['forist'erie] ,
construct [kan'stnvkt] v , ; The largest forest area
; ; A new sub is situated in the Asiatic part of the
way station is being constructed, country.
construction [kan'stnvkjn] n foundation [faun'deijn] n ,
, ; , ;
deposit [di'pazit] n , globe [gloub] 1. ; The
; rich (poor) deposits; oil (coal, Soviet Union occupies one-sixth of
gold, etc.) deposits; New deposits of the land surface of the globe;
gas have been discovered in Central 2.
Asia recently, health [hel0] protection [pra'tekjn]
deputy ['depjati] n ; Citizens of the USSR
develop [di'vebp] v ; have the right to health protection,
, ; Many new industries hectare I'hektar] n ; The largest
have been developed in the Soviet forest areas are 515 m. hectares in
Union. the Asiatic part of the USSR,
404
hydroelectric(al) [,haidroui'lektrik(l)l race [reis]
, power [] station right [rait] n ; the right to smtti
-.; the right to worfe
incapacity |,inka'paesati] n (education, health protection, etc.);
( ) to have (to enjoy) equal rights
Inland ['inland] scale [skeilj n , ; ;
; The Caspian Sea is the large scale building (
worlds largest inland sea. )
iron ore [or] sex [seksj n
irrespective [,iri'spektiv] of prep shore I S o t ] n , ; The
; Citizens of the USSR have shores of Great Britain are washed by
the right to education irrespective of the seas of the Atlantic Ocean.
sex, race or nationality, Siberia [sai'birra] n ; Siberia
lake n ; Lake Baikal is one of the is rich in minerals.
most beautiful lakes in the Soviet Siberian [sai'birian]
Union. Soviet ['souvut, 'souviat] n ; the
maintenance I'meintanans] in old age Soviet of Peoples Deputies

; Citizens of the USSR have the successive [sak'sesiv] ,
right to maintenance in old age and
incapacity, surface ['sarfis]
manganese I'maengaîiz] timber ;['timbar] 1. ,
million I'miljan] n (. ; 2.
m.); The population of Bulgaria is under ['Andar] prep ();
about 9 m, Under the Soviet Constitution citi
mineral ['mineral] n zens of the USSR have the right to
; Is Greece rich in minerals? rest and leisure,
mountain range ['m auntn'reind 3] valley ['vseli] n
vast [vaest] , }
occupy ['a k j^ p ai] v 1. ; to There are vast areas of fine timber in
occupy some territory (a house, a Siberia.
room, etc.); Their office occupies the vest [vest] (in) v (),
second floor; 2. ; to (); Central and local
occupy a country authority in the USSR is vested in
ownership ['ounarjip] n ; the Soviets of Peoples Deputies,
socialist ownership wash [w aj, woj] v ; The north
ern shores of the Soviet Union are
plain [plein] n washed by the seas of the Arctic Ocean*
production [pra'dAkJn] n ; whole [houl] ; the whole
socialist ownership of production country (people); The USSR is a
socialist state of the whole people*

Geographical Names
Names of Union Republics
Name of the republic Capital
1. the Armenian [ar'm iman] Soviet Socialist Repub Yerevan [Jsra'vaen]

lic [ri'pAblik], Armenia [ar'mima]
2. the Azerbaijan âzarbai'djctn] Soviet Socialist Baku [ba'ku]
Republic, Azerbaijan
3. the Byelorussian ^bela'rA jn] Soviet Socialist Re Minsk
public, Byelorussia ^bsta'rA ja]
4. the Estonian [es'touman] Soviet Socialist Repub Tallin ['taelin]
lic, Estonia [es'tounia]
405

N am e of th e r ep u b lic C apital
5. the Georgian ['d3ord33n] Soviet Socialist Repub Tbilisi [tba'lisi]

lic, Georgia [']
6. the Kazakh [ka'zah] Soviet Socialist Republic, Alma-Ata ['aelma'aeta]
Kazakhstan [ka'zah^taen]
7. the Kirghiz [kir'giz] Soviet Socialist Republic, Frunze ['frunza]
Kirghizia [kir'gizia]
8. the Latvian ['laetvian] Soviet Socialist Republic, Riga ['riga]
Latvia ['laetvia]
9. the Lithuanian j^liOju'eman] Soviet Socialist Re Vilnius ['vilnias]
public, Lithuania [.liGju'ema, Jieu'snid]
10. the Moldavian [mal'devian] Soviet Socialist Re Kishinev ['kijanav]
public, Moldavia [mal'dsvia]
11. the Russian ['|] Soviet Federal ['fedaral] Moscow
Socialist Republic, RSFSR
12. the Tadzhik ['taed3 ik] Soviet Socialist Republic, Dyushambe [dju'Jaemba]
Tadzhikistan ['taed3 iki'st$n, -'stan]
13. the Turkmen [] Soviet Socialist Republic, Ashkhabad âejha'bad]
Turkmenistan ^tarkmem'staen, -'stan]
14. the Ukrainian [ju'kreinian, -'] Soviet So Kiev [ki'ev]

cialist Republic, the Ukraine ['jukrein, ju'krein]
15. the Uzbek ['Azbsk] Soviet Socialist Rebublic, Tashkent ^tae^'kent]
Uzbekistan [^zbeki'staen, -'stan]
Names of Some European and Asiatic Countries
N am e of the country T ra n sla tio n A d jective
Afghanistan [aef'gaena.staen, Afghan ['aefgan, -]

^fg^na'staen]
Belgium [', -d33m] Belgian [',
-d3aen]
the Peoples Republic of Bul Bulgarian []
garia [], Bulgaria ,
the Chinese [tjai'niz] Peoples Chinese [tfai'niz]
Republic, China ['tjaina] ,
the Czechoslovak ^tjeka'slou- Czechoslovak
vaek] Socialist Republic, ,
Czechoslovakia [;tJsk9slou-
'vaekia]
Denmark ['dsnmark] Danish f'deimj]
the Federal Republic of Ger (West) German

many [^], the FRG ,
Finland ['finland] Finnish ['firuf]
the German [^] Democ (East) German
ratic Republic, the GDR ,

Greece [gris] Greek [grikl

N am e of the country T ra n sla tio n A d jectiv e
the Hungarian [hArj'gerian] Hungarian

Peoples Republic, Hungary ,
['hAflgeri]
India ['india] Indian ['indian]
Iran [ai'raen, i'ran] Iranian [ai'rsman]
Iraq [i'rak] Iraqi [i'raki]
Italy ['itali] Italian [I'taeljan, -]
the Korean ['] Peoples - Korean
Democratic Republic, Korea
[', '] ,
the Mongolian [marj'goulian] Mongolian
Peoples Republic, Mongolia ,
[marj'goulia]
the Netherlands ['neftarlandz] Dutch [dAtJ]
Norway fnorwei] Norwegian [nor'wid3 -
]
the Polish [['poulij] Peoples Polish
Republic, Poland ['pouland] ,
the Socialist Republic of Ru Rumanian [ru'mei-
mania [ru'meima], Rumania , ]

Sweden ['swidn] Swedish ['swidij]
Turkey ['tarki] Turkish ['tarkiJJ

sentences.
1. . 2. . 3.
3 . . 4. . 5.
, . 6.
. 7. 25% , . 8.
- .
9. . 10.
. 11.
.
3. Give Russian equivalents for these word combinations.

1. one-sixth of the land surface of the globe. 2. among the longest
rivers. 3. the w orlds largest inland sea. 4. lasts as long as six months.
5. under the successive Five-year plans. 6. are being constructed. 7. the
economic foundation of the USSR. 8. Citizens of the USSR have the
right to rest and leisure.
4. Make up sentences using the tables.
407
Norway,
Finland,
a) The Soviet Union Poland,
Czechoslovakia,
Hungary
and Rumania in the west.
borders on
the Soviet Union,
Norway Finland,
and Sweden.
Bulgaria 110,911 sq. km (42,823 sq. miles).
Poland 312,677 sq. km (120,624 sq. miles).
b) The to tal Hungary is 93,032 sq. km (35,911 sq. miles).
area of Norway 323,886 sq. km (125,053 sq. miles).
Sweden 411,479 sq. km (173,624 sq. miles).
c) Poland copper, iron ore, coal and zink.
Hungary is rich in coal.
Sweden iron ore and copper,
Iran oil.
the Soviet Union the A tlantic and
d) The shores the USA are washed the Pacific
of Rumania and by Oceans,
Bulgaria the seas of the
Great Britain A tlantic Ocean,
the Black Sea.
twelve seas of
three oceans.
5. Make up ten sentences using patterns a, b, c, d.
6. Write out from the text eight sentences containing verbs in the Passive
Voice and translate them.
1. W hats the to tal area of the Soviet Union? 2. W h ats the popu
lation of the USSR? 3. How much of the globe does the Soviet Union
occupy? 4. W hat countries does the Soviet Union border on? 5. W hat
are the main plains and m ountain ranges in the USSR? 6. W hat are
the longest rivers in the European (in the Asiatic) part of the USSR?
7. W hats the clim ate like in the Soviet Union? 8. W hat minerals is
the Soviet Union rich in? 9. W hat are the main industrial centers of
the country? 10. W hat are the main agricultural areas in the country?
11. W here are the main hydroelectric power stations situated? 12. Where
are the main atom -driven power stations situated? (W hats their capa
city?) 13. How many Union Republics are there in the USSR? 14. In
what organs is central and local authority vested? 15. W hats the econom
ic foundation of the USSR? 16. W hat rights do citizens of the USSR
have? 17. W hat international organizations is the Soviet Union a mem
ber of?
408
8. Make up twelve questions based on the text using active words and
word combinations.
9. Choose an excerpt from the text and prepare it for rest reading.
10. Insert articles wherever necessary. Give a summary of the text.
1. Ukraine is in south-west of USSR. Its shores are washed by
Azov I'azaf] andBlack Seas. Inwest it borders on Rum ania, H un
gary, Poland and Czechoslovakia. Innorth it is bounded by Byelorussia
and ineast byRSFSR.U kraine contains some ofrichest land
inUSSR.republic is rich in coal, iron ore, oil, salt and various
im portant chemicals. Undersuccessive Five-year plans modern chem
ical and machine-building industries have been developed inUk
raine.
2. Netherlands lie in north-western Europe.country is bounded
byGDR,Belgium andNorth Sea.population ofNetherlands
is over 14 million. It hasarea of 33,812 sq. km .Hague is the seat
ofgovernment, butcapital ofcountry is Amsterdam.
3. U nited States occupiessouthern part inNorth America
and extends -fromPacific Ocean inwest toA tlantic Ocean in
east.northern boundary ofUSA is formed by Canada and inso
uthcountry borders onMexico.Rocky M ountains inwest have
many high ranges w ithhighest peak Mount W hitney t'hw itm ] which
rises 14,495 feet. Amonglongest rivers isMississippi which flows
intoGulf of Mexico.
11. Insert prepositions or adverbs. Give a summary of the texts.
1. Canada is the w orlds second largest country. It occupies the
wholethe northern p artthe North American Continent. It is washed
the Pacific Oceanthe west,the Arctic Oceanthe north, andthe
A tlantic Oceanthe east. It bordersthe U nited Statesthe south.
Canada has nearly 15 percentthe worlds fresh water surface.
There are so many lakesCanada that they have never been counted.
The clim atethe eastern and central partsCanada is continent
alhot summers and cold winters, butthe south-western and southern
partsthe country the clim ate is mild.
Canadas forests areher 1 greatest resources [ri'sorsizj.
2. The total areaSweden is 411,479 sq. km. It bordersNorway
the west andFinlandthe east. The country is washedthe Baltic
and the North Seas. Sweden is famousits beautiful lakes and forests.
Its northern mountains are very popular for w inter sports. M any foreign
tourists go there to ski in winter. 54 percent of the land is occupied
forest. Sweden is richiron ore. The capital, Stockholm ['stak'houm l
is a beautiful modern city. The populationthe country is over 9 m.
English is taughtschools and many people can speak it well. German
is also spoken in Sweden.
12. Open the brackets and put the verbs in the proper tense and voice forms.
Give a summary of the text.
1 ( ) she.
409
The Uzbek Soviet Socialist Republic (to form) on October 27, 1924.
U zbekistan (to border) on the Kazakh Soviet Socialist Republic in the
north, on the Kirghiz Soviet Socialist Republic and the Tadzhik Soviet
Socialist Republic in the east. It (to bound) by Afghanistan in the south
and by the Turkmen Soviet Socialist Republic in the west.
The total area of Uzbekistan (to be) 447,400 sq. km (172,741 sq.
miles). The population (to be) about 15 m.
Uzbekistan (to be) rich in oil, coal, copper and building materials.
New very rich coal deposits (to discover) in 1944 and 1947 near Tashkent.
From a backward agricultural region before the Great October So
cialist Revolution Uzbekistan (to become) a highly developed indust
rial-agricultural republic. Under the successive Five-year plans large
scale modern factories (to build). Three natural gas pipelines (to con
struct). Many new modern factories (to construct) now.
Uzbekistan is the chief cotton growing area 1 in the USSR and the
third in the world.
There (to be) about ten thousand elementary and secondary schools
with about 4 m. pupils in the republic.
All central and local authority in Uzbekistan (to vest) in the Soviets
of Peoples Deputies. Under the Constitution of Uzbekistan all national
ities (to enjoy) equal rights, women and men (to have) equal rights,
too. Citizens of Uzbekistan (to have) the right to work, rest and leisure,
education, health protection, housing, maintenance in old age, sickness
or incapacity.
13. Give a summary of the text The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
Use a map of the U S S R when giving a summary.
14. Give English equivalents for these word combinations. Make up sen
tences with them using forms of the Passive Voice where possible.
() (, ),
() , ,
(), (),
(), ( ), (
) (, ), (
), (, ),
( )
15. Translate this text. Give a summary of it.
1.
5 1936 . -
. ,
, ,
.
2.717,3 . . .
14 . . . -.
,
.
.
1 the chief [tjjf] cotton ['katn] growing area
410
(to stretch)
-
- .
48 45 2.
.
: (Irtyish [ 'ir tij]), (Tobol ['tabl]), (Ishim
[i'Jim]) (tributary ['tribja,teri]) (Ob [ab]).
:
.
, .
(to rise, rose, risen [rizn]) 18C
3 . 19
2830 .
: ,
(tungsten ['Ugstan]), (copper ['kapar]), , (lead
[led]), .
23 ,
.
(grain producing)
.
(livestock t'laivstak]) . 1954-60 25,5
. (Between 1954 and 1960 25.5 m. hectares
of virgin lands were opened up).
2. - .
110.911 . (42.823 . ),
9 . . ( 1 . ), ,
.
(Plovdiv Pplavdiv])
(Varna ['varna]).
(the Danube ['daenjub,
'daenjub]).
.

.

.
3. .
93 . . . 11 . . (Buda
pest [,bjuda'pest]), ,
.
.
(the Carpathians [kar'peiOi-
onz]). (Lake Balaton [']),
. .
.
.
- .
: , , .
4. .
411
323,886 . . 4 . .
, .
,
.
, 5.000 . .
.
, , .
16. Read these texts. Ask each other questions based on the texts. Give a
summary of the texts. Look up the words you do not know in the dic
tionary.
1. The Ukraine
The U krainian Soviet Socialist Republic has a population of over
50 m. It is one of the main farming areas of the Soviet Union. About
66 percent of the Soviet U nions sugar is produced in the Ukraine. The
republic also produces wheat, corn, and barley and breeds livestock.
The U kraines minerals include coal, iron ore, oil and gas. Today the
republic produces a third of the nations coal and half of its pig iron.
A great number of coal mines are being built and the old ones are being
reconstructed.
Chemical industry is being developed. Large textile mills are under
construction.1 Some new hydroelectric power stations have been built
on the Dnieper.
A large quantity of metal is produced in Donbas.2 There are large
deposits of ore in and around Donbas.
2. The Y a k u t3 Autonomous Republic
Y akutia 4 was one of the most backward regions before the Great
October Socialist Revolution. Extensive industrial development began
in Y akutia under Soviet power. Coal and gold mining has been devel
oped there. Large diamond deposits have been discovered in Y akutia.
A new town has been built. It is named Mirny. The town has mines
and factories. Other diamond centers are under construction in Y akutia.
Very rich deposits of iron ore and coal have been discovered recently
in South Y akutia, east of Lake Baikal.
Y akutia has very cold winters which last about eight months. The
ice on the rivers is two meters thick in winter.
The republics main town is Yakutsk. It stands on the Lena River.
3. Great Britain
Great B ritain, which is also known as the U nited Kingdom, is one
of the leading developed countries of the capitalist world. Geographi
cally the B ritish Isles are made up of two large islands off the northwest
corner of Europe and include England, Scotland,5 W ales,6 Northern
1 are under construction [ksn'stnvkjn]
2 Donbas(s) [dAn'baes]
3 Yakut [ja:kut] , Yakutsk [ja'kutsk] .
4 Yakutia [ja'kutra]
5 Scotland I'skathnd]
6 Wales [weilz]
'412
Ireland1, and Ireland. The shores of Great B ritain are washed by the
A tlantic Ocean and the North Sea and are separated from the contin
ent by the English Channel.2 The m ountain ranges of Great B ritain,
mainly in Scotland and Wales, are not very high and the highest peak
is 4,296 feet. The rivers of Great B ritain cannot be compared in size
with those of the continent. But the largest, the Thames, is deep enough
to let sea ships reach the London docks.
Striking contrasts may be found w ithin the lim ited area of the B rit
ish Isles. In a twenty-five mile trip in Great B ritain one can see as
many different sights as in a two hundred and fifty mile trip in some
other countries.
Nowadays the country is not as rich in minerals as it was, but coal,
iron ore, chalk and other minerals are still mined. In the center of Eng
land so many things are made of iron th at the area is called the Black
Country.3 Other well-known industrial areas such as Lancashire 4 and
Yorkshires are noted for their textile mills.
For much of her highly developed industry Great B ritain depends
on imported raw materials. The country exports mainly ships, manu
factured goods, chemicals and machinery.
4. The United Nations

The name U nited Nations" was first used in the Declaration by
U nited Nations of January 1, 1942, when representatives of twenty-six
nations pledged their governments to continue their common fight
against the Axis powers.2
In AugustOctober, 1944 the representatives of the five Great
Powers met at Dum barton Oaks 8 and worked out the proposals upon
which the Charter was founded.
It was drawn up by the representatives of fifty countries who met
at San-Francisco from April 25 to Ju n e 26, 1945.
The U nited Nations officially came into b e in g a on October 24,
1945, when the Charter had been ratified by China, France, the USSR,
the U nited Kingdom, the U nited States and by a m ajority of other
signatories.10
The main objective of the U nited Nations is to m aintain peace and
security. To th at e n d 11 its members are to take effective collective,meas
1 Ireland ['airland]
2 the English Channel ['tfaenl] ( ),
- ( )
3 Black Country (
)
4 Lancashire [ Jir] ( )
5 Yorkshire ['jorkjir] ( )
6 pledged their governments (
)
7 the Axis I'seksiz] powers . --
8 Dumbarton Oaks [d/mi'bartn ouks] -
came into being
10 signatories I'signstouriz] n pi, ,
11 to that end
413
ures to prevent and remove threats to peace and security, to suppress
acts of aggression or other breaches of peace.1
The U nited Nations is to develop friendly relations among nations
on the basis of respect for the principle of equal rights and self determi
nation 2 of peoples.
1. The USSR is a highly developed socialist state.
2. A Union Republic (the geographical position, the clim ate minerals,
industry and agriculture.)
3. A socialist country (the geographical position, the climate, area and
population, minerals, industry and agriculture).
4. The USA, Canada, A ustralia, Great B ritain (the geographical posi
tion, the climate, minerals, industry and agriculture).
18. Imagine that you are invited to a geography class in an American
public high school. Answer the students' questions about the Soviet
Union.
L e s s o n 18
I. CONVERSATIONS
Interview 1: Mordovia A Land of Moksha and Erzya
Professor S., Chancellor of Saransk U niversity, is making a tour
of the USA. Dr. B., Director of the Pittsburgh U niversity Center for
the Improvement of Teaching,1 invites him to attend a symposium on
Problems of Bilingual Education.
American teachers, who took part in the symposium, requested
Professor S. to answer their questions.
Prof. S .: Mr. Chairman, ladies and gentlemen.? I m pleased to be here
today. I m grateful to Dr. B. for the invitation to attend your sym
posium. W ith a great interest I listened to the papers presented by
the participants. Some of the problems you discussed here have been
solved by us, some are yet to be solved.
Dr. B. told me that youd like to ask me some questions. I d be only
glad to answer them .
Question: Dr. S .,3 I m sorry to say it was the first tim e in m y life th at I
heard the name Mordovia. Could you say a few words about it?
Prof. S .: Mordovia is an Autonomous Soviet Socialist Republic. It is
situated in the eastern part of Central Russia between the Volga
and Oka Rivers. Its area is 26,200 sq. km (10,110 sq. miles) and
the population is over a m illion. Saransk is the capital of Mordovia.
Q: W hat group of language4 does Mordovian belong to?
Prof. S .: Theres no Mordovian language. There are two enthnic groups:
the Moksha and Erzya th at are called Mordovians. The Moksha
live in the western districts of the republic and Erzya in the eastern.
1 or other breaches f'britfiz] o! peace

2 self-determination [di,t3Tro'nei|n] n
414
They speak different languages. Both languages are of Finno-Ugrian
origin.
Q: Are there any other nationalities in Mordovia?
Prof. S .: Yes, there are Tartars, Mari, Russians and some other national
ities.
Q: W hats the official language in the republic?
Prof. S.: There are two official languages: Moksha and Erzya.
Q: Is the republic a backward agricultural district?
Prof. S.: No. It has a wide range of industries: 5 electrical, tim ber, cable,
building m aterials, textile and other light industries. As for agricul
ture it produces grain and sugar beet, theres also dairy farming.
Theres a University and a Teachers Training College in Saransk.
Q: Are children taught in Russian or in their native languages at schools?
Prof. S.: At most schools children are taught in their native language,
either Moksha or Erzya. They also study Russian as the second na
tive language starting in first grade. In secondary school teaching
is done in Russian while Erzyan or Moksha is studied as a second
language. There are some schools in which teaching is done in Rus
sian.
Dr. B.: Thank you, Dr. S. It was very kind of you to tell us about your
republic.
Interview 2: A Guest from the USA
Dr. John Clark, Professor of English and Linguistics at the Univer
sity of Chicago, is m aking a tour of the Soviet Union. Ms. Petrova,
Chancellor of the Moscow Teachers Training College, invited him to
attend a teachers seminar on Language Laboratory and Language
Learning.
Soviet teachers who took part in the seminar, requested Dr. Clark
to answer their questions.
Dr. Clark: Mr. Chairman, ladies and gentlemen. I d like to use this
opportunity to express my gratitude to Ms. Petrova for the invi
tation to attend the seminar. I d also like to say thank you to the
participants for a most interesting seminar.
I m ready to answer your questions... if I can.
Question: Could you tell us a few words about Chicago and the state it
belongs to?
Dr. C: The city of Chicago has a population of more than three and a
half m illion. I t s the second largest city in the United States. Chi
cago is the capital of the state of Illinois. Illinois is an industrial-
agricultural state.
Q: W hat are the m ain industries in Chicago?
Dr. C: Electronics, electrical machinery, iron and steel, fabricated
m etals, instruments and some others.
Q: A short while ago I read an article by an American sociologist in the
Economist. 6 He says the number of the unemployed in the USA
will greatly increase in the near future. Are there m any unemployed
in Chicago now?
Dr. : I dont think I remember the exact figure. But I know th at m any
of our graduates havent been able to find jobs they were trained for.
415
Q: Is Chicago a beautiful city?
Dr. C: The center of the city is. In Chicago you can find buildings de
signed by almost all outstanding American architects. I m sorry
to say Chicago is notorious for the slums in which poor Chicagoans
live. There still exists a problem of racial segregation which is felt
both in schools and colleges.
Q: W as it in Chicago that M artin Luther King began his first northern
civil rights campaign?
Dr. C: Yes. It was in m id 1960s.
The Chairman: Thank you, Dr. Clark. W e appreciate your willingness
to answer our numerous questions.
Notes
1. Center for the Improvement of Teaching no

2. Mr. Chairman ['tferman], ladies and gentlemen
,
, , . .
3. Dr. S.
Dr. (Doctor ), Prof. (Pro
fessor )
4. W hat group of language... ... (.
W hat kind of book would you like to read?)
5. a wide range of industries
6. the Economist [I'kanamist] <: (
)
Vocabulary
appreciate [a'priJi/eit] v , Chancellor of the University of Illi
( -.); to appre nois for ten years now.
ciate smb.'s friendship (kindness, dairy ['deri] n ?
willingness) -. . (. dairy
(, ); We appreciated cattle); dairy farming
his willingness to help us. ; Theres also dairy
architect ['ark^tekt] n ; Is farming in Mordovia.
your brother an architect? director [da'rektar] n ,
autonomous [o'taromas] ; , ; Mr. J. Nor
Mordovia is an autonomous Soviet man is Director of the Freshman Sem
Socialist Republic. inars Program.
<1S C f ^ rl T+ fT 1 f l 0 0 1
beet [bit] n ; sugar beet district ['distrikt] n ; ;
; The Ukraine is the main
sugar beet producing region in the either
111 C l ]
I 1UT7 J . . . U or1 [or]
I J 1 J Lcnj
l l'J
t f l k l t*
USSR. , ... ; Either do it your
belong ['] (to) v , self or ask- Peter to do it. Please
; Who does the give me either a pen or a pencil*
book belong to? electronics [^lek'traniks] n 1.
bilingual [bai'liggwal] ; ;
in iv a , 2.. c
rt/ic jv
^ x
bilingual education ethnic I'sBnik] ; an ethnic

; We have group ; There are
bilingual education in all Union Re many ethnic groups in Chicago slum
publics. tenements.
cable I'keibl] n ( exact [ig'zaekt] ; exact meaning
) (); Whats
Chancellor ['tjaensalar] n ( the exact meaning of this term? Make
); Mr. T. Smith has been an exact copy of this letter, please.
exist [ig'zist] v , ; ; from m id A ugust
These m oun tain s have existed for
ages. There still ex ists a problem of Ms. [mas]
racial segregation in Chicago schools, , ,
fabricated l'faebri,keitid] , ,
; fabricated car (
(house) , )
( ) notorious [nou'tourias]
fu ture I'fjutjar] ; in the fu ;
ture ; in the near fu tu re ; ; to be n otori
; W e hope to ous for sm th .; Harlem is notorious
se ttle these problem s in the near fu for its slum s,
ture. official [a'fijal] ; the
g rain [grein] n ; K azakhstan is official language; W h ats the official
one of the m ain grain producing areas language in Cuba?
in the S oviet U n ion , opportunity [,ap a'tju n ati] n
grateful t'greitfal] ; to , ;
be grateful to smb. for sm th. The m eeting w as a good opportunity
-. -.; I m for them to discuss their problem;
grateful for your help, to have an opportunity; I m happy to
g ra titu d e ['graeti,tjud] n , have an opportunity to express m y
; to express ones gratitude to you.
g ra titu d e to sm b.; There are no words origin ['oradsin] n
to express our gratitude to you. ou tstan d in g ['aut'staendig]
Improve [im 'pruv] v , , ; an o u tstanding per
; to im prove m ethods son (w riter, poet, speaker); That is
I'msGadz] of teaching his m ost outstanding book,
; A lot is being paper n ; to present ones
done to im prove m ethods of foreign paper ; Is John going
language teaching, to present his paper tomorrow? paper
im provem ent [im 'pruvm ant] n presentation E.prezn'teijn]
,
Industry n ; p articip an t [par'tisipant] n ; a
; electrical Industry p articip an t in a conference (in a
; lig h t in sem inar, etc.); There were m any young
dustry ; iron teachers am ong the participants in
and steel industry the conference,
; textile ['tek stl, - il] problem ['prablam ] n , ;
Industry She has numerous problems; to solve
(to settle) a problem
; I m sure the problem w ill be
In strum ent ['instram ant] n *
solved in the near future,
,
produce [pra'djus] v ,
In terest ['in tarist, 'in trist] n ,
, ; I wonder
; H e had a great
w h at instrum ents th is factory -
interest in m usic. W ith a great in
duces. U zbekistan is the m ain cotton
terest the children listen ed to the
producing region,
teacher.
rem em ber [ri'membar] v 1 . ,
Interview ['intar/vju] n 1. ; ; Remem ber that
; Every new student has an inter you have an appointm ent w ith the
v ie w w ith the Dean; 2. ; doctor tomorrow; 2. ,
D id the Chancellor g iv e an interview ; H e could not remember
yesterday? where he put his French textb ook ,
m achinery [ma'Jm ari] n , request [ri'kw est] v (
, ; electrical ma . .); to requ est smb. to do
chinery ; W hat sm th .; H e requested m e to w rite a
m achinery does the factory produce? letter to Mr. Brown,
m aterial [m a'tirial] n ; sem inar ['sem a.nar, ,sem a'nar] n
; building m aterials
sociologist [,souJi'alad3ist] n
m id [mid] , ; in solve [salv] v , ; to
m id 60s solve a problem (a question)
1417
(); I hope th ey ll Johnson expressed h is w illin gn ess to
be able to solve the problem, m eet the freshmen n ext M onday,
sym posium [sim 'pouziam ] n ; word n: to have a word w ith smb.
to atten d a symposium; to take part -.; M ay I have a word
in a symposium; to be a participant w ith you? to say a word (a few words)
in a symposium; H ow m any teachers about sm th. Could you say a word
took part in the sym posium? (a few words) about their seminar?
train [trein] v , (
-.); I wonder where sociologists Names
are trained. Your brother w as trained Erzya ['erzja]
for the diplom atic service, w asnt he? Finno-U grian ['fino(u)'ugrian] -
w h ile [hw ail] n , ( )
; a long (a short) w h ile Illin ois [.ib 'n o i]
(); after a w h ile () Mari ['m a n ]
; They are going to stay there Moksha ['mctkjb]
for a w h ile. I ll see him in a little M ordovia [m or'douvia]
w h ile. the Oka [a 'k a ] p.
w illingn ess ['wilirjnas] n ; Saransk [sa'raensk] .
to express ones w illingness; Dr. Tartars ['tartarz]
II. EXERCISES
1. Read and translate the interviews.

2. Find in the interviews English equivalents for these word combinations
and sentences.
1.
. 2. . 3. .
4. . 5. . 6.
. 7.
? 8. . 9.
,
. 10. . 11. .
12. , . 13. ,
()
. 14. .
3. Give Russian equivalents for these word combinations and sentences.
1. Center for the Improvement of Teaching. 2. problems of Bilin
gual Education. 3. I m grateful to Dr. Brown for the invitation. 4. Could
you say a few words about it? 5. Both languages are of Finno-Ugrian
origin. 6. As for agriculture it produces grain and sugar beet. 7. in which
teaching is done in Russian. 8. is m aking a tour of the USSR. 9. re
quested Dr. Clark to answer their questions. 10. Illinois is an industrial-
agricultural state. 11. The number of the unemployed will greatly in
crease in the near future. 12. to find jobs they were trained for. 13. is
notorious for the slums in which poor Chicagoans live. 14. We appre
ciate your willingness to answer our numerous questions.
4. Write out from the interviews all the sentences containing the following
words: appreciate, belong, produce, request, language, while, word,
grateful, either ... or. Translate them.
5. Write out the sentences from the interviews that contain verbs rin the ~
Passive Voice. Translate them.
6. What would you say if you took part in the following dialogs (inter
views). A ct them out.
1. A: Mr. Chairman, ladies and gentlemen. I m grateful to you for the
invitation to attend your seminar. I d be glad to answer your
questions.
B: ...
A: Turkm enistan is a socialist republic. Its area is 488 thousand
sq. km and its population is about 3 m.
B: ...
A: 66% of the population are Turkmenians, 14% are Russians, and
over 8% are Uzbeks.
: ...
A: Turkmenistan is an agricultural-industrial region. It produces
cotton, wool, etc. I t s also famous for its carpets.
B: ...
A: Turkmenistan is rich in minerals, such as coal, salt, oil, etc.
Industry is being developed and m any large scale modern facto
ries have been built.
: ...
A: The official language is Turkmenian. At schools children are
taught in Turkmenian. Russian is taught as the second native
language.
B: ...
A : Yes, there are a number of schools in which teaching is done in
Russian. In these schools Turkmenian is taught as the second
language.
B: ...
A: Yes, certainly. We have to deal with ( ) problems
of bilingual education.
B: ...
A: At the age of eleven children start learning a foreign language:
either English or French, or German.
B: ...
2. A : Could you tell me where the first thirteen states of the U nited
States were located?
B: ...
A: You mean along the A tlantic coast?
B: ...
A: Isnt Plym outh I'plimaO] the first town th at the settlers 1 built?
B: ...
A: Plym outh belongs to the state of Massachusetts [,maes9'tjusits],
doesnt it?
B: ...
A: Is Iowa a most typical agricultural state?
B: ...
3. A: I d like to use th is 1opportunity to express m y gratitude to Mr.
Kolosov for the invitation to attend the seminar. In the state
of New Mexico ['meksikoo] we also have to deal w ith problems
1 settlers n pi,
419
of bilingual education. I know youd like to ask me some ques
tions. I d be glad to answer them.
B: ...
A: New Mexico became a state in January 1912. Its land area is
121,412 sq. miles.
B: ...
A: The population is over a m illion. Before 1930 New Mexico was
largely a Spanish speaking state. After 1945 m any people from
other states came to live in New Mexico. Now there are about
30% of persons of Spanish origin in the state.
B: ...
A: New Mexico produces cereals,1 vegetables, fruit and cotton.
B: ...
A: New Mexico has the richest deposits of uranium Ijo'reimaml
in the USA.
B: ...
7. Complete these dialogs (interviews). A ct them out.
1. A: ...
: I didnt go as far as Vladivostok [,vlsedi'vastak], but I spent
a few days on Lake Baikal.
A: ...
B: Yes, certainly. I m sure youll enjoy the trip.
A: ...
B: I t s better to go there in July.
2. A: ...
B: Texas ['teksasl is not only the biggest, its the richest of the Amer
ican states.
A: ...
B: Yes, its rich in oil. I t s also rich in natural gas.
A: ...
B: The most im portant are chemical industries.
A: ...
B: Yes, Texas is one of the most im portant agricultural states of
the USA.
A: ...
B: Northerners usually say Texas considers itself to be a state w ith
in the state.
3. A: Could you say a few words about Mordovia? I ve never heard
about Mordovians.
B: ...
A: W hat group of language does Mordovian belong to?
B: ...
A: W hat other nationalities live in Mordovia?
B: ...
A: Can you say th at Mordovia is an industrial republic?
B: ...
A: In what language are children taught at school?
1 cereals ['siriolz] n pi.
: ...
A: Do children study any foreign languages?
B: ...
4. A: Wheres the state of Illinois situated?
B: ...
A: W hats the capital of the state?
B: ...
A: Is Chicago one of the biggest industrial centers in the USA?
B: ...
A: Is it a beautiful city?
B: ...
8. Translate the utterances of the Russian speaker into English. A ct o ut
these dialogs ( interviews) .
1. . : - , !
,
- . -
,
. .
Question: Dr. Kolosov, could you tell us a few words about Byelorussia?
I m sorry to say I know very little about it.
. : .
1 1919 .
. , ,
.
207.600 . ., 11 .
.
Q: Byelorussia is a member of the UN, isnt it? W hat other republics
are members of the UN?
. : .
,
(to suffer ['sAfsr] heavily) .
.
Q: Is there a great difference between Russian and Byelorussian?
. : ,
.
Q: Is Byelorussia an agricultural or an industrial region?
. .: - .

.
.
Q: W hats the official language in the republic?
. .: .
Q: I wonder whether you know how many schoolchildren there are in
Byelorussia.
. .: . - ( ),
.
Q: Is there a university in Byelorussia?
. .: . .
.
421
2. : , , -?
: The state of New Mexico is situated in the southern part of the
USA. It borders on Mexico in the south, on the state of Texas in
the south and the east, on the state of Colorado [,kala'raedouI in
the north and on the state of Arizona [,'] in the west.
: ?
?
: I t isnt a very populous state. The population of the state is over
a million. The main ethnic groups living in New Mexico are white
people of Spanish origin, Indians ['indians] and black people.
: ?
: Under the law * yes. In fact there still exists discrimination
[di,skrim a'neijn] and racial segregation there. There are more
unemployed among the blacks and Indians than among the whites.
I t is not surprising 2 that Negro districts are full of crime and
violence.
: -,
(national minorities [ma'noratiz, mai-])?
: Some steps have been taken 3 but the problem is very hard. You
cant solve it by the law alone.
9. Translate these dialogs ( interviews). A ct them out.
1. . : - , !
,
- (Humphrey ['hAmfri])
. ,
. (of
teaching reading) .
.
- ,
. .
: , ,
?
. .: .
3 . . .
1 . . ,
. : ( 43%),
( 47%) (3%).
: ?
. .: (, ,
tin). (diamond ['daimandj).
: ? ,
?
. .: .
.
70.
: ?
1 under the law [ b ]
? it is not surprising
8 to take steps
422
. .: ,
45
2. , ,
?

. 3,5 . .
- (Sister Car
rie). X IX . ,
.
, .
,
. -
.
,
?
. , , ,
, .
, .
3. (Hel
ler)?
, . ,
, .
, - (Some
thing Happened)?
. ?
, .
.
10. Read, this dialog and translate it. Look up the words you do not. know
in the dictionary. A ct out the dialog.
Elizabeth: Hi, Edward! I hear youre going to England for your vaca
tion. Arent you excited about it?
Edward: Yes, and no.
Elizabeth: W hy do you say that? Youve always wanted to go there.
Edward: Yes, but not on the sort of trip m y parents are planning. Theyre
crazy! W ell be half dead at the end of it.
Elizabeth: You mean theyre going to try and see everything in Eng
land in just a month?
Edward: Not just England, but Scotland, Wales and Ireland as well:
two days running round in W estminster Abbey,1 the Houses of P ar
liam en ts the Tower of London 3 and all the museums; then one day
in Cambridge,4 one in Oxford,4 one in Stratford-on-Avon.^ And th a ts
only the beginning.
Elizabeth: Only Americans would ever think of having a holiday like
n W estm inster A bbey ['w ss^m instar'sebi]
* the H ouses of P arliam en t ['parlsm ant]
8 th e Tower ['tauar] of London
4 Cambridge [ kem bndj] , Oxford ['aksfardj ,

6 Stratford-on-A von ['straetfod a n 'eivan] , -- ,

423
th a t.1 Now, we English like to take our time.*
Edward: Since when! Remember th at aunt of yours who came over and
: who saw everything from the Em pire State Building to Disneyland *
and from the Grand Canyon 4 to Niagara Falls in about ten days?
Elizabeth: Shes an exception.
Edward: The one th at confirms the rule, I suppose. She was the answer
to a travel agents dream.5 And she looked just like a tourist.
Elizabeth: No more than Americans in Europe do. I wonder why they
always have a camera over each shoulder and wear sunglasses?
Edward: W ell, I wont look like that. I wonder if I ll find things dif
ferent over there.
Elizabeth: I dont think so.
Edward: I m not so sure. Remember when you first got here, how dif
ferent it seemed to you? I m not talking about the big differences
such as the accent, the names of things, the skyscrapers, driving on
the right and all that, but the little things like using tokens 4 in
stead of money for the subway.
Elizabeth: I know what you mean. I remember how surprised I was
when I bought a copy of a Sunday paper for the first time. It was
so thick I thought theyd given me ten copies instead of one.
Edward: I wonder if I ll have a chance to look at the bright spots in
Londonyou know, listen to some music and th at sort of thing.
Elizabeth: W hile youre in London go and see shops in Kings Road.7
Edward: Kings Road?
Elizabeth: Yes, its a bit like parts of Greenwich Village. So dont put
on your best suit when you go there or youll look out of place,
just as you would in the Village.
Edward: Thank you for the advice. I want to see the sights and I d like
to see what the average person is like, see how a British fam ily lives
and all that.
11. Read this excerpt from, the play You Can't Take I t with You by
M . Hart and G. S . Kaufman. Give a summary and comment on it.
E n a c t8 the scene before the class.
The play describes the life and problems of Grandpa 10 Vanderhofs
family. The members of the fam ily paint, dance, make fireworks u in
1 Only A m ericans would th in k of having a holiday like th a t.
(.: vacation . holiday ['h a lid e i], Br.
)
2 to take ones tim e
3 D isneyland ['diznilaend]
4 th e G rand Canyon ['g ra n d 'kaenjan] -
5 She was the answer to a trav el ag en ts dream .
.
6 token ['to u k n ] ,
z K ings R oad ,

8 youll look o u t of place ()
9 enact ti'nsekt] v
G randpa ['graenpa] n , -
u to m ake fireworks ['fair,\v 3 ks]
424
the living room and totally disregard money m atters,1 believing that
you cant take your money w ith you when you die.
In the excerpt Henderson, the tax collector, is in Grandpas living
room. He demands that Grandpa pay his income tax.2 Grandpas daugh
ter Penny, his granddaughter Essie and her husband Ed are in the living
room too.
Henderson: According to our records, Mr. Vanderhof, you have never
paid an income tax.
Grandpa: T h ats right.
Henderson: Why not?
Grandpa: I dont believe in it.
Henderson: W ellyou own property, dont you?
Grandpa: Yes, sir.
Henderson: And you receive a yearly income from it?
Grandpa: I do.
Henderson: Of(he consults his records)between three and four thou
sand dollars.
Grandpa: About that.
Henderson: Youve been receiving it for years.
Grandpa: I have. 1901, if you want the exact date.
Henderson: Well, the Government is only concerned from 1914 on.
T hats when the income tax started.
Grandpa: Well?
Henderson: W ellit seems, Mr. Vanderhof, th at you owe the Govern
ment twenty-two years back income tax.
Ed: W ait a minute! You cant go back th a t farth a ts outlawed.
Henderson (looking at him): W hats your name?
Ed: W hat difference does th at make?
Henderson: Ever file an income tax return?
Ed: No, sir.
Henderson: W hat was your income last year?
Ed: Ahtwenty-eight dollars and fifty cents, wasnt it, Essie?
Essie: Yes.
Henderson (returning to Grandpa 3): Now, Mr. Vanderhof, you know
theres quite a penalty for not filing an income tax return.4
Penny: Penalty?
Grandpa: Look, Mr. Henderson, let me ask you something. Suppose 5
I pay you this moneym ind you, I dont say I m going to do it
but just for the sake of argumentw hats the Government going
to do with it?
1 to disregard [,d isregard ] money m atters (

)
2 dem ands th a t G randpa pay his income ' , ' ) ] tax . ,
.
, 3- . -s.
3 (returning to G randpa)

4 th eres quite a penalty for n ot filing an income tax retu rn

5 Suppose,.. , .,,
425
Henderson: How do you mean?
Grandpa: W ell, what do I get for my money? If I go to Macys 1 and
buy something, there it isI see it. W h ats the Government give me?
Henderson: W hy, the Government gives you everything. It protects
you.
Grandpa: W hat from?
Henderson: W ellinvasion.2 Foreigners th at m ight come over here and
take everything youve got.
Grandpa: Oh, I dont think theyre going to do that.
Henderson: If you dont pay an income tax, they would. How do you
think the Government keeps up the Army and the Navy? All those
battleships...
Grandpa: Last tim e we used battleships was in the Spanish-American
W ar, and what did we get out of it? Cubaand we gave th at back.
I wouldnt mind paying if it were something sensible.3
Henderson (beginning to get angry): Well, what about Congress, and
the Supreme Court, and the President? W eve got to pay them, dont
we?
Grandpa: Not w ith my moneyno, sir.
Henderson (furious): Now w ait a minute! I m not here to argue w ith
you. All I know is that you havent paid an income tax and youve
got to pay it.4
Grandpa: Theyve got to show me.
Henderson (yelling): We don't have to show you! I just told you! All
those buildings down in W ashington, and Interstate Commerce,5
and the Constitution!
Grandpa: The Constitution was paid for long ago. And Interstate Com
mercewhat is Interstate Commerce, anyhow?
Henderson (calmly): There are forty-eight statessee? And if there
werent Interstate Commerce, nothing could go from one state to
another. See?
Grandpa: W hy not? They got fences?
Henderson: No, they havent got fences! Theyve got lawsl My God, I
never came across anything like this before!
Grandpa: W ell, I m ight pay about seventy-five dollars, but th a ts all
its w orth.6
Henderson: Youll pay every cent of it, like everybody else! And let
m e tell you something else! Youll go to jail if you dont pay, do
you hear that? Theres a law, and if you think youre bigger than
the law, youve got another thing coming! Youll hear from the
1 Macys (D epartm ent store)

-
4 invasion [in 'v e ^ n ]
I w ouldnt m ind paying if it were som ething sensible.
, () - . (

.)
4 youve got to pay it = you have to pay it
5 In terstate Commerce [(in ta r'ste it 'kam srs]
e b u t th a ts all i t s w orth , (
)
426
United States Government, th a ts all I can say! (He runs out of the
room.)
11. Roleplaying:
a) You are giving an interview to American students (teachers,
businessmen) about a Soviet (an Autonomous) Socialist Republic.
b) An American student (teacher, professor) is giving an interview
to you about a State.
c) You are having a discussion about what you learned from this
textbook, (about) what you know and what you do not know.
d) You are having a talk with the author of the textbook and tell
her w hats good and w hats not very good in the textbook.
APPENDIX: A GUIDE TO GRAMMAR
LESSON 1
1. The Present P erfect1 Tense

( )
I , you have the papers.

We, they
looked
through
He has
She
I. you have not

We, they havent
looked the papers
through y et.
He has not
She hasnt
H ave I, you Yes, I have.

we, they No, I havent.
looked the papers
through yet?
H as he Yes, he has.
she No, he hasnt.
The Present Perfect Tense

to have Present Indefinite Tense (have, has)
Past Participle ( ) .
Past Participle
Past Indefinite Tense, . . ( to)
-(e)d.
I n fin itiv e P a st In d efin ite T ense P ast P a r ticip le
to live lived [livd] lived [livd]

to work w orked [warkt] w orked [warkt]
to tran slate translated [,traens'leitid] tran slated [,tr3ens'leitid]
to study studied ['stAdid] stu d ied ['sU d id ]
1 perfect ['prfikt]
428
Past Participle
.
.
: , ,
( , Past Indefinite Tense
Past Participle ).
Past Participle
( ):
P a st In d efin ite
In fin itiv e Tense P a st P a r ticip le
to be was, were been [bin]

to become became become [ ' ]
to begin began begun []
to break broke broken ['b ro u k n j
to buy bought bought [bot]
to come came come [ ]
to do did done [dAn]
to drink drank drunk [drAQkJ
to eat ate [eit] eate n ['itn ]
to fight fought fought [fot]
to get got gotten* ['g a tn ], got [gat]
to give gave given ['givn]
to have had had [haed]
to hear heard heard [hard]
to learn learned, learnt learned [land], learn t [larntf
to leave left left [left]
to see saw seen [sinj
to sit sat sat [sset]
to speak spoke spoken ['spoukn]
to spend spent spent [spent]
to tak e took tak e n ['teik n ]
to teach taught tau g h t [tot]
to tell to ld told [tould]
to th in k thought thought [Bot]
to wake woke, w aked w aked [w eikt] (woken [w oukn] )
to w rite w rote w ritte n ['ritn j

to have
: I ve, weve, theyve, hes, shes, its, havent,
hasnt.
Present Perfect :
) , (
) -
.
I've read most of Mark Tw ains stories.
.
hasn't written to them. .
Have they ?
* , , .
429
) ,
,
.
They lived in W ashington since 1960 (for twenty years).
() 1960 ( ).
I ve just finished my homework. ()
.
Present Perfect :
) .
Have you done the sums? ? "
) : ever ['evsrj (
) -, never , often ,
already [ol'redi] , yet [jet] ( ),
( ), ju st [d3AstI , lately
I'leitli] ( )
, () , recently ['risantli] , ,
.
Ja n e has just come back from W ashington, D. .
.
Has he already listened to the latest news?
?
I ve never met Mr. Brown. - .
.
. y e t lately.
hasnt had dinner yet. .
H ave you spoken to him yet? ?
I havent seen her lately. .
) ,
: today, this week, this month, this year . .
They havent had an English class today.
.
) since [sinsj (-
) for , .
Theyve lived in New York since 1975 (for five years).
- 1975 ( ).
) since (ever since) .
The Browns have left for Boston three years ago and I havent seen
them since (ever since).
, .
) ,
since 2 , .
W eve been good friends since we met in Moscow in 1973.
,
1973 .
* ( )
2 : since adv since prep since ctij.
430
Present Perfect
.
Have you done your homework yet?
?
: 1. P a st Indefinite, Present Perfect
. , P ast Indefinite
, , Present
Perfect ( )
, .
:
Past Indefinite Present Perfect
yesterday lately
an hour ago ju st
last n ight since then
on Monday for a week
etc. etc,
2. Present Perfect ,
when.
W hen did the class begin? ? ( ?)
3. : How long have you been in W ashington (Moscow, etc.)?
,
( . .). , P a st In
definite: How long w ere you in W ashington (Moscow, etc.)?
2. The Present Perfect Continuous Tense

( )
I, you have been w ritin g since nine o clock in

We, they letters the morning,
for an hour now.
since P eter w ent o ut
He has for a w alk.
She
have you been w ritin g letters? Since 9 o clock in the

How long has he m orning.
F or an hour.
The Present Perfect Continuous Tense

to be Present Perfect Tense Present
Participle .
Present Perfect Continuous
,

.
, for
(for a long time, for a week, for a month .) since (since early morn
ing, since two oclock .).
,
since.
431
Present Perfect Continuous
, .
, H es been translating the text for .two and a half hours now.
.
They been watching TV since seven oclock.
.
Mike has been doing the problems since he came from college.
, .
to live, to learn, to 'w ork
. Present Perfect Present Perfect Continuous
.
Theyre lived here for a year.Theyue been living here for a year.
How long have you worked in the office?How long have you been
working in the office?
, , Present
Perfect Continuous. ,
: to see, to hear, to feel (), to watch .;
: to love, to hate ([heit] ), to
like, to dislike ([dis'laik] , ) .;
: to think, to understand, to know ., to
have. Present Perfect.
I havent seen Ann for a long time. .
H es known our family since we came to live here.
( ) , .
Shes had a lot of things to do since she began teaching.
, .
: 1. , , (
to h a v e ) P resent Perfect Continuous
, .
I ve been thinking about th a t all day long. .
2. P resent Perfect Continuous .
3. Present Continuous ,
.
3. The Gerund1 ()
.
. 2
( to) -ing.
: to
like, to enjoy, to finish, to begin, to start ([start] ) .
, . .
I like reading humorous stories.
.
John enjoyed seeing his old friends.
.
Please start reading. , . ( .)
1 gerund I'djerend]
2 Indefinite G erund A ctive ['aektiv]
,
432
LESSO N 2
Adjectives another and other

( another other)
Another ['] ,
: another book (one).
Would you like another cup of tea? ?
I dont like this book. Would you give me another (one).
. ?
Other ['] () (-),
(-). ,
.

(other ).
,
other, ,
.
/ book ( books (books
the other < . . the other \ other \ (the) others
I (one) ( ones (ones 4 7
other
,
; . others
.
Jane has two brothers: ones a teacher and the other (one) is a journal
ist. :- ,
.
Do you have any other English books? -
?
There were many people in the library: students, teachers, journal
ists and others. : ,
, .
LESSON 3
1. The Future 1 Indefinite Tense

( )
I, you
, she (it) w ill
We, they
go there n ex t m onth.
I, you
H e, she (it) w ont
We, they
1 future ['fju tjar]
15 . . - 433

you
Y e s, I w ill.
W ill h e , sh e go th ere n e x t m o n th ?
1 N o, I w o n t.
th e y
W ho w ill go th ere n e x t m o n th ? I w ill.

T h e y w ill.
(Future Indefinite Tense)

will ( )
to.

: Ill, hell, shell, well; wont [wountl.
Future Indefinite Tense
.
They7/ come to see us next Sunday.
.
W ill there be many students in your French class?
. ?
I m sure they won't be late. , .
: tomorrow, the day after
tomorrow , next week (month, year)
( , ), next Monday (Tuesday) -
(), tomorrow morning (afternoon, night)
(, ), in a week (two weeks, a month, a year)
( , , ).
. F u t u r e I n d e fin it e T e n s e
.
W ill y o u p le a s e finish th is fo r m e? , , () .
W ill y o u p le a s e close th e d oor? , , .
2. Ways of Expressing Actions

( )
to b e g o i n g + i n f i n i H e s g o in g to see th e m
t i v e (to b e g o in g to m o rro w .
t o + verb)
F u tu re In d e fin ite H e ll g o to se e th e m n e x t
T en se w eek.

434

Presen t C o n tin u o u s H e s c o m in g to see us

T en se t o n ig h t .
to be + i n f i n i t i v e H es to le a v e at s ix
o c lo c k to m o rro w .
: 1. to b e g o in g to + v e r b ,
to b e to + v e r b .
2. T h e F u t u r e C o n tin u o u s T e n s e ( w ill b e s e e in g )
.
3. The Future and the Past Indefinite Tense Forms

of Modal Verbs 1 Must and Can and Their Equivalents 2
(
)
M odal
verb P a st In d efin ite Future In d efin ite
I had to do it y e s t e r d a y . I // have to do i t n e x t w e e k .
m u st
I didn't have to do i t y e s t e r d a y . I won't have to do it n e x t w e e k .
h a v e to
D id y o u have to do it y e s t e r d a y ? W ill y o u have to do i t n e x t
w eek?
He was able to do i t y e s t e r d a y . H e // be able to do it n e x t w e e k .

Was he able to do i t y e s t e r d a y ? H e won't be able to do i t n e x t
w eek.
can
He couldn't do i t y e s t e r d a y . W ill he be able to do i t n e x t
w eek?
Could h e do i t y e s t e r d a y ?

m ust to have to. to
have to ,
( ) ( ). }
Mr. Brown had to give a lecture yesterday. - j
( ) . j
W ill you have to go there next week? ( 1
) ? !
could, |
- j
. P ast Indefinite Tense j
1 P a s t I n d e fin it e m a y m ig h t [m a it] , - *
, ;
2 e q u iv a le n t s [i'kwi v o la n ts] ;
15* 435,
to be able to ( , - .).
w as able to p la y tennis yesterday.
.
Peter w ill be a ble to h elp you tomorrow. (
) .
. c o u ld
, ,
- .
could play t e n n is w e ll w h e n h e w a s a s tu d e n t. ,
( ) .
could speak F re n c h v e r y w e ll w h e n h e w a s a t sc h o o l.
- , .
4. Relative Clauses 1
( )

.
1) (restrictive2
relative clauses),
, .
.
2) (nonrestrictive3
relative clauses), ,
, .

.
,
who , whom
, , whose which . Who, whom whose
, which
. ,
where
T h e m a n whom we met yesterday is D r. C la r k e , who came back yesterday ,

P r e s id e n t o f G e o r g e to w n U n iv e r s it y . is le a v in g fo r M o sc o w t o d a y .
T h e b o y whose mother you saw in the G e o r g e , whose mother you m et , h a s b e e n
office is in e ig h t h g r a d e . s ic k fo r t w o w e e k s n o w .
H is so n who works in the office is H is e ld e r so n , who is at Columbia U ni
e ig h te e n . ve rsity , is t w e n t y - t w o .
I w a n t to s p e a k to th e b o y that hel
ped m y brother.
W h a t s th e n a m e o f th e stre e t where
you live?
1 r e la t iv e c la u s e s [ ' r e b t i v ' k b z i z ]
2 r e s t r ic t iv e [ r e 's t r ik t i v ]
2 n o n r e s t r ic t iv e [ ,n a n r e 's t r i k t i v ]
436
, when th at ,
, .

who, whom th at ,
.
. :
The man you met yesterday is my father.Mr. Clarke, whom you
met yesterday, is a Columbia University professor.
,
,
.
. :
This is the man (that) I spoke to you about.This is Mr. Brown,
about whom I spoke.
LESSON 4
The Use of the Definite Article with Names of Hotels

(
)
, ,
: the Hilton Hotel [da'hiltan hou tel], the N ational
Hotel ['|1 hou'tel]. ,
LESSON 5
1. The Present Indefinite Tense in Clauses of Time

and Condition 1 (Present Indefinite Tense
)
I
,
if , when , after , before ,
as soon as , until, till ; , (), [
Present Indefinite
Future Indefinite.
If Peter has his vacation in July, hell go to Yalta. "
, . '
W ell wait till you come back. , . j
As soon as I finish reading the book, I ll give it to you.
, . i
.
, .
I f t h e y h e lp u s, i t ll t a k e u s o n ly an h o u r to fin is h th e tra n s la tio n *
1 c o n d itio n [ k s n 'd i j n ] n
437
2. Comparative Structures
( )
as . . . as . . . ; . . .
not so (as) ,. as . . . ; . . .
:
) .
This book is as g o o d as that one. ,
.
These books are as g o o d as those. ,
.
Mary has as m a n y books as Jane (does). ,
.
This book is n 't so (a s) g o o d as that one. ,
.
These books a re n 't so (a s) g o o d as those. ,
.
Mary d o esn 't have so (a s) m a n y books as Jane (does).
, .
) .
Bill d o esn 't speak French so (a s) w e ll as Tom (does).
- , .
) , .
The sea is as ca lm today as it was yesterday.
, .
wont be able to work as m uch as he did a few years ago.
,
.
: 1. ''
one.
T h is s t o r y is a s in t e r e s t in g as that one.
H o: T h e s e s to r ie s a re n t so (as) in t e r e s t in g a s those.
2. so
a s.
N ic k does't s w im as w e ll as P e t e r (d o es).
3. (
) ,
.
M y v a c a t i o n is n t as lo n g as Jim's.
4. (. . )

.
J o h n can p la y c h e ss as w e ll a s T o m can.
T h e y didn't s t a y in W a s h in g t o n as lo n g a s y o u did .
3. It as S u b ject1 ( It ) 2
it -
,
, .
* s u b je c t ['sA b d sik t]
2- ,
438
it
:
) ,
.
I t is early. .
I t was very cold. .
I t is very far to the subway station from here.
.
) , .
I t is summer. .
I t was a bright summer day. .
) , .
I t s one oclock. .
I t s early morning. .
) , ,
.
I t s good to see you. .
Is it difficult to learn Spanish? ?
. It ,

for .
I t s difficult for Peter (for him) to translate this text. ()
.
LESSON 6
1. Possessive Case of the Nouns day , month,

year , etc. (
day, month, year . .)
, (day, month, year . .),
.
Have you seen today's paper? ?
She had a month's vacation last summer.
.
2. Absolute Form of Possessive Pronouns

( )
This is my book. I ts mine.

This is your book. I t s yours.
This is her book. I t s hers.
This is his book. I t s his.
This is our book. I t s ours.
This is their book. I t s theirs.
Whose book is this? I t s mine.

Whose books are these? They are ours.
439

, .
This is P eters textbook. .

M ine is on the desk. () .
I dont have a pencil. May I .

have yours, please. , ,
.
That magazine is hers. .

John is a friend of mine. . (

.)
Is Mary a friend of yours? ?
3. Degrees of Comparison of Two-syllabled

and Many-syllabled Adjectives and Adverbs
(
)
P o s itiv e C om parative
( S u p erlative
( ) ( )
)
difficult difficult difficult

im portant more important most important
interesting (less) interesting (least) interesting
easily easily easily
,
more
(less), most (least),
.
T hat text is more difficult. .
This is the most difficult text. ()
.
,
, one of .
Lesson sixteen is one of the most difficult lessons. 16
.
I t was one of the most interesting games I ve ever seen.
, - .
.440
LESSO N 7
The Use of the Article with the Names of Seasons, 1
Months and Days (
, ) 2
1. , ,
, .
next
last. |
A utum n was Pushkins favorite season. j
L ets go to see them on Friday.
Hell have a vacation in July. |
Theyre corning back next Sunday. ;
They spent their vacation in Sochi last summer. |
The days became warmer when spring came. !
2. ,
, (
) , ,
.
came back a few days later in the A pril of 1972.
In the spring of that year my mother was very sick.
It was the Saturday when we planned to leave for a vacation.
They have gone to the m ountains for the summer.
3.
, ,
.
It was a very hot summer.
It was a sunny, cold Wednesday in February. i
They came back on a Tuesday (on one of the Tuesdays of the year).
LESSON 8
I. The Use of the Article with the Nouns morning,
day, evening, etc. (
morning, day, evening .)
1. morning, day, evening, night
:
) , .
The evening is a wonderful tim e to w rite letters.
, . 1
The day was warm. ( ) .
) morning, evening
in.
L ets go for a walk in the evening. .
2. :
) .
* season ['sizn]
2 .
.441
It was evening. .
I like early morning. .
) a t (a t night ), by (by day ),
from ... to (till) (from morning to / till night ).
came back at night. .
had to work from morning till night. ,On
.
3.
, (
early).
I t was a wonderful night to look at the stars. ,
.
: was early morning.
2. The Use of the Definite Article before the Nouns
sun, moon, sky (
sun, moon, sky)
, ,
,
: the sun , the moon , the sky .
LESSON 9
1. The Past Continuous Tense
( )
I
was
She wasnt watching TV at 7
oclock yesterday.
We
You were
They werent
I Yes, he was.
Was he No, he wasnt.
she
watching TV at 7
oclock yesterday? Yes, they were.
we
Were you No, they werent.
they
The Past Continuous Tense

to be Past Indefinite Present Participle (
) .
,
Present Continuous.
Past Continuous
.
:
442
) .
It was raining at six oclock yesterday. 6
.
) , Past Indefinite.
It was snowing when we arrived in Moscow. ,
.
Past Continuous
, .
I was reading a book while* he was writing a letter.
, .
: 1. to be going to Past Continuous.
was just going to dictate a letter when the telephone rang.
, .
2. ,
, all day (night)
long, all the time, from five to six, etc., ,
, P ast Indefinite.
It rained all day yesterday. .
Past Continuous, ,
.
The brothers were playing chess while their sister was watching TV.
,
.
2. Compounds of some, any, no, every
( )
? _
a-.
+
+
i
some any no every
one someone anyone no one everyone

['SAm,WAn] ['eni,WAn] [/nOU/WAn] ['svri,wAn|
body somebody anybody nobody everybody
['sAm,badi] ['en^badi] ['nou,badi] ['evri,badi]
-, -, -, -, ,
- -
something anything nothing everything

thing ['SAm,0I!3j ['em,Gig] ['01)] [' , 01)1
-, -, -, ,
- -
somewhere anywhere nowhere everywhere

['sAtn,hwer] ['eni,hwer] ['nou,hwer] ['evri,hwer]
where -, -, , ,
-, -
-
1 while thwail] cnj
443
some, any, no, every
one, body, thing ;
where .
,
some, any, no, every1.
1.
.
,
.
Everyone has come. .
Has anyone read this book? - ?
you hear anything? -?
knew nothing at all about it. .
2. , no one,
nobody, nothing, -
,
.
No one knows how to get there. , .
3.
no one, nobody, nothing -
anyone, anybody, anything -
. :
I found one there yesterday. I didnt find anyone there yesterday.
He could see nothing. He couldnt see anything.
4. , one, body
thing (someone, somebody, anyone, anybody . .),
.
some, any, one, none, each ().
Some of them will be able to go boating.
.
One of us will have to go to the airport.
.
Each of us is ready to help him. .
I want none of these books. .
5.
, . ; .

.
None of them is (are) here. .
None of these books is (are) helpful.
.
6. anyone, anybody, anything ,
.
Anybody can do that. () .
You may take anything. (), .
1 . 6,
444
7. anyone, anybody, anything
,
if.
If anyone calls me up, tell him I m very busy. -
, , .
8. , ,
- - ,
someone, somebody, something.
Why didnt you ask someone to help you?
- ?
W ill you take something to read? - ?
9.
else , .
Did you see anybody else there? - ?
10. someone, somebody, anyone,
anybody, nobody, everybody
.
I saw somebodys textbook there. Is it Jo h n s? -
. ?
: That must be somebody elses book.
11.
.
There was nothing new in his lecture.
.
I have something to tell you. .
12.
.
The restaurant must be somewhere near here. , ,
- .
After the party we didnt go anywhere else. ()
.
We couldnt find him anywhere. .
3. get, to become, to grow, to turn,
to I ook , to feel as Link-verbs ( to get,
to become, to grow, to feel ) 1
to get, to become, to grow, to turn ,
to look , to feel
- .
( ) to get, to
grow, to turn, to look, to feel ,
to become ,
.
felt very sick yesterday. .
1 ,
445
It grew warmer the next day. .
Your younger son has become a very good programmer.
.
LESSON
1 The Past Perfect Tense
( )
I
You had
, she had not finished reading the by last
We hadnt book Friday.
They
I Yes, I had.
you Yes, she had.
Had he, she finished reading the by last F ri No, I hadnt.
we book day? No, she hadnt.
they
The Past Perfect Tense

to have Past Indefinite Past Participle
.
Past Perfect ,
.
:
) by (by the end of
the month, by 5 oclock yesterday, by that time, etc.).
By 1978 they had lived in New York for ten years. 1978
- .
They had packed everything by 7:00 yesterday morning.
.
) ( ) ,
Past Indefinite.
The Nelsons had come down to the lobby when the Sedovs arrived.
, .
They hadn't been there a few minutes when it began to snow.
, .
John hoped that the Rangers had won the game. ,
.
The boy had finished his homework before his mother returned from
work. ,
.
Past Perfect , ,
, ,
.
My friend left for Paris yesterday. Hed never been there before.
. .
446
: 1.
when.
:
) (Past Indefinite Past Indefinite)
When he came into the room he saw Mr. Brown. ,
- .
) , ,
(Past Indefinite Past Continuous).
When he left home it was raining. , .
) , (Past In
definite Past Perfect).
When he came to the station, the train had already left.
, .
) , (Past Per
fect Past Indefinite); when after.
When (after) he had seen all the pictures, he decidedtobuy two of them.
( , ) , .
2. after Past Indefinite,
.
After he read the book, he advised his friends to read it too. ,
, .
2. The Participle () 5
1) Forms of the P articiple.2
A c tiv e V oice P a ssiv e V oice

( ) ( )
V oice [vo s]
()

Participle I
(Present Participle) w riting coming being w ritten
Participle II
(Past Participle) come w ritten
1. Passive Voice.
2. Participle II (Past Participle)
Perfect.
3. Participle II Passive (Past Participle Passive)

, -, -, -, -, --
: broken , built , discussed .
*
.
2 Perfect Participle*
447
2) Functions 1 of Participles in the Sentence.
For a long time the

young mother looked .
at her sleeping 2 child.
Wheres the broken cup? ?

The young goalie play ,

ing for Spartak has ,
just joined the team. .
The new school built ,
last year is one of ,
the finest buildings
in our street. .
W alking along the () ,

street he met an old

friend of his. .
Being very tired he (

stayed at home that ),
Saturday. .
: 1. Participle I Active ,
, , .
stood looking out of the window. ( ),
( )
Arriving at the hotel he went to his room. ,
, ( )
2. Participle I
while, when as, .
While traveling he visited Italy and France. ( ),
.
3. Participle I to be
.
While in London he attended lectures on modern English literature.
( ),
.
4. ( ,
) .
. :
Being very tired I stayed at home that Saturday, ( ) As I was very
tired I stayed at home that Saturday, ( )
* functions ['fAijkfeiiz] n pi.

2 sleep (slept, slept) [slip, slept] v
448
3. Reflexive and Emphatic Pronouns
( )
I myself [mai'self] w e ourselves [aur'selvz]

you yourself [jur'self] you yourselves [jur'sslvz]
h e himself [him'self] th ey themselves [dem'sslvz]
she herself [h3r'self]
it itself [it'self]

.
one
oneself [wAn'self].

(, )
, , .
She bought herself a pair of shoes. .
thinks too much of himself. .
She never talked about herself. (
) .

, , , .

, .
.
John himself told me about it. John told me about it himself.
.
4. Substantivized Adjectives ( )

().
-
.
, ,
young the young ,
old the old ,
unemployed [/Amm,pbidI the unemployed

LESSON 13
1. Sequence of Tenses ( )
,
. -
-
.
,
1 sequence ['sikwans]
449
( )
.
Past Indefinite

P ast Continuous

Past Indefinite
Past Perfect

Future in the Past

:
Jane knew th at her brother was at college. ,
() .
I knew that everybody was having lunch in the cafeteria. ,
.
hoped that Mary had finished the translation. ,
.
John knew that he would see Peter at my place. ,
.
Future in the Past
would to.
.
would (d) had (d).
Bill knew that shed spoken to John. , .
Bill knew that shed speak to John. , .
Future in the Past ,
,
.
2. Reported Speech ( )

:
) that, ,
, .
says, 11 make a hotel reservation for you. He says (that)
he'll make a hotel reservation for me.
* ) .
says, 7ve just read your new book. He says (that) he has
just read my new book.
450
) to say ,
, ,
to tell.
She has said to me, I m very tired. She has told me that she is
very tired.
Past Indefinite (
), Past Continuous
Past Perfect, ,
.
D irect Speech R eported Speech
Present Indefinite Past Indefinite

Present Continuous P ast Continuous
P ast Indefinite Past Perfect
Present Perfect Past Perfect
F uture Indefinite Future in the Past

, .
this these that those

now then
today th at day
yesterday the day before
the day before yesterday two days before
tomorrow the next day
the day after tomorrow in two days time
next week (year) the following (the next) week (year)
next Monday the following Monday
last week (year) the previous 1 week (year)
a year ago the year before, the previous year
this June the following June
here there
D ir ec t Speech R eported Speech
Janes doing her Jane was doing her math

m ath n o w then.
We had a musical theyd had a musical party
He said, party at my place He said ( that) at his place two days be
He said to the day before yes He told me fore.
met terday (that)
aVve had a lot of hed had a lot of experi
experience. ence.
She7/ graduate from shed graduate from college
college next year. the following year.
You can have more I could have more coffee.
coffee.
1 previous ['privias] ,
451
: 1. Past Indefinite
Past Continuous ,
.
said, Mark Twain died in 1910 He said (that) Mark Twain died in 1910.
She said, I met Mary when I was getting out of the train at Union Station. She
said (that) she met Mary when she was getting out of the train at Union Station.
2. Present Indefinite , ,
.
said, The Mississippi is longer than the Volga. He said the Mississippi is
longer than the Volga.
3. Past Perfect .
said, It had begun to rain when we drove o f f He said (that) it had begun
to rain when they drove off.
She said to me, uVd read the novel before I saw the film." She told me (that)
shed read the novel before she saw the film.
4. ) ,
.
At breakfast this morning Ann said, I ll make an appointment with Mr. Brown for
today At breakfast this morning Mary said shed make an appointment with Mr.
Brown for today.
George said to me this afternoon, Marys been in the hospital for a month now.
George told me this afternoon that Marys been in the hospital for a month now.
) .
On Monday John says to Bill, Janes leaving the day after to m o rro w On Tuesday
Bill sees Mary and says to her: John said Jane was (is) leaving tomorrow On Wednesday
Bill may say to George, John said Jane was (is) leaving today.
5.
.
The President said they// discuss those problems during the next meeting.
3. No Article in the Repetition Groups and in Adverbial

Prepositional Phrases
( )
,
: day by day , year by year , hand
in hand , side by side , , from time to time
.
Poverty and wealth exist side by side in New York. -

.
And day by day we walked in the snow.
.
,
: from north to south, from
east to west, a t home, a t present ( ).
Fifth Avenue divides M anhattan streets into east and west.

.
A t present John is staying w ith his friends in Moscow.
.
452
LESSO N 15
1. Reported Questions ( )
Direct Questions Reported Questions
General Questions
7 s it raining now? it was raining then.

7 s Mr. Adams a jour Mr. Adams was a
nalist? journalist.
asked Have you visited the He asked if I had visited the
, Modern Museum? me wheth Modern Museum.
Can you tell me the He won er I could tell him the
best way to Central dered best way to Cen
Park? tral Park,
M ay I speak to he might speak to
Mr. Brown? Mr. Brown.
Special Questions
What book are you what book I was reading.

reading?
How is your mother? how my mother was.
asked When will Jim show He asked when Jim would show us
, us around the city? me around the city.
Whose team won the He won whose team hdd won the
game yesterday? dered game the day before yes
terday.
uWhen can Mary come when Mary could come to
to see us? see them.
1.
.

- .
.
2. -
,
.
3.
if whether,
.
asked Peter whether his father had returned from W ashington,
D.G. , .
Jan e asked her brother if he had bought a guide book the day before.
, .
.
yes .
453
He answered, Yes, I can. (No, I cant.) He answered that he could (that he
couldnt).
4.
.
She asked Max, Whose book is that?She asked Max whose book
it was.
He asked Jane, Where did it happen?He asked Jane where it
had happened.
5. to say,
to ask, to wonder, to w ant to know.
He said, Jane, when will you have a French class?He asked Jane
(wondered, wanted to know) when she would have a French class.
2. Reported Commands and Requests

( )
Please help him to help him with his

w ith his home homework.
work.
She said to Show me the short She told me to show her the short
me, est way to the asked me est way to the Uni
University Libra ordered me versity Library.
ry, please.
Dont stay there not to stay there long.
long (please).
Dont cross the not to cross the street
street here. there.
1. :
to tell , , , to ask (), to order
.
, to tell, to ask, to order
, ,
. ,
, ,
, .
The policeman said, Dont cross the street now.The policeman
told (ordered) me not to cross the street then.
: 1. to order ,
.
2. .
not (to go not
to go).
3. , *
.
454
3. The Complex O b ject1 ( )

, Complex Object (
).
Complex Object
to
to, -.
wants you to show them around the city. ,
.
The teacher made us repeat the words several times.
.
Complex Object
,
, , .
.
, .
.
1. Complex Object to :
) , : to
think, to believe, to know , , to expect
, to find , , to understand .
We didnt expect their team to win the game. ,
.
We knew John to be a very good son.
. ( , .)
) , ,
to want, would like .
Yd (would) like you to come to see us next Saturday. ,
.
I want you to translate this text. ,
.
) , , ,
, : to order , to tell , , to
ask . .
Jane asked Ben not to interrupt her.
( ).
The teacher told the students to open their books to page 192.
,
192.
. , to find, to under
stand ., to be Complex Object .
Everyone found the new teacher a very good man. (),
.
2. Complex Object to
to make , to let .
1 ,
455
D on't let your son cross the street here. He
.
Did you make her go there? ?
4. Emphatic Structure It is ... who (whom, that)

( It Is ... who / whom, that)
Jane who told me the news.

Jane and Bill
is Mr. K nott I met in Washington, D. C.

It whom
was the Browns
in New York I first met Mr. Knott,

yesterday that he showed us around Boston.
at your party John read his new poems.
1. -
, .
It is (was) th a t (who, whom).
2.
, .
It was in New York that I first met Mr. K nott. () -
- .
LESSON 17
1. The Passive Voice ( )
Indefinite Continuous P e r fe c t
Two or three foot A very interesting The new factory hasn't

ball games are football game is been completed yet.
shown on TV every being shown on TV.
day.
A very interesting An ice hockey game The minister said that over
basketball game was being shown a hundred new schools
was shown on TV on TV when he had been built in the
last night. returned home. country the year before.
<D An im portant foot The factory w ill have been

ball game w ill be completed (will be com
shown on TV to pleted) by the end of the
U*
morrow. year.
456
1. Passive Voice ( )
to be,
, , Past Participle (
) .
: 1. Passive Voice Future Continuous.
2. Future Perfect Passive Voice.
Future Indefinite.
3. Passive Voice (Present Past
Indefinite, Present Past Perfect. j ;
2. Passive Voice ,
, .
]
The novel has been published, hasnt it? ,
? I ;
. ,
, , , by1,
with, of. by Present In
definite Tense. !
Moby Dick was written by Herman Melville, an American w riter of the 19th centu
ry. , XIX .
Most New York skyscrapers are made of steel and glass. -
.
Passive Voice ,
. , Passive
Voice ,
(, , ),
,
.
: 1. ,
,
.
People -talked a lot about his book. His book was talked about a lot.
2. ( to give),
,
.
She gave Peter a book. Peter was given a book. A book was given to Peter. j
He told them a story. They were told a story. A story was told to themJ ;
3. to report, to say, to believe, to expect, to know -
Passive Voice ^
it: It is reported that... (), ..., It !is saijd
th at... , ... It is believed that... , It js
expected,.that... , ..., It is kno^n th at... , ..
I t is expected that they will complete the discussion tomorrow^.
, . ; j
4.
: !
* ) - (
, , ).
The cup game was shown on TV last night.
. _ __ _
457
) , -.
Schools are supported by the state in the Soviet Union.
.
)
.
The Scarlet Letter was published in 1850.
1850 .
2. Passive Infinitive ( )
A c tiv e In fin itiv e P a ssiv e I n fin itiv e
to build built
to discuss to be discussed
to read read
to w rite written

to be Past Participle
.

.
Students may be placed in groups according to their ability in a spe
cific subject.
.
All textbooks may be borrowed from the library.
.
Tickets for the Bolshoi Theater performances can't be easily gotten.
.
Something must be done to help Jim find a jo b , said Bill.
- , ,
.
Horror and crime films shouldn't ( mustn't) be shown on TV. He
( )
.
3. The Use of the Article with Geographical Names
( )
:
) , , : the Gulf of
Finland ['f inland] , the Gulf of Mexico ['meksikouj
, the Hudson ['hAdsn] Bay , the Baltic
I'boltik] Sea , the Caspian ['kaespian] Sea
, the Arctic Ocean ['arktik 'ouj^nj, the A tlantic fet'laentik] Ocean,
the Indian ['indianj Ocean, the Pacific [pa'sifik] Ocean.
. : Lake Baikal
[bai'kal] , Lake Ladoga ['ladouga] , Lake Michigan ['m ija-
] , Lake Ontario [an'teriou] .
458
) : the Altai [ael'tai] (
), the Caucasus ['kokasasl ( ), the
Pamirs [pa'mirz, -] (), the Tien Shan ['tjen 'Jaenl -
( ), the Ural ['jural! Mountains, the Urals
, the Appalachians [,'1^] (), the Cor
dillera [kor'ditera] (
), the Cascade [kaes'keidj Range .
.
: Elbrus ['elbras] , Mount Everest ['sv rist, 'evsrist] .
) , :
the Netherlands ['neSatendzl , the Caucasus , the
Crimea [krai'm iaj , the Ukraine ['jukrein, ju'krein] 9
the Hague [heig] .
4. The Use of the Article with A bstract 1 Nouns and Names
of Materials 2 (
3)
1. , ,
: peace , war , socialism , policy
['palisil , knowledge , kindness , love %
trouble , work , violence .
Violence is very serious problem th at American teachers have to
face. ,
.
War is a crime against people.
.
Do you think teaching children is pleasant work? ,
?
: 1. ,
.
The life of the unemployed blacks is awful. .
2.
, of,
,
.
The US war against Vietnam 4 was an aggressive 5 war (a war of aggression).
.
2. , ,
: bread, butter, cheese, sugar, corn, gold, silver, iron,
air, oil .
In 1897 gold was discovered in the Klondike. 1897 .
.
The Soviet Union is rich in oil. .
Butter is made from cream. .
* abstract ['sebstrsekt]
2 material [ma'tirial]
? .
4 Vietnam [viet'nam , 'vjstnam ]
& aggressive [a'grssiv]
'459
. , ,
,
. - >
The butter you bought yesterday is excellent. , ,
.
5. Fractions ( )

, : 1/3 one
third, 1/9 one ninth, 1/6 one sixth, 1/7 one seventh.
,
-s: 2/3 two thirds, 3/5 three fifths, 5/9 five ninths.
, ,
: 2/3 kilometer1two thirds of a kilometer
2i3 ; 1/2 milehalf a mile .
, ,
: 2 1/3 milestwo and a third
miles two miles and a third.
J kilometer ['kita.mitar]
CONTENTS
PARTI

. .................................. *. . . . * . * . 7
1 .................................................................................................................................... 8
I. ^ . 1. * ? , , D<J, , F f, H h, l i , Kk, LI, Mm, Nn, Pp, Ss, Tt, X x,
Y y , Zz. [i, ai, 8, ae, ei, 9 ; f, d, p, b, k, f, s, z, d , h, n, m, 1]. 2.
(8). 3.
(9). 4. (9). 5.
(10)
II. (11)
III. - * (15).
(15). (15)
IV. (17)
2 . . . . . . . / .................................................................................................. 18
I. . 1. Gg, , Rr, V v , W w . [i, u, , , g, 0, v , j, w, hw, r]. 2.
(18). 3. )
(19). 4. lh
(19)
II. (20)
III. - ! (23).
(24). (24). (27). (28)
IV. (29)
3, . , .. 30
I. . 1. J j, Qq, U u. [ , , au, , 3*. f , tj\ 63]. 2.
(31). 3. ^ (31). 4. - - *
(31)
II. (32)
III. - ! (34).
(35). (36). (39). (40)
IV. (42)
4 . . . . ..................................................................................................... 44
I. , [, or, jQ, 5 k]. 1. (44). 2. *
(44)
II. (45)
III. - ! (47).
(48). (48). (52). (54)
IV. (58)
5 . ................... , 60
I. . [3*, 01]. 1. (60).
II. (61)
460
III. - : (63).
(64). (64). (67). <69)
IV. (73)
6 ........................................................................................ 76
I. , [ ]. 1. (76)
II. (76)
III. - : (77).
(78). (78). (81). (83)
IV. (87)
7, ................................................................................................................. 90
I. . 1. (90).
2.
(95)
II. (98)
III. (102)
BASIC COURSE
L S S N 8 .......................................................................................................................
I. Grammar E xercises: 1. The Present In d e fin ite Tense (110). 2 . O b jective Case of
Personal Pronouns (113). 3. P reposition s of T im e (113). 4. The A rticle (113).
5. Structure It takes m e ten (tw en ty , etc), m inutes to get to ... (to look th rou gh ..., to
d o ..., e t c .)
II. Text: M y F a m i l y (115)
III. V ocabulary, Grammar and Speech Exercises (117)
L E S S O N 9 ....................................................................................................................... 122
I. Conversations? Introductions. R equests. In a R estaurant (122)
II. Exercises (124)
L E S S O N 1 0 ................................................................................................................. 133
I. Grammar Exercises: 1. Modal Verbs (133). 2. Im p erative Sentences (136). 3. In d efin ite
Pronouns (137). 4. Structure I w ant you to go th ere (137)
II. Text: M r. J o h n s o n G o es S h o p p i n g (138)
III. V ocabulary, Grammar and Speech E xercises (140)
L E S S O N 1 1 ................................................................................................................. 145
I. C onversations: G o i n g S h o p p i n g (1 4 5 ). I n t h e S h o e D e p a r tm e n t (1 4 5 ). I n t h e C a f e t
e r ia (1 4 6 ). A
B i r t h d a y P a r t y (146)
II. Exercises (147)
L E S S O N 1 2 ................................................................................................................. 153
I. Grammar E xercises: 1. The P ast In d efin ite Tense (153). 2. Degrees of Comparison
of A d jectives and A dverbs (156)
II. T ext: M a r k T w a i n (157)
LESSON 13 . . 165
I. C onversations: T a l k a b o u t W r i t e r s a n d B o o k s (165)
II. E xercises (167)
III. Word B u ild in g E xercises (172)

1 .......................................................................................................................... 174
I. : 1.
(174). 2.
(175). 3. (176). 4. : [ i, ai, , , ei, ] (176). 5.
: [t, d, , b, k, f, s, z, 6 , i, n, m, 1] (178). 6 . (181). 7.
(181). 8 . (a, an, his, is) (185)
II. : 1. . (185). 2.
(186). 3. (186). 4.
th is, th a t (186). 5. be (186). 6 . (187). 7.
. (187)
2 .......................................................................................................................... 188
I. : 1. : [ i , , , ] (188). 2. : [, 0, v, j, w,
hw , ] (188). 3 . (190). 4.
(190). 5. (th e, and) (191). 6 .
(191). 7. : (191), (192)
II. : 1. (192). 2.
(192). 3.
(192). 4. () (192). 5.
(193)
3 .......................................................................................................................... 193
I. : 1. : [ , , , , ] (193). 2. [J\ tf, d3J
(194). 3. (are, at) (195) 4. :
;
(195)
II. : 1. (196). 2. (196).
3 to be (197). 4.
' (197). 5. (197). 6 .
to be (197). 7. (198)
461
4 ........................................................................................................................... 198
I. : 1. [, or] (198). 2 . [, ok ] (1 9 8 ).
3. (or) (199). 4. :
(199).
(199)
II. : 1. ( ) (200). 2.
(200). 3. to be
( 200 ). 4. ( 20 1 ).
5. (201). 6 . be goin g to +
( 20 2 ). 7. (14 19) (203). 8 . (203)
5 .................................................................. .................................................... 204
I. : [3, 9*, oi] (204)
II. : 1. to h a v e (204). 2.
som e a n y (205). 3. (205).
4. (206). 5.
w hose (206)
.................... 206
I. : 1. [ 3] (206). 2. :
(207)
. : 1. th ere is/are (207). 2. (209). 3.
(209). 4.
(210). 5. (1 12) (210). 6 .
(20 100) (210). 7. (210). 8 . (211). 9.
(213)
7 .......................................................................................................................... 214
I. : (214)
II. : () (214)
Basic course
L S S N 8 .................................................................................................................. 216
Grammar: 1. Tenses (216). 2. The Present In d efin ite T ense (219). 3. The A rticle (220).
4. P reposition s of T im e (221)
LESSON 1 0 ................................................................................................................. 221
Grammar: 1. M odal verbs (221). 2. Im perative Sentences (224). 3. In d efin ite Pronouns
(A d jectives) (225). 4. C om plex Sentence (226)
LESSON 1 2 ................................................................................................................. 227
Grammar: l. The Past In d e fin ite Tense (227). 2. D egrees of Comparison of A djectives
and A dverbs (230). 3. C om parative Structures (231). 4. The U se of th e D e fin ite A rticle
before th e N am es of R ivers and the nouns n o r t h , s o u t h , e a s t , w e s t (231). 5. N um erals
(D ates) (232)
L E S S N 1 3 ................... ...................................................................................... , . 232
W ord B u ild in g : 1. A ffix a tio n (232) 2. C om position (233). 3. C onversion (233)
PART II
LESSON 1 .................................................................................................................. 234
I. Grammar E xercises: 1. The Present Perfect Tense (234). 2. The Present Perfect
C ontinuous T ense (237). 3. T he Gerund (237)
II. T ext: A n E v e n i n g O u t (238)
LESSON 2 . ..................................................................................................... , , 245
I. C onversations! 1. D r . A d a m s V i s i t s M o s c o w U n i v e r s i t y (245) 2. G o in g O u t (2 4 5 )
LE SSN 3. * . .................................................................................................. 253
I. Grammar Exercises: 1. The Future In d efin ite Tense (253). 2. W ays of E xpressing
Future A ctio n s (254). 3. The Future and th e Past In d efin ite Tense of M odal Verbs and
their E q u iv a len ts (254). 4. R e la tiv e C lauses (256)
II. T ext: M a k i n g P l a n s f o r t h e S u m m e r V a c a t i o n (257)
L E S S O N 4 ................................................................................................................... 263
I. C onversations; 1. O n t h e B e a c h (263). 2. M a k i n g a n A i r l i n e R e s e r v a t i o n (263). 3. A t th e
A i r p o r t (264). 4. I n th e U n i v e r s i t y L i b r a r y (264)j
LE SSN 5. ........................................................................................................... 273
I. Grammar Exercises: 1. The Present In d efin ite T ense in Clauses of T im e and C ondition
(273). 2. C om parative Structures (a s ...a s , not so (a s )...a s ) (274). 3. It as Subject (275)
II. T ext! A t t e n d i n g a B a s k e t b a l l G a m e (276)
L E S S O N 6 ................................................................................................................... 286
I. Grammar Exercises! 1. A b solu te Form of P ossessive Pronouns (286). 2. Degrees of Com
parison of T w o-syllabled and M any-syllabled A djectives and Adverbs (286)
II. C onversations; 1. A f t e r t h e G a m e (287). 2. A f t e r W a t c h i n g A m e r i c a n F o o t b a l l (287).
462
3. C o n g r a t u l a t i o n s (287). 4. ( I n f o r m a l ) I n v i t a t i o n to g H o c k e y G a m e (288). 5. A f t e r th e
C u p G a m e (288)
III. Exercises (289)
L E S S N 7 ........................................ 294
I. Text: O n C l i m a t e a n d W e a t h e r (294)
II. V ocabulary, Grammar and Speech Exercises (297)
L ESSN 8 . . . . .............................................................................................. 301
I. Grammar E xercises: The U se of th e A rticle w ith th e N ouns m orning, day, even ing,
etc. (301). M
II. C onversations: 1. I V s a B e a u t i f u l M o r n i n g (301). 2. W h a t a n A w f u l D a y (302).
3. U npredictab le W eather (302). 4. G oing on a Trip to the S o v iet U nion (302)
III. E xercise (304)
L E SSN 9 .........................................................................
I. Grammar E xercises: 1. The Past C ontinuous Tense (309). 2.Com pounds of som e, any,
no, every (310). 3. Verbs t o g e t, to becom e, to g r o w , to turn, to look, to feel as Link
Verbs (310)
II. Text: A P i c n i c o n t h e M o s k v a R i v e r B a n k (311)
LESSON 10 318
I. Conversations: 1. I n v i t a t i o n to a P i c n i c (318). 2. P i c n i c L u n c h (319). 3. S t a r t i n g o n a
T r i p (319). 4 . I n v i t a t i o n to a P a r t y (319)
LESSON 11 326
I. Grammar E xercises: 1. The P a st P erfect Tense (3 2 6 ). 2 . The P a r tic ip le (327).
3. R e fle x iv e and E m phatic Pronouns (328)
II. T ext: J a c k L o n d o n ( 1 8 7 6 1 9 1 6 ) (328)
L E S S O N 12 .............................................................................................................. 336
I. C onversations: 1. T a l k a b o u t R u s s i a n a n d S o v i e t W r i t e r s (336). 2. T a l k a b o u t A m e r i c a n
W r i t e r s (337). 3. I n a B o o k s t o r e (338). 4. I n v i t a t i o n to a L i t e r a r y P a r t y (338)
L E S S O N 1 3 ................................................................................................ . . . . 346
I. Grammar E xercises: Sequence of Tenses and Reported Speech (346)
II. Texts: 1. A B u s i n e s s T r i p to N e w Y o r k (348). 2. T h e C i t y o f N e w Y o r k (349)
I II . V ocabulary, Grammar and Speech Exercises (354)
L E SSON 1 4 .........................................................................................* . . . s 361
I. C onversations: 1. G e t t i n g A r o u n d i n T o w n (361). 2. S i g h t s e e i n g (362)
II. Exercises (364)
LESSON 1 5 ......................................................................................................... 370
I. Grammar E xercises: 1. R eported Q uestions (370). 2. R eported R equests and Commands
(371). 3. The C om plex O bject (373). 4. E m ph atic Structure It is ... that (who, w h om )'
(374)
II. T ext: M y N e w S c h o o l o f T h o u g h t (after W. Saroyan) (374)
III . V ocabulary, Grammar and Speech E xercises (378)
LESSON 1 6 .............................................................................................................. 385
I. Conversations: 1. S c h o o l E d u c a t i o n i n t h e U S S R (385). 2. P u b l i c S c h o o l E d u c a t i o n i n
th e U S A (386). 3. V i o le n c e o n T V a n d i t s E f f e c t o n C h i l d r e n (386). 4. T a l k o n C o lle g e
L i f e (387)
LESSON 17 . . ................................................................................................. 4C0
I. Grammar Exercises: I. The P a ssiv e V oice (400). 2. Fractions (402)
II. Text: T h e U n i o n o f S o v i e t S o c i a l i s t R e p u b l i c s (402)
I II . V ocabulary, Grammar and Speech E xercises (407)
LESSON 1 8 .............................................................................................................. 414
I. Conversations: I n t e r v i e w s : 1. M o r d o v i a a L a n d o f M o k s h a a n d E r z y a (414). 2. A G u e s t
f r o m th e U S A (415)
Appendix: a guide to gram m ar

LESSON 1 .................................................................................................................. 428
1. The Present Perfect Tense (428). 2. The Present Perfect C ontinuous Tense (431). 3. The
Gerund (432)
LESSON 2 ........................................ 433
A d jectives another and other (433)
LESSON 3 ................................................................................................................. 433
1. The Future In d efin ite T ense (433). 2. W ays of E xpressing Future A ctions (434).
3. The Future and th e Past In d efin ite Tense of M odal Verbs m u st and can, and their
E q u ivalen ts (435). 4. R e la tiv e C lauses (436)
LESSON 4 ................................................................................. 437
T he U se of th e D e fin ite A rticle w ith N am es of H o tels (437)
463
LESSON 5 ................................................................................................................. 437
1. The Present In d efin ite T ense in Clauses of T im e and C ondition (437). 2. Compar
a tiv e Structures (a s . .. a s, n o t so (a s ) ... as (438) 3. It as Subject (438)
LESSON 6 .............................................................................................................. 439
1. P ossessive Case of the N ouns day, m onth, year, etc. (439). 2. A bsolute Form of
P ossessive Pronouns (439). 3. Degrees of Comparison of T w o-syllabled and M any-syllabled
A djectives and A dverbs (440)
LESSON 7 .................................................................................................................. 441
The U se of the A rticle w ith the N am es of seasons, m on ths and da y s (441)
LESSON 8 ................................................................................................................. 441
1. The U se of the A rticle w ith the Nouns m orning, day, even ing, etc. (441). 2. The U se of
the D e fin ite A rticle before the N ouns sun, moon, sky (442)
LESSON 9 .................................................................................................................. 442
1. The Past Continuous Tense (442). 2. Compounds of som e, a n y , no, every (443). 3. To
get, to becom e, to grow , to turn, to look, to feel as Link-V erbs (445)
LESSON 1 1 .............................................................................................................. 446
1. The P ast Perfect Tense (446). 2. The P a rticip le (447). 3. R e fle x iv e and E m phatic
Pronouns (449). 4. Su b sta n tiv ized A djectives (449)
LESSON 1 3 ............................................................................................................. 449
1. Sequence of Tenses (449). 2. Reported Speech (450). 3. No A rticle in the R epetition
Groups and in A dverbial Prepositional Phrases (452)
LESSON 1 5 .............................................................................................................. 453
1. Reported Q uestions (453). 2. Reported R equests and Commands (454).3. The Complex
O bject (455). 4. E m phatic Structure It is ... w h o (w hom , th a t) (456)
LESSON 1 7 .............................................................................................................. 456
1. The P a ssiv e V oice (456). 2. P assive In fin itiv e (458). 3. The U se of the A rticle w ith
G eographical N am es (458). 4. The U se of the article w ith A bstract nouns and Nam es of
M aterials (459). 5. Fractions (460).

Shakh-Nasarova V S - Introduction Into Modern American - 1985

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Shakh-Nasarova V S - Introduction Into Modern American - 1985

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

V S h a K b - M a s a r o v a

4602010000 154 81.2 -9

Kfc [kei] Xx % [ks]

[ei] H h [eitf] P p [pi]

a i [ei] [ei] fae] .

i [ai] [ai] [']

[wai] [ai] [']

[s] : i, e, cent, pencil

11 [1] Bill, tell

iThat s his Fd\sk.^ jThats hisFp\nciI.

iT h a fs hisfip^n. iThat s hisFc^p.

1, a") This is (^. Its a (black)[p^ncil.

2. a) This isfB^n. Itsfg^n.

[wai] [ai]* [j]

w [w] wife, twelve

jOpen thepb^ok, please,3

|TsJ_aJipen^ fTs it aptXe?

|Ts it a TpenjcIT? * ;Ts it a fnice [tie?

2. a) This pencil ispbi^ck. Itsfbl^ck.

4. a) Ben's a (good)[~st^dent. Hes a (good)[student.

5. Open thepbWk, please. ^pen it, please.

[00] []2 []3 [3]

[ju] [ju] [] [3]

-[b], [], [t], []

tch [ tji match

ture [tj*] 'picture

* -f;3iz ar'psnslz); [Oiz ,psnslz ar'black]; [,0ouz jr'tekstbuks]; [douz ,tekstbuks

iWhat colors thejip^ncil? How ,tmich is two plus *^ght?

1. a) These are (good) books. Theyre (good) books.

2. a) These books are good. The books are good.

3. a) I am (Im) a student. They are (Theyre) students.

Is this a pen or a pencil? I t s a pencil.

1. Whos he? \ ()? Hes a teacher. A teacher.

3. W h ats his name? ? His name is Ben

4. W hat book is this? I t s M artin Eden. M artin Eden.

5. W hat colors the pencil? I t s red. Red.

6. How old is he? ? H es twelve. Twelve.

7. How much is two plus three? Two plus three is Five.

Read the text and translate it.

1 [,oupanw 9a'buk,- pliz]; [,rid_,3a'tekst, pliz]; [ ,klouzw Sk 'buk, plizj;

Hi. [hai] int . ! ! Bye. Bye-bye. ['bai'bai] .

1 . Ed: Hi, Mike. This is m y friend, Ted Brown.. .

all [1] all, tall

alt [3lt] salt

alk [] talk, walk

off [of] off, coffee

ong [] long, wrong

wa [wa] want, wash

ng [0] thing, morning

^Read ilesson sevenjR^en, please.

to close the door,

to the Zoo tomorrow,

I ts ... oclock, [its ... a'klak]

Now theyre .having |*steak, gashed potatoes andpcfyn.

wor (war] work, word

T h e y have some lEnglishpt^olcg jH o w m any ^brbthers do y o u ,h a v e ? *

We have ilunch at tone o fcl^ck ' jWhose ibook isptE^t?

iPeter s .notebooks are on t h e ^ sfc, )Whose pcSjjdren are th ey?

,Mary s isister is a tFrenchpo acher. iWheres he tgoing t o ^ ght?

2. !> idoesat have any|*bi^thers.

M y ibrother tisnt lgoing to thepjn^vies tq night.

iP eter [isn't tdoing, imathepn^tics now

,Does he ihave af black or apbl^e ,pencil?